RESTRICTED

The information given in this document

is not to be communicated, either directly Code No
or indirectly to the press or to any person JSP-001
not authorized to receive it

JOINT SERVICES
STAFF DUTIES MANUAL 2022
SERVICE WRITING
By order of the
Prime Minister

WAKER-UZ-ZAMAN
Lieutenant General
Principal Staff Officer
Armed Forces Division

15 November 2022

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

NO 2402/OPS (PROJ)/SD-2

JOINT SERVICES STAFF DUTIES MANUAL 2022

SERVICE WRITING

(Supersedes the 2003 edition)

November 2022 By order of the

Prime Minister

Prime Minister’s Office

Armed Forces Division
Operations and Plan Directorate
Dhaka Cantonment, Dhaka

Printed in Bangladesh
for Bangladesh Armed Forces

ii
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET

Amendment List By Whom Date of Initials

Amended Insertion
Number Date
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

iii
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

FOREWORD
1. The ‘Joint Services Staff Duties Manual (JSSDM) 2022 Service Writing’
contains instructions/conventions/procedures common to Bangladesh Armed
Forces for the preparation and presentation of staff works. It is intended for
carrying out responsibilities in accomplishing the mission. Examples contained in
this manual are provided for describing procedures, formats and contents, which
are not intended to detail the tactical employment of forces.
2. The instructions in this manual, most of which came into force in 1982,
1992 and 2003, have been reviewed and now supersede ‘JSSDM 2003’ Service
Writing. The promulgation of staff procedures not covered by this manual remains
at the discretion of the Services. If contents from this manual are reproduced in
other publications for operational or administrative convenience, it should be
verbatim.
3. The present edition has been finalised basing on the suggestions and
recommendations made by Services and inter Services organisations. This has been
compiled and edited by number of tri-services Boards of Officers. In this manual,
operational staff procedures have been simplified and contents of joint staff works
have further been expanded. It has also been updated in light of organisational
changes and developments over the years. Many staff works which are being
commonly practiced by the Services, but not included in the previous editions, are
also incorporated in this publication.
4. One important development in this edition of JSSDM is the inclusion of
Bangla part. With a view to practicing Bangla in all the official works as per
government policy, the JSSDM is being planned in two parts; 1st part will be in
Bangla and the 2nd part in English (with full complements). Bangla part in this
edition is a humble beginning having few procedures, not covered in English
version. This effort promises to do more in future editions.
5. There is no end of pursuing excellence in dynamic issues like staff
works/procedures. Hence, the proposals for amendments and additions to the text
of the manual, and suggestions/inquiries concerning its contents should be
forwarded through normal service channel to Prime Minister’s Office, Armed
Forces Division, Operations and Plan Directorate, Dhaka Cantonment, Dhaka.

WAKER-UZ-ZAMAN
Lieutenant General
Principal Staff Officer
Armed Forces Division
15 November 2022
iv
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
Title Page ii
Amendment Record Sheet iii
Foreword iv
Table of Contents v
fËbj M™
Adɡu-1
cwi‡”Q`
1| h¡wm¡u fœ¢mMe pwœ²¡¿¹ p¡d¡lZ ¢euj¡h¢m 1-1
i¨¢jL¡ 1-1
e¢b hÉhÙÛ¡fe¡ fÜ¢a 1-1
fœfË¡¢ç J hÉhÙÛ¡fe¡ 1-2
fË¡ç fœ¡¢c ¢eÖf¢šl fÜ¢a 1-2
fœ¡¢c e¢bi¥¢š² J ¢eÖf¢šLlZ fÜ¢a 1-3
c¢mm/fœ/e¢b fËÙ¹¤aLlZ 1-3

®e¡V¢nV EfÙÛ¡fe 1-4

fœ¢mMe pÇf¢LÑa AeÉ¡eÉ ¢euj¡h¢m 1-5
®~e¢j¢šL fœ (Routine letter) 1-5
A¡d¡-plL¡¢l fœ 1-6
në pw­rf 1-6
f¢li¡o¡ 1-6
Efpwq¡l 1-6
®~e¢j¢šL fœ¢mM­el ej¤e¡ 1L-1

v
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Bd¡ plL¡¢l fœ¢mM­el ej¤e¡ 1M-1

h¡wm¡ në pw­r­fl Ec¡qlZ 1N-1
h¡wm¡ f¢li¡o¡l Ec¡qlZ 1O-1
PART-II

CHAPTER-I
GENERAL
Section
1. Introduction to Staff Duties and Service Writing 1-1
Introduction 1-1
Staff Functions 1-1
Definition of Service Writing 1-1
Characteristics of Service Writing 1-3
Staff Responsibilities 1A-1
2. Rules and Conventions of Service Writing 2-1
Introduction 2-1

Superscription 2-2
Security Classification 2-2
Privacy Marking 2-4
Precedence 2-4
Copy Numbering 2-5
Address 2-6
Contact Address 2-6
Date 2-6
Non Service Address 2-7
Identifying Reference 2-7
Text 2-7

Salutation 2-7

vi
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Headings 2-7
References 2-8
Paragraph Numbering 2-9
Contents 2-10
Subscription 2-18
Complimentary Ending 2-18
Signature 2-18
Supplementary Documents 2-20
Address/Distribution 2-21
Page Numbering 2-23
Privacy Marking 2-23
Security Classification 2-24
Other Rules 2-24
Expressing Orders and Intentions 2-24
Capitals 2-25
Drafting and Typing 2-26
Code Words and Nicknames 2-26
Units of Measurement 2-28
Acknowledgement of Source of Quoted 2-28
Material
Amendments 2-28
Seniority of Services 2-29
Seniority of Para-Military Forces 2-29
Use of Ranks by Retired or Released Personnel 2-30
Rules for Adding Figures in Text 2-30
Standard Layout of Service Writing 2A-1
Rules for Typing 2B-1
vii
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Time Zone 2C-1

System of Relating Days and Hours to an Operation 2D-1

Units of Measurement 2E-1

Seniority of Armed Forces, Regiments, Corps and Units 2F-1
CHAPTER-II
CORRESPONDENCE
Section

3. Service Correspondence 3-1

Introduction 3-1
Types of Correspondence 3-3
Commanded Letters 3-4
Directed Letters 3-4
Routine Letters 3-4
Formal Letters 3-5
Demi-Official Letters 3-5
Internal Correspondence 3-5
Modern Mode of Correspondence 3-6
Styles of Address 3A-1
Example of a Commanded Letter 3B-1
Example of a Directed Letter 3C-1
Example of a Routine Letter 3D-1
Example of a Formal Letter 3E-1
Example of a Demi-Official Letter 3F-1
Example of a Memorandum 3G-1
Example of a Loose Minute 3H-1
Example of a Note Sheet 3J-1

viii
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-III
STAFF PAPERS
Section
4. Service Papers 4-1
Introduction 4-1
Preparation 4-1
Construction 4-2
Revision 4-3
Presentation 4-4
Layout of a Service Paper 4A-1
5. Brief 5-1
Introduction 5-1
Types of Brief 5-1
Oral Brief 5-2
Written Brief 5-3
Framework of an Information Brief 5A-1
Framework of a Decision Brief 5B-1
Guidelines for Visual/Power Point Presentation 5C-1
Example of a Decision Brief 5D-1
Example of Personality Brief 5E-1
6. Agenda and Minutes of Meeting 6-1
Introduction 6-1
Preparation 6-1
Minutes 6-2
Layout of the Minutes of Meeting 6-5
Publishing/Issuing of Minutes 6-7
Miscellaneous Official Program 6-7
Layout of an Agenda 6A-1
Layout of the Minutes of a Meeting 6B-1
Seminar, Workshop, Symposium, Panel Discussion 6C-1

ix
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

7. Precis and Summaries 7-1

Introduction 7-1
Precis 7-1
Summaries 7-3
Example of a Summary of a File 7A-1
8. Graphical Presentation 8-1
Introduction 8-1
Graphs 8-1
Presentation 8-2
Example of Graph of a Document 8A-1
9. Appreciations and Military Analysis Process 9-1
Introduction 9-1
Definition 9-1
Nature of an Appreciation 9-1
Types of Military Appreciations 9-2
Purposes of a Written Appreciation 9-2
Essential Ingredients of an Appreciation 9-3
Method of Appreciation 9-3
The Form of Appreciation 9-4
Content 9-4
Review of the Situation 9-5
Factors Affecting the Selection of the Aim 9-5
Aim 9-6
Mission Analysis 9-9
Factors 9-10
Enemy Courses 9-13
Enemy’s Most Probable Course 9-14
Own Courses 9-15
Selection of the Best Course 9-16
Plan 9-16
Re-appreciation 9-18
Revision 9-18

x
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Shortened Version 9-18

Military Analysis Process 9-19
Conclusion 9-19
Framework of an Appreciation 9A-1
Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield– 9B-1
Decision Making Process (IPB-DMP)
Estimate Process 9C-1

CHAPTER – IV
OPERATIONAL WRITING
Section
10. Introduction to Orders and Instructions 10-1
Introduction 10-1
Purpose of Orders and Instructions 10-1
Distinction between Orders and Instructions 10-1
Construction 10-2
Production of Written Orders and Instructions 10-2

Types of Orders and Instructions 10-3

11. Operation Orders 11-1

Purpose of Operation Orders 11-1

Types of Orders and their Issue 11-1

Written Operation Orders 11-1

Oral Operation Orders 11-2

Contents of Operation Orders 11-2

Overlay Operation Orders 11-3
Fragmentary Orders 11-3
Annexes to Orders 11-4

Intelligence Annex to an Operation Order 11-5

xi
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Format 11-5
Purpose of the Intelligence Annex 11-5
Content 11-5
Standard Layout of a Formal Operation Order 11A-1
Outline Layout of a Joint Operation Order 11B-1
Example of an Army Operation Order 11C-1
(Specimen Brigade Operation Order)
Example of an Army Operation Order 11D-1
(Specimen Division Operation Order)
Example of a Naval Operation Order 11E-1
Example of an Air Force Operation Order 11F-1
Example of a Confirmatory Note 11G-1
Example of a Fragmentary Order in Message Form 11H-1
Format for the Intelligence Annex to the Operation Order 11J-1
Format for the Fire Support Annex to the Operation Order 11K-1
Overlay Operation Order 11L-1
12. Administrative Orders 12-1
Purpose of Administrative Orders 12-1
Standard Layout 12-2
Example of an Army Administrative Order 12A-1
(Specimen Brigade Administrative Order)
Example of an Overlay Administrative Order (Division) 12B-1
Example of a Logistic Grouping Annex to an 12C-1
Administrative Order
Example of a Division Administrative Order on Defence 12D-1
Example of a Naval Logistics Annex to an Operation Order 12E-1
Example of an Air Force Administrative order 12F-1

xii
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

13. Directives and Instructions 13-1

Introduction 13-1
Directives 13-1

The Command Directive 13-1

The Policy Directive 13-2

Planning Directives 13-2

Instructions 13-2

Operation Instructions 13-2

Administrative Instructions 13-3

14. Warning Orders 14-1
Purpose 14-1
Contents 14-1
Acknowledgement 14-2
Degree of Notice 14-2
Specimen Warning Order 14A-1

CHAPTER-V

SIGNAL COMMUNICATION

Section

15. Message Writing 15-1

Introduction to Signal Messages 15-1
Instructions for Message Writing 15-8
Preparation 15-8
Security Classification 15-14
Protection of the Plain Language Text of 15-15
Crypto Messages

xiii
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Special Handling Procedure 15-17

Sequence of Text 15-18
Specimen of Message Form 15A-1
Message Precedence 15B-1
Example of a Completed Message 15C-1

CHAPTER-VI

ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

Section

16. Abbreviations 16 - 1
Introduction 16 - 1

General Abbreviations 16 – 1
16 - 2
Other Abbreviations

General Abbreviations 16A-1

Abbreviation with Multiple Meaning 16B-1

Ranks and Appointments 16C-1

National Distinguishing Letters 16D-1

List of Abbreviations of Training Institutions 16E-1
Regiment and Corps in the Army 16F-1
Base, Units and Branches of Bangladesh Navy 16G-1
Base, Units and Branches of Bangladesh Air Force 16H-1

17. Army Symbols 17-1

General 17-1
Colour Presentation 17-1
Basic Rules 17-2

xiv
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Other Instructions 17-4

Basic Rules for Drawing Symbols 17-7
Examples 17-11
Basic Unit and Logistic Role Indicators 17A-1
Size Indicators 17B-1
Weapon Symbols 17C-1
Transport Symbols and Mobility Indicators 17D-1
Electronic Installation Indicators and Activities 17E-1
Terrain and Tactical Activities 17F-1
Examples 17G-1
Standard Layout to Mark the Map, Overlay and 17H-1
Sketch
18. Naval Symbols 18-1
General 18-1
Symbols on Chart Tables and Admiralty 18-1
Research Laboratory (ARL) Tables
Symbols Used in Navy 18-1
Ship, Submarine and Helicopter Symbols used on 18A-1
Plots, Charts and ARL Tables
Supplementary Symbols used on Charts, Tables and 18B-1
ARL Tables
Symbols Used in Navy 18C-1
19. Air Force Symbols 19-1
General 19-1
Symbols used in Operational, Navigation and Route 19A-1
Charts
Airfield Ground Signals and Markings 19B-1
Search and Rescue Symbols 19C-1

xv
RESTRICTED
 p£¢ja

fËbj M™

p£¢ja
p£¢ja

p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

Adɡu 1

cwi‡”Q` 1
h¡wm¡u fœ¢mMe pwœ²¡¿¹ p¡d¡lZ ¢euj¡h¢m

i¨¢jL¡

0101z i¡o¡ j¡ehpiÉa¡ J pwúª¢al ph­Q­u n¢š²n¡m£ Ef¡c¡ez j¡a«i¡o¡ S¡¢al c£OÑ­ju¡¢c
ANËN¢al ph­Q­u L¡kÑLl£ h¡qez pLm N¢hÑa S¡¢aC ¢eS pwúª¢a­L pk­aÁ m¡me L­lz
B¿¹SÑ¡¢aL f¢lj™­m c¡¢uaÄ f¡me J ¢hnÄj¡­el p¡j¢lL h¡¢qe£ ¢q­p­h N­s JW¡l SeÉ ¢h­c¢n
p¡j¢lL fË¢aù¡­e AdÉue J ¢eu¢ja ¢h­c¢n p¡j¢lL h¡¢qe£l p¡­b ®k¡N¡­k¡­Nl SeÉ p¡j¢lL
f¢lj™­m ¢ie­c¢n i¡o¡l hÉhq¡l Ll¡ quz h¡wm¡ i¡o¡l SeÉ h¡P¡¢m S¡¢a fË¡Z ¢c­u­Rz phÑÙ¹­l
h¡wm¡ i¡o¡l fËQm­el m­rÉ q¡C­L¡­VÑl ¢e­cÑne¡ Ae¤k¡u£ ®k¡N¡­k¡­N h¡wm¡ i¡o¡l fË¢a fË¡d¡eÉ
fËc¡e Ll¡ fË­u¡Sez hý hRl d­l Bj¡­cl p¡j¢lL ®mMe£ (Service Writing) Cw­l¢S­a Ll¡
q­µRz AeÉ¡eÉ plL¡¢l A¢g­pl j­a¡ pLm p¡j¢lL A¢g­p, ¢h­noa c¡ç¢lL L¡­S ¢eu¢ja
®k¡N¡­k¡N h¡wm¡ i¡o¡u qJu¡ BhnÉLz ®p m­rÉ ®SHpHp¢XHj 2022-H HC fËu¡p öl¦ Ll¡
q­u­Rz

0102z ®pe¡, ®e± Hhw ¢hj¡e h¡¢qe£­a Cw­l¢S i¡o¡u fœ¢mM­el f¡n¡f¡¢n h¡wm¡ i¡o¡u
®h¢nli¡N fœ ®mM¡ q­u b¡­L Hhw H­r­œ h¡¢qe£œ­ul j­dÉ ¢LR¤V¡ ¢iæa¡ f¢lm¢ra quz
a¡R¡s¡ Cw­l¢S i¡o¡u fœ¢mM­el ®r­œ ®kje ¢euj¡h¢m ¢hcÉj¡e l­u­R, h¡wm¡ i¡o¡l ®r­œ
®aje ¢euj¡h¢m p¤Øføi¡­h E­õM ®eCz HC A¡­m¡­L, HC ®pLn­e h¡wm¡u fœ¢mMe, NËqZ,
¢halZ, pwlrZ Hhw e¢bi¥š²LlZ pwœ²¡¿¹ ¢euj¡h¢m pÇf­LÑ ¢LR¤ ¢ho­u pjÉL d¡lZ¡ fËc¡e Ll¡
q­u­Rz HR¡s¡, fœ¡¢cl EfÙÛ¡fe, ¢pÜ¡¿¹ NËqZ, ®fËlZ Hhw j¿¹hÉfœ EfÙÛ¡f­el ¢ho­uJ d¡lZ¡
fËc¡e Ll¡ q­u­Rz HC ®pLne h¡wm¡u fœ¢mM­el ¢iæa¡ c§l£LlZ, f­œl ¢houhÙº­L p¢WL J
p¤¾cli¡­h ®nË¢Z¢heÉ¡p Hhw p­hÑ¡f¢l h¡wm¡u fœ¢mM­el p¡d¡lZ ¢euj¡h¢ml Jfl pjÉL d¡lZ¡
fËc¡­e pq¡uL i§¢jL¡ f¡me Ll­hz H m­rÉ ®~e¢j¢šL fœ Hhw Bd¡-plL¡¢l f­œl ej¤e¡ pwk¤š²
Ll¡ q­u­Rz

e¢b hÉhÙÛ¡fe¡ fÜ¢a

0103z pLm L¡­S fkÑ¡uœ²­j abÉ J ®k¡N¡­k¡N fËk¤¢š²l hÉhq¡l ¢e¢ÕQa Ll¡z pLm pcl
cçl/CE¢eV/fË¢aù¡e/pwØq¡u ¢hou¢i¢šL e¢bpj§q ¢ehå­el ®r­œ C­mLVÊ¢eL g¡Cm
®l¢S­ØVÊne/ e¡ð¡¢lw ¢p­ØVj (plL¡¢li¡­h S¡¢lL«a) hÉhq¡l Ll¡ Hhw e¢bpj§q ¢e¢cÑø g¡C­m
pwlrZ Ll¡z

1-1
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

0104z e¢bfœ pwlr­Zl ®r­œ ¢hcÉj¡e L¡NS¢i¢šL fÜ¢al f¡n¡f¡¢n C­mLVÊ¢eL hÉhÙÛ¡
fËhaÑe Ll¡, k¡l g­m üuw¢œ²u hÉ¡L-Bf J AeÉ¡eÉ C­mƒÊ¢eL hÉhÙÛ¡u cçl/n¡M¡pj§­ql jdÉ J
c£OÑ ®ju¡­c pwlrZ­k¡NÉ C­mƒÊ¢eL ®lLXÑ kb¡: …l¦aÄf§ZÑ fË¢a­hce, abÉ-Ef¡š, ®nË¢Z¢heÉ¡pL«a
e¢b, CaÉ¡¢c d¡lZ Ll¡ pñh q­hz fËk¤¢š²l j¡dÉ­j ¢h¢iæ e¢bpj§­ql ®nË¢Z¢heÉ¡p, A¢eÖfæ ¢ho­u
a¡¢mL¡ fËZue Hhw ¢e¢cÑø pjuL¡m f­l ®nË¢Z¢heÉ¡p Ae¤k¡u£ dÄwp­k¡NÉ e¢bpj§­ql a¡¢mL¡ ®~a¢l
Ll¡z

0105z plL¡¢l pLm L¡­S h¡wm¡ V¡Cf/j¤â­Zl ®r­œ CE¢e­L¡X g¾V hÉhq¡l Ll¡ Hhw
ANË¡¢dL¡l ¢i¢š­a S¡a£u L£-®h¡XÑ hÉhq¡l Ll¡z a­h fË­u¡S­e hým hÉhq©a AeÉ ®k ®L¡­e¡
h¡wm¡ g¾VJ hÉhq¡l Ll¡ ®k­a f¡­lz

0106z ¢Q¢Wf­œl (q¡XÑL¢f Hhw pgÚVL¢f­a) ü¡rlL¡l£ LjÑLaÑ¡l ®g¡e, gÉ¡„ eð­ll p¡­b
C-®jCm ¢WL¡e¡J fËc¡e Ll¡z c¡ç¢lL e¢bf­œl ¢el¡fš¡ J ®N¡fe£ua¡l fË­u¡S­e ü¡rlL¡l£
LjÑLaÑ¡NZ C­mƒÊ¢eL ü¡rl hÉhq¡l Ll­a f¡­lez

fœfË¡¢ç J hÉhÙÛ¡fe¡

0107z fË¢a¢V A¢g­p pw¢nÔø A¢de¡uL/A¢gp fËd¡e-Hl ¢e­cÑne¡ Ae¤k¡u£ HL¢V fœ hÉhÙÛ¡fe¡
n¡M¡, k¡ ­Xpf¡p ®p¾V¡l/®p¾VÊ¡m ®l¢S¢ØVÊ (¢pBl) ®pLne e¡­j f¢l¢Qa b¡L­h Hhw pw¢nÔø
h¡¢qe£/A¢g­pl ÙÛ¡u£ ¢e­cÑ¢nL¡ Ae¤k¡u£ f¢lQ¡¢ma q­hz Eš² ®pLn­el c¡¢uaÄ ¢ejÀl©f :

Lz A¿¹jѤM£ (Incoming) fœ¡¢c NËqZ J pw¢nÔø n¡M¡u ®fËlZz

Mz h¢qNÑ¡j£ (Outgoing) fœ¡¢c ®fËlZz

Nz ÙÛ¡u£ ¢e­cÑ¢nL¡ Ae¤k¡u£ fœ NËqZ/®fËl­Zl ®lLXÑ pwlrZz

0108z Sl¦¢l fœ¡¢c fË¡¢çl fl â¦a pw¢nÔø n¡M¡u ®fËlZ ¢e¢ÕQa Ll¡, k¡­a fË¡¢çl c¤C O¸Y~¡l
j­dÉ pw¢nÔø LjÑLaÑ¡l ¢eLV EfÙÛ¡fe Ll¡ k¡uz AeÉ¡eÉ fœ¡¢c kb¡pñh fË¡¢çl ¢ch­pC pw¢nÔø
®pLne/fË¡f­Ll ¢eLV ®fËlZ Ll¡z

fË¡ç fœ¡¢c ¢eÖf¢šl fÜ¢a

0109z p¡d¡lZa fœfË¡¢ç p¡­f­r ¢pBl (Central Registry) ®pLne pw¢nÔø n¡M¡u ®fËlZ
L­l Hhw pw¢nÔø n¡M¡ Eš² f­œl Jfl L¡kÑLl£ hÉhÙÛ¡ NËqZ L­lz a­h ®L¡­e¡ n¡M¡u i¥mœ²­j
®fË¢la fœ¡¢c fË¡fL n¡M¡ LaѪL â¦a pw¢nÔø n¡M¡u ®fËlZ Ll¡ Abh¡ pw¢nÔø n¡M¡u ®fËlZ pñh e¡
q­m H dl­el fË¡ç fœ¡¢c ®lLXÑi¥š² e¡ Ll¡ Hhw a¡ ®fËlZL¡l£ pwÙÛ¡/n¡M¡u ®gla f¡W¡­e¡l
hÉhÙÛ¡ Ll¡z
1-2
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

fœ¡¢c e¢bi¥¢š² J ¢eÖf¢šLlZ fÜ¢a

0110z fœfË¡¢ç p¡­f­r pw¢nÔø n¡M¡/A¢g­pl fËd¡e Ll¢ZL/Ll¢ZL LaѪL f­œl p¤¢hd¡SeL
p¡c¡ Aw­n Abh¡ f­œl ¢fR­e pLm LjÑLaÑ¡l ¢ek¤¢š² pð¢ma "®c¢Mu¡­Re' ¢pm pw­k¡Se Ll¡
Hhw ¢p­ml ¢e­Q fœfË¡¢çl a¡¢lM J pju ¢m¢fhÜ Ll¡z pw¢nÔø Ll¢ZL LaѪL f­œ E­õ¢Ma
f§­hÑl hl¡a fœpj§q p¢æ­h¢na Ll¡z E­õMÉ, f§­hÑl hl¡a fœpj§q pw¢nÔø g¡Cm ®b­L Bm¡c¡
Ll¡l ®Q­u g­V¡L¢f L­l EfÙÛ¡fe Ll¡C ®nËuz

0111z fœ EfÙÛ¡f­el ®r­œ AdÙ¹e LjÑLaÑ¡ ®b­L œ²j¡eÄ­u FdÄÑae LjÑLaÑ¡l ¢eLV EfÙÛ¡fe
Ll¡z fË¡ç fœ¡¢c pw¢nÔø LjÑLaÑ¡ LaѪL paLÑa¡l p¡­b fs¡ Hhw ®k pLm ®r­œ f§­hÑl hl¡afœ
Hhw ¢h¢dj¡m¡ J ¢e­cÑn Ae¤p¡­l FdÄÑae LjÑLaÑ¡l ¢eLV EfÙÛ¡f­el fË­u¡Se ®eC, ®p pLm
®r­œ ¢e­SC a¡ ¢eÖf¢š Ll¡z a­h FdÄÑae LaѪf­rl L¡­R EfÙÛ¡f­el fË­u¡Se l­u­R h¡ AeÉ¡eÉ
n¡M¡l p¡­b B­m¡Qe¡l fË­u¡Se£ua¡ l­u­R, H dl­el fœ¡¢cl Jfl fËQ¢ma e£¢aj¡m¡/p¤¢e¢cÑø
¢e­cÑnpj§q pð¢ma L­l AdÙ¹e LjÑLaÑ¡ LaѪL "ØV¡g ®e¡V' ®mM¡z Efk¤š²a¡ Ae¤k¡u£ hÉhØq¡
NËq­Zl f§­hÑ FdÄÑae LjÑLaÑ¡l ¢eLV ®b­L ¢pÜ¡¿¹ NËqZ Ll¡ h¡ FdÄÑae LjÑLaÑ¡­L Ah¢qa Ll¡z
Sl¦¢l fœ¡¢cl ®r­œ pw¢nÔø n¡M¡l c¡¢uaÄfË¡ç LjÑLaÑ¡ LaѪL f­œl ¢hou¡¢c kb¡n£OË FdÄÑae
LaѪfr­L Ah¢qa Ll¡z

0112z FdÄÑae LjÑLaÑ¡l ¢pÜ¡¿¹NËqZ f§hÑL f­œl Ešl ®fËl­Zl Mps¡ fËÙ¹¤a Ll¡ Hhw FdÄÑae
LjÑLaÑ¡l Ae¤­j¡ce NËqZ Ll¡z Ae¤­j¡ce NËqZ f§hÑL f¢lµRæ fœ ®~a¢l Lla, pw¢nÔø LjÑLaÑ¡l
ü¡rl NËqZ Ll¡ Hhw fœ fË¡f­Ll ¢eLV ®fËl­Zl hÉhÙÛ¡ Ll¡z fË¡ç fœ Hhw Nªq£a hÉhÙÛ¡ f­œl
A¢gp L¢f ¢e¢cÑø g¡C­m pwlrZ Ll¡z

c¢mm/fœ/e¢b fËÙ¹¤aLlZ

0113z c¢mm/e¢b hm­a Hje f­œl Mps¡­LC h¤T¡­h k¡ S¡¢l/®fËlZ Ll¡ BhnÉL Hhw k¡
FdÄÑae LaѪf­rl Ae¤­j¡ce m¡­il A¢ifË¡­uC p¡d¡lZa fËÙ¹¤a Ll¡ quz

0114z c¢mm/e¢b/fœ fËÙ¹¤aL¡­m ¢ejÀ¢m¢Ma ¢hou¡h¢m Ae¤plZ Ll¡ :

Lz pLm fªbL fªbL Ae¤­µR­cl œ²¢jL pwMÉ¡ ®cJu¡z

Mz Mps¡l fËbj Ae¤­µR­c f­œl ¢houhÙºl pLm abÉ¡¢c pw¢rç BL¡­l hZÑe¡
Ll¡ Hhw ®no Ae¤­µR­c H pwœ²¡¿¹ L¡kÑLl£ hÉhÙÛ¡ NËq­Zl E­õM Ll¡z

Nz fœ fËÙ¹¤aLl­Zl ®r­œ HC hC­ul Cw­l¢S Aw­nl ®pLne-H E¢õ¢Ma AeÉ

¢euj¡h¢m Ae¤plZ Ll¡z
1-3
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

Oz Ap¡j¢lL fË¢aù¡e, h¡¢Z¢SÉL fË¢aù¡e Hhw AeÉ¡eÉ ®hplL¡¢l pwØq¡pj§­ql

¢eLV fœ ®mM¡l ®r­œ pqS, fË¡”m J ®p±q¡cÑf§ZÑ në¡h¢m hÉhq¡l Ll¡z

Pz f­œl f§­hÑl hl¡apj§q a¡¢lMpq ¢m¢fhÜ Ll¡z

0115z c¢mm/e¢bl Mps¡ fËÙ¹¤aL¡­m ¢ejÀ¢m¢Ma ¢hou¡h¢m Ae¤plZ Ll¡ :

Lz Mps¡ L¡N­Sl fªù¡u ¢à…Z f¢lp­l ®mM¡ h¡ V¡Cf Ll¡ Hhw pw­n¡de J
pw­k¡S­el SeÉ k­bø fËnÙ¹ j¡¢SÑe l¡M¡z

Mz pLm Mps¡­aC pw¢nÔø e¢b pwMÉ¡ E­õM Ll¡z

Nz Mps¡ fËÙ¹¤aLl­Zl ®r­œ HC hC­ul Cw­l¢S Aw­nl ®pLne-H E¢õ¢Ma AeÉ

¢euj¡h¢m Ae¤plZ Ll¡z

Oz ANË¡¢dL¡l ¢Qq² AbÑ¡v "Sl¦¢l', "ANËNZÉ' Mps¡­aJ E­õM Ll¡z

®e¡V¢nV EfÙÛ¡fe

0116z ®e¡V¢nV p¡d¡lZa ®L¡­e¡ ¢ho­u ¢h¢iæ fkÑ¡­ul LjÑLaÑ¡­cl Abh¡ HL¡¢dL n¡M¡l
LjÑLaÑ¡­cl fl¡jnÑ/ja¡j­al ¢i¢š­a Ae¤­j¡ceL¡l£ LjÑLaÑ¡l ¢eLV ­b­L ¢pÜ¡¿¹ NËq­Zl ®r­œ
EfÙÛ¡fe Ll¡ q­u b¡­Lz ®e¡V¢nV ®~a¢ll ®r­œ Efk¤š² j¡¢SÑe ®l­M g¥m­úf BL¡­ll ®e¡V¢n­Vl
Jfl fË¢a¢V ®e¡V L¡¢m­a Abh¡ L¢ÇfEV¡l V¡C­f ¢m¢fhÜ Ll¡ Hhw pLm ®e¡V¢nV HL­œ pwk¤š²
Ll¡z ®L¡­e¡ ¢hou EfÙÛ¡f­el ®r­œ FdÄÑae LjÑLaÑ¡N­Zl à¡l¡ ®e¡V ®mM¡l SeÉ k­bø A¢m¢Ma
p¡c¡ ®e¡V¢nV pwk¤š² Ll¡z fË¡ç f­œl Jfl ®L¡­e¡ ®e¡V e¡ ®mM¡z FdÄÑae LjÑLaÑ¡ fË¡ç
L¡NSf­œl Jfl C­a¡j­dÉC ®e¡V L­l b¡L­m, ®p ®e¡Vpj§q ¢m¢fhÜ Ll¡l f§­hÑ ®e¡V¢n­Vl
Jfl Ae¤¢m¢f L­l l¡M¡z

0117z HL¡¢dL n¡M¡l p¡­b fl¡jnÑ Ll¡ fË­u¡Se q­a f¡­l Hl©f ¢hou hÉa£a, ®L¡­e¡ ¢ho­u
Q§s¡¿¹ ¢eÖf¢šl f§­hÑ a¡­a e§Éeaj ¢aeSe LjÑLaÑ¡ (®e¡V Ae¤­j¡ceL¡l£ hÉa£a) La«ÑL ®e¡V ®mM¡z
pw¢nÔø n¡M¡l fËd¡e LjÑLaÑ¡ La«ÑL a¡l fË¢a A¢fÑa rja¡ Ae¤k¡u£ ¢hou¢V ®L¡e fkÑ¡­u
¢eÖf¢š­k¡NÉ a¡ e¢b­a E­õM Ll¡z

0118z e¢bÙÛ ®L¡­e¡ ®e¡VC BW¡ ¢c­u e¡ m¡N¡­e¡ Hhw e¢bÙÛ ®e¡V…¢ml AfË­u¡Se£u Awn ®L­V
Ae¤ü¡rl Ll¡z plL¡¢l B­cn/e£¢aNa Ae¤­j¡ce NËq­Zl SeÉ j­e¡NË¡jk¤š² ¢edÑ¡¢la ph¤S
L¡N­S ®e¡V¢nV EfÙÛ¡fe Ll¡z

1-4
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

0119z ®e¡V¢n­Vl œ²¢jL eð­ll d¡l¡h¡¢qLa¡ Ar¥ZÀ ®l­M ®e¡V EfÙÛ¡feL¡l£ pw¢nÔø LjÑLaÑ¡
La«ÑL ¢e­Sl ¢ek¤¢š²­L ®L­V ¢c­u ®e¡V ®mM¡ J ü¡rl Ll¡ Hhw f­l ea¥e œ²¢jL eðl fËc¡epq
flhaÑ£ FdÄÑae LjÑLaÑ¡ La«ÑL ®e¡V ®mM¡l SeÉ Eš² LjÑLaÑ¡l ¢ek¤¢š² ¢m¢fhÜ Ll¡z
fœ ¢mMe pÇf¢LÑa AeÉ ¢euj¡h¢m
0120z pLm fœ ¢mM­el ®r­œ ¢ejÀ¢m¢Ma ¢euj¡h¢m Ae¤plZ Ll¡ :
Lz pcÉfË¡ç fœ¡¢c EfÙÛ¡f­el ®r­œ kb¡pñh E¢õ¢Ma hl¡apj§qpq EfÙÛ¡fe Ll¡z
Mz hl¡af­œl …l¦aÄf§ZÑ Awn­L cª¢ø BLoÑ­Zl p¤¢hd¡­bÑ q¡Cm¡CV Ll¡ Hhw
¢hL«a e¡ Ll¡z
Nz ü¡r­ll SeÉ ®fË¢lahÉ fË¢a¢V f¢lµRæ fœ n¡M¡ LjÑLaÑ¡/fËd¡e Ll¢ZL/n¡M¡
ašÆ¡hd¡uL La«ÑL Ae¤­j¡¢ca Mps¡l p¡­b paLÑi¡­h ¢j¢m­u ®cM¡z
Oz hÉhq©a fœ¡¢cl pLm fªù¡­aC p¤Øføi¡­h J œ²j¡e¤p¡­l fªù¡pwMÉ¡ ®cJu¡z H
fªù¡pwMÉ¡ fË­aÉL fªù¡l ¢e­Q jdÉhaÑ£ ÙÛ¡­e ®cJu¡z
Pz pLm fœ, ®e¡Vpj§q ®n¡ie J j¡¢SÑa në fË­u¡­N ®mM¡z hÉ¢š²Na j¿¹hÉ,
B­hN J h¡ýmÉ f¢lq¡l L­l ¢el­fri¡­h ®e¡V fËc¡e Ll¡z
Qz j§mf­œ ®k dl­Zl Hhw BL¡­ll L¡NS hÉhq¡l Ll¡ qu, pwmNÀ£l ®hm¡uJ ®p
dl­el L¡NS hÉhq¡l Ll¡ Hhw ¢n­l¡e¡­j "fœpwMÉ¡ ... a¡¢lM ...-Hl pwmNÀ£' E­õM Ll¡z
Rz ®k pLm fœ ®fËl­Zl SeÉ fË¡¢ç J hÉhÙÛ¡fe¡ n¡M¡u f¡W¡­e¡ qu ®p…¢m Eš²
¢c­eC ®fËlZ Ll¡ Hhw ®L¡­e¡ AhÙÛ¡­aC flhaÑ£ pL¡m A¢aœ²j e¡ Ll¡z
Sz gÉ¡­„l j¡dÉ­j fË¡ç ¢Q¢Wf­œl Arl AÒf pj­u J pq­SC AØfø qu ¢hd¡u
fË¡¢çl p¡­b p¡­b Hl g­V¡L¢f pwlrZ Ll¡z

®~e¢j¢šL fœ (Routine letter)

0121z ®~e¢j¢šL fœ ®mM¡l HL¢V ej¤e¡ ®œ²¡sfœ-L ¢q­p­h ®cJu¡ q­m¡z

A¡d¡-plL¡¢l fœ

0122z ®L¡­e¡ ¢ho­u fСf­Ll hÉ¢š²Na j­e¡­k¡N BLoÑZ fЭu¡Se£u ¢h­h¢Qa q­m plL¡¢l
LjÑLa¡ÑN­Zl j­dÉ fœ ¢h¢ej­ul ®r­œ A¡d¡-plL¡¢l fœ hÉhq¡l Ll¡z HC fœ LjÑLa¡Ñl ü£u
fÉ¡­X ®mM¡ ®k­a f¡­lz

1-5
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

0123z p¡j¢lL h¡¢qe£l pcl cçl/CE¢eVpj§­ql e¡­j fœ ®mM¡z Ap¡j¢lL f¢lj™­m fœ

fСfL LjÑLaÑ¡l e¡j E­õMf§hÑL a¡l ¢eLV ®fËlZ Ll¡z H­a "¢fÐu...', "Se¡h/j­q¡cu...,
"pñ¡oZpq Ešj f¤l¦o HLhQ­e ®mM¡ Hhw ®n­o B¿¹¢lLi¡­h Bfe¡l' ®p±SeÉp§QL E¢š² l¡M¡z
fСfL LjÑLa¡Ñ HLC fcjk¡Ñc¡pÇfæ h¡ L¢eù q­m p¡d¡lZa "¢fÐu...' pñ¡oZ Hhw k¢c fСfL
LjÑLa¡Ñ fcjk¡Ñc¡u fœ®fÐlL A­fr¡ HL h¡ HL¡¢dL EµQal fk¡Ñ­ul qe, a¡q­m "¢fÐu Abh¡
Se¡h/j­q¡cu' pñ¡oZ hÉhq¡l Ll¡z k¢c fСfL LjÑLa¡Ñ fœ®mML A­fr¡ ¢ae h¡ a­a¡¢dL
EµQfk¡Ñ­ul qe, a¡q­m "¢fÐu j­q¡cu' A¢ih¡ce hÉhq¡l Ll¡z ®fÐl­Ll ®V¢m­g¡e eðl J
C-®jCm ¢WL¡e¡ f­œ E­õM Ll¡ ®k­a f¡­lz Bd¡-plL¡¢l fœ ®mM¡l HL¢V ej¤e¡ ®œ²¡sfœ-M
¢q­p­h ®cJu¡ q­m¡z

në pw­rf

0124z fœ¢mMe pqS­h¡dÉ J kb¡pñh pw¢rç Ll¡l SeÉ Cw­l¢S abbreviation-Hl j­a¡
h¡wm¡ n­ëlJ pw¢rç l©f hÉhq¡l Ll¡ ®k­a f¡­lz HSeÉ Cw­l¢S n­ël j­a¡ h¡wm¡ në­LJ
pw­rf Lla, fœ ®mM¡l ®r­œ hÉhq¡­ll E­Ÿ­nÉ ®œ²¡sfœ-N ¢q­p­h ¢LR¤ h¡wm¡ në pw­rf
®cJu¡ q­m¡z

f¢li¡o¡

0125z f¢li¡o¡ hÉhq¡­ll g­m fœ¢mMe n˦¢ajd¤l Hhw pqS­h¡dÉ Ll¡ pñhz fœ¢mM­e
f¢li¡o¡ hÉhq¡­ll m­rÉ ®œ²¡sfœ-O ¢q­p­h ¢LR¤ f¢li¡o¡ pwk¤š² Ll¡ q­m¡z

Efpwq¡l

0126z pLm ®r­œ j¡a«i¡o¡ h¡wm¡l fËQme J hÉhq¡l ¢e¢ÕQa Ll¡l SeÉ Ef­l¡š² ¢euj¡e¤k¡u£
fœ¢mMe, ¢halZ J pwlrZ Ll­a q­hz pnÙ» h¡¢qe£l fË¢a¢V ®r­œ Eš² ¢euj Ae¤plZ Ll¡ q­m
h¡¢qe£pj§q Hhw B¿¹xh¡¢qe£ pwÙÛ¡pj§­ql j­dÉ HLC dl­el fœ¡m¡f fÜ¢a Q¡m¤ q­hz

0127-0199z pwl¢ra z

®œ²¡sfœ :

Lz ®~e¢j¢šL fœ¢mM­el HL¢V ej¤e¡z

Mz Bd¡-plL¡¢l fœ ¢mM­el HL¢V ej¤e¡z
Nz në pw­rfz
Oz f¢li¡o¡z

1-6
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

®œ²¡sfœ-L
f¢l­µRc-1
®~e¢j¢šL fœ¢mM­el HL¢V ej¤e¡
p£¢ja
NZfËS¡a¿»£ h¡wm¡­cn plL¡l
fËd¡ej¿»£l L¡kÑ¡mu, pnÙ» h¡¢qe£ ¢hi¡N
Af¡­ln¾p J f¢lLÒfe¡ f¢lcçl
Y¡L¡ ®pe¡¢eh¡p
a¡l¡m¡fe£: 9834338 p¡j¢lL: 4338
C-®jCm: gso1_p&p@afd.gov.bd
i¡â 1429
06.02.2626.121.55.003.22 BNØV 2022
Mps¡ ÔS­u¾V p¡¢iÑp ØV¡g ¢XE¢VS jÉ¡e¤u¡m (®SHpHp¢XHj)-2022' Hl Jfl Nªq£ahÉ L¡kÑœ²j
hl¡a :
Lz pnÙ» h¡¢qe£ ¢hi¡N, Af¡­ln¾p J f¢lLÒfe¡ f¢lcçl fœ ew 06.00.0000.004/Afp(fË­Sƒ)/446 a¡¢lM 28
H¢fËm 2022z
1z hl¡a f­œl ®fË¢r­a Mps¡ S­u¾V p¡¢iÑp ØV¡g ¢XE¢VS jÉ¡e¤u¡m (®SHpHp¢XHj)-2022' Hl pLm gl­jne
Hhw fË¢aù¡epj§­ql ja¡ja Aœ f­œl ®œ²¡sfœ L Hhw Be¤o¢‰L L¡NSfœ pwk¤š² Ll¡ q­m¡z
2z Bfe¡­cl AhN¢a J flha£Ñ L¡kÑœ²­jl SeÉ ®fËlZ Ll¡ q­m¡z

…mS¡l E¢Ÿe Bq­jc

®mg­VeÉ¡¾V L­eÑm
f­r ¢fË¢¾pf¡m ØV¡g A¢gp¡l
®œ²¡sfœ :
Lz Mps¡ Ô®SHpHp¢XHj-2022'-Hl ¢h¢iæ h¡¢qe£ Hhw fË¢aù¡­el ja¡jaz
pwk¤š² :
1z Mps¡ Ô®SHpHp¢XHj-2022Õ-01 L¢fz
¢halZ :
h¢qNÑje :
L¡kÑœ²j :
®pe¡pcl, ¢SHp n¡M¡, p¡j¢lL fË¢nrZ f¢lcçl, Y¡L¡ ®pe¡¢eh¡p
®e± h¸Y~e LaѪfr, ®e±h¡¢qe£ pcl cçl, he¡e£, Y¡L¡-1213
¢hj¡e h¡¢qe£ pcl cçl, f¢lLÒfe¡ n¡M¡, fËn¡p¢eL pjeÄu f¢lcçl, Y¡L¡ ®pe¡¢eh¡p
AhN¢a:
p¡j¢lL h¡¢qe£ Lj¡ä J ØV¡g L­mS, ¢jlf¤l ®pe¡¢eh¡p
p£¢ja
1L-1
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

®œ²¡sfœ-M
f¢l­µRc-1
Bd¡-plL¡¢l fœ¢mM­el HL¢V ej¤e¡
®mg­VeÉ¡¾V L­eÑm ®j¡x He¡­ua¥m qL, ¢fHp¢p
A¢de¡uL
1j hÉ¡V¡¢mue, ¢c h¡wm¡­cn CegÉ¡¢¾VÊ ®l¢S­j¾V
Bm£Lcj ®pe¡¢eh¡p
a¡l¡m¡fe£ : 264548 p¡j¢lL : 2554
i¡â 1429
¢fHg/6295/¢XJ BNØV 2022
(pñ¡hÉ/Efk¤š² pñ¡oZ q¡­a ¢m¢fhÜ Ll­a q­h)
1z A¡pp¡m¡j¤ A¡m¡CL¥jz h¡­e±S¡ nq£c g¢lc-Hl 3u L¢jn¢ew ¢chp Efm­rÉ A¡fe¡­L
Hhw S¡q¡­Sl pLm pcpÉ­L S¡e¡C fË¡ZY¡m¡ A¢ie¾cez L¢jn¢ew ¢ch­pl HC öi ¢c­e A¡¢j
h¡­e±S¡ nq£c g¢lc-Hl A¢dLal EeÀ¢a J pjª¢Ü L¡je¡ Ll¢Rz
2z A¡j¡l cªt ¢hnÄ¡p, A¡fe¡l p¤­k¡NÉ ®ea«­aÄ h¡­e±S¡ nq£c g¢lc-Hl pLm pcpÉ jq¡e
®cn­fË­j Eà¤Ü q­u A¢fÑa c¡¢uaÄ paa¡ J ¢eù¡l p¡­b f¡me L­l p¡gmÉ J L«¢a­aÄl d¡l¡ AhÉ¡qa
l¡M­hz A¡¢j AaÉ¿¹ A¡e¢¾ca ®k, h¡­e±S¡ nq£c g¢lc-Hl A¢fÑa c¡¢uaÄ f¡m­el f¡n¡f¡¢n
e¡e¡¢hd fË¢nrZ, ®Mm¡d¤m¡ J fËn¡p¢eL LjÑL¡­™ p­hÑ¡µQ ®fn¡c¡¢laÄ fËcnÑe L­l h¡wm¡­cn
®e±h¡¢qe£­a HL¢V N¢hÑa S¡q¡S l©­f fËj¡Z Ll­a prj q­u­Rz S¡q¡­Sl ®N±l­h¡‹Äm C¢aq¡p
pL­ml j­e¡hm BlJ cªt Ll­h h­m B¢j ¢hnÄ¡p L¢lz h¡­e±S¡ nq£c g¢lc-Hl pLm A¢gp¡l
J e¡¢hLhª¾c ®ke i¢hoÉ­aJ A¡fe¡l fËc¢nÑa fb Hhw Aa£a I¢aqÉ Ae¤plZ L­l A¢dLal
cra¡l p¡­b pLm ®fn¡Na c¡¢uaÄ f¡me Hhw ®cnj¡a«L¡l ®ph¡u A¡aÈ¢e­u¡N Ll­a f¡­l ®pSeÉ
A¡¿¹¢lLi¡­h ®c¡u¡ J öi L¡je¡ Ll¢Rz
3z A¡¢j L¢jn¢ew ¢ch­p h¡­e±S¡ nq£c g¢lc-Hl pLm fc¢hl pcpÉ­cl p¡gmÉ J
L«¢a­aÄl SeÉ A¿¹­ll A¿¹xÙÛm ®b­L A¢ie¾ce J deÉh¡c S¡e¡¢µRz jq¡e A¡mÔ¡q A¡fe¡­cl
pL­ml pq¡u ®q¡ez
(Bfe¡l Ae¤Na/Bfe¡l ¢hnÄÙ¹/nËÜ¡­¿¹)
(ü¡rl)
fТa :
®mg­VeÉ¡¾V Lj¡ä¡l ®j¡x ¢g­l¡S Lh£l, (¢S), ¢hHe
A¢de¡uL
ev‡bŠRv nq£c g¢lc
¢cNl¡S, ®j¡wm¡
1M-1
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

®œ²¡sfœ-N
f¢l­µRc-1
në pw­rf

Hp­LHp - ®pe¡ LmÉ¡Z pwÙÛ¡

He­LHg - ®e± LmÉ¡Z g¡E­äne
Hp¢h¢f - ®pe¡h¡¢qe£ fcL
Hp¢f¢f - ®pe¡ f¡lc¢nÑa¡ fcL
Hp¢S¢f - ®pe¡ ®N±lh fcL
HpCE¢f - ®pe¡ EvLoÑa¡ fcL
He¢h¢f - ®e±h¡¢qe£ fcL
He¢S¢f - ®e± ®N±lh fcL
HeCE¢f - ®e± EvLoÑa¡ fcL
He¢f¢f - ®e± f¡lc¢nÑa¡ fcL
JHp¢f - Ap¡j¡eÉ ®ph¡ fcL
L¡¢hM¡ - L¡­Sl ¢h¢ej­u M¡cÉ
¢SCE¢f - ®N±l­h¡‹Æm E—ue fcL
cª:B: - cª¢ø BLoÑZ
h¡­e±S¡ - h¡wm¡­cn ®e±h¡¢qe£ S¡q¡S
h¡­e±fLp - h¡wm¡­cn ®e±h¡¢qe£ f¢lh¡l LmÉ¡Z pwÙÛ¡
h¡E¢h - h¡wm¡­cn E¾j¤š² ¢hnÄ¢hcÉ¡mu
®h¢hQL - ®hp¡j¢lL ¢hj¡e Qm¡Qm La«Ñfr
h¡¢hh¡ - h¡wm¡­cn ¢hj¡e h¡¢qe£
¢hHp¢f - ¢h¢nø ®ph¡ fcL
¢h¢h¢f - ¢hj¡e h¡¢qe£ fcL
¢h¢f¢f - ¢hj¡e f¡lc¢nÑa¡ fcL
¢hCE¢f - ¢hj¡e EvLoÑa¡ fcL
i¨­L± - i¨¢j ®L±nm
l­L± - lZ ®L±nm
lZfj - lZ­L±nmNa f¤ex ®j¡a¡­ue
®pfLp - ®pe¡ f¢lh¡l LmÉ¡Z p¢j¢a
p¡i¨­pA - p¡j¢lL i¨¢j J ®pe¡¢eh¡p A¢dcçl

1N-1
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

®œ²¡sfœ-O
f¢l­µRc-1
f¢li¡o¡
(p§œx fËn¡p¢eL f¢li¡o¡, h¡wm¡ HL¡­X¢j Y¡L¡)
Ser English Bangla
1z Abbreviation në pw­rf
2z Absent without leave R¤¢V hÉa£a Ae¤f¢ÙÛa
3z Accounts Officer ¢qp¡hlrZ LjÑLaÑ¡
4z Accused Bp¡¢j/A¢ik¤š²
5z Acknowledgement fË¡¢çü£L¡l/L«a‘a¡ ü£L¡l
6z Acknowledgement receipt fË¡¢çü£L¡l l¢pc
7z Acquisition A¢dNËqZ/A¢dNËqZ Ll¡
8z Acting c¡¢uaÄfË¡ç/i¡lfË¡ç
9z Action L¡kÑœ²j/hÉhØq¡¢œ²u¡
10z Ad hoc AÉ¡XqL/AÙÛ¡u£
11z Address ¢WL¡e¡/i¡oZ/hš²ªa¡/p­ð¡de
12z Administration fËn¡pe
13z Administrative approval fËn¡p¢eL Ae¤­j¡ce
14z Administrative sanction fËn¡p¢eL j”¤¢l
15z Admissibility NË¡qÉa¡/NËqZ­k¡NÉa¡
16z Advance ANË¡¢ik¡e/A¢NËj
17z Advice fl¡jnÑ/Ef­cn
18z Advisor Ef­cø¡
19z Age limit huxp£j¡
20z Age of retirement AhplNËq­Zl hup/Ahp­ll hup
21z Agent fË¢a¢e¢d/c¡m¡m
22z Agreement Q¥¢š²
23z Aircraft ¢hj¡e/E­s¡S¡q¡S
24z Amendment pw­n¡de£
25z Annex/Annexure ­œ²¡sfœ
26z Annual Confidential Report h¡¢oÑL ®N¡fe£u fË¢a­hce
27z Antedated Seniority i§a¡­fr ®SÉùa¡
28z Appended pwk¤š²
29z Appendix f¢l¢nø/pw­k¡¢Sa Awn
30z Armed Services/Armed Forces pnÙ» h¡¢qe£
1O-1
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

Ser English Bangla

31z Armoury AÙ»¡N¡l
32z Army Headquarters ®pe¡pcl
33z Assumption of duty L¡kÑi¡l NËqZ/c¡¢uaÄ NËqZ
34z Attachment pwk¤¢š²
35z Attested paÉ¡¢ua/paÉ¡ue
36z Audit ¢el£r¡
37z Audit objection ¢el£r¡ Bf¢š
38z Auxiliary forces pq¡uL h¡¢qe£
39z Balance sheet ¢ÙÛ¢afœ
40z Basic ®j±¢mL/h¤¢eu¡¢c
41z Basic pay j§m ®hae
42z Battalion hÉ¡V¡¢mue
43z Battery hÉ¡V¡¢l
44z Biannual AdÑ-h¡¢oÑL/o¡ZÈ¡¢pL
45z Branch A¢dn¡M¡ (fËn¡p¢eL A­bÑ)/n¡M¡
46z Attack Bœ²jZ
47z Tactical Redeployment lZ­L±nmNa f¤e ®j¡a¡­ue
48z Brief Ae¤hÉ¡M¡/p¡l-pw­rf
49z Budget allotment h¡­SV hl¡Ÿ
50z Budget estimate h¡­SV-fË¡‚me
51z Cadre LÉ¡X¡l
52z Camp LÉ¡Çf/¢n¢hl
53z Cantonment ®pe¡-R¡E¢e/®pe¡¢eh¡p
54z Captain LÉ¡­ÃVe/A¢de¡uL/cmf¢a
55z Caption LÉ¡fne/f¢lQu‘¡fL ¢hhlZ
56z Care of (C/O) fËk­aÁ
57z Casual leave ®~e¢j¢šL R¤¢V
58z Charge sheet A¢i­k¡Nfœ/Q¡SÑ¢nV
59z Charter of duties LaÑhÉ-a¡¢mL¡/c¡¢uaÄ-a¡¢mL¡
60z Check-post aõ¡¢n g¡y¢s/®Q±¢L
61z Civil ¢p¢im/®hp¡j¢lL/Ap¡j¢lL
62z Civil Defence ®hp¡j¢lL fË¢alr¡/Ap¡j¢lL
fË¢alr¡
63z Civil Officer ®hp¡j¢lL LjÑLaÑ¡/Ap¡j¢lL LjÑLaÑ¡

1O-2
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

Ser English Bangla

64z Classified documents ®N¡fe-®nË¢Zi¥š² c¢mm/ ®nË¢Zi¥š² e¢b
65z Clearance R¡s
66z Clearance certificate R¡sfœ
67z Clerical staff Ll¢ZLhª¾c
68z Clerk Ll¢ZL
69z Code of Conduct BQlZ¢h¢d
70z Commanding officer A¢de¡uL
71z Company ®L¡Çf¡¢e
72z Compensation gratuity r¢af§lZj§mL Be¤­a¡¢oL
73z Compensation pension r¢af§lZj§mL Ahpl-i¡a¡
74z Compensatory allowance r¢af§lL i¡a¡
75z Compensatory leave r¢af§lL R¤¢V
76z Compensatory pension r¢af§lL Ahpl-i¡a¡
77z Confidence BÙÛ¡
78z Confidential ®N¡fe£u
79z Confidential Report ®N¡fe£u Ae¤­hce
80z Conveyance Allowance k¡a¡u¡a i¡a¡
81z Convict L­u¢c
82z Convict ®c¡o£ p¡hÉÙ¹ Ll¡
83z Convicted ®c¡o£ p¡hÉÙ¹
84z Convoy p¡j¢lL hql/hql
85z Coordination pjeÄu
86z Coordinator pjeÄuL¡l£/pjeÄuL
87z Correspondence fœ-®k¡N¡­k¡N/¢Q¢W
88z Daily allowance ®~c¢eL i¡a¡
89z Dairy farm c¤‡-Evf¡ce M¡j¡l
90z Dearness jq¡OÑa¡
91z Dearness allowance jq¡OÑ i¡a¡
92z Defence fË¢alr¡
93z Defence purchase fË¢alr¡ p¡jNË£ œ²u
94z Defence science fË¢alr¡ ¢h‘¡e
95z Defence support fË¢alr¡ p¡q¡kÉ/pq¡ua¡/pjbÑe
96z Defensive fË¢alr¡j§mL
97z Delegation of power rja¡ AfÑZ

1O-3
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

Ser English Bangla

98z Deputation allowance ®fËoZi¡a¡
99z Deputy ®Xf¤¢V/Ef
100z Derequisition A¢dNËqZj¤š²LlZ
101z Designated j­e¡e£a
102z Designation j­e¡eue
103z Despatch ®XpfÉ¡Q/X¡L ®fËlZ
104z Direct recruitment pl¡p¢l ¢e­u¡N
105z Disability allowance Ap¡jbÑÉ i¡a¡
106z Disciplinary action nª´Mm¡j§mL hÉhÙÛ¡
107z Dismiss hlM¡Ù¹ Ll¡/Q¡L¥¢lQ¥Éa Ll¡
108z Dismissal hlM¡Ù¹LlZ
109z Displeasure Ap­¿¹¡o
110z Draft letter Mps¡ fœ
111z Duly kb¡kbi¡­h
112z Dutiful LaÑhÉ¢eù/LaÑhÉfl¡uZ
113z Effectiveness L¡kÑL¡¢la¡
114z Efficiency cra¡
115z Employee LjÑQ¡l£
116z Entertainment allowance BfÉ¡ue-i¡a¡
117z Envelope M¡j
118z Estimate fË¡‚me/Be¤j¡¢eL ¢qp¡h
119z Estimate committee fË¡‚me L¢j¢V
120z Estimated value fÊ¡‚¢ma j§mÉ
121z Extract Eܪa¡wn/p¡l-pw­rf
122z Family pension f¡¢lh¡¢lL ®fene
123z Festival allowance Evph i¡a¡
124z Festival bonus Evph ®h¡e¡p
125z File e¢b/e¢bi¥š² Ll¡
126z First Aid fË¡b¢jL ¢Q¢Lvp¡
127z Fixation (of pay) (®hae) ¢edÑ¡lZ
128z Gallantry award h£laÄp§QL f¤lú¡l/®Ma¡h
129z Government order plL¡¢l B­cn
130z Government Provident plL¡¢l i¢hoÉv aq¢hm
Fund

1O-4
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

Ser English Bangla

131z Government servant plL¡¢l LjÑQ¡l£
132z Government service plL¡¢l Q¡L¥¢l
133z Gradation list ®SÉùa¡ a¡¢mL¡
134z Grade fkÑ¡u/®NËX
135z Grading j¡e¢heÉ¡p
136z Guidance ¢cL-¢e­cÑne¡
137z Guidelines ¢e­cÑne¡
138z Head Office fËd¡e L¡kÑ¡mu/fËd¡e A¢gp/cçl
139z Headquarters pcl cçl
140z Honourable j¡ee£u
141z Honorarium pÇj¡¢e
142z House building advance Nªq¢ejÑ¡Z GZ/A¢NËj
143z House rent allowance h¡¢si¡s¡ i¡a¡
144z Identification ne¡š²LlZ
145z Identity card f¢lQufœ
146z Imprest account ANËcš ¢qp¡h
147z Imprest money ANËcš aq¢hm
148z In light of A¡­m¡­L
149z In this circumstance Hja¡hÙÛ¡u/HC AhÙÛ¡u
150z In view of ®fË¢r­a
151z Incidence OVe¡
152z Index number p§QL pwMÉ¡
153z Information abÉ
154z Initial fË¡l¢ñL/Ae¤ü¡rl
155z Initiate p§œf¡a Ll¡/p§Qe¡ Ll¡/E­cÉ¡N NËqZ Ll¡
156z Inquiry ac¿¹/Ae¤på¡e
157z Interview p¡r¡v/‘¡aLlZ/Ah¢qaLlZ
158z Involved S¢sa/pÇfªš²
159z Joining time ®k¡Nc¡e-L¡m
160z Joint k¤š²/®k±b
161z Laboratory N­hoZ¡N¡l/fl£r¡N¡l
162z Last pay certificate ®no ®hae fËaÉuefœ

1O-5
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

Ser English Bangla

163z Law and order A¡Ce-nª´Mm¡
164z Lay-out ®m-BEV/eLn¡ ¢heÉ¡p
165z Light refreshment q¡ó¡ e¡na¡
166z Local Call ÙÛ¡e£u ®g¡eLm
167z Log-book mNhC
168z Magazine A­Ù»l …c¡j/L¡aѤ­Sl L¥W¥¢l/AÙ»¡N¡l
169z Mail X¡L
170z Martial law p¡j¢lL BCe
171z Minutes of meeting pi¡l L¡kÑ¢hhlZ£
172z Miscellaneous ¢h¢hd
173z Monitoring f¢lh£rZ/fkÑ­hrZ
174z Monthly report j¡¢pL fË¢a­hce
175z Morale j­e¡hm
176z Nameplate e¡jgmL
177z Navy ®e±h¡¢qe£
178z Necessary action fË­u¡Se£u hÉhÙÛ¡
179z Observation fkÑ­hrZ/j¿¹hÉ
180z Operation A­Ù»¡fQ¡l/A¢ik¡e
181z Order A¡­cn/œ²j
182z Ordnance pjl¡Ù»
183z Ordnance factory pjl¡Ù» L¡lM¡e¡
184z Parade fÉ¡­lX/L¥QL¡Ju¡S
185z Paragraph Ae¤­µRc
186z Password R¡snë/f¡pJu¡XÑ/fË­hn¡¢dL¡l-në
187z Patrol Vqm
188z Payslip ®f-¢pÔf/®hae-¢pÔf
189z Pen-picture ®mM¢Qœ
190z Pension Ahpl-i¡a¡
191z Pensionable service ®fene­k¡NÉ Q¡L¥¢l
192z Pensioner ®fene­i¡N£
193z Platoon fÔ¡V¥e/®L¡Çf¡¢el Ef-¢hi¡N/cm
194z Quarterly ®~œj¡¢pL
195z Quick action aÄ¢la hÉhÙÛ¡
196z Radar l¡X¡l
197z Record ®lLXÑ/®mMÉfËj¡Z/¢m¢fhÜ/e¢bi¥š²
1O-6
p£¢ja
 p£¢ja

Ser English Bangla

198z Rehearsal jqs¡/Ae¤n£me
199z Replaced ÙÛm¡¢i¢oš²/fË¢aÙÛ¡¢fa
200z Replacement ÙÛm¡¢i¢oš²LlZ/fË¢aÙÛ¡fe
201z Report fË¢a­hce
202z Retirement Ahpl/AhplNËqZ
203z Secret ®N¡fe/¢h­no ®N¡fe£u
204z Secret file ¢h­no ®N¡fe£u e¢b
205z Sector ®pƒl/p¡j¢lL Hm¡L¡/A’m
206z Senior ®SÉù/¢p¢eul/EdÄÑae/h­u¡­SÉù
207z Senior officer ®SÉù LjÑLaÑ¡
208z Seniority ®SÉùa¡
209z Shorthand py¡V¢m¢f
210z Signal pw­La
211z Specimen ej¤e¡
212z Standing Committee ÙÛ¡u£ L¢j¢V
213z Standing Order ÙÛ¡u£ B­cn
214z Stock taking jS¤c NZe¡
215z Sub-section Ef-n¡M¡
216z Sub-section (law) Ef-d¡l¡ (BCe)
217z Symbol fËa£L
218z Terms of service Q¡L¥¢ll naÑ
219z Travelling allowance ïjZ-i¡a¡
220z Undersigned ¢ejÀü¡rlL¡l£
221z Uniform E¢cÑ/®f¡n¡L
222z Unit CE¢eV/HLL (hÙº h¡ cm)
223z Vacancy f­cl n§eÉa¡
224z Vehicle k¡eh¡qe
225z Verification k¡Q¡C/fË¢af¡ce
226z Warning ýy¢nu¡¢l/paLÑa¡
227z Yearly report h¡¢oÑL fË¢a­hce
228z Yearly subscription h¡¢oÑL Qy¡c¡

1O-7
p£¢ja
RESTRICTED

PART II

RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-I: GENERAL

SECTION 1

INTRODUCTION TO STAFF DUTIES AND SERVICE WRITING

Introduction

0101. This publication has been produced for the Services. It contains agreed
rules for the preparation and layout of service writing and for standardised staff
procedures. Such standardisation helps to achieve economy in training, flexibility
in staff appointments and more efficient joint staff work. The purpose of service
writing is to convey any idea, thought or message clearly in a form common to
the Services.

0102. It contains a number of mandatory rules and conventions that comply

with the generally accepted standard within the Services. The conventions of
printing differ from the conventions of service writing, which apply to
manuscript or typewritten works only. The examples of staff paper work included
in this publication have been reproduced to illustrate service writing conventions.

Staff Functions

0103. In order to maximise the benefits from this manual, it is good to have
clear idea about the subjects like commander, staff, command-staff relationship,
duties and responsibilities of staff including minor staff duties (SD), major SD,
etc. These aspects are covered in Army Staff Duties in the Field 2006 which has
been summarized at Annex A.

Definition of Service Writing

0104. The term ‘Service Writing’ covers all writing originated officially within
the Services. It is divided into ‘operational’ and ‘non-operational’ writing. These
forms of writing cover:

a. Operational Writing.

(1) Operational directives, operation orders and instructions.

(2) Administrative orders and instructions.

1-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(3) Confirmatory notes.

(4) Appreciations.

(5) All forms of operational reports.

(6) Signal messages.

(7) Annexes, appendices and tables that, as a result of the
detail contained in them, would be clearer to the reader if
operational writing techniques were used.
(8) Exercise papers within the services.

b. Non-operational Writing. Non-operational writing covers all

other forms of service writing.

0105. Basic Differences between Operational and Non-operational Writing.

Apart from signal messages which are subject to their own specialized rules, both
forms of service writing follow similar rules for layout, security, etc. However,
the basic characteristics of the two forms of service writing are:
a. Operational Writing.

(1) Maximum use is to be made of abbreviations, except that

the paragraph headings of written operational and administrative
orders (see Paragraph 1106 and Section 12) should not be
abbreviated.

(2) Text is to be written in note form to save time and space,

remembering always that the meaning must always remain clear.
Paragraph headings can form part of the opening of a sentence,
e.g. ‘Ammo. Issued 1300 hr’.

(3) Proper nouns are written in capital letters, e.g.

‘MIRPUR’, ‘TITUMIR’.

(4) Reported speech is written as spoken without

abbreviations and indented in double inverted commas. For
example:

1-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

We capr three offrs and two NCOs. They revealed en

morale to be very poor. One of the NCOs said:
“We have been having no food supplied since 3
o‘clock on Thursday of last week and we were
promised large stocks to be captured on the
objective.”

This was cfm by the three offrs. All were sent to the Div
PW Cage.

(5) Times are to be expressed in four figures using the 24-

hour clock and the time zone suffix e.g. 2359B unless an
expedient such as:

‘Time Z Used Throughout the Order: BRAVO.’

b. Non-operational Writing. Normal rules of language are to be

followed. However, abbreviations will be used except in certain cases
like formal (including commanded) and Demi-Official letter/
correspondence and service papers.

Characteristics of Service Writing

0106. Service writing obeys the rules of good English prose but, above all,
demands:
a. Accuracy. Facts and wording must be accurate. Opinions and
deductions must be distinguishable from facts.
b. Clarity. Service writing must be intelligible and unambiguous.
c. Brevity. The reader must be informed in the shortest way
without compromising accuracy and clarity. Brevity is achieved by
planning and careful editing.
d. Relevance. Any irrelevant word, phrase or idea must be
excluded. The test is ‘If this is omitted will the argument be affected?’

1-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

e. Logic. Deductions must be fully justified and contained in

sentences and paragraphs, which flow in a logical sequence related
directly to the argument.

f. Communication. Effective communication is the aim of any

writing and should get precedence over other considerations.

0107. Style. To convey the value of an idea or to justify a course of action,

arguments must be based on facts presented in logical order; the aim must be
to tell the tale plainly. More often than not, this requirement will get priority over
use of forceful, flowing prose. The style should be straightforward arrangement
using short words, short sentences and short paragraphs. There is no excuse,
however, for service writing to be dull and lifeless rather the style should be
sufficiently attractive to hold the reader’s attention. Style depends on:

a. Choice of Expression. The following points will help with

expression:

(1) Avoid abstract nouns where verbs or adjectives can be

used, e.g. ‘he is intelligent’ rather than ‘he has demonstrated
intelligence’.

(2) Use the active rather than the passive construction of the
verb, e.g. ‘you killed him’ rather than ‘he was killed by you’.

(3) Use English words rather than non-English when exactly

the same idea can be expressed in English.

(4) Use familiar simple words rather than obscure ones.

(5) Avoid ancient and flowery expressions.

(6) Avoid indirect or twisted wording.

(7) Beware of stereotype or outdated expressions. Write ‘in

fact’ rather than writing ‘matter of the fact’ as most of these
expressions have lost their original force through overuse and
can easily irritate the reader.
1-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(8) Avoid jargon and officialese which produce a style

unlike natural everyday speech. Jargon is defined as
‘Unintelligible words, gibberish; barbarous or debased language;
mode of speech full of unfamiliar terms’. Its use, especially in
that last sense, may lead to misunderstanding by those not
familiar with a speciality. Similarly, officialise is neither concise
nor clear. Some examples are:

Jargon/officialise English

‘The committee gave further ‘The committee

consideration to a reconsidered a proposal
memorandum containing that .................................’
proposals with regard to ...’

‘Proposals under which ‘Proposals for reviewing

service pay would be service pay ..................’
brought under review......’

‘Endeavour to ‘Try to begin ................’

commence....’

‘Having regard to the fact ...’ ‘As ...............................’

‘This is a matter of very ‘This is urgent’

considerable urgency’

‘At this point in time.’ ‘Now.’

‘Prior to.’ ‘Before.’

‘Subsequent to.’ ‘After.’

1-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Choice of Words. The writer must know the exact meaning of

every word in order to avoid ambiguity, vagueness and
misunderstanding. Short words are normally preferable to long, but what
matters most is the use of the right word in the right context.

c. Construction. A forceful argument can best be developed by a

logical sequence of paragraphs and sentences. Paragraphs may have to be
subdivided for clarity, but the unity of ideas in each paragraph must be
preserved. Crisp sentences are often best, but they should not be so brief
that the whole paper loses its continuity.

d. Punctuation. Punctuation is designed to aid clarity, not to alter

meaning. Commas should be used sparingly; they can never be used
successfully to hide the poor construction of a sentence.

0108. Conclusion. The rules set out in this chapter would enable the writer in
expressing his/her thoughts clearly and concisely. Service writing cannot be
turned into attractive prose just by avoiding errors in the use of language. There
is no shortcut to writing straightforward English; the habit is acquired only by
studying good prose and by constant practice.

0109-0199. Reserved.

1-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 1

STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES

Definitions

1. Staff Duties. This term comprises the responsibilities of staff and the
systems, methods and procedures by which they carry out their work.

2. Major Staff Duties. These are the major functions of the staff; e.g.
providing information, carrying out detailed examination of various courses of
action, making recommendations, and ensuring that orders are understood and
executed as intended by the commander.

3. Minor Staff Duties. These include well developed procedures used

by staff to carry out routine tasks, e.g. the layout of written staff work using
military terminologies and abbreviations, issuing the commanders' orders,
managing a Headquarters, etc.

Commander, Staff and Relationship

4. Commander. The commander alone is responsible for all that his

outfit does or fails to do. He cannot delegate this responsibility. The final
decision as well as the final responsibility remains with the commander. A
successful commander delegates authority and fosters an organisational climate
of mutual trust, cooperation and teamwork. The commander discharges his
responsibilities through an established organisation of command delegation
called ‘chain of command’. Through this chain, the commander issues all orders
and holds the subordinate commanders responsible for all that subordinate units
do or fail to do. When a superior assigns mission to a subordinate commander, he
also delegates necessary authority, provides necessary guidance, resources, time
and support. However, the superior retains overall responsibility for the
accomplishment of the mission.

5. Staff. As the modern battlefield presents significant challenges to

commanders, it also has profound impact on staff functions at all levels. The
modern battlefield demands a significantly higher level of staff efficiency,
greater initiative and smooth coordination on the part of staff officers. The staff

1A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

assist the commander in decision making by acquiring, analysing and

coordinating information and, most importantly, presenting essential information
to the commander with necessary recommendations so that he is able to make the
best decision. The staff are essentially organised to be a single cohesive unit to
assist the commander in accomplishing the mission.

6. Adviser. Advisers assist the commander in professional, technical and

other functional areas. They are generally organised according to their
professional, technical or functional area of proficiency. They are composed of
technical advisers like medical staff, ordnance staff, electrical and mechanical
engineering staff, etc. They also include specialist unit commanders like
commanding officers of armoured, engineers, signals, and support battalion at
division level, and their appropriate subordinate commanders at brigade level.
Sister Services representatives, when grouped, also act as advisers.

7. Characteristics of a Staff Officer. Characteristics of a good staff officer

are as follows:

a. Competence.

b. Adaptability/Flexibility.

c. Self-confidence.

d. Cooperation.

e. Effective communication.

8. Staff Responsibility and Authority. Staff are assigned functional areas

of interest and responsibility for accomplishing staff actions within those areas.
Assignment of staff responsibility for a particular activity improves efficiency
by:

a. Giving the commander a single staff agency which is responsible for

advice and assistance within an area.

b. Giving staff and other Headquarters a representative with whom they

can coordinate or consult within an area.

c. Ensuring that all command interests receive equally efficient staff

attention.
1A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Enabling staff to give their complete attention to a definable portion of

command interest.

The commander specifically delegates authority to the staff or to a particular staff

officer. The commander does so to enable the staff to take final action on matters
within his command policy.

9. Staff Main Functions and Procedures. All staff must know, not only
their own functions and roles but also the functions of the other staff members.
They establish and maintain a high degree of coordination and cooperation
internally and with staff of higher, lower, and adjacent Headquarters and units.
Staff efforts must always be focused on supporting the commander in exercising
his command and assisting him to support his subordinate units in the execution
of their missions/tasks. They normally carry out following basic sequential
functions:

a. Mission. Staff function normally commences with the receipt of

a mission that is to be accomplished. The commander judiciously analyses
his mission to develop the tasks he will execute to accomplish it. Based on
this analysis the commander gives guidance to his staff to carry out
necessary staff actions to implement it.

b. Providing Information. Staff collect, collate, analyse and

disseminate information that flows continuously into the Headquarters.

c. Making Estimates. The staff prepare estimates to assist the

commander in decision making. Staff estimates consist of significant facts,
events, conclusions (based on current or anticipated situations) and
recommendations on how available resources can be best used. The
commander normally uses these staff estimates to support his own estimate
of the situation.

d. Making Recommendations.

(1) Staff make recommendations to assist the commander in

reaching decisions and establishing policies. Staff officers also offer
recommendations to one another and to subordinate commanders. In
both the cases, recommendations are for assistance only; they do not
carry implied command authority.

1A-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(2) Recommendations may be presented as written

estimates or studies, or they may be presented orally. Whether the
procedures are formal or informal, the staff must carefully analyse
and compare all feasible alternatives using the best information
available. They candidly and objectively present the alternatives to
the commander clearly showing the advantages and disadvantages
of each one. The staff must be prepared thoroughly to recommend
the best alternative to the commander. His preparation includes
coordination with other staff whose areas of interest will be
affected by the recommendation. The recommendation should be
stated in so complete form that requires only the commander’s
approval or disapproval.

e. Preparation of Plans and Orders. The staff prepare and issue plans
and orders to carry out the commander's decisions while ensuring
coordination of all necessary details. The commander may delegate
authority to staff officers to issue plans and orders without his personal
approval. A single staff officer is assigned the responsibility for
preparing and publishing a plan or order. Other staff officers prepare
elements of the plan or order in their areas of interest.

f. Supervision. The staff assist the commander by ensuring that

subordinates carry out the commander's decision. Staff supervision
relieves the commander of much detail and keeps the staff informed of
the situation. It provides the staff with the information needed to revise
estimates and to report progress of implementation to the commander. It
is the duty of the staff to ensure that decisions reach the intended
recipients and those are understood and executed as intended by the
commander. Supervision is normally accomplished through the analysis
of reports, messages and staff visits.

10. Staff Duties in Joint Services Environment. This manual is designed

to perform the staff duties in joint Services environment as well. A staff should
be able to perform following responsibilities in a joint Services environment:

a. Learn Standing Operating Procedures (SOP) and doctrines of

own organisation and if possible others as well.

b. Be a team player.
c. Evaluate and improve performance as staff officer.

1A-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Learn when to push and when to back off.

e. Represent own service appropriately, only when needed, but

never go beyond the organisational norms.

f. Have a detailed study on the subject before forming/giving

opinion.

g. Bring positive energy, vitality and commitment to the work.

h. Be just and unbiased.

Purpose and Structure of Staff Organisation

11. Purpose. Staff are organised in Headquarters as a single cohesive

team for the purpose of assisting the commander in accomplishing his mission.
Its organisation is based on the principles of unity of command and direction,
span of control, delegation of authority, and grouping of compatible and related
activities. The purposes of this organisation are:

a. To accomplish the mission as a team.

b. To fix responsibilities.

c. To establish relationship.

d. To ensure coordination.

e. To ensure control.

12. Staff Structure. The staff structure in a Headquarters generally

includes:
a. Chief of Staff/Senior Coordinating Staff.
b. Coordinating Staff Group.
c. Specialist Staff Group.
d. Personal Staff Group.

e. Liaison Officer.
1A-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 2
RULES AND CONVENTIONS OF SERVICE WRITING

INTRODUCTION

0201. This section contains the basic rules and conventions used in service
writing to aid clear presentation of facts and discussion. The rules and
conventions help:
a. The Writer. Knowing the rules, the writer automatically conforms
to standard layouts and other conventions and does not waste time
devising his/her own.

b. The Typist. The typist does not have to adapt drafts to make them
suitable for typing.
c. The Reader. The reader receives a document which conforms to a
familiar pattern and is easy to read.

Additional conventions used in correspondence, staff papers and operational

writings are explained in later chapters.

0202. These conventions apply to various service correspondence, staff works,

operational and non-operational writings (manuscript and type written) but may
not necessarily be applied to publications. For instance, the computer allows a
wide variety of type styles and sizes can vary the spacing of words and letters to
align the right-hand margin vertically. However, these conventions will enable
the Services to maintain uniformity in various kinds of service writings whenever
possible.

0203. Most documents have three basic parts:

a. Superscription. The superscription comprises everything above the

salutation, or if there is no salutation, the subject heading which marks the
start of the text.

b. Text. The text is everything from the salutation, or if there is no

salutation, from subject heading to the last word of the final paragraph.

c. Subscription. The subscription starts immediately after the text and

consists of everything below the final paragraph of the text.

2-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

The contents of each part may vary with the documents and an example which
illustrates what constitutes these parts including the basic conventions of a
standard layout in service writing is at Annex A to this section. This and other
examples in this publication are designed to illustrate the position to the various
elements, not all of which need appear in any one form of service writing.

0204. Besides the basic parts, there are some essential parts in each large
document/paper/publication which remain before the texts. These are known as
prefatory (fË¡l¢ñL) part. All the elements before the beginning of chapter I, forms
prefatory part, which may include title page, acknowledgement, abstract,
executive summary, foreword, table of contents, etc. as in this manual.

SUPERSCRIPTION

Security Classification

0205. The security classification is the category or grade given to the defence
information contained in a document. It indicates the degree of danger to national
security that would result from its unauthorized disclosure, and the protection to
be given to guard against such a disclosure. The five security classifications are:

a. TOP SECRET (A¢a ®N¡fe£u). Information and material, the

unauthorized disclosure of which would cause exceptionally grave
damage to the nation is to be graded TOP SECRET.

b. SECRET (¢h­no ®N¡fe£u). Information and material, the

unauthorized disclosure of which would cause serious injury to the
interests of the nation is to be graded SECRET.

c. CONFIDENTIAL (­N¡fe£u). Information and material, the

unauthorized disclosure of which would be prejudicial to the interests of
the nation is to be graded CONFIDENTIAL.

d. RESTRICTED (p£¢ja). Information and material, the

unauthorized disclosure of which would be undesirable to the interests of
the nation is to be graded RESTRICTED.

2-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

e. UNCLASSIFIED (A­nËZ£hÜ). Information and material,

which do not fall in to the above four categories is to be graded
UNCLASSIFIED. This category is necessary to provide appropriate
treatment to the information and materials by avoiding over
classification.
0206. Originators of classified documents are responsible for applying the
appropriate classification at the earliest opportunity. Over classification should be
avoided. Military exercise papers/question papers/materials need to be protected
from unauthorized disclosure. Therefore, an appropriate security classification to
be given to the exercise papers/question papers/materials with a prefix
‘Exercise/Examination’ (Ae¤n£me/fl£r¡).

0207. A classified document is to be marked in such a way that its

classification can be seen at a glance and cannot be overlooked. On typed or
duplicated documents the security classification is to be typed on each page of
typescript in capitals in full, not underlined, centrally at the top and bottom, front
and back, of each page. Similarly, it can be rubber-stamped. If pre-printed or pre-
stamped paper is used, the security classification need not be typed.
0208. Translucent master copies and master copies fed into photocopiers are to
be boldly rubber-stamped with the security classification if required, so that it
can be reproduced clearly on all copies. Security classification mentioned on
stencil paper or trace paper (e.g. spiral binding) can be good example to this
effect.
0209. In loose-leaf books, the security classification is to be printed or stamped
centrally at the top and bottom of the front and back covers and similarly on
every page. Loose-leaf binders are not permanent bindings and stapling is not a
secure form of fastening. Spiral binding is an example of loose-leaf books.
0210. In permanently and securely bound books, the security classification is to
be printed or stamped in the centre of the top and bottom of the outside of the
front and back covers, all pages including the title page and on any insertions
such as maps, drawings, sketches or photographs which may be incorporated and
which can be individually classified. JSSDM–2022 is an example of permanently
and securely bound books.
0211. In a document which embodies several self-contained sections, each page
of every section is to bear the highest classification appropriate to the section; the
whole document is to bear a classification at least as high as the most highly
classified section it contains.
2-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0212. Each item of minutes of meetings or directives is to be marked with its

own classification along each item heading so that subsequent action is not
hampered by the general application of too high a classification, but the highest
classification quoted is to be applied to the document as a whole. Section of such
documents, when extracted, are considered as separate documents and classified
according to the content of the portion extracted.
0213. A covering letter or minute is to be marked with a classification
appropriate to its own content, and attention is to be drawn to the classification of
the enclosure by marking the letter or minute at the top and bottom of the first
page, e.g. ‘RESTRICTED COVERING CONFIDENTIAL’ or ‘RESTRICTED
COVERING SECRET’.
Privacy Marking
0214. Documents containing information that does not involve national
interests and therefore does not merit security protection, may, nevertheless
require a degree of protection or special handling. Documents, for example,
concerning the personal affairs of staff may fall within this category. These
documents are to be endorsed with the privacy marking ‘IN CONFIDENCE’,
(e¨w³MZ †Mvcbxq) preceded if necessary by an appropriate prefix, e.g. ‘STAFF IN
CONFIDENCE’, ‘MEDICAL IN CONFIDENCE’. Privacy markings are shown
at the top and bottom centre of every page in capital letters, may be abbreviated
and are not underlined. An ‘IN CONFIDENCE’ document that also contains
classified information is to be marked with its security classification in addition
to the privacy marking. The security classification will appear above the privacy
marking at the top of each page and below it at the bottom.
Precedence
0215. Documents requiring quick handling may be given a precedence
marking. There are two degrees of precedence:

a. IMMEDIATE (Sl¦¢l). The precedence ‘IMMEDIATE’ is to be

reserved for matters of great urgency. Correspondence bearing the
precedence ‘IMMEDIATE’ take priority over all others in preparation.
They are dispatched by the fastest means available and are given
precedence in handling and action by their recipients. Authorization of
‘IMMEDIATE’ precedence is normally confined to senior staff officers
and commanders of independent units and must be used with
discrimination.

2-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. PRIORITY (ANËNZÉ). The precedence ‘PRIORITY’ is to be reserved

for matters which require precedence over ordinary business.
Correspondence bearing the precedence ‘PRIORITY’ are given first
precedence after those marked ‘IMMEDIATE’ although dispatched by
normal postal or other delivery services. ‘PRIORITY’ correspondence
can be originated by a commissioned officer or civilian of equivalent
status.

While sending any correspondence to Bangladesh government offices, Armed

Forces need to assign precedence corresponding to the civil offices basing on the
practices of precedence in Civil Services as, either Top Priority (p­hÑ¡µQ ANË¡¢dL¡l),
or Immediate (Awej‡¤^) or Urgent (Sl¦¢l).

0216. Marking. The precedence marking is shown in capital letters at the

top right of the first page only and is not underlined or abbreviated. If the letter or
draft is classified or has a privacy marking, the precedence marking is double-
spaced below the line, and to the right of the security classification or privacy
marking (see Annex A) except loose minute where it is shown on the left.
0217. Message Precedence. The precedence used in signal messages is
shown in Section 15.
Copy Numbering
0218. All SECRET and TOP SECRET documents are to bear individual copy
numbers, e.g. 'Copy Number 1 of 20' at the top right corner of the cover or the
first page of the main document below the precedence marking, if any. Similarly,
the first page of each annex, appendix, trace or other attachment forming part of
the copy numbered document is given individual copy number. In addition, all
operation and administrative orders, instructions and appreciations irrespective of
their security classification are given copy numbers in the same way. When only
one copy of a document requiring a copy number exists, it is shown as 'Copy
Number 1 of 1'. The allocation of copy numbered documents is shown in the
distribution list. When regular and wide distributions are made, each addressee
should receive the same copy number every time. When copies of copy-
numbered documents are authorized, they are to be marked 'Reproduction Copy
Number .......... of ............' immediately above the original copy number. This
would indicate the total number of copies reproduced. “Reproduction Copy
Number…..of….” is to be typed or hand written while producing a reproduction
copy. If any ‘Reproduction Copy’ is made, that has to be authorized by the
originating authority in written.

2-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Address
0219. Originator's Address. All official correspondences originated within
and addressed to anyone of the three Services should contain the following
components:
a. Unit Designation. The section of the directorate, if
applicable, should be shown within brackets after the directorate (in
abbreviated form) as follows:
AHQ NHQ Air HQ
AG's Br, PS Dte (PS-1) Ops Br, Dte of Naval Ops Ops Br, Dte AD

b. Name of Place. Name of place, garrison, ship, base and/or

post town, using initial capital letters followed by post box if applicable.

Contact Address

0220. Originators contact address should include his telephone number with
extension or cell phone number or both and email address e.g.:
Telephone/Cell: XXXXXXX Extension: 4338
Email: gso1_p&p@afd.gov.bd
Date
0221. In all service writing (exceptions Paragraph 0105b), the month and year
are typed in abbreviated form under the address block. The signatory of a
document is to insert the day of the month in manuscript at the time of signing. In
correspondence where there is no address block, e.g. loose minute, the date is
inserted in the subscription under the signature block. While writing the date in
full, i.e. day, month and year in unabbreviated form, it is not necessary to include
the day in its particular word form, e.g. first written as 1st or sixth written as 6th;
the correct method is 01 or 06 (the day of the month is always expressed in two
figures e.g. 05 or 11). In writing the month it is always spelt out in words and not
substituted by the figure of its numerical order. Additionally, dates in Bangla
may be inserted before the English date. Example for date is as follows:
DSCSC
Mirpur Cantt
Tel/Cell: XXXXXX Ext: 4338
Email: gso1_p&p@afd.gov.bd
15 Bhadra 1429
30 Aug 22
2-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Non-Service Address
0222. Letters to government departments and civilian organisations should bear
the unabbreviated designation of the sender and recipient and have the full postal
address (including street name if necessary) before the post town as discussed in
Paragraphs 0219 and 0220. This is to ensure that the envelope can be correctly
addressed. Officially recognized abbreviations e.g. WASA (Water and Sewerage
Authority), Power Development Board (PDB) etc. can be used except in
correspondence with foreign organisations.
Identifying Reference
0223. All service correspondence have an identifying reference, which may
be a number or series of numbers (with digital code), a series of letters
or alpha-numerical combination. Meanings of the codes are given in Annex B to
this section. In message writing this is known as originator's number.
Supplementary documents other than enclosures bear the reference of the parent
document. The identifying reference is placed opposite the date as shown in the
examples in the annexes to this section and section 3. For accountability of the
pages of a note sheet and other important documents, identifying reference may
be mentioned at every pages.
TEXT
Salutation
0224. In certain correspondence, e.g. formal or demi-official letters, it is
customary to begin with the salutation 'Sir/Dear ...........................' as the case
may be above the subject heading, if any or the text. This is normally inserted in
manuscript by the signatory at the time of signing except in case of formal letters
when it is typed in. No comma is to be used after the salutation.
Headings
0225. When a document is lengthy or the subject being complex, the text is
divided by headings. These assist the writer’s logical development of the theme
and direct the reader’s attention to what follows. In computer typed papers/
correspondences, the heading may be made 'bold'. Except in operational writing,
headings should stand on its own and not form part of any sentence that follows,
e.g. the following is wrong:
‘Plantation. Will be discussed tomorrow.’
The correct version should be:
‘Plantation. The plantation programme will be discussed tomorrow.’
2-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0226. The Subject Heading or Title. Most documents start with short
statement of the subject called the subject heading or title. In a simple document
and Service correspondence, the subject heading starts at the left-hand margin in
underlined capitals and are not followed by a full stop. Subject headings in
annexes, appendices, maps, traces, overlays, charts, graphs and other display
documents should be placed in centre, in underlined capitals and are not to be
followed by full stops. In documents involving the use of main headings (see
Paragraph 0227), the subject heading is treated as a main heading (except in case
of the supplementary documents as just mentioned).
0227. Main Headings. In documents involving the use of both main and group
headings such as service papers, appreciations, publications and precis, the main
heading is placed centrally over the typed area, in underlined capitals and is not
followed by a full stop. In a 2-line heading, if one line is necessarily shorter than
the other, the second line is to be the shorter and placed centrally under the first
line.

0228. Group Headings. A group heading is used to introduce one or more

paragraphs on the same general subject. It covers all subsequent paragraphs
before the next main or group heading. It occupies a line by itself beginning at
the left-hand margin; it is not numbered and is not followed by a full stop. Group
headings are in initial capitals for important words and underlined.

0229. Paragraph Headings. A paragraph heading covers only its own

paragraph and any integral sub-paragraphs. Initials capitals are for important
words; the heading is underlined and followed by a full stop. Every paragraph
may not warrant a heading but, once a paragraph heading is used, succeeding
paragraphs down to the next main or group heading should have headings. A
paragraph heading may be on a line by itself (followed by a full stop), followed
immediately by sub-paragraphs as in Paragraph 0241.
0230. Sub-paragraph Headings. Sub-paragraph headings and those of any
further subdivisions follow rules similar to those for paragraph headings.
References

0231. Reference to other Papers. If reference is made to any document not

enclosed with a letter or paper, the title or identifying reference and date of that
document is shown immediately above the text and below the word
`Reference(s)`. The originating authority is to be prefixed to the identifying
reference when this is not self-evident in the letter. Each document listed is
identified by a capital letter and may be referred to in the text, e.g. `Reference A`.
Alternatively:
2-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

a. The system of notation for footnotes outlined in Paragraph 0246

and 0417 may be used as the reference system.

b. When a single reference only is involved, and particularly in demi-

official letters and letters to civilians, it may be included in the text or in
the space sometimes provided in a printed letter-head.

c. While referring JSSDM, the para number should be preceded by the

part number e.g. JSSDM Part-I Para 0110, JSSDM Part-II Para 0110,
JSSDM Part-II Para 0930, etc.

0232. Reference to Signal Messages. Reference to signal messages is made

by quoting the originator, originator’s number and date-time group as shown in
Paragraph 1513 of Section 15.

0233. Reference to Extracts and Translations. Extracts from a document

are identified by the original chapter, article and paragraph numbers, as
appropriate, but never by page numbers. When a document is translated or
reprinted, the original chapter, article and paragraph numbers are retained but
page numbers may be changed.

0234. Reference to Maps and Charts. A map is identified by the country

or geographical area, sheet number and scale. If applicable, a map series may
precede the country or area and the edition may be shown before the scale. A
chart is identified by the number and title.

Paragraph Numbering

0235. Paragraphs are numbered in Arabic numerals, but a single paragraph is

not numbered and indented except when it contains sub-paragraphs. A paragraph
can never have a single sub-paragraph and so on except in writing attachments/
detachments or grouping in operational writing. Sub-paragraphs are to be
numbered alphabetically in small letters, but letters `I` (India) and `O` (Oscar)
are not to be used to avoid confusion with `1` (one) or `0`(Zero). If a paragraph
contains a list or example which has no sub-paragraph number (s) then the list or
example is to be indented one sub-division to the right of the paragraph number.
Similar rules apply to sub-paragraphs and so on. An example is at Paragraph
0105a (4). In letters to the civilians, the writer should be guided by good taste in
deciding whether to number paragraph, however, paragraph in letters of
condolence would never be numbered.

2-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0236. The method of numbering paragraphs and sub-paragraphs and of

indenting sub-paragraphs is given in Annexes A and B to this section.
0237. In a document containing many separate parts, chapters and sections like
this publication, the method used for numbering the paragraphs varies in that the
chapter/section number and a series of one or more noughts precede the
paragraph number. To provide continuity leading onto the next series of
paragraphs in other chapters/sections, the unused paragraphs are listed at the end
of the preceding chapters/sections, grouped together and annotated by the word
‘Reserved/ msiw¶Z’.
Contents
0238. Punctuation. Normal punctuation is used in the text of service
writing. Lists and sub-paragraphs are introduced by a colon (except where
immediately following a paragraph heading as in Paragraph 0241), and each sub-
paragraph ends with a full stop unless further subdivided.
0239. Spelling. The authority for spelling is the latest edition of `The Concise
Oxford Dictionary`. The first spelling given should normally be used.
0240. Underlining. Underlining is not normally used to achieve emphasis in
the text. However, bold font may be used to achieve emphasis in text, particurlaly
while writing unit name, Nom De Plume, ordinals in demi official letter, etc.
0241. Abbreviations.
a. General.
(1) In service writing, abbreviations used are those shown in
Section 16.
(2) However, other abbreviations/acronyms may be used if
the writer considers them helpful; in this case they must be
explained the first time they appear in the text e.g. ‘Covering
Forces (CF)’ or be listed in a separate annex, unless they are:
(a) In Section 16 of this manual.
(b) In general use, e.g. UN, NATO, etc.
(c) Specialist abbreviations well understood by both
writer and all likely recipients of the paper in question.
See Paragraph 1613 at Section 16.
(3) Once a word has been abbreviated, it is to be abbreviated
throughout the same document.
2-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Other Rules.
(1) Composite Nouns/Verbs. Any composite noun or
verb, or one containing a prefix or suffix, may be abbreviated by
abbreviating that part of it for which there is an authorized
abbreviation, e.g. mob (mobilize), demob (demobilize), minefd
(minefield). Exceptions are in cases where there is an authorized
abbreviation with prefix or suffix, e.g. C attk (counter attack).
(2) Full Stops and Commas. Full stops are not to be
used in abbreviations and between a person`s initials or
decorations/ qualifications. Commas are used after the name and
between abbreviations of branches, decorations, qualifications,
and service/regiment/corps e.g.:
Brig Gen H M Masihur Rahman, SGP, SPP, ndc, afwc, psc
Air Cdre S M Muied Hossain, BPP, OSP, ndc, psc, GD(P)
Col Md Khairuzzaman Mollah, SUP, hdmc, afwc, psc
Lt Col Mohammad Saifur Rahman Sohel, SUP, psc, Inf
Cdr A K M Toriqullah, (L), psc, BN
(3) Plurals. Some abbreviations indicate both the
singular and the plural forms and do not require the
addition of ‘s’ e.g. rat (ration, rations). Abbreviations of
measurements remain unaltered in the plural e.g. m (metre,
metres), l (litre, litres), hr (hour, hours). If the addition of ‘s’ is
necessary, it is always placed at the end of the abbreviation e.g.
GOCs (General Officers Commanding). An ‘s’ may be added
only to the abbreviation of a noun. However, the first and third
person singular of a verb which may be abbreviated are identical
e.g. fol (follow, follows).
(4) Verbs. If there is an authorized abbreviation for a
particular verb in Section 16 which is in present indefinite form,
the same should be used for abbreviating all derivatives and
tenses of that verb e.g. sp {(support), support (ed), support (ing),
support (er), support (ive)} etc. For clarity, the word in full in its
intended form may be used in case of confusion. Exceptions are
in case of a particular tense of a verb or a specific derivative of a
word e.g. bldg (building), retd (retired), addl (additional), etc.,
which will be used only for that particular word(s) as given and
for no other derivatives.

2-11
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(5) Multiple Meanings. Some abbreviation can be used

for two or more meanings as given at Section 16 e.g. AB for ‘air
borne’ and ‘after burner’. Again in case of confusion, the same
may be written in full as mentioned.

(6) Ampersand. An ampersand ‘&’ is to be used instead

of ‘and’ where appropriate in departmental and similar titles, e.g.
AA&QMG, R&D, Messrs Rahman & Sons.

(7) Compass Points. The four cardinal points of the

compass are always written in full in small letters, e.g. north.
The intermediate points can be written as shown:
(a) Abbreviated using the initial letters, e.g. NE, NNE.
(b) In full using a hyphen, e.g. north-east, north-north-
east.
(8) Capitals. If the first letter of the abbreviated item is in
capitals as in Section 16 and other abbreviations referred there
to, it will be in capitals throughout its use anywhere e.g. C attk,
Atk, etc.

c. Use in Service Writing. In both operational and non-operational

writing and signal messages maximum use of abbreviations is to be
made, exceptions being the paragraph headings of operational and
administrative orders in operational writing (See Paragraph 1106 and
Section 12) and for non-operational writing in demi-official, commanded
and formal letters and service papers (except for decorations,
qualifications and arms/services). However, in BAF abbreviations may
be used while writing service papers on operational matters.
d. Use with Allied Forces and Non-service Authorities. In service
writing, no abbreviations as at section 16 are used when corresponding
with allied forces and non-service authorities. Officially recognized
abbreviations e.g. WASA (Water and Sewerage Authority), Power
Development Board (PDB) etc., can be used except in correspondence
with foreign organizations. However, abbreviations may be used in
operational writing having para-military forces as addressees.
e. National Distinguishing Letters. The distinguishing letters
which may be used to identify nations are at Annex D to Section 16.

2-12
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0242. Numerals. Fractions and whole numbers, except ‘one’ are to be

written in figures. When a number is the first word in a sentence or when it refers
to quantitative number of formations units, ships, bases etc., it should be spelt out
to avoid confusion (see Paragraph 0244b). The figure ‘1’ is used whenever it
occurs in dates, paragraph and chapter numbers, serial numbers in tables and
diagrams, etc., If adjacent numbers indicate quantities and dimensions, either the
first should be spelt out, e.g. ‘twelve 10-ton trucks`, or the adjacent numbers
should be separated by the multiplication sign, e.g. ‘12 X 10-ton trucks’. The
procedure for referring to fractions and whole numbers in signal messages is at
Section 15. Ordinals are usually abbreviated e.g. 6th Staff Course, 1st World War.

0243. Date and Time. These are written as follows:

a. Date. A date is written in the sequence: day, month, year, e.g.

01 August 2022. A date is abbreviated by using the number of the day in
two figures, (02 in case of day 2) the first three letters of the month and if
necessary by adding the last two digits of the years, e.g. 01 Aug 22 or 01
August 2022 in full.

b. Night. A night is described by both dates over which it

extends, e.g. Night 29/30 August or Night 30 August or Night 30
August/01 September.

c. Midnight. The term ‘midnight’ is not used when referring to

that precise time. ‘0000 hours’ and the date are used e.g. ‘0000 hours 16
August’ represents midnight on the night 15/16 August. However, there
are special rules for message/signal writing (see Paragraph 1512).
d. 12-Hour Clock System. While never used in service writing,
time expressed in terms of the twelve-hour clock followed by ‘am’ or
‘pm’ is normal in dealing with civilians and in invitation to social events.
e. Time. Time is expressed in four figures by reference to the
24-hour clock; the first pair of figures indicates the hour and the second
pair the minutes past the hour.
(1) In Operational Writing. In operational writing, the
four figures are followed by a time zone suffix, e.g. 2359F. The
time zone system is explained in Annex C to this section. In
appreciations and orders where the format includes the phrase
‘Time Z Used Throughout the Order:..’, times in the text do not
require a zone suffix.

2-13
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(2) In Service Writing. In other service writing, the four

figures may be followed by the time zone suffix or ‘hours’ when
confusion with other figures, such as grid references and other
time zones, is possible, e.g. 1100F or 1100 hours.

f. Date-Time Groups (DTG). DTGs are used to give the date

and time including time zone of origin of signal messages and certain
orders. They consist of six figures, (the first two giving the date and the
last four the time) followed by a time zone suffix.
(1) In Operational Writing. The format in appreciations
and orders includes the phrase ‘Time Z Used Throughout
the......`. Date-time groups in the text of appreciations and orders
in such cases are followed by the first three letters of the month,
e.g. 221415 Aug. Where there is a possibility of an ambiguity,
this may be amplified by the addition of the last two figures of
the year, e.g. 221415 Aug 22.
(2) In Service Writing. The DTG may also be used in
the text of service writing. It should then be followed by a time
zone suffix when the format does not include the phrase ‘Time
Zone Used Throughout the...’ and may be amplified by the
addition of the month and year, e.g. 1415F on 22 August 2022 is
written 221415F August 22.
(3) In Signal Messages. See Paragraph 1504 d of Section
15. It is to be noted that DTGs of signal messages must be
followed by a time zone suffix and first three letters of the
month.
g. In Relation to an Operation. The system of relating days and
hours to an operation is at Annex D to this section.
0244. Description of Formations, Units and Detachments. Titles of formations
and units are normally written in their abbreviated form as shown in the
following examples:
a. Identifying numbers are written in Arabic numerals before the
description:
11 Inf Div (11 Infantry Division)
35 PCS (35 Patrol Craft Squadron)
5 Sqn (Number 5 Squadron)
][

2-14
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Quantitative numbers of formations, units, ships, bases etc., are

always written in full:

One division or one div (a single division)

One Patrol Craft Squadron or one PCS (a single Patrol Craft

Squadron)

Twenty-eight squadrons or twenty-eight sqns

c. A formation or unit from which a portion is excluded is

described as ‘2 Inf Bde less two bns’ (2 Infantry Brigade less two
battalions).

0245. Description of Locations and Areas. There are many ways of describing
locations, positions and areas. These are enumerated below:

a. Locations and Points. There are five ways of identifying

positions:

(1) Place Name. In addition to the place name, the grid

reference or latitude and longitude is normally given the first
time the place is mentioned.

(2) Grid Reference. The group of 4 or 6 figures must

always be preceded by the alphabetical block of 2 capitals
designating the 60-nautical mile square in 1:1,000,000 maps and
the 100,000-yard square in 1:250,000 maps.

(3) Geographical Reference System (GEOREF). The grid

system based on latitude and longitude is known as GEOREF.
Each 15-degree square is identified by a pair of letters; within
each 15-degree square, one-degree squares are also identified by
2 letters. A full GEOREF would therefore be ML NK 2052; the
abbreviation would be NK 2052.

(4) Latitude and Longitude. It is usual to give the 4 or 5

figures indicating degrees and minutes of arc, followed by the
letter appropriate to the particular hemisphere, without the use of
symbols or words denoting degrees or minutes, e.g. ‘5452N
00136W’.

2-15
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(5) Bearing and Distance from a Simple Reference Point.

A bearing may be given in points of the compass or in figures, e.g.
‘north-west’ or ‘315 degrees (3150)’ or ‘5600 mils’; bearings are
given as from true magnetic or grid north and the type used must
always be specified. A bearing and distance is usually expressed
with the bearing-from before and the distance-from after, the name
of the reference point, e.g. ‘3150 (T) NAB TOWER 7.9 miles’ or
‘5600 mils (T) NAB TOWER 9.8 kilometres’.

b. Ground Locations, Areas and Boundaries.

(1) Names of Places and Features. The names of places

and features are spelt exactly as on the map in use, except that word
‘River’, precedes the names of all rivers regardless of the language
in which this word appears on the map. The addition of a grid
reference square is nearly always necessary, and for a river it
should be square in which the name appears.

(2) Roads, Tracks and Railways. Roads, tracks and

railways are described by the names of places located on them. The
word ‘Road`, ‘Track’ or ‘Railways’ must precede, not follow the
place names, e.g. ‘Road Dhaka-Tangail’.

(3) River Banks. River banks are described as right or

left from the point of view of an observer facing downstream or, if
this cannot be done, by using cardinal points. ‘Near` or ‘far’ may be
used with reference to the friendly force in operations involving a
river crossing.

(4) Canals. The name of the canal or names of places on

it are used to describe a canal. The banks are usually described by
means of the cardinal points, e.g. the north bank of the GK Canal.

(5) Channels. Channels are described by name, or by

the name of the nearest feature or town, followed by the word
`Channel`. Buoys in a channel are referred to by name, port hand or
starboard hand (left and right-hand side of the channel, facing in the
direction of the main or flood stream), by their shape (can, conical,
spherical, etc.), or by position.

2-16
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(6) Routes. When movement is involved, a route is

described by a sequence of points on the route named in the
direction of movement. When no movement is involved, the
sequence of points named is to be from left to right or rear to front,
assuming that the person designating the route is facing the enemy.
Cardinal points may be added if required.

(7) Areas. An area is described by taking the northern

most point first and giving the remaining points in clock-wise
order.

(8) Positions. Positions are described from left to right

and front to rear facing the enemy. To avoid confusion, cardinal
points may be used to describe flanks, rather than ‘left’ or ‘right’.

(9) Boundaries. Boundaries are designated by easily

distinguishable features on the ground in the sequence in which
they occur. They are described from rear to front during an advance
and from front to rear in defence and withdrawal. If generally
parallel to the front, e.g. rear boundaries, they are described from
left to right facing the enemy. Cardinal points may be added if
required. When describing boundaries between units and
formations, the words ‘inclusive’ or ‘exclusive’ are used before the
place to which they refer. The description of a boundary must state
specifically to which unit or formation an area or a point is
inclusive or exclusive.

0246. Notes. Amplification of specific points in tables or diagrams may be

made by using ‘Notes’. They are not normally used in the text of service papers.
When used:

a. Notes are numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals, the series

starting anew for each chapter. They are listed under the heading ‘Notes:’
at the foot of the page on which they occur, on the left margin above the
security classification.

b. Attention is drawn to the relevant note by inserting the appropriate

numeral in brackets immediately after the point. See the annexes to this
section for examples.

2-17
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0247. Cross References. Reference to another part of the text in the same
paper is made by paragraph only, e.g. ‘see Paragraph 0231’. The words ‘above’
and ‘below’ are not used.

SUBSCRIPTION

Complimentary Ending

0248. This is inserted in formal correspondences, e.g. demi-official letters,

where a salutation precedes the subject heading. It is customary to end such
correspondence by inserting ‘Yours faithfully’ written as shown in the example
in Annex E to Section 3. In the case of demi-official letters, this is ‘Yours
sincerely’ or any other appropriate ending. See also Annex A to Section 3.

Signature

0249. In all service writing, other than demi-official letters, the identity of the
signatory is to be shown in the signature block together with his rank and
appointment. When the signatory signs a document on behalf of his superior, the
appointment of the superior on whose behalf the document is signed is shown,
with the word ‘For’ typed before the appointment. Routine correspondence
addressed either singly or simultaneously to higher and lower addressees can be
signed for the commander. In such cases two separate signature blocks are not
necessary. The signature block therefore contains:

a. On the top line, initials and the name of the signatory in block
capitals without brackets. No decorations, awards or symbols are to be
shown.

b. On the centre line, the signatory’s rank and service where

appropriate.
c. On the last line, the appointment of the signatory or the
appointment of the individual on whose behalf the document is signed
for by the signatory.
Examples of signature block are as follows:

ABUL MANSUR MASUD ALAM AHMED SHARIF AZAD HOSSAIN

Brig Gen Lt Cdr BN Wg Cdr CSO 1 (Stat)
For AG For ACNS (O) For ACAS (P)

2-18
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

FERDOUS H SALIM M HASAN TARIQUE SHAHARUL HUDA

Brig Gen Cdre BN Air Cdre
DMO DNO DAO

­M¡¾cL¡l g¡l¦L ®q¡­pe ®j¡q¡Çjc B¢lg¥l lqj¡e ®j¡q¡Çjc l¡­nc¤m Cpm¡j N¡S£
­mx L­eÑm Lj¡ä¡l ¢hHe ECw Lj¡ä¡l
Lj¡ä¡l Hl f­r f­r f¢lQ¡mL Lj¡ä¡l Hl f­r
0250. Signing and Use of Ink. The signatory should personally sign all copies
of documents going to action and information addressees. When numerous
copies are produced it is usually acceptable for the signatory to sign the original.
It is the prerogative of the Service Chiefs to sign in green ink. Formation
commanders, base commanders, commandants of training institutions when
corresponding within their respective formations or establishments may also sign
in green ink. For all other official correspondence black ink is to be used.
0251. Signatory. When a commander or senior officer has personally
drafted or approved an urgent policy or other important document and is unable
to sign through unavoidable absence, the document can be signed over the
commander’s complete subscriptions block by an officer on his behalf. However,
Services practice may vary on this aspect. The officer signing must identify
himself fully and explain why he is signing. On these occasions ‘For’ is written
in manuscript alongside the signature block together with an explanation, e.g.
‘Absent on duty’, also in manuscript. The person signing should insert below his
signature sufficient detail of his name, rank, appointment etc. to enable him to be
clearly identified e.g.:

Mohammad Ali
MOHAMMAD ALI
Maj
Mohammad Ali DAA&QMG
REZAUL KARIM REZAUL KARIM
Brig Gen Brig Gen
For Comd For Comd (Absent on duty)
(Wrong example) (Correct example)
Recommendations, important requests or opinions should always be signed by
the commander himself. Letters of minor censure may be signed by the senior
staff officer but only after approval by the commander. Serious reprimands
should be signed by the commander. Junior staff officers must not sign letters
refusing a request.
2-19
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Supplementary Documents
0252. Annexes. Supplementary documents that amplify the parent document
are called annexes. They are used when the inclusion of all the detail in the body
of the parent document would make it cumbersome. Annexes should normally be
attached to the document to which they relate but may be issued separately if
needed. Distribution of annexes dealing with specialized matters which do not
concern all recipients of the main document may be restricted to those who
require special information. Annexes should be:

a. Referred to the text of the parent document.

b. Lettered consecutively in capitals in the order in which they
appear in the text. Single annex will also be numbered.
c. Given their own subject headings.
d. Listed at the close of the parent document prior to the
distribution, under the heading ‘Annex (es)’ which is followed by a colon
and not underlined. While listing the wording used to identify the annex
(es) will be the same as their subject headings.
e. Copy numbered in accordance with Paragraph 0218.
The annex block is inserted in the top right-hand margin of the first page in
underlined capitals showing the identifying reference of the main document, so
that annexes can be identified if for any reason they become detached, the form
of wording normally used which may be on 2 or more lines as convenient, being:

ANX A TO ANX A TO
00.03.2600.005.01.008.22.001 SER 5 TO
DT NOV 22 EX AGNI BEENA

0253. Appendices. Supplementary documents that amplify an annex are called

appendices. They should be:

a. Referred to in the text of the parent annex.

b. Numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals in the orders in
which they appear in the text. Single appendix will also be numbered.
c. Given a subject heading like that of an annex.

2-20
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Listed at the close of the parent annex, (but not the main parent
document), under the heading ‘Appendix (ces)’, which is followed by a
colon and is not underlined just like an annex. The wording used to
identify appendices will be the same as their subject headings.
e. Copy numbered as an annex.
The appendix block is inserted in the top right-hand margin of the first page in
underlined capitals, showing the identifying reference of the main document, the
form of wording normally used, which may be on 3 or more lines as convenient,
being:
APPX 1 TO
ANX A TO
00.03.2600.005.01.008.22.001
DT NOV 22
0254. Enclosures. Documents those are complete in themselves and sent
with a covering document are called enclosures, they are referred to in the text of
the covering document. Enclosures are listed numerically at the end of the parent
document prior to distribution under the heading ‘Enclosure’ and stating the title,
reference and date as appropriate. If an enclosure has a copy number, this is also
to be stated against such listings (see Annex A to Section 2).
Address/Distribution
0255. Recipient's Address. This is written in the same manner as in
Paragraph 0219a. If there are several addressees, then see Paragraph 0257 for its
layout. When the department, branch or directorate required taking action is
known to the sender then this is included under the Headquarters/unit's
designation. To save space, addressee may also be written in single line and may
also be placed in columns as shown at Annex D to Section 3. Even several
addressees can also be placed in single line using ‘/’ before new address.
Examples are as follows:
HQ 9 Inf Div Commander BN Fleet AOC HQ 33 Arty Bde
GS Br New Mooring BAF BBD AQ Br
Savar Cantt Chattogram Dhaka Cantt Cumilla Cantt
Or
HQ 9 Inf Div (GS Br/ AQ Br/ EME Br/ Ord Br/ HQ Coy)
Or
NHQ, Ops Br/ DNO/ DNP/ D Sig, Banani, Dhaka-1213
Or
Air HQ, Ops Br/ Dte AD / Dte Edn, Dhaka Cantt
and as shown at Annex D to Section 3.
2-21
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0256. In a service writing, the addressees are listed under the heading
‘Distribution’ immediately after the signature block, but on the left hand side of
the last page or on a separate sheet of paper. However, if a letter/document
contains supplementary documents, the distribution is shown immediately after
listing the supplementary documents e.g. annexes, enclosures, etc.

0257. When there are several addressees the order in which they are listed in
the distribution is:

a. External action addressees. (1)

b. External information addressees. (1)

c. Internal addressees (action and information area shown

separately if required). The order in which internal addressees are listed
depends on the established practice of the originating service or
headquarters.

0258. If more than one copy of document is being sent to any addressee the
number of copies is added in brackets unless it is ‘copy numbered’ when the
copy numbers are shown. See Paragraph 0218.

0259. When it is necessary to ensure that correspondence is seen by a certain

individual, the expression, ‘For the attention of/ `„wó AvKl©Y: ............’ is inserted in
brackets beneath the addressee above all other details of the address and the
envelope is similarly marked.

0260. Examples of the layout of distributions are shown at the annexes to this
section and Section 3.

Note:
1. External addressees are listed in order of seniority of size, then as per the
seniority of Arms/Svcs. Within the seniority of Arms/Svcs they are shown in
order of numerical title, if appropriate or alphabetically. In the Navy,
correspondence is always addressed to the holder of the appointment, not to a
headquarters or unit. See Section 3, Annex A, Appendix 2.

2-22
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Page Numbering

0261. All pages of all documents, other than single-page documents (for
exceptions see Paragraph 0262), are numbered at the bottom centre, immediately
above the security and privacy markings. Pages of chapters are normally to be
numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the whole document.
When this is administratively inconvenient, e.g. in the case of a loose-leaf book
or when constituent parts are circulated separately, pages may be given the
chapter or section number followed by the page number, as in this publication.
Pages of an annex, including a single page annex, are then given the letter of the
annex followed by the page number, e.g. ‘A-1’, ‘A-2’ etc. In addition pages of
annexes that follow chapters, as in this publication, are to have the annex letter
preceded by the chapter number, e.g. ‘1A-1’, ‘1A-2’, etc. The pages of an
appendix including a single-page appendix, are given the annex letter followed
by the appendix number and the number of the page, e.g. ‘A1-1’, ‘A1-2’, ‘B1-2’
etc.
0262. For all copy numbered documents as shown at Paragraph 0218, the
following rules also apply:
a. Single page documents are to be page numbered.

b. The main document is to include, below the copy number a

statement of the total number of pages in the entire document (including
all annexes or other attachment but not enclosures) in the form ‘Total
Pages........’

c. The total number of pages in the main part (excluding annexes

and other attachments) is to be shown on the first page of the main part
in the form ‘1 of 1’ or ‘1 of 20’.

d. The total number of pages in each annex, appendix or other

attachment is to be similarly shown on its first page in the form ‘A-1 of
1’, ‘B2-1 of 3’. Either system of page numbering described in Paragraph
0261 may be adopted but whatever system is used, it must ensure that it
will be clearly evident whether any pages are missing when a document
it mustered or the pages checked e.g. ‘B-1 of 1’, ‘A1-1 of 2’ etc.
Privacy Marking

0263. See Paragraph 0214.

2-23
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Security Classification

0264. See Paragraphs 0205-0213.

OTHER RULES

Expressing Orders and Intentions

0265. Orders and instructions are conveyed by the use of the following words:

a. ‘Is to’ or ‘Are to’ (Imperative). The words ‘is to’ or ‘are to’ are
used to convey a direct order.

b. ‘To’ (Infinitive). The infinitive form of the verb is used to

express an aim or intention e.g. ‘To take up defence…’. The executive
form is used to give out a mission e.g. ‘Hold river line...’ or ‘Capture
Objective A...’, etc.

c. ‘Should’. In directives or instructions ‘should’ may be used to

express the requirement where it is necessary to leave initiative and
discretion to the commander on the spot.

0266. Specific Meanings. The following words have specific meanings in the
Services:

a. ‘Intend’. ‘Intend’ is used to signify an intention, which will

be carried out unless countermanded by higher authority.

b. ‘Propose’. ‘Propose’ is used, more usually in signal messages

to suggest a course of action, which will not be carried out unless
approved by a higher authority.

c. ‘Request’. When used by a senior to a junior, ‘request’ is a

courteous method of conveying an order; otherwise its meaning accords
with English usage.

d. ‘Will’. The verb ‘will’ is used only to convey information or

express the future tense.

2-24
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Capitals

0267. Capital letters are used for every letter of the following:

a. Subject headings.

b. Main headings.

c. Code words and nicknames.

d. Proper nouns in operational writing.

e. Precedence markings.

f. Security classifications and privacy markings on top and bottom

of all pages.

g. The word ‘DRAFT’ at the top centre of a draft.

h. Paragraph headings of written operational and administrative

orders. (See Paragraph 1106 and Section 12)

j. Certain abbreviations, as shown in Section 16 of this manual.

k. The names of naval ships including establishments and

installations.

l. The reference block on annexes and appendices (top right).

m. The postcode where applicable.

n. The name of the signatory in the signature block of a letter.

p. Time zone when spelt out in full.

q. Message writing and writings in army symbols.

0268. In addition to the opening word of a sentence, capital letter is used for
the first letter of:
a. A proper noun or adjective derived from them, e.g.
‘Bangladesh’, ‘Bangladeshi’.
2-25
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. The important words in group, paragraph and subparagraph

headings.
c. The first word of listed items.
d. The principal words in the list of subsidiary documents i.e.
annexes, appendices, enclosures, flags, side flags etc. and that of the
agenda of a meeting.
e. Words associated with the particular, e.g. ‘Paragraph 3’, ‘Page
2’, ‘Annex A’ or by rule of common usage e.g. days of the week and
months of the year e.g. ‘Thursday’, ‘January’.
f. The principal words in ranks and appointments when referring to
a specific individual or appointment, but not when using the word
collectively.
g. The principal words in column headings.
h. The words Service(s), Army, Navy, Air Force where they refer
to the Bangladesh Armed Forces e.g. ‘service writing’, ‘Army officers’.
j. Certain abbreviations that are already capitals as shown in
Section 16 of this manual.
Drafting and Typing

0269. Manuscript Drafts. Manuscript drafts should be double spaced and

similar in layout to the required format.

0270. Rules for Typists. An example of the standard layout is at Annex A

and rules governing layout are outlined in Annex B to this section. Detailed
examples of individual types of correspondence for use by the three Services are
in the annexes to Section 3.

0271. The Rules Governing Preparation of Signal Messages. See Section 15.

Code Words and Nicknames

0272. A code word is a single word to provide security cover for reference to a
particular classified matter, whereas a nickname consists of two words used for
convenience for reference to a particular matter where security protection is not
required.
2-26
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0273. Code Word. The primary purpose of code words is to ensure proper
security concerning intentions and to safeguard information pertaining to
classified operations and projects. Examples of the use of code words include:

a. Providing names for plans, projects and operations.

b. Concealing intentions in documents, communications and

discussions relating to plans, projects and operations.

c. The designation of geographical locations in conjunction with

Sub-paragraphs 0273a and b.

All code words are to be taken from a list maintained by the Armed Forces
Division, Ministry of Defence or the Services Headquarters. Their issue and
cancellation are registered.

0274. Nicknames. Nicknames do not provide security cover and may be

used for convenience in inter-communication, for references to UNCLASSIFIED
and RESTRICTED matters, for target indication and for routine
exercise/operations. When used in reference to geographical locations to indicate
the whereabouts of troops during operations, they do not provide much security
cover particularly in situation where our activity becomes identifiable to an
enemy. They can be useful as references to places, e.g. it is easier to say AGNI
BEENA than BRAHMANBARIA BAZAR. They are not to be used to indicate
commanders or to identify units or formations. When selecting nicknames, the
following points must be considered:

a. Nicknames may be selected at random by the originator who is

also responsible for informing all concerned of their meaning.

b. Neither of the two word may be a colour.

c. The first word of a nickname is not to be either ‘OPERATION’

or ‘EXERCISE’.

d. In no case may the second word be ‘ROUTE’, ‘ROOT’,

‘ROUT’, or any similar sounding word.

e. The words chosen should not be such that they can be run into
one another and so be confused with a code word, e.g. ‘MATCH BOX’
could become ‘MATCHBOX’.

2-27
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

f. The use of a word, say ‘IRON’, with numbers to give ‘IRON

ONE’, ‘IRON TWO’, etc., to indicate particular phases of an operation
may comprise a code word and is to be avoided.

g. The use of a series of associated words in one operation is to be

avoided e.g. item of clothing.

Units of Measurement

0275. Methods of expressing measurements have been standardized and are to

be used accordingly. The symbols used for units of measurement and other
details are at Annex E to this section.

Acknowledgement of Source of Quoted Material

0276. Quotations. Material quoted in service writing is acknowledged by

annotating the text as outlined in Paragraph 0231 and the acknowledgement
treated as a note except that the heading ‘Notes:’ is not used. The quotation will
appear as ‘1. The Government Economic Plan from Current Affairs by M. Jalal’.

0277. Bibliographies. A bibliography is a list of material used for

authorities consulted in the preparation of a paper. It should include the authors`
names, titles of books or articles, the publishers, and the dates of publication. The
list appears at the end of the paper under the main/group heading
‘BIBLIOGRAPY’/‘Bibliography’.

Amendments

0278. When a paper or letter is revised or resubmitted with amendments,

paragraphs that contain amendments or new subject matter are to be side-lined
for ease of reference. It is particularly important to follow this practice when long
and involved drafts are being amended. However, every document should
have an amendment sheet to record such amendments or additions to its text.
Proposals to effect any changes are listed under one amendment list followed by
a figure and the date (see Amendment Record Sheet in this manual for layout).
Whenever such changes are incorporated, the number of such change e.g.
‘CHANGE 1’ is to be written at the bottom right corner of every page or part
thereof so amended.

2-28
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Seniority of Services
0279. The seniority of the Services in Service writing is as follows:
a. Army.
b. Navy.
c. Air Force.
d. Inter Services Organizations.
0280. In documents or correspondence where the addressees include those
from the originator’s Service as well as those from one or more of the other two
Services, the address block or distribution list is listed out in the following order
of seniority:
a. Headquarters, units and individuals of the originator’s Service.
b. Headquarters, units and individuals of the other Services based
on the seniority as given in Paragraph 0279.
c. Headquarters, units and individuals of the other inter Services
organizations in the sequence given at Annex F to this section.

0281. The seniority within the services is at Annex F to this section.

Seniority of Para- Military and Auxiliary Forces

0282. Para-Military and Auxiliary forces will be listed after all the Services
headquarters/formations/units and the inter Services organisation as per
following seniority:
a. Border Guard Bangladesh.

b. Bangladesh Coast Guard.

c. Bangladesh Police (including Rapid Action Battalion).

d. Bangladesh National Cadet Corps.

e. Bangladesh Ansar and Village Defence Party.

f. Bangladesh Fire Service and Civil Defence.

2-29
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Use of Ranks by Retired or Released Personnel

0283. Retired or released service personnel may indicate their ranks with their
names as shown below:
a. Major Mohammad Fazle Ali, OSP, psc (retd).
b. Air Commodore S Rahman, BUP, afwc, psc (retd).
c. Lt Commander Mozakkir Hossain, (TAS), BN (retd).
d. O NO 20070717 Md Mikail Hossain, PO (Wtr) (retd).
e. Sergeant Shakir Hossain, SUP (retd).
In all cases, the gallantry award should come before all other decorations and to
be written just after the name. Example: Brigadier General Md Yousuf, BP, ndc,
afwc, psc.
Rules for Adding Figure in Text
0284. Following rules are applicable while adding figure in text:
a. Figures are numbered consecutively throughout the paper
separated by a dash from the word ‘figure’ and followed by the name of
the figure separated by a colon as shown in e.g.

b. Sources, if any, has to be inserted at the left lower border below

the figure/table, as shown in figure-1 along with year.

Figure-1: Flowers of Bangladesh

Source: Bangladesh Agricultural Board 2017

2-30
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0285-0299. Reserved.

Annexes:

A. Standard Layout of Service Writing.

B. Rules for Typing.
C. Time Zone.
D. System of Relating Days and Hours to an Operation.
E. Units of Measurement.
F. Seniority of Armed Forces, Regiments, Corps and Units.

2-31
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 2 2

STANDARD LAYOUT OF SERVICE WRITING

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)

PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
2
PRECEDENCE (1) (2)
2
Reproduction Copy No ...of...(2)
2
Copy Number..... of........(2)
Total Pages.....................(2)
2
Address of Sender (1)
2
Telephone:........Extension: (2)
Email:
2
Identifying Reference (1) Date ............. (1)
Salutation (1) (2) 2

SUBJECT HEADING (1) 2

Reference (s) :
2
A. .............................
B. .............................
2
1. This example illustrates the basic conventions of standard layout in
skeleton, using notes in the superscription and subscription and words in
the text. Not all the examples given need necessarily appear in every type
of paper.
2
1 of 4 (2)
PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATON (1) (2)

2A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATON (1) (2)

PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
2
MAIN HEADING 2
2. The text may be divided by main, group and paragraph headings.
The heading above this paragraph is a main heading. It is placed
centrally as is the subject heading because the letter covers both main
and group headings.
2
Group Heading (3)
2
3. Group headings introduce one or more paragraphs on the same
subject; the heading immediately above this paragraph is an example.
2
4. Paragraph Heading. A paragraph heading covers only its own
paragraph and any sub-paragraphs in it. Any subdivision of a paragraph
may have a heading.
2
5. Sub-paragraph.
2
a. This is an example of a sub-paragraph but further subdivision
is possible:
2
(1) By sub-sub-paragraphs, of which this is an example,
and by:

2
PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATON (1) (2)

2A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATON (1) (2)

PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)

(a) Sub-sub-sub-paragraphs of which 2

there may be several. Still further subdivision
could be achieved thus:

i. ............................................ 2

(b) ......................................................... 2
(2) ...................................................................... 2
b. ................................................................................... 2
SUPPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS
2
6. A variety of documents might accompany this paper. An annex
2
which accompanied it would be referred to in the text and would be
listed below; an appendix to that annex would be referred to in the
annex and listed at the close of it; an enclosure would be complete in
itself, but its existence would be indicated at the close of the parent
document.

7. An example of the layout of an annex is at Annex A to this

paper. 2

4
Appropriate ending and (mini-
mum)
subscription (1)

Annexes:
A. Layout of an Annex.
B. (Layout example only-not enclosed) (1) (2) 2

2
3
PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATON (1) (2) 2

2A-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)

PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
2
Enclosures: (4)
2
1. ........................................... Copy Number ......... of.... (2)
2. ..........................................
3. ..........................................
2
Distribution: Copy Number (2)
2
External: (5)
2
Action: (5)
2
........................................................
2
Information: (5)
2
........................................................
2
Internal: (5)
2
Action:
2
........................................................
2
Information:
2
........................................................
2

4
PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)

Notes: See page 2A-9.

2A-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2) 2

PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
2
Copy Number.........of......(2)
2
ANNEX A TO
(8) 2
DATED .

LAYOUT OF AN ANNEX (1)

2
1. An annex is identified by a reference block which relates it to its
parent paper. It is given its own subject heading and is thereafter laid 2
out in the most appropriate form for the information it contains.

2. The paragraphs are numbered and headings (if any) may be used
in the normal way. The subject heading should be in the centre of the 2
annex in capitals as per Paragraph 0226.

3. When the parent paper presents a long or involved subject

containing statistical or tabular information which relates to a 2
particular annex only, such information may be presented as at
Appendix 1 to this annex.

A-1 of 2 (2)
PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)

2A-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)

PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
2
4. An appendix is headed in a similar way to an annex and may be
given a lower security classification. Appendices are identified by a
number and given individual titles. They are listed below the text of
their parent annex.
2
Appendix : (2)
2
1. Tabular Presentation.

A-2 (2)
PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)

Notes: See page 2A-9.

2A-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)

PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
2
Copy Number.....of.......(2)
APPENDIX 1 TO
ANNEX A TO (8)
2
LETTER NUMBER
DATED

TABULAR PRESENTATION
2
Facts may be presented in tabular form. The following is an example:
2
Serial (Column (Column (Column (Column (Column
Title)(1) Title)(1) Title)(1) Title)(1) Title)(1)
(a) (b) (9) (c) (9) (d) (9) (e) (9) (f) (9)
2
1. (9)
2
2. (9)
2
3. (9) (Lines may be drawn between columns and between
2
serials if desired)

4. (9)
2
5. (9)
2
Notes : (11)
2

A1-1 of 1 (2)
PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)

Notes: See page 2A-9.

2A-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Bangladesh in UNPKO

Table-1: Contribution of Bangladeshi Peacekeepers in UNPKO (11)

Serial Bangladesh Bangladesh Bangladesh Bangladesh Total

Army Navy Air Force Police

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

1. XX XX XX XX XX

2. XX XX XX XX XX

Source: Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2022

2A-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Notes:

1. These words are not included in the document.

2. When applicable.

3. It is not obligatory to use group headings or headings to every individual

paragraph or sub-paragraph (but see Paragraphs 0228 and 0229).

4. As necessary (see Paragraph 0253).

5. These headings are optional.

6. The figures (2) outside the right-hand block indicate the vertical spacing
between the end of one component and the beginning of the next. See also
Paragraphs 9, 10, 11, and 12 of Annex B.

7. For indenting and horizontal spacing see Annex B.

8. The identifying block of an annex or appendix is included in the first page

only.

9. By identifying each line of a table by a serial number and each column by a

letter, precise reference can be made to any item without recourse to asterisks or
other indictor marks.

10. When it is necessary to use notes to amplify previous text or tabulated

information, the heading ‘Notes:’ should be used and each note numbered
serially in Arabic numerals and fully justified to the left margin.

11. Tables will normally be titled.

2A-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 2

RULES FOR TYPING

INTRODUCTION

1. These rules are applicable in the preparation of type written work using
typewriter or computer. Primary horizontal spacing is given, as specified,
throughout this annex and at Annex A to Section 2. The linear distance through
which a typewriter carriage moves for a depression of the space bar varies with
different machines, but this variation, provided it is even and conforms to spacing
rules, is acceptable.

2. Now a days computer is used for typing. However, use of typewriter may
become essential in the event of war. Hence, it is important to learn these rules.
There are differences in spacing and size of letter between computer and
typewriter; the basic convention and rules enumerated in this section may remain
same with as little adjustment as possible, and to the convenience of computer
setting.

SPACING OF TYPESCRIPT

Horizontal Spacing

3. Margins.

a. The left margin of documents is to be three centimetres (15 spaces)

from the edge of the paper. Adjustments may be done for window
envelopes or files/bindings. The right margin is to be at least one
centimetre or five spaces wide.

b. For briefs, minutes of meetings and summaries of files an extra

wide right margin of three centimetres is provided for the reader to make
notes.

c. When the reverse of a sheet is used, the margins are to be

transposed so that both sides will be readable when the whole document
is bound.

2B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. The left margin is the datum for horizontal spacing in Service

documents, except for those elements mentioned in Paragraphs 7b and 8.

4. Printed Margins. On paper overprinted with a vertical margin, the

printings to be used as the left margin irrespective of the width of the margin.

5. Paragraphing. All lines in a main paragraph are justified to the left

margin. If the paragraph is identified, this is to be by a number, with a full stop,
followed by three spaces. If there is also a heading, this is followed by a full stop
and then a further three spaces before any succeeding text. A lower case letter
with a full stop identifies sub-paragraphs. Otherwise, they are treated as main
paragraphs except that all lines are justified to a point five spaces from the left
margin. Increased subdivisions may be achieved by using numbers in brackets
and then lower case letters in brackets followed in each case by a further 3 spaces
before commencing the text.

6. Indenting. Block indenting is to be used to indicate sub-divisions of

paragraphs. Sub, sub-sub, etc., paragraphs follow the same general rules as for
paragraphs, except that the sub-paragraph letter is typed 5 spaces from the
margin. Succeeding sub-sub, etc., paragraphs commence 10, 15 and so on, spaces
from the margin. Thus if the paragraph starts on the left margin at point one (1),
the succeeding sub etc., paragraphs would start at point 6, 11, 16 and so on. See
the example at Appendix 1 to this annex.

7. Block Presentation.

a. Justification to the Left Margin. The following elements of a

letter or document are justified to the left margin:

(1) The identifying reference (unless indicated by a printed

letterhead).

(2) The subject heading (except in complex document where use

is made of both main and group headings, in which case the subject
heading is centred).

(3) The word ‘Reference’ where reference is made to other

documents and the identifying letter of each reference, e.g.:

2B-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

References:

A. .................
B. .................

(4) The text of the letter or document (see Paragraphs 3 to 6 of

this annex).

(5) The heading ‘Annexes:’, if required, followed by the list of

individual indexes in sequence. Appendices and notes are treated
similarly, each heading and each item listed below the heading
being justified to the left margin.

(6) The heading ‘Enclosures:’, if required, followed by the list of

enclosures in sequence, each justified to the left margin.

(7) The heading ‘Distribution:’ followed by the list of addressees

in the correct order of Service precedence. Distribution lists should
be broken down into ‘External’ and ‘Internal’ listings when
appropriate, and these listings may be further subdivided into
‘Action’ and ‘Information’ addressees if desired. Each heading and
each addressee is justified to the left margin.

b. Alignment with the Standard Tabulation Stop. Except where

otherwise indicated by a printed letterhead, elements of the
superscription and subscription of a document written on the right of a
page on separate lines should be vertically aligned. Thus the copy
number, precedence, originator’s address, telephone number, the first
typewritten element of the date and the signature block should all have a
common starting point which can be set by tabulator key.

8. Center Headings. Subject heading and main heading when centred are
to be positioned in the center of the type written area and not of the whole page
(see Paragraph 0225 for 2-line headings).

9. Spacing after Punctuation. One space is to be left after a comma, colon

or semicolon, and two after a full stop, question or exclamation mark (but see
Paragraph 5). However, while typing in a computer, only one space after all
punctuations to be used.

2B-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Vertical Spacing

10. Vertical spacing of typescript is usually in single or double spacing.

Double spacing is normally used for drafts (see Paragraph 14) and may be used
in briefs if desired.

11. Vertical Spacing of the Text. Successive lines of text within paragraphs
are to be separated by single spacing. Successive paragraphs without centre or
group headings and all subdivisions of paragraphs are to be separated by double
spacing. Main and group headings are to be separated from each other and from
the preceding and succeeding lines of text by double spacing.

12. Vertical Spacing Outside the Text. Elements of a document which do

not form a part of the text are to be separated by double spacing if standing alone,
e.g. precedence and telephone number, and by single spacing if forming an item
within a block, e.g. one address in a list of addresses. However, the following
rules always apply:

a. Precedence. The precedence is double spaced below the security

classification or privacy marking as appropriate. The latter two are
double spaced as well.

b. Identifying Reference. The identifying reference is to be placed

opposite the date. See Paragraph 0223. 06.02.2626.121.55.003.22 is an
example of digitalized identifying reference system being followed by
the Government of Bangladesh. The identifying reference bears
following explanation:

06 – Ministry/division (AFD)
02 – Concerned organisation/department/directorate
2626 – Geographic code
121 – Section code
55 – Subject-wise classification
003 – Originating directorate/section
22 – Originating year

c. Salutation. If a salutation is used, 4 spaces should be left between

the identifying reference and (the subject heading if there is one) the first
line of the text.

2B-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Signature. At least 4 spaces should be left between the end of the

text and the signature block (for the signature) in the subscription.

e. Other Rules. All other rules are as for hand written work.

Tables/Tabulation

13. In any form of table, vertical columns are to be lettered in small letters in
brackets beginning with ‘(a)’, and horizontal items are to be numbered
consecutively in Arabic numerals starting with ‘1’.

Drafts

14. Horizontally a typewritten draft is to be spaced in the normal way

throughout; but the vertical spacing between successive lines of text, including
that immediately before and after the headings, is to be doubled. Normal vertical
spacing is to be used outside the text i.e. before the subject heading and in and
after the subscription block. The heading ‘DRAFT’ is to be inserted at the top
centre of the first page, below the security classification or privacy marking when
applicable. It will be in block capitals and not underlined like a subject heading.
See page 3H-1.

STANDARD CONVENTIONS
Punctuation

15. With certain exceptions, normal punctuation is used in Service writing.

The following additional conventions apply:
a. Full Stops. Full stops are used:
(1) After a paragraph or sub-paragraph number or letter which is
not in brackets.
(2) After paragraph and sub-paragraph heading and so on.
(3) At the end of each sub-paragraph and further sub-divisions
except in case of unnumbered ones e.g. list of examples(s). (See
Paragraph 15(c) (6) that follows.)

(4) After the description of each reference or supplementary

document.

2B-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Colon. A colon is used to introduce a list or a succession of sub-

paragraphs.
c. Exceptions.
(1) Full stops and commas are not used in an address.

(2) There is no comma after a salutation or a complimentary

ending.
(3) In the text, no full stops are placed after, or unnecessary
spaces left between, separate letters of familiar abbreviations.
(4) No comma is to be used after a subscription.
(5) In a tabular display, full stops are normally omitted except
after serial numbers or to separate sentences or disparate notes
within a column.
(6) Full stops are not used at the end of unnumbered sub-
paragraph (s) or further subdivisions e.g. in case of list or example
(s) excepting (complete) sentences. See Paragraph 0241 b (2) for
example.

Salutation and Subscriptions

16. Salutations follow common usage and begin with initial capitals.
Subscriptions are in stylized form; examples are given at the annexes to
Section 3.

Inserting the Date

17. In documents having the originator’s address block at the top right corner
of the first page, the date or date-time-group is placed under that address block
opposite the identifying reference, the first typewritten element commencing at
the standard tabulation stop. In other correspondence the date or date-time group
is placed under the signature block.

18. The day of the month or the date-time-group as applicable are omitted
for later insertion in manuscript by the signatory.

2B-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Underlining

19. All subject headings, main, group, paragraph and sub-paragraph

headings are underlined.

Page Numbering

20. The rules for page numbering are given in Section 2.

Miscellaneous Points

21. Addressees. Officially recognized abbreviations for departments and

establishment titles, e.g. WASA, PWD etc., are to be used except in
correspondence with foreign armed forces.

22. Dates. Dates, including dates in the text, are normally abbreviated, e.g.
19 Aug 22 except in formal, commanded and DO letters.

23. Catchwords. Catchwords are not to be used.

24. Name, Rank and Appointment of Writer. See Paragraph 0249.

25. Ampersand. The ampersand is to be used instead of ‘and’ in

departmental and similar titles, e.g. DAA&QMG, Messrs Saleh & Co, etc.

26. Right-Hand Margin. For all briefs, minutes of meetings and summaries,
a vertical line three centimetres from the right edge of the paper is drawn in. This
margin commences with the first line of the first paragraph and ends in line with
the last sentence on the first page. In subsequent pages, it commences with the
first sentence and ends at the last line.

27. Annex and Appendix Blocks. These blocks are inserted in the right-hand
margin and underlined.

Appendix:

1. Example on Spacing the Horizontal Text.

2B-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 TO
ANNEX B TO
SECTION 2
EXAMPLE ON SPACING THE HORIZONTAL TEXT
Example (Not to Scale)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
Left-hand margin . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . (Each dot represents
1 inch or 3 cm) a space on the keyboard
1 . T h e while typing in computer)
1 2 . T h e
a . T h e
( l ) T h e
( a ) T h e
i . T h e
a a . T h e

Example (To Scale) (Each ‘x’ represents a

Left-hand 1.xxxThe quick brown fox space on the keyboard.
margin of 12.xxxThe quick brown fox Please note that the
1 inch or 3 cm a.xxxThe quick brown fox text of any
(1)xxxxThe quick brown fox paragraph/sub-
(a).xxxThe quick brown fox paragraph starts after a
i.xxxThe quick brown fox ‘Tab’ after the full
ii.xxxThe quick brown fox stop/bracket)
aa.xxxThe quick brown fox
(2).xxxThe quick brown fox
b.xxxThe quick brown fox .................

2B1-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 2
TIME ZONE

1. The Earth is divided into 25 time zones, the centre of the system being
the meridian of Greenwich; the centre division therefore lies between the
meridian of 7.50 east (E) and that of 7.50 West (W), and is described as Zone Zero
(0). The zones lying to eastward are numbered in sequence up to 12 with a
negative (-) prefix, those lying to westward being similarly numbered with a
positive (+) prefix.

2. Time in adjacent zones differs by one hour and each zone is indicated by
a letter known as the zone time suffix. Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) is
indicated by Z (Zone 0). The 12 zones to the east (therefore ahead of GMT) are
lettered from A to M, the letter J being omitted. The 12 zones to the west of
GMT are lettered N to Y.

Serial Zone Boundary To Obtain GMT from Time Zones

Time Zone, Add or Suffix
Subtract the Following
Number of Hours
(a) (b) (c) (d)
0
1. 7.5 W to 7.50 E 0 Z
2. 7.50 E to 22.50 E -1 A
3. 22.50E to 37.50 E -2 B
4. 37.50 E to 52.50 E -3 C
5. 52.50 E to 67.50 E -4 D
6. 67.50 E to 82.50 E -5 E
7. 82.50 E to 97.50 E -6 F
8. 97.50 E to 112.50E -7 G
9. 112.50 E to 127.50E -8 H
10. 127.50 E to 142.50E -9 I
11. 142.50 E to 157.50E -10 K
12. 157.50 E to 172.50E -11 L
13. 172.50 E to 1800 -12 M
(See Paragraph 3)
14. 7.50 W to 22.50 W -13/+1 N
(See Paragraph 5)
15. 22.50 W to 37.50 W +2 O
16. 37.50W to 52.50 W +3 P

2C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d)

17. 52.50W to 67.50 W +4 Q
18. 67.50W to 82.50 W +5 R
19. 82.50W to 97.50 W +6 S
20. 97.50W to 112.50W +7 T
21. 112.50W to 127.50W +8 U
22. 127.50W to 142.50 W +9 V
23. 142.50W to 157.50 W +10 W
24. 157.50W to 172.50 W +11 X
25. 172.50W to 1800 +12 Y
(See Paragraph 3)

3. The letters Y and M are used for +12 and -12 hours respectively
depending on whether a position is to eastward or westward of the International
Date Line i.e. 180 east or west.

4. The boundaries of time zones on land in countries where this system has
been adopted agree generally with those at sea, which are defined by the
meridians of 7.5, 22.5, etc., except when modified as necessary by the territorial
limits of the countries concerned.

5. The letter N is used for -13 hours as well as +1 hour. Zone -13 is used for
a position in Zone -12 using ‘summer’ i.e. (‘daylight saving’) time. There can be
no confusion as the two zones are widely separated.

6. By this system the same time is therefore kept, whether on land or sea,
throughout each zone (except during periods of summer time) and in different
zones the time differs from one another by an integral number of hours, the
minutes and seconds in all zones remaining the same.

7. GMT is kept in zone 0 (0). In zone -8 (H), the time kept is 8 hours in
advance of GMT, while in zone +8 (U) it is 8 hours behind that of Greenwich. It
will thus be seen that in order to obtain GMT in any zone, the number of hours
given by the zone number + or – must be added of subtracted from the zone time.

8. On board vessels at sea, the date is changed at the 180th meridian. The
date kept on islands, etc., in the vicinity of this meridian is indicated by a pecked
line. On the other side of the Date Line, the day of the week and the day of the
month differ by one day, the date on the western side being later than that the
eastern.

2C-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

9. World map of time zone is shown below:

Figure-2: World Map of Time Zone

Source: Survey Bangladesh 2017

2C-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX D TO
SECTION 2

SYSTEM OF RELATING DAYS AND HOURS TO AN OPERATION

Definitions

1. By international agreement certain letters are used to indicate the day or

hour from which an operation is timed. The rules for applying this principle are
set out below:

a. Days. The following letters have meanings related to specific

days:
(1) D Day. The day on which an operation begins or is due to
begin is known as ‘D Day’. This may be the beginning of
hostilities or any other operation, also see Paragraph 2.

(2) E Day. The day on which an exercise commences is called

‘E Day’.

(3) M Day. The day on which mobilization begins or is due to

begin is known as ‘M Day’.

(4) G Day. The day and the hour on which the decision to
mount any given operation is promulgated is known as ‘G Day’
and ‘G Hours’ respectively. They are expressed as a 6 figure
date- time groups.
(5) K Day. The day on which a convoy system is introduced
or due to be introduced on any particular convoy lane is known
as ‘K Day’.
b. Hours and Minutes. The following letters have significance with
respect to hours and minutes:
(1) H Hour. ‘H Hour’ is the specific time at which an operation
or exercise commences, or is due to commence. When used in
conjunction with planned operations it is the specific time at
which the main operation begins. Tactically speaking, it is
usually the time at which the leading troops cross the start line.

2D-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(2) A Hour/B Hour. For multi-phased operation, timings for

the second and the subsequent phases are denoted by A Hour, B
Hour etc. However, certain letters used to indicate specific
activities as given in this annex are not to be included for this
purpose.

(3) G Hour. See G Day.

(4) L Hour. In amphibious operations, the time at which the

first helicopter of the helicopter-borne assault wave touches
down in the landing zone is known as ‘L Hour’.

(5) N Hour. The time planned for the explosion of the first of a
series of tactical nuclear weapons as part of a specific ground
forces operation (or in the case of a single strike, the time
planned for that explosion) is termed ‘N Hour’.

(6) P Hour. The time of drop of the first sticks of the main
force in an air borne operation is known as ‘P Hour’.

Numbering of Days

2. Day before and after a designated day are shown in accordance with the
following system:

D-2, D-1, D, D + 1, D + 2

Numbering of Hours and Minutes

3. Hours and minutes before and after a designated time are shown in
accordance with the following system:

H – 1 hour, H – 30 minutes, H Hour, H +1 hour (1)

H + 20 min, H  3 hr (For operational writing)

2D-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Nicknames or Code Words

4. When a particular operation or exercise is identified by nickname, or

code word, this is to be placed before any letter used in the context of this annex,
e.g.:

BALD EAGLE - E DAY

ANVIL EXPRESS -H Hour

Multiple Operations

5. When several operations or phases of an operation are being mounted in

the same theatre, and confusion may arise through the use of the same day or
hour designation for 2 or more of them, they may be referred to by any letter of
the alphabet except those shown in Paragraph 1.

Note:

1. The word ‘hours (s)’ and ‘minute (s)’ must always be mentioned. Again,
alternatively ‘plus’ or ‘minus’ instead of ‘+’ or ‘-’ may be used.

2D-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX E TO
SECTION 2

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT

1. The abbreviations/symbols used for units of measurement should be

those which are internationally agreed. Please note that abbreviations/symbols of
measurements remain unaltered in the plural e.g. in (inch, inches). A selection of
abbreviations/symbols most commonly used is tabulated below:

Quantity Unit Abbreviation Alternative/

symbol
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Length inch in "
foot ft `
yard yd x
mile mile M
fathom fath fm
nautical mile nm -
(UK 6080ft)
millimetre mm -
centimetre cm -
decimetre dm -
*metre m -
Kilometre km -

Area square inch sq in in2

square foot sq ft ft2
square yard sq yd yd2
square mile sq mile mile2
*square meter (similarly
for square centimetre, sq m m2
etc.)
Volume cubic inch cu in in3
cubic foot cft ft3
cubic yard cu yd yd3
cubic Centimetre cc cm3
*cubic meter (similarly
for cubic decimetre, etc.) cu m m3

2E-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Capacity pint pt -
(Liquid) quart qt -
gallon gal -
fluid ounce fl oz -
*litre l -
millilitre ml -

Angle second sec "

minute min `
degree deg o
*radian (plane angle) rad -
*steradian (solid angle) sr -

Time second sec "

minute min `
hour hr -

Speed feet per second ft/sec -

mile per hour mph -
knot (nautical mile per hour) kt -
meter per second m/sec -
kilometre per hour km/hr kph
revolution per minute rpm rev/min
radian per second rad/sec -
velocity vel -

Mass ounce (avoirdupois) oz -

(weight) pound lb -
hundredweight cwt -
long ton (2240 lb) ton -
short ton ST -
* gram g -
Kilogram kg -
tonne (metric ton = 1000 kg) t -
maund md -
kiloton KT -

2E-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Density gram per cubic g/cc g/cm3

centimetre
pound per cubic foot lb/cft lb/ft3
ton per cubic meter t/cu m t/m3

Force poundal pdl -

pound-force lbf -
ounce-force ozf -
ton-force tonf -
Kilogram- force (similarly -
for gram force, etc.) kgf -
-
dyne dyn -
* newton N

Moment pound- force foot lbf ft -

of newton meter Nm -
Force dyne centimetre dyn cm -
(Torque) kilogram- force meter kgf m -

Work/Ener foot-pound force ft lbf -

gy joule J -
metre- kilogram force m kgf -
* watt W -
* kilowatt hour kWh -

Power horsepower hp -
brake horsepower bhp -
watt W -
kilowatt kW -
megawatt MW -
0
Temperature degree Kelvin K -
0
degree Celsius (centigrade) C -
0
degree Fahrenheit F -
Heat British Thermal Unit Btu -
calorie cal -
kilocalorie kcal -

2E-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Pressure atmosphere, standard atm -

millibar mb -
millimetre of mercury mmHg
(conventional) -
inch of mercury inHg
(conventional) -
pound per square inch psi -
Current * ampere amp -
Voltage * Volt V -
Resistance/ * ohm Ω -
Impedance
Inductance * henry H -
Capacitance * farad F -
Acoustic decibel dB -
Level
X ray Dosage rontgen R -
Frequency * hertz Hz -
cycle per second cps -
Miscellaneous
* becquerel Bq -
* gray Gy -
* sievert Sv -
coulomb C -
tesla T -
weber W -
Siemens S -

2. Abbreviations/symbols remain unaltered in the plural, e.g. ‘10 pounds’ is

written as ‘10 lb’ and not ‘10 lbs’ (see also Paragraph 1).

2E-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

3. Prefixes Denoting Decimal Multiples or Fractions. The prefixes

denoting decimal multiples or fractions of quantities, together with the
abbreviations/symbols used, are as follows:

Multiple/or Fraction Prefix Abbreviation

(a) (b) (c)
x 10 18 exa E

x 10 15 peta P

x 10 12 tera T

x 10 9 giga G

x 10 6 mega M

x 10 3 kilo k

x 10 2 hecto h

x 10 deca da

x 10 -1 deci d

x 10 -2 centi c

x 10 -3 milli m

x 10 -6 micro u

x 10 -9 nano n

x 10 -12 pico p

x 10 -15 femto f

x 10 -18 atto a

2E-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

The prefixes for multiples may be used with any of the units marked * in
Paragraph 1. Combinations of more than one prefix are not permitted. There
should be no space between the prefix and the name of the unit which it qualifies;
no hyphen should be used e.g. kilogram. Similarly, there should be no space or
hyphen between the abbreviations for the prefix and the unit or between symbols,
e.g. cm (centimetre), kl (kilolitre).

Methods of Expression of Units

4. In correspondence addressed to, or documents intended for use by

foreign forces and agencies, measurements and where necessary tolerances, are
to be expressed in the units customarily used in the country of origin, followed in
brackets by the equivalent, of our own, e.g.:

60.32 mm + 1.59 (2.3/8 + 1/16 in)

- 1.58

84. 32 mm + 1.52 (93.32 + 0.06 in)

5. Equivalent measurements need not be quoted where there is a recognized

standard unit of measurement or where reference is made to conversion scales in
the text of a letter or document.

6. Units of measurement are to be written in full the first time they appear
in the letter or document in the language of the originating country. After that
these may be expressed in abbreviated forms or as symbols, e.g. a letter
originated in the UK would use ‘imperial gallon (imp gal)’ whereas as letter
originated in the USA would be use ‘US gallon (US gal)’.

2E-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX F TO
SECTION 2

SENIORITY OF ARMED FORCES, REGIMENTS, CORPS AND UNITS

Seniority of Joint Services Organizations
1. Armed Forces Division.

Army

2. The order of seniority of regiments and corps is as follows:

a. Armoured Corps.
b. Regiment of Artillery.
c. Corps of Engineers.
d. Corps of Signals.
e. East Bengal Regiment (EB).
f. Bangladesh Infantry Regiment (BIR).
g. Corps of Army Aviation.
h. Army Service Corps.
j. Army Medical Corps.
k. Army Ordnance Corps.
l. Corps of Electrical and Mechanical Engineers.
m. Remount, Veterinary and Farms Corps.
n. Army Dental Corps.
p. Corps of Military Police.
q. Army Education Corps.
r. Judge Advocate General Corps.
s. Army Corps of Clerks.
t. Postal (If raised or in exercise).
u. Armed Forces Nursing Service.

2F-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

3. The order of seniority of other divisions, branches, headquarters, units

and establishments of the Army will be in accordance to the distribution lists
issued by Army Headquarters. These lists are amended from time-to-time as new
establishments, divisions, branches, headquarters and units are formed.

Navy

4. In Service writing the order of seniority is as follows:

a. Operational and administrative headquarters.

b. Operational units.
c. Support bases.
d. Training units.
e. Reserve divisions.

Air Force

5. In Service writing the order of seniority is as follows:

a. Air Headquarters.
b. Bases in alphabetical order.
c. Air Headquarters (Unit).
d. Flying squadrons in numerical order.
e. Air Defence Operation Centre.
f. Air defence units in numerical order.
g. Field units, Provost and Security units and Maintenance units in
numerical order.
h. Supporting units in alphabetical order.
j. Training units in alphabetical order.
k. Care and maintenance units in alphabetical order.
l. Reserve units in numerical order.

2F-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Seniority of Inter Services Organizations

6. In Service writing the order of seniority is as follows:

a. Directorate General of Medical Service.

b. Directorate General of Forces Intelligence.
c. Directorate General of Defence Purchase.
d. Bangladesh Armed Services Board.
e. Inter Services Selection Board.
f. Armed Forces Medical Store Depot.
g. Inter Service Public Relations.

Seniority of Inter Services Training Institutions

7. In Service writing the order of seniority is as follows:

a. National Defence College.

b. Defence Services Command and Staff College.
c. Military Institution of Science and Technology.
d. Armed Forces Medical College.
e. Armed Forces Institute of Pathology.
f. Bangladesh Institute of Peace Support Operation Training.
g. Armed Forces Medical Institute.
h. Defence Academies:
(1) Bangladesh Military Academy.
(2) Bangladesh Naval Academy.
(3) Bangladesh Air Force Academy.

2F-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-II: CORRESPONDENCE
SECTION 3
SERVICE CORRESPONDENCE
INTRODUCTION

0301. ‘Service correspondence’ is the generic term for correspondence written

by members of the Services in the course of their duties. Service correspondence
conforms to standard layouts. The layouts used depend upon the purpose of the
correspondence. Examples are given in the accompanying annexes. Serif font
(e.g. Times New Roman) is preferred for formal correspondence. Font size in
service correspondence may vary as per the preference of the commander/staff.

0302. Composition of the Text. In all but the shortest letters on routine
matters, the text should consist of an introduction, a theme and a conclusion:

a. Introduction. The introduction gives the purpose of the letter and

summarizes any background information.

b. Theme. The theme presents the case and lists any arguments or
problems in a concise and logical sequence.

c. Conclusion. The conclusion summarizes the salient points in the

theme and must end by leaving the recipient in no doubt of the writer’s
orders, wishes, opinions, problems or recommendations.

While these headings are seldom used in letter writing, the reader should never
be in doubt when he is passing from one part of the text to the next.

0303. Use of the First or Third Person.

a. Most Service correspondence is written in the third person.

Exceptions to this convention are:

(1) Formal letters.

(2) Demi-official letters.

3-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(3) Letters from a commander in which he expresses his personal

views or conveys praise or blame and which he signs personally.

(4) Letters from headquarters, departments, etc., in which it is

often convenient to make use of the first-person plural.

b. When the first person is used in the opening and closing paragraphs
it is permissible to revert to the third person in intervening paragraphs.

0304. Use of Headed Paper. Official paper may bear printed letter-head
which do not conform to the standard layout for typescript. When paper with
printed letter-head is used, the subsequent typescript follows the appropriate
standard layout and normal rules of Service correspondence.

0305. Address. Letters to addressees in one of the other Services, to

government authorities and to civilian addressees should bear the full postal
address of the originator and all recipients. Where appropriate, postcodes should
be included as the last line of the address. It is Service practice to show the
recognized abbreviations for the originator and recipients. When the department
or branch required to take action is known to the sender, it is included in the
address. See also Paragraph 0219 for letters addressed to individuals (either by
name or appointment or both) the name/appointment will be mentioned first,
followed by the branch/directorate (if necessary) and the headquarters/unit. These
will be followed by the postal address as required.

0306. Departmental Correspondence. Official correspondence originated in

the Ministry of Defence is governed by rules set out in the Ministry of Defence
and may not follow all the conventions described in this publication.

0307. Salutation and Complimentary Ending. The choice of salutation in

Service correspondence depends upon the relative ranks and the personal
relationships existing between the writer and the recipient. Similarly, in any
correspondence addressed to a civilian, the writer is to be guided by the type of
letter, i.e. formal or informal and select the appropriate salutation and ending.
Examples of salutation and complimentary ending are given at Annex A under
‘Styles of Address’.

3-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0308. Variations from Standard Layout. These are:

a. Address. Postal address is not shown on internal correspondence

where the designation of the recipient is sufficient to ensure that the
envelope can be correctly addressed.

b. Multiple Addressees. When there are numerous action

addressees, they may be appended below the text in the subscription or
on a separate sheet. If standard distribution lists are maintained, the
words ‘Distribution List’, followed by its identification number or letter,
are inserted in place of the first action addressee.

c. Letters of Condolence. These are written as private letters using

the normal conventions except that:

(1) Official headed paper is not customarily used.

(2) The salutation and complimentary ending are handwritten.
(3) Paragraphs are not numbered.
(4) No file number appears on the original.
(5) No headings are used.
(6) The addressee’s name and address are omitted.

TYPES OF CORRESPONDENCE

0309. There are seven types of service correspondence:

a. Commanded letters.
b. Directed letters.
c. Routine letters.
d. Formal letters.
e. Demi-official (DO) letters.
f. Signal messages.
g. Internal correspondence.

3-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

The formats of the above except signal messages are given at Annexes B to J to
this section. For signal messages see Section 15. Abbreviations are not normally
used in commanded, formal and demi-official letters (except for decorations,
qualifications and Arms/Services).

Commanded Letters

0310. Commanded letters are formal letters reserved for statements of major
policy and directives of the Chiefs of the three Services and above. They are
normally signed by senior officials of the level of Principal Staff Officers. Their
format is not subject to the normal rules. However, an example is given at Annex
B to this section.

Directed Letters

0311. Directed letters are at a level between commanded letters and routine
letters. They are used by the Services and formation headquarters. Staff officers
may be authorized to sign such letters at the discretion of directors or heads of
divisions. An example of a directed letters is at Annex C to this section.

Routine Letters

0312. Routine letters are the normal form of correspondence within and
between the Services. A routine letter may therefore be written by a formation or
unit to any other formation or unit or by an individual member of the Services on
a personal subject. An example of a routine letter is at Annex D to this section.

0313. Letters to Civilians. In correspondences with civilian authorities or

members of the public, the layout of the routine letter, with a salutation and
conventional ending, provides the most generally used framework. Reference to
previous correspondence or documents is made in the text. The style of the letter
must be appropriate to both the subject and the recipient, and Service
terminology and abbreviations should not be used. See also Paragraph 0222.

3-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0314. Signatory. Routine letters addressed to a superior authority or to an

external agency or organization, are signed by or for the officer commanding
the formation or unit. See Paragraph 0251 and Annex D to this section.

Formal Letters

0315. The use of formal letter is confined to ceremonial matters and certain
formal submissions. They are addressed only to seniors or equals and are signed
by the originator.

0316. Occasions on which a formal letter might be appropriate are:

a. In acknowledging a directive. See Section 13.

b. In reply to a letter of praise or blame.

c. When making a submission of an exceptional nature of forwarding

a non-routine report to higher authority.

d. In arranging ceremonial matters with outside authorities.

0317. A formal letter begins with a salutation and closes with a complimentary
ending. An example of the formal letter is at Annex ‘E’ to this section. Any
application by an individual will follow the format and rules of formal letter.

Demi-official Letters

0318. Demi-official letters permit an informal and more personal approach to

Service or civilian addressees. They should be restricted to one subject and filed
in the normal way. The full identity of the originator is shown at the head of the
letter and the salutation and ending are inserted in manuscript by the originator.
An example of a demi-official letter is at Annex F to this section.

Internal Correspondence

0319. Memorandum. This type of format is widely used for correspondence

on official matters at all levels between departments, directorates and branches. It
is a speedy method of dealing with routine matters and is normally written in
manuscript and are rarely filed. An example of a memorandum is at Annex G to
this section.

3-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0320. Loose Minute (LM). There may be occasions when a hand written
memorandum will not suffice. Other forms of internal correspondence may be
used. LMs are used extensively within headquarters, units and bases when it is
necessary to disseminate information but inappropriate or inconvenient to
circulate a file. An example of an LM is at Annex H to this section. LMs are filed
in the same way as all correspondence but should never be distributed outside the
originating headquarters, unit or base. In case correspondence is to be made to a
directorate or branch within a headquarters and copies are to be sent to outside
units, bases or headquarters, then a routine letter should be initiated in place of
LM.
0321. Note Sheet. A note sheet contains the notes, which are written for
conveying instructions, passing opinions, conducting correspondence, making
decisions and recording conversations that constitute the general run of business
of a staff in any service or formation. A note sheet may have a subject on the left-
hand side of a file. Properly maintained note sheets provide a full and valuable
record of action taken on a subject with which the file deals. An example of note
sheet is given at Annex J to this section.

MODERN MODE OF CORRESPONDENCE

Electronic Mail (Email)

0322. With the advent of information and communication technology, email

have made the correspondence easier and faster. Different internet portals,
mailing and intra-net systems like Yahoo, Gmail, Zimbra, Outlook, etc. offers
easy way of making correspondence. As the process becomes easier, it also
becomes vulnerable. Hence while using emails, following points must be
considered:

a. Style depends on sender’s choice. However, official

correspondence must have formal/official outlook and language.

b. Different internet portals and intra-net systems offer formatting

by the sender. An appropriate format may be chosen for official
correspondence for having professional outlook.

c. Routine issues may be corresponded through the emails while

letters as mentioned in Paragraph 0310 to 0318, will retain their place as
existing. If permissible, those correspondence may go as attachment of
the mail.

3-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Due to the possibility of the emails getting hacked, sender needs

to exercise appropriate caution for sending sensitive/classified emails.

e. Senders must keep in mind that, in the process of routing the

emails, the service provider keeps a copy at their end; the mail is not
only between the sender and the recipient, a third party will have a copy
of it. Thus, the correspondence through different portals remains always
vulnerable.

f. Unless secure, classified military information should not be sent

in the electronic mails.

g. Salutation and complementary ending are norms; should be

practiced appropriately.

0323-0399. Reserved.

Annexes:

A. Styles of Address.
B. Example of a Commanded Letter.
C. Example of a Directed Letter.
D. Example of a Routine Letter.
E. Example of a Formal Letter.
F. Example of a Demi-official Letter.
G. Example of a Memorandum.
H. Example of a Loose Minute.
J. Example of a Note Sheet.

3-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 3

STYLE OF ADDRESS

1. Methods of addressing correspondence in the Army, Navy and Air Force

are shown in Appendix 1, 2 and 3 respectively to this annex.

Demi-official Letters

2. It is customary to indicate the Service, corps, regiment or branch duly

abbreviated after the surname of officers as follows:

a. Army. All officers of and below the rank of Lieutenant Colonel.

b. Navy. All officers of and below the rank of Commodore.

c. Air Force. All officers of the Air Force.

3. The choice of salutation in demi-official letters depends upon the relative

ranks and how well the writer and recipient know each other. Using ‘Lieutenant
Colonel A N Amin Ahmed, EME’ as an example, the salutations in order of
formality are:

a. ‘Dear Colonel Ahmed’.

b. ‘Dear Colonel’.
c. ‘Dear Amin’.
d. ‘My dear Amin’.

An officer of equivalent or senior rank who does not know Colonel Ahmed might
well address him as ‘Dear Ahmed’.

4. When such address would be appropriate, officers should be addressed

by their generic rank; e.g. a Major General/Brigadier General would be addressed
‘Dear General’ and a Lieutenant Colonel as ‘Dear Colonel’.

3A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Civilians

5. The normal salutation and endings in letters addressed to individual

civilians are:
a. ‘Dear Sir’ (or Madam) and ‘Yours faithfully’.

b. ‘Dear (Mr) Rafiq’ and ‘Yours faithfully’.

6. To a corporate civilian body, e.g. a city council or learned society, the

formal salutation and ending are ‘Gentlemen’ and ‘Yours faithfully’.

7. To a civilian firm or body when formality is not appropriate ‘Dear Sirs’

and ‘Yours faithfully’ should be used.

8. Formal salutations and endings in letters addressed to high commissioner

and ambassadors is ‘Your faithfully’.

Inserting Salutation and Complimentary Ending

9. This is normally inserted in manuscript by the signatory at the time of

signing except in formal letters when it is typed in.

Use of Military Decoration and Qualification Symbols

10. Military decoration and qualification symbols i.e., BU, BB, SBP, BBP,
NBP, BGBM, PPM, awc, ndc, ndu, rcds, afwc, psc, G+, te etc., may be used in
official or demi-official letters, invitation cards, Service records, Service list etc.,
but will not be used in the text of a letter as in the case of minutes of a meeting.

Appendices:

1. Addressing Commands, Formations and Units: Army.

2. Addressing Commands, Formations and Units: Navy.
3. Addressing Commands, Formations and Units: Air Force.

3A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 TO
ANNEX A TO
SECTION 3

ADDRESSING COMMANDS, FORMATIONS AND UNITS: ARMY

1. Correspondence to the Ministry of Defence is addressed to the ‘Ministry

of Defence’, adding a branch title, when known and the address of the building:

Ministry of Defence (D- II)

Sher-E-Bangla Nagar
Ganabhaban Complex
Dhaka

2. When the branch title or address, or the responsible division or

directorate is not known, letters should be addressed to:

Ministry of Defence
Procurement Section
Sher-E-Bangla Nagar
Ganabhaban Complex
Dhaka

3. The form of address used for formations and units depends upon the
content of the document. For formations, policy matters are normally addressed
to the commander and other matters to the headquarters; for units, policy matters
are addressed to the Officer Commanding and routine correspondence to the unit.
The address in signal messages is just the title of the formation or unit.

4. Addresses are frequently abbreviated (see Paragraph 0305). The term

‘HQ’ is used while addressing formation headquarters. This does not necessarily
denote the headquarters element (e.g. headquarters company of a division) only.
The identifying reference and the content would indicate the branch responsible
for handling the correspondence.

5. The following examples show:

a. The address of the commander.

3A1-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. The address of the headquarters.

c. The operational address.
In all cases the location has been omitted.

EXAMPLES

In Full Abbreviated

6. Command.

a. The Chief of Army Staff CAS

Bangladesh Army BD Army

b. Army Headquarters AHQ

General Staff Branch, Staff Duties Directorate GS Br, SD Dte

c. Not used in full AHQ GS Br (MO Dte)

7. Division.

a. The General Officer Commanding GOC 9 Inf Div

9 Infantry Division

b. Headquarters 9 Infantry Division HQ 9 Inf Div

c. Not used in full Main/Rear HQ 9 Inf

Div

8. Brigade.

a. The Commander Comd 87 Inf Bde

87 Infantry Brigade

b. Headquarters HQ 87 Inf Bde

87 Infantry Brigade

c. Not used in full HQ 87 Inf Bde

3A1-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

9. Unit.

a. The Commanding Officer (1) CO 1 EB

1st Battalion, The East Bengal Regiment

b. 1 Bangladesh Infantry Regiment 1 BIR

c. Not used in full 1 BIR

d. 19 East Bengal (Divisional Support) 19 EB (Div Sp)

10. Minor Unit and Sub-unit.

a. The Officer Commanding (1) OC 88 Fd Bty

88 Field Battery

b. 88 Field Battery 88 Fd Bty

c. Not used in full 88 Fd Bty

Note:

1. It is Army practice when addressing an officer in command of a major

unit, e.g. Regiment, Battalion, etc., for his appointment to be given as
‘Commanding Officer’; in a minor unit, e.g. Battery, Company, etc., it is ‘Officer
Commanding’.

3A1-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 TO
ANNEX A TO
SECTION 3

ADDRESSING COMMANDS, FORMATIOINS AND UNITS: NAVY

1. Correspondence to the Ministry of Defence is addressed to the ‘Ministry

of Defence’, adding a branch title, when known, and the address of the building:

Ministry of Defence (D-6)

Sher-E-Bangla Nagar
Ganabhaban Complex
Dhaka

2. When the branch title or address, or the responsible division or

directorate are not known letters should be addressed to:
Ministry of Defence
Procurement Section
Sher-E-Bangla Nagar
Ganabhaban Complex
Dhaka

3. In the Bangladesh Navy all correspondence and papers are normally

addressed to the holder of an appointment, e.g.:

In Full Abbreviated
Chief of Naval Staff CNS
Commander Chattogram Naval Area COMCHIT
Commander BN Fleet COMBAN
Commodore Superintendent Dockyard CSD
Commander Dhaka Naval Area COMDHAKA
Commander Flotilla West COMFLOT WEST
Commodore Naval Aviation COMNAV
Commodore Special Warfare Diving COMSWADS
and Salvage
Commander Submarine COMSUB

3A2-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Senior Naval Staff (Afloat) SNO (A)

Commander Khulna Naval Area COMKHUL
Commander Patrol Craft Squadron 41 COMPATRON 41
Commanding Officer BNS ISSA KHAN CO BNS ISSA KHAN
Commanding Officer BNS OSMAN CO BNS OSMAN
Commanding Officer Naval Store Depot CO NSD
Officer in Charge LCT-103 OIC LCT-103

4. Correspondence and papers to BN Ships and establishments are normally

addressed to ‘The Commanding Officer BNS SHADHINOTA’.

5. In accordance with traditional naval usage the names of BN ships are

prefixed by the letter BNS. Ships` names, which should be in capital letter should
not be placed in quotation marks or quoted without the prefix. The floating dock
SUNDARBAN is prefixed by BNFD. Other examples are BNT, BNFC, etc.

6. The rule in Paragraph 5 applies equally (with appropriate prefixes) to

naval vessels of commonwealth and foreign countries.

7. Addressing Correspondence to the Chief of Naval Staff. Only the

letters requiring the personal attention of the Chief of Naval Staff are to be
addressed to him. The address on the cover of such letters is to be as follows:

The Chief of Naval Staff

Naval Headquarters
Banani
Dhaka 1213

8. Letters to and from Naval Headquarters.

a. All letters to Naval Headquarters are addressed as follows:

Naval Headquarters
........Branch (appropriate branch)
Directorate of .........(appropriate directorate)
Banani 1213

3A2-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Letters emanating from Naval Headquarters and addressed to the

BN authorities and other Services will be in the routine letter form and
the address of the originator will be shown as follows:

Naval Headquarters
Operations Branch
Directorate of Naval Operations
Banani 1213
Dhaka

3A2-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 3 TO
ANNEX A TO
SECTION 3

ADDRESSING COMMANDS, FORMATIOINS AND UNITS: AIR FORCE

1. Correspondence to the Ministry of Defence is addressed to the ‘Ministry

of Defence’, adding a branch title when known and the address of the building.

Ministry of Defence (D-7)

Sher-E-Bangla Nagar
Ganabhaban Complex
Dhaka

2. When the branch title or address, or the responsible division or

directorate are not known, letters should be addressed to:

Ministry of Defence
Law Cell
Sher-E-Bangla Nagar
Ganabhaban Complex
Dhaka

3. In general, policy matters and formal correspondence are addressed to an

appointment, as shown in Paragraph 5. Routine correspondence, orders and
instructions are addressed to the formation or unit, as in Paragraph 6.

4. When the department or branch required to take action is known to the

sender, its abbreviation is included in the address.

5. In the Bangladesh Air Force all correspondence and papers are normally
addressed to the holder of an appointment, e.g.:

In Full Abbreviated
Officer Commanding/Air Officer Commanding OC/AOC
BAF Base BAF BSR
Bashar

3A3-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(Bangabandhu; Cox’s Bazar; Matiur; (BBD; CXB; MTR;

Pahar Kanchanpur; Zahur) PKP; ZHR)

Air Defence Operations Centre Dhaka ADOC Dhaka

Air Headquarters Air HQ

Directorate of Air Training Dte Air Trg
Dhaka Cantonment Dhaka Cantt
Dhaka Dhaka

Officer Commanding OC PDC Dhaka

Personnel Despatch Centre
Dhaka

Officer Commanding OC 3 Sqn

3 Squadron BAF

Officer Commanding OC 1 FU
1 Field Unit BAF

3A3-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 3
EXAMPLE OF A COMMANDED LETTER

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

Prime Minister's Office

Armed Forces Division
Operations and Plan Directorate
Dhaka Cantonment
Telephone: 8823555

06.02.2626.121.55.003.22 November 2022

UPGRADING THE RANK OF SERVICE CHIEFS

1. I am commanded by the Honourable Prime Minister to inform you that

she/he has considered the proposal for upgrading the rank of the Service
Chiefs and ......................................................................
2. I am to say that...................................................................................
3. In every case......................................................................................

WAKER-UZ-ZAMAN
Lieutenant General
Principal Staff Officer
To:
Adjutant General
Army Headquarters
Assistant Chief of Naval Staff (Personnel)
Naval Headquarters
Assistant Chief of Air Staff (Administration)
Air Headquarters

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

3B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 3

EXAMPLE OF A DIRECTED LETTER

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

AHQ
GS Br
MT Dte
Dhaka Cantt

Tel: 9110341 Ext: 5322

Email: xxx@army.mil.bd

06.02.2626.121.55.003.22 Nov 22

NEW SYL FOR ARMY STAFF COURSE

1. I am dir to convey that CGS has been pl to accept the new suggested
syl for the Army Staff Course.

2. I am to say that in view of this acceptance, act may now be initiated as

was disc in the last conf on this subj.

M ASHRAFUZZAMAN SIDDIQUI
Brig Gen
DMT
To:

Brig Gen Kudrat Elahi Rahman Shafiq, afwc, psc

CI
DSCSC
Mirpur Cantt
Dhaka
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

3C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX D TO
SECTION 3

EXAMPLE OF A ROUTINE LETTER

RESTRICTED

IMMEDIATE

AHQ
GS Br
MT Dte
Dhaka Cantt

Tel: 9110341 ext: 5122

Email: xxx@xxxx.xxx

06.02.2626.121.55.003.22 Sep 22

DEMO-BDE HQ AND BAA IN THE FD

Refs:
A. DSCSC ltr no 06.02.2626.123.65.013.22 dt 30 Jul 22.
B. Air HQ ltr no 06.02.2626.121.54.007.22 dt 04 Aug 22.

1. For the 25th Army Staff Course, 19th Navy Staff Course and 21st Air
Staff Course, DSCSC has req for a demo of a mob and static bde HQ along
with the layout of a BAA at Savar Cantt. Tentatively, the demo is scheduled
for 23 Sep from 0930-1400 hrs with dress rehearsal on 22 Sep.
2. The broad reqrs are:
a. Bde HQ. ....................................................................
b. BAA. .............................................................................
c. Army/Air Coop. ...........................................................
3. For greater details on the demo see Ref A. Air HQ has detailed a BASO
with an FFR veh and a Bell-212 hel from BAF BSR for the demo.
1
RESTRICTED

3D-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
4. DSCSC will liaise with your HQ for further coord.

MD HUMAYUN KABIR
Col
For CGS
Distr:
Extl:
Act:
HQ 9 Inf Div Commander Dhaka Naval Area AOC
GS Br BNS HAJI MOHSIN BAF BBD
Savar Cantt Dhaka Cantt Dhaka Cantt
HQ 33 Inf Div Commander BN Fleet AOC
GS Br New Mooring BAF BSR
Cumilla Cantt Chattogram Dhaka Cantt
Or
HQ 9 Inf Div (GS Br/AQ Br/EME Br/Ord Br/HQ Coy), Savar Cantt
Or
NHQ, Ops Br (DNO/DNP/D Sig), Banani, Dhaka-1213
Or
Air HQ, Ops Br (Dte AD/Dte Edn), Dhaka Cantt
Info:
HQ 81 Inf Bde
Air HQ
Ops & Trg Br
DSCSC
Internal:
Act:
AHQ, GS Br (SD Dte/MT Dte/MO Dte), Dhaka Cantt
Info:
MO Dte
MI Dte
2
RESTRICTED
3D-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX E TO
SECTION 3

EXAMPLE OF A FORMAL LETTER

RESTRICTED

BNS ISSA KHAN

New Mooring
Chattogram
Cellphone: 01769769741
Email: ashraf9741@gmail.com
PF.9741.2022. Aug 2022
Sir (1)
EXTENSION OF SHORT SERVICE COMMISSION- OFFICER (2)

Reference: (3)

1. I have the honour to state that I, Lieutenant Ashraf Siddiqui, (Edn),

BN (P No 9741) joined Bangladesh Navy as a Direct Entry Education Branch
officer on 07 January 2018 for a period of 05 (five) years. My present
engagement will terminate on 06 January 2023. During this tenure, I tried my
best to discharge my duties with utmost sincerity. Now, I would like to
continue to serve in Bangladesh Navy and intend to extend my service for a
period of another 05 (five years).
2. I, therefore, humbly request you to take necessary action to extend my
service for a period of another 05 (five) years and oblige thereby.

Yours faithfully (1)

ASHRAF SIDDIQUI
Lieutenant BN
P No 9741

1
RESTRICTED

3E-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
Enclosure: (4)

To:

The Commanding Officer

BNS ISSA KHAN
New Mooring
Chattogram

Information:

The Commander Chattogram Naval Area

New Mooring
Chattogram

2
RESTRICTED

Notes:

1. A formal letter is to have salutation and complimentary ending without

any comma after them (see Paragraph 0224 and Paragraph 15c (2) of Page 2B-6).

2. A formal letter may not always have a title.

3. List references under ‘References:’ if two or more references are to be

quoted.

4. List eclosures under ‘Enclosures:’ if two or more enclosures are to be

quoted.

3E-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX F TO
SECTION 3

EXAMPLE OF A DEMI-OFFICIAL LETTER

Lieutenant Colonel M Masudur Rahman, psc (1)

Defence Services Command and Staff College
Mirpur Cantonment
Dhaka 1221

Telephone: 9870011 Extension: 4810

SC/1000/SD August 2022

Dear Zia
DEMI-OFFICIAL LETTER (2)

1. (3) You were good enough to mention at our last meeting the
difficulties you felt might arise from dictating too rigid a formula for the demi-
official letter.

2. To omit the writer's name and the letter reference in certain cases
could be confusing, because they identify the writer and help when one has to
refer back to the letter. I believe the demi-official letter should follow the
normal pattern in showing the writer's title and name, a file reference and,
whenever appropriate, a subject heading and references to other documents.

3. Solaiman and Mohib agree with me; what do you think?

Yours sincerely
Masud
To:
Lieutenant Colonel Zia Sadat Khan, psc, AC (1)
Gerneral Staff Officer-1 (Joint Plan & Project)
Armed Forces Division
Dhaka Cantonment

3F-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Notes:

1. Only the decoration, qualification, regiment/corps and Service are

abbreviated.

2. A subject heading is not always necessary.

3. A demi-official letter may or may not have paragraph numbers. If no

paragraph numbers are used, paragraphs are not to be indented from the left
margin although they will be double spaced vertically as per rules.

3F-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX G TO
SECTION 3

EXAMPLE OF A MEMORANDUM

MEMORANDUM

From: GSO-2 Army Plan To: GSO-1 (Jt P&P)

Tel: 4354 Dt: 05 Aug 22

Our ref: AFD 412/Plan dt 03 Aug 22 Your ref: Nil

Subj: Dt of the Presentation – Forces Goal 2030.

1. The presentation by the B of O was scheduled on 061030

Aug 22.

2. Due to the commitments of PSO, the time and dt has

been rescheduled on 101200 Aug 22.

3. Other instr remain unchanged.

Mahadi

Note:
1. The form is to be completed in manuscript unless there are special
reasons for typing.

3G-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX H TO
SECTION 3

EXAMPLE OF A LOOSE MINUTE

RESTRICTED

DRAFT

PRIORITY
GS Br
(SD Dte)

LM

3123/2/SD-1

LM (1)

Refs:

A. MO Dte ltr no 06.02.2626.121.55.003.22 dt 02 Aug 22.

B. MO Dte ltr no 06.05.2628.131.25.013.22 dt 05 Aug 22.

1. This is to cfm that the views regarding the writing of LM contained in

your LM are correct. This dte agrees with you that:

a. LMs are intended for conducting internal correspondence within

a HQ or an estb/unit.

b. Max use of LM should be made to avoid frequent mov of files.

c. LMs should be brief, clear, concise and to the pt.

1
RESTRICTED

3H-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED

2. At present, the various dtes are using different forms for LM. This
prac is against the principles of svc writing. Attn of all dtes should, therefore,
be drawn to the JSSDM-2022.

B M ZAHID HOSSAIN
Col
Col Staff

Ext: 2732

Sep 22

To:

MO Dte

Info:

MT Dte

Edn Dte

2
RESTRICTED

Note:

1. Subject heading.

3H-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX J TO
SECTION 3

EXAMPLE OF A NOTE SHEET

(1) RESTRICTED (2) (1)

MT 313/10/FFR (3) (4)

Encl No
ALT OF FF RNG (4) (5)

1 (6)

Ltr no 06.02.2626.121.55.003.22 dt 15 Aug 22 from HQ 10 Div 1A (7)

req for rescheduling of dts for fd firing.

Arty Dte ltr no 06.02.2626.121.56.003.22 dt 20 Aug 22 2A

indicating the implications of any rescheduling of fd firing dts
at this stage of the yr. The latest posn showing the ut of the rng 2B
by the fmns and trg estbs is also encl.

(8) 3

1. Ref Encl 1A and 2A.

2. Alt of the FF rng at Chattogram to fmns and trg estbs

are made in consultation with Arty Dte at the beginning of the
yr. It is advisable to avoid rescheduling.

3. HQ 10 Div may be req to adhere to the existing

schedule though two of its inf units would not be able to take
part due to IS duties.

1
RESTRICTED

3J-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
MT 313/10/FFR (3) (4)
ALT OF FF RNG (4)
4. If agreed to by HQ 10 Div, we can arrange for these two
units to join 17 Div during Dec 22 for firing inf hy wpn.

MUZAMMEL H RASEL
Maj
(9) GSO-2 (MT-2)
Aug 22
GSO-1 (MT-2) (10) (11)
4
1. Ref Note 3.
2. In view of the reasons given by Arty Dte, we should advise HQ
10 Div to carr out their fd firing as per the existing schedule. The left-
over units may join 17 Div during Dec 22 if agreed to by HQ 10 Div.
3. Your concurrence is req.

MD SOLAIMAN
Lt Col
GSO-1 (MT-2)
Aug 22
Col Staff
5
1. Notes 1-4 ante.
2. 10 Div may be req accordingly.

D M MONZUR HOSSAIN
Col
Col Staff
Aug 22
2
RESTRICTED
3J-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
MT 313/10/FFR (3) (4)
ALT OF FF RNG (4)

DMT
6

Agreed. Info HQ 10 Div accordingly.

ANM MANZOOR
Brig Gen
DMT

Aug 22

GSO-1 (MT-2)
7

Ltr no 06.02.2626.121.55.003.35 03 Aug 22 to HQ 10 Div info 7A

that rescheduling of fd firing dts will not be poss and offering the
left-over units to join 17 Div during Dec 22. (12)

(13)

(14)
3
RESTRICTED

Notes:

1. A wide margin is printed or ruled on both sides of a note sheet.

2. The note sheet bears the same security classification as the file.
3. The file reference is typed commencing on the left-hand margin of the
first page.

3J-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

4. For accountability of the pages of a Note Sheet, identifying reference and

subject heading may be mentioned at every pages.

5. On the right-hand side of each page a narrower margin titled ‘Encl No’ is
provided. ‘Encl No’ is underlined and is in line with the file reference on the first
page and on subsequent pages maintains the same vertical spacing in relation to
the security classification or top of the page.

6. Note numbers consist of Arabic numerals and are underlined.

7. Enclosures are numbered in relation to their respective notes (see also

Note 12). It may be observed that the first enclosure relates to Note 1 and is
numbered as 1A. In case the enclosure has an attachment, the latter bears the
same number but is suffixed with the letters B, C etc.; e.g. Note 2 and Encls 2A
and 2B.

8. Single paragraphs in the noting are not numbered; but if more than one
paragraph is used, they are numbered.

9. The subscription follows the normal conventions of name, rank,

appointment and is followed by the telephone number and the date. Stamp may
be used containing above information instead of typed signature block.

10. Each addressee should cross out his appointment near the left-hand
margin after he has endorsed his remarks and signed it.

11. If there are two or more addressees, their designations are entered one
below the other at an interval of two vertical spaces, in the order in which it is
necessary for them to receive the note.

12. The fourth enclosure in this format is ‘Encl 7A’ as it relates to Note 7
and not to Note 3.

13. If several replies are received in response to any letter sent, the replies to
it will be docketed in separate notes and will be allotted enclosure numbers
accordingly.

14. It should be noted that every enclosure in a file whether incoming or

outgoing will bear an enclosure number and will be docketed under the related
note on the note sheet. Thus, a note sheet also becomes an index of the contents
of a file.

3J-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-III: STAFF PAPERS

SECTION 4
SERVICE PAPERS

Introduction
0401. Service papers are widely used to present facts, opinions and arguments
leading to either recommendations or decisions. They may be divided broadly
into:
a. Those, which examine a current or future problem and present a
solution.
b. Those, which survey and analyse past events.

Their purpose and scope may vary from a straightforward statement of fact to the
examination of an involved problem.

0402. Certain problems such as those affecting the use of armed forces may be
better set out as appreciation (Section 9). Whereas the layout of an appreciation is
specialized and conforms to a pattern, the method of presenting a Service paper is
flexible and at the discretion of the writer. However, the critical and methodical
approach used so extensively in appreciation is equally essential in a Service
paper.

Preparation

0403. Before starting to write a Service paper, planning is necessary to

establish the best method of presenting the subject. This may take a long time,
but time spent at this stage is never wasted.

0404. The Aim. Select a clearly defined aim. If this is not clear and
precise, subsequent planning and writing of the paper will be jeopardized.
Examine carefully the task or terms of reference, bearing in mind the purpose of
the paper, as opposed to the purpose of any action which the paper will seek to
promote. Frequently a staff officer will be given the aim in which event he must
ensure that he clearly understands what is required. Planning cannot continue
until the aim is clear.

4-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0405. Selection of Material. Assemble and study all available related

material and note what is strictly relevant. Then arrange these notes in a logical
order and decide how best to divide this material into sections. Finally, decide
whether every aspect of the subject has been considered and all arguments
weighed.Then and only then, can the writing of a good service paper start.

Construction

0406. Framework. A service paper is usually constructed on a framework of:

a. Introduction or background.
b. Aim.
c. Discussion.
d. Conclusion(s).
e. Recommendation(s).

These sections are normally used as headings in the paper except that
‘discussion’ is replaced by one or more headings relevant to the subjects covered.
Within this framework the detail is flexible and other headings are used as
required.

0407. Introduction or Background. The introduction defines the problem. It

may include:

a. A review of the existing situation or a summary of the background

against which the paper is written, bearing in mind the reader (s) for
whom it is intended. Prior knowledge that the readers are likely to
possess must be considered.

b. Any assumptions that govern all subsequent arguments.

c. If required, titles of authorities consulted during the preparation of

the paper.

d. Terms of reference or, in their absence, the scope of the paper.

4-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0408. Aim. The aim, which has already been selected, is a clear statement of
the purpose of the paper.

0409. The Discussion Section. The paragraphs in this section contain the
relevant facts and arguments. Develop this part of the paper so that the reader is
led persuasively along the chain of reasoning until the argument is complete and
the aim achieved. In a long and involved paper it may be helpful to outline at the
beginning how the subject will be presented and to summarize the main
arguments or deductions at intervals throughout that section. Similarly, it may be
necessary to make further assumptions as the discussion develops.

0410. Conclusion(s). The conclusion(s) should contain:

a. The answers to every requirement stated in the task or terms of

reference of the paper.

b. A comprehensive yet concise summary of the arguments in the

discussion section of the paper.

No new material, argument or statement unsupported by previous argument in

the paper may be introduced in the conclusions(s).

0411. Recommendations. Recommendations, where called for, may form

part of the conclusion but are normally given under the separate main or group
heading. They should include any further action required to implement the
recommendations made.

Revision

0412. Revision is essential after drafting a Service paper. The questions to be

answered are:

a. Has the aim been kept in mind throughout?

b. Does the title describe the paper aptly?

c. Have all aspects of the subject been covered?

d. Are all the facts accurate and are they in the best order?

4-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

e. Are all the requirements of the terms of reference answered in the

conclusions and are the conclusion based on the paper’s contents?
f. Can the language be improved?
g. Can anything be deleted without detriment to the sense or
arguments?
h. Is the whole paper concise, logical and complete?

Presentation

0413. Layout. An example of the layout of a service paper is shown at

Annex A to this section which shows a paper using main, group and paragraph
headings. The less flexible way of writing a service paper is to use only group
and paragraph headings, a layout which should be used if the paper is not
complicated enough to need an extra tier of headings other than the subject
heading. Either layout may be used whichever is clearer. It is simple to change
from one layout to the other if the drafting proceeds.

0414. Use of Annexes. To maintain the flow of argument, put extensive

detail, such as statistical data or information, in annexes. Only the deductions
derived from the annexes need to be inserted in the body of the paper. See also
Paragraph 0252.

0415. Distribution. The distribution should be listed at the end of the paper,
as at Annex A. However, if the paper is sent out as an enclosure or an annex to a
covering letter, the latter may include the distribution instead.

0416. Covering Letter. If a covering letter is used it should include:

a. Very briefly, the reasons why the paper has been written.

b. The conclusions and recommendations as they appear in the paper.

c. Any action required or requested of any recipient.

d. Titles of authorities consulted if not included in the introduction.

4-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0417. Notes (Footnotes and Endnotes). A note contains a reference,

explanation, or comment outside the main body of the text. If it is placed at the
bottom of a page, it is termed as footnote. When listed at the end of the chapter,
article or entire text, these are called endnotes. Different styles of
notations/citations are used globally like APA, MLA, Harvard, Chicago, etc.
Practice may vary organisation to organisation. Whatever style is used, the same
should be followed throughout the document.

a. Notes are numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals. When used

at the end of a chapter/article, the series starts anew for each
chapter/article. Attention is drawn to the relevant note by inserting the
appropriate numerals immediately after the point.

b. For endnotes, a heading ‘Endnotes’/’Notes’ is used. Whereas for

footnotes no heading is used, these are listed at the bottom of the page on
which these appear, on the left margin above the security classification.

As an exception, amplification of specific points or reference may be made by

using 'Notes' in tables, charts, illustrations or diagrams as per writer’s
convenience.

0418. Procedure of Using Reference in Notes. When reference is used for

the first time, it is to be written exactly like bibliography except that page number
must follow. In subsequent occasions following procedure may be adopted:

a. Ibid. The word 'Ibid' is abbreviation of a Latin word 'Ibidem'

meaning in the same book, chapter, passage etc. If the reference is
successive, use the word 'Ibid' and give page number (s) etc., if
necessary, e.g. 'Ibid', p 2 or 'Ibid', pp 3-121.

b. Op Cit. The Latin abbreviation for 'Opere Citato' meaning 'in the
work cited' is used to refer to different pages in a work cited earlier but
not immediately preceding, that is when references to other works have
intervened. The author's last name always precedes 'Op Cit'. Note that
'Ibid' can follow an 'Op Cit' footnote.

c. Loc Cit. The Latin abbreviation for 'Loco Citalo' meaning in the
place cited' is used instead of 'Op Cit' when the reference is to the exact
page (s) previously cited. Again, the author's last name must be included
but is never followed by page (s) citation.

4-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Some of the examples are:

1. Earl P Strong, The Management Business: An Introduction (New York:
Harver and Row, 1965), pp 23-234.
2. Charles A Myers, Behavioural Sciences for Personal Managers, Harvard
Business Review (July - August 1965), pp 223-234.
3. Strong, Op Cit, pp 247-249.
4. Myers, Op Cit, pp 158- 161.
5. Ibid, p 162. (means 'Myers, p 162).

6. Strong, Loc Cit. (means 'Strong', pp 247-249).

7. Ibid, Note-6 (means same as preceding note i.e. Note-6).
0419. Bibliography. A complete list of books or documents consulted or read
by the writer of a service paper for the preparation of the said paper may be given
at the end of a service paper under the heading ‘Bibliography’. This can be in
addition to the notes or reference. While identifying a document in the
‘Bibliography’ or in ‘Reference’, globally accepted styles as mentioned in
Paragraph 0417 are to be followed. An example is as follows:
Name of the author – Name or Title of the document – (Name of
publisher or the publishing company with place and year in brackets as
here) – Particular chapter or section or pages, if necessary.
Example. Charles Meyer, Invasion of Cambodia (Previceton Publishing
Company, Paris 1962).
0420 - 0499. Reserved.
Annex:
A. Layout of a Service Paper.

Note:

1. System of using footnotes widely differs in various research

methodologies. Example shown above is not mandatory.

4-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 4

LAYOUT OF A SERVICE PAPER

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1)

Identifying Reference (1) Copy Number ...... of .........(1)

Total Pages .......................(1)

INTEGRATED BASIC RECRUIT TRAINING FOR THE ARMED FORCES

Reference (s):

A. ......................................

INTRODUCTION

1. (Paragraph as required to give background of the paper).

2. .....................................................................................................

3. . ...................................................................................................

AIM

4. The aim of this paper is to examine the advantages and disadvantages

of having integrated basic recruit training for the Armed Forces and make
recommendations for a cost effective integrated training system.

PRESENT SYSTEM OF TRAINING

Army
5. ....................................................................................................................
6. .....................................................................................................................

1 of 5
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

4A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

Navy

7. ...........................................................................................................

8. ...........................................................................................................

Air Force

9. ...........................................................................................................

10. .........................................................................................................

TRAINING FACILITIES

Central Training Depot

11. ..........................................................................................................

Training Equipment

12. ..........................................................................................................

13. Clothing. ...................................................................................

14. Weapons. ...................................................................................

Training Areas

15. ...........................................................................................................

16. ...........................................................................................................

2
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

4A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1)

Manpower

17. Training Staff.

a. General Instructors. (2) .........................................................

b. Specialist Instructors. .........................................................

18. Administrative Staff. ......................................................................

Summary (3)

19. ..............................................................................................................

PROPOSED SYSTEM OF INSTRUCTION (4)

20. Common Basic Drill Instruction. ......................................................

21. Common Basic Weapon Instruction. ...............................................
22. Special to Service Instruction. ..........................................................

FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS

Annual Expenditure

23. Annual Expenditure on Present System.

a. Army. ................................................................................
b. Navy. ................................................................................
c. Air Force. ................................................................................

24. Annual Expenditure on Proposed System. ........................................

3
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1)

4A-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1)

ADVANTAGES OF PROPOSED SYSTEM

Finance

25. Annual Saving. .............................................................................

26. Common Vote. .......................................................................................

Inter Service Understanding

27. Morale. .................................................................................. .................

28. Comradeship. .................................................................................

29. Understanding Each Other's Duties. ...............................................

CONCLUSION(S)
30. .................................................................................................................
31. .................................................................................................................
a ..........................................................................................................
b. ..........................................................................................................

RECOMMENDATION(S)

32. ................................................................................................................
a. ..........................................................................................................
b. ..........................................................................................................

4
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1)

4A-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

c. ..............................................................................................

Dhaka (6) M MAHADI HASAN (5)

Lt Cdr BN
August 2022 (7) General Staff Officer-2

Annexes: (1)

A. ...........................
B. .........................
C. .........................

BIBLIOGRAPHY:

Distribution:

................................................
................................................

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

4A-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Notes:

1. Where applicable.

2. Sub-paragraphs may be given headings where appropriate.

3. After much discussion under one main heading it is sometimes

convenient to make a summary of salient points under that heading before going
on. Paragraph 19 would here summarize Paragraphs 11 to 18.

4. Possibly there may be no suitable group heading for Paragraphs 20 to 22.

In such a case, be aware of reducing ‘PROPOSED SYSTEM OF
INSTRUCTION’ to a group heading. If you do this, Paragraph 20 to 22 will be
governed by the previous main heading ‘TRAINING FACILITIES’, which
would be illogical.

5. A service paper is normally signed by the author.

6. Place at which the paper is written is to be in line with the signature

block`s opening line.

7. Date of signature double spaced from the place as at Note 6 where the
day of the month is to be written in manuscript to the left of the margin at the
time of signing by the author.

4A-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 5

BRIEF

“While I should be ready to agree to some small simplification of details....I must

insist on knowing all the essential facts.....pray let me have, on one sheet of
paper, a note showing the pros and cons.”
Sir Winston Churchill

Introduction
0501. The aim of a brief/briefing is to provide information that the reader can
assimilate easily and quickly. Senior officers rely on briefs to acquaint
themselves with a subject, and the preparation of brief is one of the most frequent
duties of a staff officer.

0502. A brief may be presented orally, in writing, or by a combination of both.

Whichever method is employed it must:

a. Be as short as possible.
b. Be accurate.
c. Draw attention to the salient points.
d. Be impartial.
e. Where necessary:
(1) Provide constructive criticism and suggest alternative
solutions.
(2) Offer positive advice on the approach to a problem and
explain the logic behind the recommendation(s).

Types of Brief

0503. There are two types of brief:

a. Information Brief. The information brief is designed to inform a
senior officer who wishes to acquaint himself about a plan, situation or
any subject of interest. It is used to present priority information requiring
attention, complex information involving complicated plans, systems,
statistics or charts and information requiring elaboration and explanation.
A framework is at Annex A to this Section.

5-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Decision Brief. A decision brief is given mainly to seek decision

on a matter from an authority. It may include:

(1) Statement of the problem.

(2) Facts bearing on the problem.

(3) Assumption (if any).

(4) Analyse the problem.

(5) Options.

(6) Conclusion.

(7) Recommendation(s).

At the end of the brief, decision is sought from the person being briefed.
A Framework is at Annex B to this Section.

Oral Brief

0504. The purposes of an oral brief are:

a. To save time by eliminating the need for a senior officer to read

himself into a problem.

b. To enable the senior officer to question the briefing officer and to

discuss a topic or situations with his fellow commanders or senior staff
officers as it unfolds.

A briefing can range from a 5-minutes talk to a full-scale presentation. Whatever

the scope careful planning is necessary. To aid an oral brief, power point
presentations are often used. Some rules regarding power point presentations are
given at Annex C to this section.

5-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Written Brief

0505. Framework. The framework for a brief is flexible and depends chiefly
on the wishes of the officer for whom it is prepared or on locally accepted
practice. As far as possible, however, it should conform to the rules and
conventions of service writing, except that it may be typed in double spacing.
Main, group and paragraph headings should be used liberally and sentences to be
kept short and crisp. The heading ‘Comment(s)’ should be used to show where
the writer is expressing opinions as distinct from stating fact. A formal
conclusion of the type used in service papers should not normally be necessary,
but some form of short summary, with recommendation if appropriate, should
normally conclude the brief. A 3-centimeter right-hand margin should be left so
that the senior officer can make notes. Examples are at Annex D and E to this
section.

0506. Attached Documents. A senior officer should not have to read whole
policy statements or documents unless he is specifically referred to them, or
sections of them, in the brief. Such papers should be attached and flagged.

0507. Flagging. Flags and side flags are used to refer the reader quickly
and easily to details of the material under brief. It is essential to understand the
difference between them:

a. Flag. A flag is used to identify a complete document attached

to a brief. In the case of a very long document, a flag could refer to a
part, a major section or chapter of it.

b. Side Flag. A side flag is used to identify a specific passage

within a document, which has already been referred to by a flag.

0508. Rules. Practical rules for flags and side flags are:

a. Flags and Side Flags. Flags and side flags should:

(1) All be visible when the brief is being read, but they should
not stick out so far that they are easily torn or crumpled.
(2) Not obscure one another.
(3) Not obscure any writing in the document to which they are
attached.

5-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(4) Be mentioned separately in a margin drawn for the purpose

down the right hand side of the brief thus:

`A full statement is at .....................Flag A`

(5) Be listed at the end of the brief in the form illustrated at

Annex B, so that, if necessary, the brief can then be re-assembled
after it has been broken down.

b. Flags.

(1) Each paper, whether document, letter, pamphlet, book or self-

contained extract attached to the brief, must have a flag.

(2) Flags are given letters starting at A and are attached to the top
of the first page of each paper in such a way when all papers are
assembled, the flags appear alphabetically from left to right (A, B,
C, etc.). If the flag refers to a chapter or section commencing on the
reverse page, then the word ‘OVER’ is to be written under the
identifying letter on the flag.

c. Side Flags.

(1) Side flags are given numbers starting at one and are attached
on the right hand side of the relevant piece of paper, opposite the
paragraphs referred. For this reason, side flags attached to
document are unlikely to appear in any sort of numerical order.

(2) Side flags are numbered consecutively throughout the brief,

irrespective of the flag to which they refer.

(3) Side flagged paragraphs should be side-lined in pencil on the

outside of the page so that the reader can see the extent of what he
is required to read.

(4) If the paragraphs referred to are on the reverse of the page, the
word ‘OVER’ is printed on the side flag, so that the reader knows
that he has to turn the page.

5-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(5) If a reference starts on one page and continues on to the

reverse of the page or subsequent pages, the words ‘AND OVER’
are printed on the side flag. The side-lining is continued on the
outside edge of subsequent pages, for as long as necessary, where
side-lining continues on to the next page, or carries on from a
previous page, a ‘Kicker’ is placed at the top or bottom of the page
as appropriate. For example, if Paragraphs 3 to 7 of Annex E to this
section were to be side flagged, then see the illustration there.

0509. Brief on Specific Problems or Subjects. For a brief related to a specific

problem or subject, the questions to be answered are:

a. To what extent is historical background necessary? (Bear in mind

any prior knowledge the recipient may have.)

b. Is the paper so complicated or obscure that a short summary of the

main points is necessary?

c. Are the facts correct?

d. Have any assumptions been clearly defined as such?

e. Have any important points been missed?

f. Do the arguments conform to existing policy?

g. Are the conclusions practicable?

h. What should be recommended? (No new material should be

included).

j. What objections or counter arguments may be raised to the course

of action recommended?

An example of a written brief is at Annex D to this section.

0510. Personality Brief. The contents of a brief on a visitor will depend

on how well he is known to the senior officer being visited and on the nature of
his visit. Unless otherwise directed a personality brief could contain:

a. Administrative details (accommodation or meals required, time and

method of arrival and departure, etc.).

5-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Questions to be asked to the visitor.

c. Questions which may be asked by the visitor and the recommended

answers.

d. Any opposing line, which the visitor might propose, and the
suggested counter argument.

e. Points to be emphasized.

f. Arrangements for further meetings.

g. A brief biography of the visitor drawing attention to his past

experience and appointments that may affect the subject(s) to be
discussed and to any special interests or idiosyncrasies.

An example is at Annex E to this section.

0511. Brief for Visits. The contents of a brief for a senior officer visiting a
Service or civilian establishment or an industrial concern will usually depend
upon the wishes of the officer concerned. Unless otherwise directed the brief
should contain:

a. An outline history of the establishment being visited.

b. Details of current work, training, etc., being carried out.
c. Short biographies of the hosts and chief personalities likely to be
met, with photographs if available.
d. A chart showing the higher organization of the establishment, when
appropriate.
e. A list of the questions that hosts might be asked during the tour of
the establishment.
f. A list of questions that might be asked by hosts with recommended
answers.
g. Any special information that might be of value during the visit, e.g.
similar work being carried out in equivalent Service units or military
establishments, with any security restrictions affecting its disclosure.
h. A timetable showing all the administrative arrangements for the
visit.

5-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0512. Care of Documents. When preparing a brief, it is often necessary to

remove papers from their parent files in order to attach them, or copies of them,
to the brief. Suitable notes must be made in the parent file and the whole brief
given a classification at least as high as that of the highest classified attached
document. After a brief has been used, the papers must be returned to their parent
files. The brief, with a list of flags and file references, is then filed.

0513. Multi-subject Brief. When a brief is required on a number of

subjects, e.g. for a meeting with miscellaneous items on the agenda, it may be
more convenient for the senior officer if a separate brief is prepared for each
subject under a covering note.

0514 - 0599. Reserved.

Annexes:

A. Framework of an Information Brief.

B. Framework of a Decision Brief.
C. Rules of Power Point Presentation.
D. Example of a Decision Brief.
E. Example of a Personality Brief.

5-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 5

FRAMEWORK OF AN INFORMATION BRIEF

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

Copy No ........ of ......... (1)

Total Pages .......... (1)
Identifying Reference (3)

BRIEF FOR (APPT) ON (SUBJECT)

Introduction (2)

1. Background Info, if any.

2. Purpose/Aim.

3. Scope.

Body (2)

4. Background.

5. Current/Existing State.

6. Future Possibilities.

Conclusions
7. Questions/Clarification.
8. Concluding Statement.

Signature (3)
Signature Block

Date

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

5A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Notes:

1. If classified SECRET or above.

2. Contents of a brief would be flexible. Some items may be added or omitted

if the person being briefed is already aware of the material and desires that it may
not be briefed.

3. If an information brief is presented orally then superscription and

subscription may be deleted.

5A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 5

FRAMEWORK OF A DECISION BRIEF

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

Copy No ........ of ......... (1)

Total Pages .......... (1)

Identifying Reference

BRIEF FOR (APPOINTMENT) ON (SUBJECT MATTER)

Ref(s):

A.
B.

Introduction (3)

1. Background Info if any.

2. Purpose/Aim.

3. Scope.

4. To Specify that Decision is Solicited After/Before. (3)

Body (3)

5. Arrange the main ideas in following sequences:

a. Statement of the problem.
b. Facts bearing on the problem.
c. Assumption(s) (if any).

1 of 2 (1)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

5B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

d. Analyse the problem.

e. Options, advantage and disadvantages of each option.

f. Summary, if required.

g. Recommendation(s).

Conclusion

6. Questions/Clarifications.

7. Concluding Remarks.

8. Seek Decision (for oral brief). (4)

Signature
Signature Block

Date

List of Flags: (2)

A. (Title of document or similar identification)

List of Side Flags: (2)

1. (Name of flag (mentioned above), paragraphs or section number, title).

Distribution :
.................................. Copy No (1)
2
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1)

Note:

1. If classified SECRET or above.

5B-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

2. See Paragraph 0508a (5).

3. Some items may be omitted if the person being briefed is already aware
of the material and desires that it may not be briefed.

4. In case of written brief decision to be sought before conclusion and oral

brief decision to be sought after conclusion.

5B-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 5

GUIDELINES FOR VISUAL/POWERPOINT PRESENTATION

1. General. Slide should be:

a. Used as aid to the speaker, not as substitute.
b. Informative with principal words and headings.
c. Verbatim copy of paragraphs or number of lines should be avoided.
d. Aide memoire - not clumsy and busy.
e. Concise yet comprehensive, brief yet clear.
f. It is presenter’s responsibility to attract the audiences towards
him/her, not to the slides.

2. Security Classification. Presentations that are routine in nature and

do not bear a security classification of confidential or higher, may not show any
classification. However, if a presentation or any number of slide in a presentation
merits security classification of SECRET or higher, in that case, the appropriate
security classification to be clearly inserted in the middle in block capital without
abbreviation or underline with a distinct colour. If the whole presentation needs
security classification, in that case, every slide of the presentation should bear the
classification. If one or few slides of a presentation needs security classification
then also every slide of the presentation should bear that security classification to
avoid mishandling. Presenter will be responsible to ensure the security of the
document in the electronic device(s) being used.

3. Rules Related to Staff Duties. For maintaining similarity, it is preferable

to follow the rules of service writing where applicable. However, following
deviations are acceptable in order to make the slide soothing to the eye.

a. Headings may not be underlined.

b. Texts of paragraph/sub-paragraph may be bulleted.

c. Full stop is not necessary for bulleted paragraph/sub-paragraph

headings, which is not immediately followed by any text. However, full
stop will be given if a paragraph/sub-paragraph is given a heading.

5C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Slide number should be displayed on the bottom right corner or as

appropriate.

e. While using designed format or shapes, Staff Duties may be

deviated.

f. Presentation should be kept as simple as possible. Slide should

include only essential points; transition and animation may not be
encouraged unless necessary.

4. Other Rules.

a. Use suitable font (size 24-44) and colour (black, white and yellow).

b. Font size should depend on the size of the projected screen, size of
the room, number of audiences, etc.

c. Use suitable colour with contrast and clarity depending on

requirement, environmental condition, types of audience, etc. It should
be soothing for eyes.

d. Use background colour as white or navy blue.

e. Different colour, font and contrast may be used with special

requirement.

f. Include proper citations or references to give credit to others’

works.

g. Ideal slide should not be based only on text; should have graphs,
charts, diagrams as far as feasible.

h. Slide design should not distract the audience from the key message.

j. Presenter must rehearse with a view to remaining within time,

otherwise, overall time plan of the session may be offset.

k. As a good practice, a presenter should have a reading script for

formal presentations. Generally, people speak 100-120 words per minute.
This point should be borne in mind while preparing the reading script.

5C-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX D TO
SECTION 5

EXAMPLE OF A DECISION BRIEF

CONFIDENTIAL

3987 G Trg

BRIEF FOR CGS ON USE OF TRG AREAS IN CHATTOGRAM

HILL TRACTS (CHT)

Hist

1. Since 1976, tps sta in CHT have been allowed to train on 2

types of trg areas:

a. Perm Areas. There is one area perm allotted to the

Armed Forces. Civ are excl and all types of trg, incl live
firing are allowed. Damage is not paid for, but we pay a yr
rent to the Department of Forestry.

b. Ty Areas. There are 6 ty areas, shown on the map at Flag A

........................ which you should look at. On these areas dry
trg only is allowed. Damage must be paid for and claims are
settled through a claims org which wk well. Unfortunately,
the trg agreements specifically excl the use of these areas for
IS trg. Flag B
Side
2. A copy of the trg agreement is at................................The sec Flag 1
which excl IS trg on the ty areas is side lined at........................
Present Sit
3. Since inf became committed to trg for ops, they have found
the restriction on the use of the ty areas to be a serious constraint.
1
CONFIDENTIAL

5D-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

CONFIDENTIAL

4. Div comds are unanimous that their units must be allowed

unrestd trg on the ty areas. The perm area is already fully booked for
2022. Should you wish to read the div comd’s views in more detail,
they are att as fol:

a. 17 Div............................................................. Flag C

b. 20 Div............................................................ Flag D

Recom

5. A summarized proposal for opening the ty trg areas to all Flag E

forms of trg is at ......................................................... I suggest that Side
you read in detail things given at ...................................... You will Flag 2
note that the phrase 'trg for ops' is used rather than the more
sensitive 'IS trg'.

6. It is recom that this proposal be fwd to MOD with a view to

amending the 1976 Agreement to be negotiated at govt level.

M ABDUL BARI
Brig Gen
DMT

Aug 22
List of Flags:
A. Map of Ty Trg Areas.
B. 1976 Agreement (Status of Forces).
C. 17 Div Ltr 23.01.917.09.256.01.21 dt 22 Aug 2022
D. 20 Div Ltr 23.01.920.03.255.01.21 dt 25 Aug 2022.
E. Summary of Proposed Agreement.

2
CONFIDENTIAL

5D-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

CONFIDENTIAL

List of Side Flags:

1. Flag B, Sec XIX- Ty Trg Areas.

2. Flag E, Para 8- Trg for Ops.

Info: (1)

DMO

DMI

DSD

3
CONFIDENTIAL

Note:

1. Copies for information only, if felt necessary may be given to these

addressees, or else no need to show distribution as the brief is meant for the CGS.

5D-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX E TO
SECTION 5

EXAMPLE OF A PERSONALITY BRIEF

RESTRICTED

5976
BRIEF FOR BASE CDR ON VISIT OF AIR CDRE A H CHOWDHURY
Intro
1. Air Cdre Hasnain has been invited to visit this base on 04 Aug
2022 to give a lecture to all offrs of this base on 'Plt Trg in BAFA'.
Admin
2. The fol arrangements have been made:
a. The lecture will be del in the base auditorium at 1045 hrs.
b. Air Cdre Hasnain is due to arr by Bangladesh Biman at 1000
hrs. OC Admin will receive him at the airport. They will arr at
your office to meet at 1015 hrs. Coffee will be aval. All Wg OCs
have been invited to join you.
c. The Air Cdre has accepted an invitation to lunch in the Offrs'
Mess. All offrs of the rank of Sqn Ldr and above have been
invited.
d. Air Cdre Hasnain wishes to avail the 1430 hrs flt to Cox's
Bazar. He should therefore, leave the mess not later than 1415 hrs.
e. Offrs attending the lunch will be in uniform.
Biography
3. Air Cdre Hasnain was born in Barishal in the year 1967 and (1)
educated in Barisal and Dhaka. He was commissioned in 1987 from BAF
Academy. He is a graduate of DSCSC, Mirpur.

1
RESTRICTED

5E-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED

4. He served in fighter sqns from 1992 to 1998. He comd 5 Sqn and

was the pnr of 8 Sqn.

5. He was adjudged the best plt in the FIS in 1996. He wk as CI in the

FIS and is now the Comdt of the BAFA.

6. He has visited many countries namely UK, USA and China.

7. He is married and is blessed with a son and a daughter. He was a

swimming colour holder in the BAF Academy, Jashore. His interests are
shooting, photo and playing golf.

SHAFIQUL ALOM
Flt Lt
Base Edn Offr

Ext: 2192

Aug 22

Info :

SOO
OC Admin
OC Maint
OC RTS
2
RESTRICTED

Note:

1. Disregard the side flag and 'kicker' placed in this brief, which were used
to illustrate side flagging as at Paragraph 0508c (5).

5E-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 6

AGENDA AND MINUTES OF MEETING

“When the Great Ones depart, at last, to their dinner
The Secretary stays, getting thinner thinner.
Racking his brains to record and report
What he thinks they will think that they ought to have thought.”
Anon
Introduction
0601. Meetings are one of the ways to communicate and share ideas/
messages/directives and for making decision on some agenda. Meetings are held
to allow direct discussion and free exchange of ideas and opinions on any subject
of current interest or concern. They save time, minimize correspondence and the
possibility of misunderstanding and enable quick action to be taken when needed.
0602. An agenda is a list of activities in the meeting, arranged in a sequence in
which they are to be discussed. Minutes of the meeting is the written official
record of the proceeding of a meeting. The name "minutes" possibly derives from
the Latin phrase minuta scriptura (literally "small writing") meaning "rough
notes". An officer nominated as the secretary for a meeting is responsible for all
preparations, including the issue of an agenda, preparation of working paper and
for writing and publishing the minutes.
Preparation
0603. The Agenda.
a. An agenda is issued before a meeting so that those attending may
know in advance what items will be discussed and have time to study
each item, carry out any research necessary and otherwise brief
themselves.
b. An agenda must be comprehensive and should only contain
relevant items arranged in a logical order.
c. When a meeting is not one of a regular series and no specific paper
is under discussion, a short statement of the topic may be necessary
under each item. When items refer to papers that have been previously
issued or are attached to the agenda, the papers or their references need
only be listed. In either case it may be desirable to frame specific
questions to be resolved at the meeting.

6-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. It may be prudent to include an item ‘Any Other Business’ near the

end of the agenda. When the meeting is one of a regular series, the first 2
items should be ‘Minutes of Last Meeting’ and ‘Matters Arising’; the last
item should be ‘Arrangements for Next Meeting’.
e. An example of the layout of an agenda is at Annex A to this
section.
0604. Administrative Arrangements. The secretary may also need to make the
following prior arrangements:
a. Book a room and ensure that the way to it is known or adequately
signposted.

b. Arrange a seating plan and provide place cards, visible to all, for
the table.

c. Prepare a form for those attending to fill in their names and

appointments or departments represented.

d. Ensure that spare paper and pencils are available.

e. Arrange for visual aids.

f. Arrange refreshments, accommodation and transport.

g. Arrange for a shorthand typist and tape recorder.

h. Make arrangements for security.
0605. Working Paper. A working paper is a document prepared to serve as a
basis for discussion or negotiation for a meeting, staff talks, dialogues, etc.
Working paper may be used for the preparation as well as to facilitate decision
making. Staff may need to prepare working papers at various headquarters based
on the agenda/discussion points. A working paper may consist of background of
some issues, summary of data, key points, options, recommendations, etc. There
may not be any set format for the working paper and it will depend on the agenda
and preference of the commander/staff.
Minutes
0606. Minutes of a meeting summarize important discussion and record the
decisions taken, the action required and who is to take it. Only the essence of the
discussion should be recorded, so that a reader who was not at the meeting can
understand the reasons for decisions taken.

6-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0607. Minutes must be:

a. Accurate.
b. Brief.
c. Self-contained.
d. Impersonal (see Paragraph 0611) and formal (e.g. ‘Col Monzur
reported...’not ‘Monzur reported...’).
e. Decisive.
f. In the past tense and in the third person, i.e., reported speech.

0608. After accuracy, brevity is the most important of these qualities and is
best achieved by:

a. Selectivity. Minutes are not substitutes for a verbatim record and

should not attempt to cover what every speaker said or how individual
speakers developed their arguments. They must include only the essence
of the discussion which led to the decisions.

b. Crisp Style. The record should be as crisp as possible. Striking

phrases used in the discussion may help to reflect the tone and tempo of
the meeting, but they must be carefully chosen, and some may need to be
in quotation marks.

0609. Structure of a Minute. The primary aim of a minute is to set out the
decision reached so that those who have to take action will know precisely what
they have to do and the degree of urgency required. The secondary purpose is to
state the problem and to give the reasons for the decision. Minutes should
therefore fall clearly into 3 parts:

a. Brief statement of the problem.

b. Essence of the discussion.

c. Decision.

An example of a layout of minutes of a meeting is at Annex B to this section.

6-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0610. Statement of the Problem. The minute should first record the subject
and then summarize the problem. The purpose of this opening statement is to
make the record of the subsequent discussion intelligible, without reference to
other document if possible.

0611. Essence of the Discussion. After stating the problem briefly, the minute
summarizes the discussion relevant to the subsequent decision. Unless this part of
the minute is impersonal it may be unnecessarily long and give the impression
that discussion was limited only to the speakers named. The form ‘A said.......’,
‘B replied..........’and ‘C pointed out ...........etc.’ should therefore be avoided.
Sometimes, however, views need to be attributed to an individual, e.g. when the
chairman dictates the course to be pursued and when a speaker disagrees on a
matter of principle. It does not follow that speakers must always be listed by
name whenever opinion is divided, although there may sometimes be special
reasons for doing so. It is usually preferable to make an impersonal record such
as ‘On this problem views differed; some members believed that........., others
were convinced that .........’. Much said at meetings is neither essential nor
relevant; moreover, much that was relevant at a certain stage of the discussion
may, in retrospect, be found to have no connection with the decision taken. When
drafting a minute, the decision must first be examined, after which the essential
points which led up to it can be arranged in a logical order.

0612. The Decision. The discussion for each item on an agenda should lead to
a decision or decisions which should be expressed in clear and precise terms.
The chairman should normally sum up the discussion and state the decision(s)
reached; if he does not do so, the secretary should draft the decisions to express
the intentions of the meeting. The decisions should not be spelt out in the
discussion paragraph but should be recorded in a separate paragraph, headed
‘Decision(s)’, at the end to each agenda item. However, if the discussion of a
single item is lengthy and falls into a number of separate sections, each with its
own decision, the decisions may be interspersed in their natural sequence with
the record of discussion. Where decision requires action, the secretary should
phrase the decision as an order in the active voice and give the appointment of
the person responsible for the action; as an aide-memoire, he should repeat the
appointment in the action column. The following rules govern the allocation of
action in minute writing:

a. The record should allocate action to one individual only, unless

several persons are each required to take identical action; otherwise, the
result could be duplication of action or no action at all if each individual
detailed waited for the other to act.
6-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. The method of allocating action to a person not present at the

meeting depends on whether that person was represented at the meeting.
If he was represented, the minute may allocate action to him directly; if
he was not represented, the minute should nominate someone who was
present to forward the instruction or request.
c. The record should never order action by persons not under
command of the chairman (or the headquarters he represents), even
though present or represented at the meeting. If a person not under
command is required to take action, the phraseology recording the
decision should be that the person ‘agreed to’, ‘undertook to’ or ‘would’
carryout the action. Note that the members of a formally established
committee, such as a Mess Committee are technically under the
command of the chairman for matters relating to the committee; a
member of the committee may therefore be ordered (using the words
‘was to’) to carry out an action.
0613. Tape Recorders. When the minutes are being written, a tape recording
can help to confirm what occurred, particularly if many figures or statistics have
been quoted. A secretary must always regard such a recording as an aid to his
work and not a substitute.
0614. Shortened Minutes. In a project where time is short and meetings are
held regularly, it will often be sufficient to record the minutes in an abbreviated
form. On some occasions it may be necessary just to record only the decisions
taken. The occasion when minutes are to be recorded in a shortened form is at the
discretion of the chairman. The format and layout of shortened minutes are the
same as that of the normal minutes.
Layout of the Minutes of Meeting
0615. Conventions.
a. Subject Heading. There must be a subject heading, even if it is
only the serial number of the meeting. The subject heading always
includes the date and place of the meeting.
b. Attendance.
(1) Those present are listed by names and appointments in order of
rank. Where ranks are equal, the seniority of Service should be
followed; where ranks within a Service are equal, names are placed in
alphabetical order by considering the first spelt out part of the name
and not the letters of the initials e.g. M A, H M, etc. Decorations,
qualifications, regiment/corps and service are not shown.

6-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(2) The Chairman is listed first and is nominated as such

against his appointment. The secretary is listed last and is
similarly nominated.

(3) Where a person attends a meeting as the representative

of another, both appointments are shown, e.g.:

Lt Col Mohammed Ismail Hossain GSO 1 Sigs (rep D Sigs)

(4) When a person is not present for the whole meeting, the
item(s) for which he attended is indicated, eg:

Lt Cdr Muhtadi Hasan SO (Ops), Ops Dte

(not for Item 2)
Sqn Ldr F Karim AD Ops, Air HQ
(Item 5 only)

c. Order of Items. Subjects should normally be recorded in the

order shown on the agenda and the ‘item’ in the minutes given the same
number.

d. Headings. Each item must have a heading and be underlined.

e. Speakers. If individual speakers are mentioned in the minutes,

they should be described by the appointments they hold or the
department they represent.

f. Action. A 3-centimetre margin headed ‘Action’ duly underlined,

is used on the right-hand side of each sheet of the minutes. Those
required to take action on the minutes are restricted to those present or
represented and they are nominated by appointment or department in the
text and again in the ‘Action’ margin alongside.

g. Signature. Minutes are signed by the secretary after approval by

the chairman.

h. Distribution. The distribution list shows as ‘Action’ addressees all

who attended or were represented at the meeting. All others to whom the
minutes are sent are listed under ‘Information’.

6-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

j. Security. The minutes of a meeting on a subject which merits

security classification are marked accordingly. When items of varying
security classification are discussed, each item must be marked with its
own security classification duly underlined and bracketed after the item
heading. However, the minutes as a whole must bear the classification of
the most highly classified parts.

Publishing/Issuing of Minutes

0616. The chairman should normally approve the secretary’s draft within 48
hours of the close of the meeting and the minutes should be issued immediately
thereafter to those who attended and others concerned.

0617. When a meeting is one of a regular series, agreement to the minutes is

confirmed as the first action at the next meeting. In other cases a covering note
can be attached to the minutes saying that agreement will be assumed unless
amendments are proposed by a given date.

Miscellaneous Official Programs

0618. Comparison among Seminar, Workshop, Symposium, and Panel

Discussion. A comparison among seminar, workshop, symposium, and panel
discussion is at Annex C to this section.

0619-0699. Reserved.

Annexes:

A. Layout of an Agenda.
B. Layout of the Minute of a Meeting.
C. Seminar, Workshop, Symposium, Panel Discussion.

6-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 6

LAYOUT OF AN AGENDA

RESTRICTED

AHQ
GS Br
MT Dte
Dhaka Cantt

Tel: 9870011 Ext: 2340

GS/MT/101 (Sports) Nov 22

AGENDA FOR THE 3RD MEETING OF THE ARMY ATHLETICS MEET

TO BE HELD AT THE AHQ CONF ROOM AT 0900 HRS ON 02 OCT 22
(1)

1. Mins of Last Meeting (2nd Meeting of Army Athletics) (2).

2. Matters Arising from Last Meeting.

3. Prog.

4. Opening and Closing Ceremony.

5. Financial Expenditure.

6. Band.

7. Fd and Tr Events.

1
RESTRICTED

6A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED

8. Any Other Business.

9. Arng for Next Meeting.

IMTIAZ UDDUN AHAMED

Maj
Secy

Distr:
..........................

2
RESTRICTED

Note:

1. The sequence of the wording may be changed, if necessary, to avoid

ambiguity.

2. See Paragraph 0603d.

6A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 6

LAYOUT OF THE MINUTES OF A MEETING

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1)

Copy No........ of ..... (1)

Total Pages...............(1)

AHQ
GS Br
MO Dte
Dhaka Cantt

Tel: 9870011 Ext: 2080

2014 G (Ops) Nov 22

MINS OF A MEETING ON (SUBJ) HELD IN (PLACE) AT (TIME) ON

(DT) (2)

Present:

Lt Col K M Obayedul Haque GSO 1 MO Dte (Chairman)

Maj Anwar Hossain
Maj Reshadul Kabir Razon
Maj Shabbir Ahsan
Lt Cdr Fatema Khatun Mukta
Sqn Ldr Mostafa-Al-Masud
Sqn Ldr Tahrima Rahman
Maj Gazzali Dastogir
DADST ASC Centre & School
(Item 4 only)
DADOS Ord Dte
GSO 2 MT Dte (rep GSO 1)
Naval HQ
Air HQ, Dte Air Ops
Air HQ, Dte Air Def
GSO 2 MO Dte (Secy)

Page Number (1)

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1)

6B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFCATION (1)

Openning address by chairman
Action

Item 1. Item Heading (SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

1. (Statement of the problem).
2. Essence of Discussion.
3. Decision. DADST is to ............................... DADST

Item 2. Item Heading (SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

4. (Statement of the problem) (Essence of Discussion).
5. Decisions.
a. Air HQ is to ....................................................... Air HQ
b. DADOS is to ...................................................... DADOS

6. (Statement of the problem) (Essence of Discussion).

7. Decision. DADST is to ........................................ DADST
Last (closing address by chairman, date of next meeting, etc.)

GAZZALI DASTOGIR
Maj
Secy
Distr: (3) Copy No (1)

Page Number (1)

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1)

Notes:
1. If required.
2. Sequence of the wording may be changed if necessary.
3. Distribution. Standard format as on Page 2A-4.

6B-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 6

SEMINAR, WORKSHOP, SYMPOSIUM, PANEL DISCUSSION

Serial Subject Seminar Workshop Symposium Panel

Discussion
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
1. Definition To impart in To share Series of An orderly
depth knowledge prepared and logical
knowledge on a talks by a conversation
on a subject specific few experts on a topic by
by a group subject, on a subject 4 or more
of experts skill and in front of experts in
through technical an audience presence of a
series of process moderator
lecture and an
audience
2. Mode Experts After Normally 2- Chairman and
deliver central 5 experts the panel are
lecture on lecture with a chair introduced,
related audience is person and
topics divided in deliver discussion
followed by small before an starts from a
question & groups to audience on comment or
answer exercise different question from
session /practice aspects of a moderator
subject
3. Object To impart To impart To know To arrive at a
knowledge training experts’ consensus
through on solution view on through
lecture mostly different interactive
practical in dimensions process
nature of a subject
4. Duration May vary One day to Half or full Half or full
from one one week day long day long
day to one
month

6C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 7

PRĖCIS AND SUMMARIES

Introduction

0701. A prėcis is an accurate and a balanced summary of information extracted

from one or more documents on a subject. It gives clear idea on a subject from
documents on an issue/subject for day to day use or for the use in training. For
the schools, issuing prėcis is a short term measure for allowing time for the
preparation of comprehensive books or pamphlets, generally on new
issues/subjects.

0702. A prėcis is a condensed version of an original paper or papers. It may be

written for one or more of the following purposes:

a. To give the gist of a long document.

b. To clarify obscure or involved argument in an original document.
c. To concentrate the essentials contained in a series of papers.

0703. A prėcis must not alter the sense or argument of the original. It is not
necessary for the précis to be based on the text in verbatim, rather author’s
meaning must be correctly reflected. Should a writer/staff officer wish to
comment, his views should be distinctitively annotated.

0704. A summary is a concise statement of salient points from a file or series of

papers for information, ready reference or record. It may be in note or tabular
form. A 3-centimeter right-hand margin is normally drawn on the paper to enable
the reader to make notes and flag. Main distinction between prėcis and summary
is, while prėcis is a condensed version of a document (not missing the layout of
the original document), summary provides a comprehensive idea on it.

Prėcis

0705. Principles.

a. Content. A prėcis should be accurate, brief and clear. It should

contain only the important features of the original, presented in a readily
understandable form.

7-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Impartiality. Impartiality is especially important and the original

author’s meaning must not be coloured or distorted.

c. Style. A series of extracts is not a prėcis. The same words or

terms as the original need not be used but its tone and force must be
retained.

d. Arrangement and Length. The essentials of the original may be

rearranged to achieve brevity and clarity, and the prėcis should read
smoothly and logically. It may not be necessary to reduce all passages in
proportion to their original length; some long passages may be reduced
to a sentence, while others may bear very little abbreviation. A prėcis
should be as short as possible for its purpose. As a guide it should be
between a fifth and a third of the length of the original.

0706. Method. The writer of a prėcis should consider the purpose for which
it is required and then:

a. Read through the original carefully, several time if necessary, to

establish the tone of the whole document and identify the essentials.

b. List the essential points, where necessary rearrange them in a

logical order and then group them under suitable headings.

c. Write the prėcis from these notes in his own words, but using words
or phrases from the original when they are appropriate. A prėcis should
normally be in impersonal form. The tense of the original can usually be
retained, but the past tense must be used for reported speech.

d. Revise the Prėcis. The questions to be answered are:

(1) Have all the essential points been included and are they in a
logical order?
(2) Does the prėcis read smoothly?

(3) Is it impartial and does it convey exactly the meaning of the

original?
(4) Does it preserve the original’s tone and force?
(5) Is it suitably brief?
7-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0707. Layout. The layout of a prėcis conforms to that of normal rules of

Service writing. The subject heading normally takes the form:

PRĖCIS OF A. (Paper, article etc). ON (subject) BY (author of the

original) FROM (source) DATED (date of original).

Summaries

0708. The purpose of a summary is to record or present the salient points from
a file or series of papers. It may be in tabular form. The original documents or
files may be attached and reference made to the relevant sections in the
summary; such sections are flagged and references to the flags are made in the
text. Personal comments should be attached as an annex. An example of a
summary of a file is at Annex A to this section.

0709-0799. Reserved.

Annex:

A. Example of a Summary of a File.

7-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 7

EXAMPLE OF A SUMMARY OF A FILE

RESTRICTED

G/481/1/Air

SUMMARY FOR D ENGG ON THE INTRO OF THE TYPE 99MK 1

CAMERA

DT SUMMARY ENCL

27 Jul 22 1. Air HQ told us that the Type 99Mk 1 E1 (Flag 1)

Camera was being intro for sqn use soon. (1)

01 Aug 22 2. COAS was anxious to see picture M3 (Flag 2)

produced by the new camera ASP. He asked (1)
this dte to arrange for all photo pers to be instr
in loading and instl techs.

03-07 Aug 22 3. SO 2 (Tech) wrote to all bases and 4 E2 (Flag 3)

days later, sent them instr diags.

10 Aug 22 4. BAF BSR phoned to say that the camera M4 (Flag 4)

shutter was defective.

11-14 Aug 22 5. Similar reports fol from all bases in the E3 (Flags 5,6)
gp.

15-16 Aug 22 6. SO 2 (Tech) called a conf of all base E4 (Flag 7)

photo offrs at which a poss remedy was
agreed upon.

1
RESTRICTED

7A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

17 Aug 22 7. SO 2 (Tech) wrote a tech report on the E5 (Flag 8)

shutter defect and incl his suggested remedy.

18 Aug 22 8. You approved the report and it was sent to

Air HQ the same day, but in the meantime........

MAZHARUL HAIDER
Sqn Ldr
SO 2 (Tech)

Aug 22

2
RESTRICTED

Note :

1. In this example the prefix 'E' refers to enclosures and the prefix 'M' to
minutes.

7A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 8

GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION
Introduction

0801. Staff officers must develop the ability to present information in a simple
form that is easily absorbed and understood. Pictorial presentation in the form of
graphs or diagrams is a recognized method of doing this and one with which they
must be familiar. This section explains the general principles of graphic
presentation and describes the characteristics of the types of graphs and charts in
common use.

0802. Graphs and charts should fulfill a useful purpose and not merely serve as
embellishment. They may:

a. Present statistical data in a form that shows their precise

significance and relationship so that they can be absorbed at a glance.

b. Simplify and classify a mass of numerical information.

c. Illustrate past events, or forecast future trends from past statistics.

d. Assist in planning a complicated programme of interrelated events

and in presenting the completed programme.

Graphs

0803. A graph shows by means of a line relating to vertical and horizontal axes
how one value varies with another. The conventions for plotting a graph are:

a. The horizontal (X) axis is usually used for the variable whose
values are selected or predetermined, and the vertical (Y) axis is used for
the variable with the corresponding observed or calculated values.

b. Each axis shows the qualities represented and the units used. If
there is more than one scale on an axis, there must be no possibility of
confusion.

8-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

c. The scale should be as large as may be convenient for the space

available, but chosen in a manner that:

(1) Allows easy and accurate interpretation of the facts. (The true
implications of the graph can be badly obscured by expanding or
contracting one scale relative to the other, and in extreme cases the
resulting picture can be totally misleading.)

(2) Facilitates plotting and presentation.

Presentation

0804. Rules for plotting graphs have been given in Paragraph 0803. The
following points should also be considered when preparing any graphical
illustration:
a. Simplicity. A graph or chart should be as nearly self-explanatory
as possible; the guiding principles are simplicity and avoidance of
overcrowding. Explanatory notes should be brief and clear. If the amount
of detail compressed into one diagram makes it too complicated, 2 or
more diagrams should be used.
b. Display. A diagram should be constructed so as to present
information vividly without forfeiting simplicity and few in number; the
normal limit is 5. When a diagram is to be reproduced, use only those
materials capable of reproduction. Colours may have to be replaced by
varied shading and extra notes may be required.
c. Layout. A graphic illustration should:
(1) Be given an appropriate subject heading.
(2) Give the source (s) of the original data in the bottom left-hand
corner.
(3) Give the basis of any calculations.
(4) Give a legend or key if necessary.

0805-0899. Reserved.
Annex:
A. Example of Graph in a Document.

8-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 8

EXAMPLE OF GRAPH IN A DOCUMENT

Figure 1: Statistics of Course Participants in DSCSC

140

120

100

80 Army
Navy
60 Air Force
40
20

Source: Armed Forces Division

8A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 9
APPRECIATIONS AND MILITARY ANALYSIS PROCESS
Introduction
0901. Military decision making is a deliberate process. Different armed forces
follow different processes for decision making. Bangladesh Armed Forces also
follow different processes in the Services based on level of application and
suitability to the organisation using it. This section deals with appreciation
process in detail whereas other processes followed in Bangladesh Armed Forces
are only introduced.
Definition
0902. Appreciation. An appreciation, which can be mental, oral or written, is
a logical sequence of reasoning leading to the best solution to an operational,
administrative or even personal problem.
0903. Decision Making Process (DMP) and Intelligence Preparation of the
Battlefield (IPB).
a. Decision making process is a systematic way of problem solving
for any scientific research area. The military decision-making process
(MDMP) is a proven analytical process for designing operations, troops
movements, logistics or air defense planning. MDMP is a way of army's
analytical approach to problem solving. Naval Planning Process (NPP)
and Air Operations Planning Process (AOPP) also follow similar process
with a few exceptions.
b. IPB is the integral part of DMP. It is the systematic process of
analyzing the mission variables of enemy, military geography, weather,
and civil considerations in an area of interest to determine their effect on
operations. IPB allows commanders and staffs to take a holistic approach
to analyze the operational environment. Intelligence Preparation of the
Operational Environment (IPOE) and Air Intelligence Preparation of the
Battlefield (AIPB) also follow the similar process with a few exceptions.
Nature of an Appreciation

0904. Every problem is derived from a ‘situation’. Its solution involves an

examination of the situation, and usually, requires the selection of a course of
action. The appreciation begins with an examination of the situation; the next
step is to decide upon the specific result required – the aim. From this basis, it is

9-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

possible to start a process of reasoning that leads logically to a course of action.

In short, an appreciation is a procedure for deciding what has to be done and how
to do it. This Chapter will mainly focus on appreciation. Some of the features of
Military Decision Making Process that are likely to enrich the appreciation is
explored. A suggested format of appreciation is included as Annex A. IPB and
MDMP format has been included as Annex B.
Main Types of Military Appreciations
0905. The main types of military appreciations are:
a. Analysis of Area of Operations. It is a study of the effect of
weather and ground on military operations. It is possible to carry out
such a study in peacetime to cover a likely or possible future battlefield.
Usually, the intelligence staff prepares it.
b. Intelligence Appreciations. It is a study, which covers the
analysis of the area of operations and the enemy situation, and
capabilities with a view to assessing their effect on own and enemy
courses of action. The intelligence staff prepares it.
c. Tactical Appreciations. It is a study of all the relevant factors in
order to arrive at the best operational plan to achieve the mission of the
commander. The commander and the operational staff prepare it.
d. Administrative Appreciations. It is a study of all the relevant
administrative factors with a view to arriving at the best administrative
plan to support the operational plan. The administrative staff prepares it.
e. Staff Check. It is a limited study to check the effects of a
particular factor on the plan. It is prepared by the concerned staff officer.
Purposes of a Written Appreciation
0906. There are two occasions when an appreciation if written will be more
effective. They are:

a. To clear the author’s own mind and to ensure that no relevant

factors have been overlooked and that the recommended course of action
is the best in the circumstances.

b. To present a clear picture of the situation to higher authority, with

the recommended course fully supported by valid and logical reasoning.

9-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0907. A written appreciation provides a record of the reasons for adopting a

particular course of action.
Essential Ingredients of an Appreciation
0908. The essence of an appreciation is a sequence of clear thought, critical
examination and logical reasoning. The task must be approached with an open
and unprejudiced mind. This is more difficult than it sounds when the problem
seems familiar or the solution appears obvious. Pre-judgment can cause logic to
be ignored in a search for arguments that fit the solution already chosen. This
hazard is known colloquially as ‘situating the appreciation’.
0909. The need for accuracy, brevity, clarity, logic and relevance in the written
appreciation is as important as in any other form of Service writing. The
composition and style of a formal appreciation should follow Service writing
conventions. An appreciation written in an emergency or under trying operational
conditions would be at best a shortened version (see Paragraphs 0961 and 0962)
and probably in note form. A written appreciation must, however, always be
concise and complete, leaving the reader in no doubt of the aim and the reasons
for the recommended course of action.

Method of Appreciation

0910. The problem is broken down into its component parts so that each may
be examined in detail. There are five distinct steps in writing a full formal
appreciation:

a. The first two steps analyse what must be done by ‘studying the
existing situation’ and ‘specifying the aim to be attained’ or ‘mission
analysis’ (see Paragraphs 0926 and 0927).

b. The next three steps choose how the aim should be attained by
examining and reasoning out all relevant factors, considering all
practicable courses and deciding on the best course of action to attain the
aim/mission.

0911. This methodical sequence prevents the writer from leaping ahead of
himself and arriving at a solution without considering all the factors logically.
The sequence is also essential in preparing and training the mind in the process
necessary for making shortened and mental appreciations.
9-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

The Form of Appreciation

0912. The five distinct steps in making a full formal appreciation (Paragraph
0910) may be broken down to produce eight/nine main headings, whichever is
applicable, under which to argue the problem: (For the shortened version see
Paragraphs 0961 and 0962).
a. Studying the Existing Situation.
1st heading: Review of the Situation
b. Specifying the Aim to be Attained.
2nd heading: Factors Affecting the Selection of the Aim
3rd heading: Aim
or
2nd heading: Mission Analysis
c. Examining and Reasoning Out All Relevant Factors.
4th heading: Factors
5th heading: Enemy Courses
6th heading: Enemy’s Most Probable Course
d. Considering All Practicable Courses.
7th heading: Own Courses
e. Deciding on the Best Course of Action to Attain the Aim.
8th heading: Selection of the Best Course
9th heading: Plan
0913. An example of the framework of an appreciation with explanatory notes
is at Annex A to this section. However, the example is not exhaustive and is a
guideline for training.
Content
0914. One point must be borne in mind by the reader throughout this section
that the layout of the full appreciation may appear too formal and the contents of
each section may seem to be laid down too rigid. This is inevitable because the
appreciation is deliberately designed to use in the most complicated situations
where the mind must be directed along a continuous, comprehensive and logical
channel if the best solution is to be reached. In any situation, it is a good layout to
follow. In more simple problems, it can be abridged. In each case, the layout
must be adjusted to meet the writer’s needs.

9-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Review of the Situation

0915. The review is the introduction of an appreciation; it gives the essential
background facts of the situation but is not part of the argument. It serves three
purposes:
a. It ensures that the reader is given an accurate picture of the
situation.
b. It shows that the writer is fully informed.
c. It provides a record of the situation at the time the appreciation was
written.
0916. The writer must keep in mind the purpose of the appreciation and for
whom he is writing. Usually, the review needs to cover only the basic facts that
have made the appreciation necessary. The writer must refer to any direction
from higher authority, which has an important bearing on the appreciation. Any
assumptions must also be included. Reference to a marked chart, map or plan
attached as an annex, often reduces the amount of detail needed in the review.
For example:
a. ‘FOXLAND has conc a div with two inf bdes and one mech bde in
area X. It is expected to attk BD abreast Rd UKHIA-RAMU on 15 Aug
22 in order to capr Y ASP’.
b. ‘1 Div plans to def Y with 5 Bde and gain sufficient time to build-
up so that it can go for the counter offensive and destroy the FOXLAND
div’.
0917. In simple appreciations, particularly at unit level, the review of this
situation may be self-evident and can therefore be omitted.

Factors Affecting the Selection of the Aim

0918. If the aim is predetermined, or so self-evident as to require no argument,

the section on factors affecting the selection of the aim may be omitted.
However, when a commander has such liberty of action that he may be in some
doubt as to what his aims should be, he may find it necessary to argue out the
factors to enable him to decide. In this case, the facts are put down in logical
order and deductions drawn indicating the aim. The logical approach might be,
for example, to set down the responsibilities of the command, to follow this by a
statement of the probable enemy threat, to deduce from the factors a set of
possible aims, and finally, to draw a conclusion which leads naturally to the
selected aim.

9-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0919. There are five easy tests to apply to an aim, although they may not all be
capable of application when the selection is first made. These are:
a. Will my aim secure a definite result in our favour?

b. Does the wording express exactly what I want to bring about,

without giving any indication of how to attain it?

c. Is it in accordance with my instructions and responsibilities?

d Has it a reasonable chance of attainment in the situation?

e. Is it the utmost that I can do?

0920. When these tests are applied to an aim, the principles of war must be
borne in mind, e.g. when considering Sub-paragraph 0919a offensive action
should be remembered. Sub-paragraphs 0919d and 0919e must be kept
particularly in mind throughout the appreciation. It may be that as the argument
develops, it will become clear that the selected aim must be changed, in which
case the appreciation must be rewritten.

Aim

0921. The aim is the crux of the appreciation. Unless the aim is right, the whole
appreciation may be worthless. The aim must be positive, clear and concise.
Several things may need to be done at the same time, but there must never be
more than one aim.

0922. The aim must be kept in mind throughout the writing of every
subsequent paragraph of the appreciation and all reasoning must be related to its
attainment. The aim should not be qualified by limitations except those imposed
by a superior commander.

0923. The aim of an appreciation is expressed in the infinitive beginning with

the word ‘to’. The verb must be carefully chosen because it is the keystone.
Negative verbs such as ‘prevent’, ‘stop’, and ‘delay’ should be avoided whenever
possible because they lack vigour. Other words to avoid in the aim are ‘if’, ‘by’
(except as a time limit as in Paragraph 0922). These words introduce a
qualification by condition and method respectively.

9-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0924. Selection.
a. The aim must be within the bounds of immediate planning. There
can be only one aim, and a good deal of preliminary thought is usually
necessary before it can be determined. In practice, preliminary study is
usually necessary in order to establish the aim beyond doubt. The value
of an appreciation largely depends on the current definition of the aim,
which should give a full picture of the desired result. In simple terms, if
the aim is wrong, the consequences may be disastrous. Therefore, in this
preliminary study it is the object of the author to sift carefully the various
data or premises before him, and to divide them into the following
categories:
(1) Those which are fixed, and which is beyond his power to
alter. These are part of the aim.
(2) Those to which practical variants can clearly be found. These
are factors and must be fully debated in the body of the
appreciation.
b. From the data he has collected under Sub-paragraph 0924a. The
author now selects his aim and this must be the one event which is
indispensable to the fulfilment of all the others; i.e., the one fixed
concept which, if removed from the list, makes all the others incapable of
practical fulfilment. Let us imagine that the author, a brigade
commander, has received the following orders from the divisional
commander:

“(1) To capture general area A.

(2) To do so by 0600 hours 11 September.

(3) Not to use more than two battalions.

(4) The capture of general area A must permit exploitation up to

general area B.”

c. All these being part of orders are fixed concepts beyond the brigade
commander’s power to alter. Which one is his aim? It is the one event
without the achievement of which the others are clearly impossible; i.e.,
to capture general area A. This must be expressed with great clarity and
simplicity:

‘To capture general area A.’

9-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. It would have been a double aim if it had been expressed:

‘To capture general area A and permit exploitation up to general
area B.’
e. Occasionally, it is not possible to avoid a double aim e.g. ‘Capture
A and destroy B by 02 August 2022’. Generally, however, a double aim
should be avoided.
0925. Limitations to the Aim.
a. Inevitably there will be other conditions affecting the aim such as
the time by which it has to be achieved i.e. time limitation, the choice of
ground i.e. space limitation, the forces/resources available i.e. resource
limitation and any other task imposed i.e. task limitation. The question is
whether to express these as limitations to the aim, or discuss them as
factors in the main part of the appreciation.
b. The rule for deciding this issue is that only those limitations, which
are imposed by a higher commander, can be written in the aim. These
limitations are absolute and beyond the power of alteration of the person
writing the appreciation.
c. Any other considerations, to which there will obviously be practical
variants are clearly factors and must be discussed as such.
d. In the example, the divisional commander has ordered the brigade
to capture general area A ‘by 0600 hours 11 August using not more than
two battalions’, so the brigade commander address to the aim expressed
in Sub-paragraph 0924c the limitation ‘by 0600 hours 11 August using
not more than two battalions.’
e. Similarly, as the divisional commander has said that the capture
must allow exploitation up to general area B that too is a fixed limitation
to which there is no alternative.
f. The aim must therefore be expressed:

‘To capr gen area A, with the fol limitations:

(1) The task must be completed by 0600 hrs 11 Aug.

(2) It must allow exploitation up to gen area B.
(3) Not more than two battalions can be used.’

9-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

g. The aim and its limitations together constitute the bones of the
military problem to which an answer must be given in the plan. If the
aim has the limitation as ‘by 0600 hours 11 August’, the plan must
satisfy it. If this limitation had not been added to the aim, it would have
been possible in the plan to capture the bridgehead at 0800 hours or
during the next day. Thus, the limitations in fact set limits to the whole
appreciation. This is why they must be absolute.

h. A mission has always to be completed within certain time limits

and within a certain area. The aim will therefore invariably specify the
limitations of time and space.

j. The limitation is considered in three domains as limitations of time,

space and resource. Any additional task will create strain at least in
resource even if not in time and space. Thus these may be considered as
constrains. Thus, task is not considered as separate limitation and, in fact,
a task is always done in time at a space with some resources.

Mission Analysis

0926. In the Army, in operational situations, ‘Mission Analysis’ may be

conducted rather than an examination of the ‘Factors Affecting the Selection of
the Aim’, and the ‘Aim’ itself, in which case the ‘Aim’ will normally be replaced
by the ‘Mission’.The process is to examine a given mission or task(s) to establish
why it is being undertaken and what needs to be done to achieve it.

0927. This should enable a commander to identify his superior’s intentions, his
own essential tasks and any constraints. It should also help him to decide how
best to exploit a situation without waiting for orders or react to a changing
situation of which his superior commander may not be aware. The method is to
consider the following questions:

a. What is the intention of the higher-level commander and what is

my role in the overall plan?

b. What am I required to do or what specified, implied and essential

tasks have to be completed in order to carry out the mission?

c. What freedom of action do I have and what are the restrictions

and/or constraints?

9-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Has the tactical situation changed in principle and would the higher
level commander still have given these tasks had he known about the
changed situations?
Factors
0928. The section on factors is the beginning of the main argument. It consists
of facts, opinions or reasonable assumptions and conclusions deduced from them.
All the available relevant information must be weighed critically, not only in
relation to ourselves but also in relation to the enemy.

0929. A factor may be described as ‘a circumstance, fact or influence

contributing to a result’, and stems from the information available to the writer.
Typical factors that may have to be considered in an appreciation on an
impending operation are:

a. Ground/Military geography.
b. Enemy.
c. Relative strength and capabilities.
d. Assessment of task.
e. Logistics.
f. Time and space.
g. Land/Maritime/Air Situation.
h. Surprise and deception.
j. Meteorology.
k. Communication.
l. Morale.
m. Security.
n. Cyber and Electronic Warfare.
p. Media.
q. Any other.

0930. In the Navy and the Air Force, there are two important factors that are
not generally applicable to the Army, namely ‘endurance’ and ‘bases’, and these
are often considered together.

0931. In an Army appreciation, ‘ground’ usually plays an important part.

Considerations of likely approaches and ground suitable for the creation of an
obstacle zone would be included in the ground factor in an appreciation covering
a tactical situation.
9-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0932. In the Air Force appreciation, it is usually advisable to discuss vital

points, e.g. potential targets on both sides such as airfields or factories, before
considering the capabilities of the opposing air forces. This step ensures that the
air forces on both sides are not treated simply as opposing air forces determined
to annihilate each other. The correct method of examining a vital point is to:

a. Define the vital point.

b. State to what extent dependence upon the point affects the
attainment of the aim.
c. Assess the vulnerability of the point.
d. State to what extent a successful attack on the vital point could
influence the attainment of the aim.

0933. All the above factors are not mandatory. They are intended to provide a
possible framework but should only be used if they are relevant to the particular
subject of appreciation. The order in which they are considered will also vary.
They are to be taken in the sequence that best suits the particular problem that is
to be solved.

0934. Each factor must be discussed in relation to the aim and should lead
logically to one or more deductions bearing on the attainment of the aim. A good
test of the deduction is to ask ‘so what?’ If the answer is ‘so nothing’, the factor
should be discarded.

0935. Each factor must be examined exhaustively and impartially. It is not

enough to draw one deduction and assume that the factor has then been dealt with
adequately. The deduction itself must be examined to see if it will in turn yield a
further deduction and so on. Failure to do this may result in false deductions. The
‘so what?’ test should again be applied after each deduction. If the answer is
‘therefore....’, and it affects the attainment of the aim, then a further deduction
should be drawn. If the answer is negative, that particular line of argument is
exhausted. Example:

a. Wrong Example.
(1) Factor. The bridge is 5 miles away and I can march at 2.5
mph.

(2) Deduction. I can reach the bridge in 2 hours.

9-11
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Correct Example.

(1) The bridge is 5 miles away. I can march at 2.5 mph and reach
the bridge in 2 hours.

(2) Deduction. If I wish to reach the bridge before last light, I

must leave here not later than 1700 hours.
0936. Each factor must be examined exhaustively and impartially. It is not
enough to draw one deduction and assume that the factor has then been dealt with
adequately. The deduction itself must be examined to see if it will in turn yield a
further deduction and so on. Failure to do this may result in false deductions. The
‘so what?’ test should again be applied after each deduction. If the answer is
‘therefore....’, and it affects the attainment of the aim, then a further deduction
should be drawn. If the answer is negative, that particular line of argument is
exhausted. Example:

a. Wrong Example.
(1) Factor. The bridge is 5 miles away and I can march at 2.5
mph.
(2) Deduction. I can reach the bridge in 2 hours.
b. Correct Example.

(1) Factor. The bridge is 5 miles away. I can march at 2.5 mph
and reach the bridge in 2 hours.

(2) Deduction. Since the bridge is 5 miles away, I can march at

2.5 mph and reach the bridge in 2 hours, therefore I must leave here
not later than 1700 hours.
0937. There is a danger of ‘situating the appreciation’ in this section if such
weight is given to a factor that a conclusion about a course of action is arrived at
before the rest of the factors have been considered. This risk applies particularly
to the assessment of task and time and space factor. Subsequent factors are
unbalanced by such an initial mistake, but the danger can be avoided by dealing
with each factor separately and impartially.
0938. When drafting this section the writer should differentiate clearly between
factors and deductions, either by the use of suitable wording or by use of the
heading ‘Deduction’. If a large number of deductions are drawn from one factor,
it may be better to summarize them under a heading ‘Conclusion’ since this takes
the thought process one step further.
9-12
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Enemy Courses
0939. The courses open to the enemy must be considered because they may
affect the selection of a course of action. They are really factors and should be
considered in the same exhaustive and impartial way. It is logical that enemy
courses should normally be considered before our own courses. There are
exceptions to this rule, which is one reason why this particular factor is treated
under a separate heading. All courses should be validated through feasibility,
acceptability, adaptability, suitability and sustainability.

0940. If the enemy has the initiative his possible actions should be considered
before deciding upon our possible courses. Even if neither side has the initiative
it is at least prudent to do so. However, if we have the initiative and with it a fair
measure of freedom of action, there is danger in considering enemy courses first.
In doing so we may be tempted to give too much weight to what the enemy may
do and so lose the initiative. If we decide to deal with our own courses first, the
order of the sections should be:

a. Own courses.
b. Enemy courses.
c. Enemy`s most probable course.
d. Selection of own best course.

0941. It is a matter of judgment to decide whether the enemy’s or our own

courses should be dealt with first. Whichever order is decided upon, and whether
or not we have the initiative, due consideration should be given to the possible
action of the enemy. When enemy courses are dealt with first, the deductions
from them must be related only to the attainment of our aim. Should they be dealt
with last, then their effect on our courses must be included.

0942. Courses of action open to the enemy should be considered from his point
of view and he should be credited with acting logically unless it is well known
that his temperament may lead him to act otherwise in certain circumstances. The
deductions from the enemy courses should normally, therefore, include the
following two aspects with regard to each course:

a. The likelihood of the enemy adopting the course.

b. The effect of the enemy’s adoption of the course on the attainment
of our aim.

9-13
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0943. It is advisable not to express the first deduction (on likelihood) too
categorically; it may even be impossible to give a logical option at all.
Consideration of this point may however, lead to a decision later as to which of
the enemy courses, if any, is the most probable. The second deduction (on effect)
is similar to those already drawn in factors affecting the attainment of the aim
and will have some bearing on our own courses. These two aspects should be set
out separately under each course. These processes help to make the subsequent
argument clearer and more logical. If however, it is found difficult to classify
deductions under the headings ‘likelihood’ and ‘effect’, it is permissible to list
them as ‘comments’.
0944. Do not at this stage attempt to decide which of the enemy’s courses is the
most probable. The place for comparison is the next section.
0945. Three useful maxims should be followed when writing this section:
a. Keep the courses as broad as possible. Too much detail usually
leads to an unnecessarily large number of courses, which confuses and
sometimes misleads.
b. Do not look too far ahead. It is tempting to do so, but it may be
dangerous to try to forecast the enemy’s action too far ahead and it is
usually a waste of time when there is an immediate problem to solve.
c. The course should be expressed briefly, clearly and without
qualification. Any comment should follow the unqualified statement of
the course.
Enemy’s Most Probable Course
0946. The procedure, where there is a most probable enemy course, is to sum
up all the possible courses dealt with in the previous section and to say, if
possible, which is the most dangerous or immediate threat. Statements made here
must be supported by previous argument; the deductions already made as to the
likelihood of the enemy adopting each possible course will help. The summary
should lead logically to a conclusion, i.e., the enemy’s most probable course of
action.
0947. In some circumstances, it may not be possible to decide on the enemy’s
most probable course, either because he has a wide choice or because the
selection of a particular enemy course would influence our own action unduly. In
such a case, the arguments against selecting the most probable course must be
stated and the enemy course which is most dangerous to us, or which constitutes
the most immediate threat, should be considered instead.

9-14
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Own Courses

0948. It is incorrect to think of enemy course and own possible courses as

being allied sections simply because they both deal with courses and are laid out
in a similar way. Enemy courses are factors, own courses are not. All courses
should be validated through feasibility, acceptability, adaptability, suitability and
sustainability.

0949. In examining our possible courses full use should be made of all relevant
deductions drawn from earlier study of factors, including enemy courses. In
particular, the value of deduction on the effect of each enemy course upon the
attainment of the aim will now become apparent.

0950. It is important not to consider our courses merely in relation to the

conclusion reached in the previous section on the enemy’s most probable course.
The possibility of surprising the enemy must never be forgotten.

0951. A brief general statement at the beginning of this section may be useful
to clear the aim and to avoid complicated courses. There are three types of
courses which should be considered. The first of these is mandatory, whilst the
last two are optional. They are:
a. Main Courses. All possible courses that will achieve the aim, and
which are within our capability, must be considered. Courses that cannot
attain or contribute to the attainment of the aim, should not be discussed
merely for the satisfaction of proving the point. Occasionally, however, it
may be desirable to dispose of a superficially attractive but unprofitable
course of this nature in the opening statement.
b. Combination Courses. A detailed examination of individual
courses may show that a combination of two or more of the courses is
also likely to attain the aim. The ‘combination course’ must then be
included after the other courses as an entirely separate course and
examined separately on its merits in the same way as all previous
courses.
c. Complementary Courses. Courses which are not in themselves
capable of attaining the aim, but which contribute to it, should be dealt
with after the main courses and combination courses under a group
heading ‘complementary courses’, e.g. a possible complementary course
might be ‘security measures’ which may contribute to the aim only by
allowing a commander to act offensively.
9-15
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

0952. Each course should be examined separately on its own merits. No

attempt should be made to weigh the merits of one course against another. This
comes in the next section. Each course should be stated clearly, positively and
concisely in the form ‘Courses I. To......’, ‘Course II. To .........’. Complicated
courses and courses that are similar to one another should be avoided. In general,
a large number of simple courses are better than a smaller number of complicated
ones. A concise statement of its advantages and disadvantages, i.e., its chances of
attaining or contributing to the aim, should follow each course. This is usually
done by the use of the headings ‘Advantage’ and ‘Disadvantages’. If it proves
difficult in a particular appreciation to classify statements under these headings, it
is permissible to list them as ‘Comments’.

Selection of the Best Course

0953. This section is the culmination of the whole argument. In the previous
section, the advantages and disadvantages of each course were stated separately,
but one course was not weighed against the others. Now is the time to do this,
and if the previous section has been fully and clearly argued it should not be
difficult to make this comparison briefly. Some repetition may be unavoidable,
but it should be kept to a minimum.

0954. The more concise and direct the argument, the more convincing it will
be. The comparison between courses should be developed logically so that the
selection of the best course becomes the natural conclusion. This section must
finish with a definite recommendation of the course to adopt, expressed in the
infinitive. It is inadmissible to introduce new ideas at this stage. If a new idea
does occur, the writer must stop and go back and write it into the appropriate
section. He must then check all arguments subsequent to the amendment to make
sure that the new factor or deduction does not alter the reasoning of the paper. If
it does, the writer must rewrite the whole appreciation.

Plan

0955. The argument is now complete and a course of action has been decided
upon. This final section, i.e., the proposed plan, is added because it serves two
special purposes:

9-16
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

a. By indicating the roles of the forces to be employed, it enables the

reader to check that the course of action selected is feasible, practicable
and within the means available.

b. If the appreciation is accepted by the higher authority without

serious modification, it serves as a basis for the production of the
necessary orders or further detailed planning immediately.

0956. The plan should avoid too much detail but should give enough general
directions to enable any staff officer to draft the orders required to put the plan
into effect. Normally it needs only an outline plan.

0957. The plan must be a clear, definite and practical proposal for the
employment of available resources. It should be written in concise and forceful
language. It must convey the writer’s full intentions to the reader, as briefly as
possible. It should, if necessary, be illustrated by a diagram or overlay.

0958. The plan must follow the proposed course of action and should not
include anything that is not based on, or that does not follow logically from, the
material discussed in the previous sections. Even at this late stage, if there is a
new thought the writer must go back, put it in the right place and check the
subsequent argument, amending it as necessary. The proposed plan should follow
a logical, generally chronological order. The following aspects are usually
included:

a. Forces available and delegation of command and control.

b. The role of forces in broad terms, if necessary some general tactical
policy may be included.
c. Details of positions and times.
d. A broad indication of administrative arrangements.
e. Communications, electronic countermeasures and electronic
counter countermeasures policy.
f. Security or defensive measures, if necessary.

9-17
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Re-appreciation

0959. Sometimes it is difficult to decide just how far to look ahead. It is usually
a matter of judging when some new information is likely to be received, or when
the situation will have otherwise changed sufficiently to make a new appreciation
necessary. The last paragraph of the appreciation should state when the situation
should be re-appreciated in the form:

‘Re-appreciate at .................(time and date)’, or

‘Re-appreciate when..............(a certain event has occurred)’
Revision

0960. After completing the appreciation, it should be revised and checked to

ensure that it will stand up to the following tests:

a. Is the reasoning valid?

b. Is the sequence logical?
c. Is everything in it relevant to the aim, and has anything been
forgotten?
d. Is it free from vagueness, ambiguity and prejudice?
e. Is it accurate? Are positions, times and distances etc., correct?
f. Will the plan achieve the aim?

Shortened Version
0961. The commander or staff officer who is well acquainted with the pattern
of the full formal appreciation can evolve a shortened version for the more urgent
or less complex problem. The detail incorporated depends upon the occasion and
the level. The process, particularly in the field, may take place in the head or on
the back of an envelope, but the principle of a logical approach to the problem
remains the same.
0962. The short version would probably include only the following headings:
a. Aim.
b. Factors.
c. Own course and course selected.
d. Plan.

9-18
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Military Analysis Process

0963. In Armed Forces, both appreciation and DMP are being followed. There
are scopes of more studies about following appreciation and DMP. Both have
advantages and disadvantages. Appreciation will continue to be followed at
brigade level and below. At higher level, DMP and Estimate Process are usually
followed. A brief description of Estimate Process is given at Annex C.

Conclusion

0964. The appreciation affords good practice in logical thought and sound
reasoning. Whether written or not, it must never be allowed to become a
theoretical process which will not stand up to the realities of war. It should be a
flexible means for the orderly and practical consideration of the factors affecting
the solution of any problem. A firm grasp of the principles of ‘appreciating the
situation’ and the ability to apply them to Service problems is of great
importance to the staff officers.

0965-0999. Reserved.

Annexes:

A. Framework of an Appreciation.
B. Intelligence Preparation of Battlefield – Decision Making Process.
C. Estimate Process.

9-19
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 9

FRAMEWORK OF AN APPRECIATION (1)

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

Identifying Reference (3) Copy Number xx of xx (4)

Total Pages xx (4)
AN APPRECIATION ON ........................

For: (Rank and Name) Formation/Unit......... (3)

By: (Rank and Name)

At: ................ On .......(Day, Month and Year) (3)

References:

A. .......... (Maps or Charts: Series, sheet no, edition and scale) (3)
B.............................................................................................................

Time Zone Used Throughout the Appreciation: FOXTROT.

REVIEW OF THE SITUATION

1, 2. etc. ….

FACTORS AFFECTING THE SELECTION OF THE AIM (2)

3, 4, 5. etc. ….

AIM

6. To ……….................................................................................

1 of xx (4)

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

(‘Mission Analysis’ may be conducted instead of examining the ‘Factors Affecting the
Selection of the Aim, and the ‘Aim’ itself. See Paragraphs 0926 and 0927 for details.)

MISSION ANALYSIS

7. Intention of Superior Commander and My Role in the Plan. My commander’s

intention is....in order to ... . In support of this my Brigade’s/Battalion’s/Company’s/ ...
role is... .

8. Identified Tasks. My Brigade must therefore carry out the following tasks:

a. Specified Tasks.
(1) xxx.
(2) xxx.

b. Implied Tasks.
(1) xxx.
(2) xxx.

c. Essential Tasks.
(1) xxx.
(2) xxx.

9. Restrictions and Constraints. xxx.

10. Change to Tactical Situation. xxx. (See Sub-paragraph 0927 d.) (3)

11. Restated Mission. xxx.

FACTORS

(A list of factors can be discussed based on the writer’s understanding on the aim of the
appreciation/ mission. The list of factors is stated but not limited to Paragraph 0929. Some of
the most commonly used factors are stated below) (3)

2
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

Ground

12. General. (General layout (bird’s eye view), vegetation and habitation pattern,
communication pattern, cross country mobility, built-up area, water features, etc should be
discussed along with following points where applicable:) (3)

13. Cover. Available lateral and longitudinal lines of cover. (3)

14. Approaches. Detailed description including origination, termination, length, size of

force that can manoeuvre, mutual support with other approaches, etc. (3)

15. Features Dominating Approaches. Features those dominate the approach/approaches. (3)

16. Vital Ground/Ground of Tactical Importance (GTI). Area of Responsibility, Location,

description, size, troops it can take, observation and field of fire, mutual support, cover,
domination, assailability, tankability, tactical implications considering if it is held by enemy or
own forces, etc. (3)

17. Killing Areas. Suitable killing areas. (3)

18. Obstacles. (Both natural and artificial obstacle should be identified. The obstacles
should be assessed based on their merit, i.e. major or minor/restricted or severely restricted for
different types of manoeuvre force i.e. infantry, armoured, etc. In addition, an obstacle overlay
can be prepared and attached as annex) (3)

19. Weather and Meteorological Condition. Rainfall, temperature, moon condition, day
and night time available for the entire duration of operation, cloud conditions, etc. should be
discussed in the form of ‘fact’ and ‘implication’. (3)

20. Any Other Pertinent Aspect. (5)

3
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

21. Deductions.
a.
b.
c.
..
..
(The deductions may vary in accordance with the type of operation that own brigade/
battalion is going to undertake. For example, the deductions for defensive operation will
focus on the defensive framework for own forces, and likely lodgment areas for enemy
forces for conducting attack.) (3)

(An overlay showing the likely approaches, killing areas, GTIs, etc can be prepared and
attached as annex) (3)

Enemy

(All relevant information regarding the enemy forces to be discussed. The discussion should
cover following aspects:) (3)

22. Likely Quantum/Size of the Enemy. xxx. (The writer will ascertain/identify the enemy
that is likely to operate against own.) (3)

23. Composition. xxx.

24. Disposition. xxx.

25. Equipment and Capabilities. xxx.

26. Aim and Intentions. xxx.

27. Enemy Tactics. xxx.

28. Reinforcement. xxx.

4
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

29. Psychological Aspects/Morale. xxx.

30. Land/Maritime/Air Situation (as applicable). xxx.

31. Any Other. xxx. (5)

32. Reasonable Assumptions. xxx.

33. Deductions.
a. .....................................
b. .....................................

Relative Strength and Capabilities

(Relative strength should be examined covering both objective and subjective comparisons. A
sample is given below:) (3)

34. Objective Analysis.

Serial Items Enemy Own Ratio Remarks

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
1. Armoured
2. Artillery
3. Engineers
4. Infantry
… …
… …
… …
… …
… …
… …
… …
… …

5
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

35. Subjective Analysis.
a. xxx. (A subjective comparison of elements of combat power i.e. manoeuvre,
firepower, protection, leadership can be discussed here.) (3)
b. (The writer may also list down the strength and weakness of both enemy and
own. Intent is to exploit the weaknesses of the enemy, determine threats to own forces
due to the strengths of the enemy, eradicate own weaknesses and best utilization of own
strengths.) (3)
Serial Item Strength Weakness
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1. Enemy a. xxx. a. xxx.
b. xxx. b. xxx.
2. Own a. xxx. a. xxx.
b. xxx. b. xxx.
36. Deductions. (Quantitative value may not be the overriding factor for drawing major
deduction)(3)
a. .....................................
b. ......................................
Assessment of Tasks
(Here a list of tasks to be performed will be stated along with the requirement of troops,
equipment, etc. However, if ‘mission analysis’ is carried out instead of ‘factors affecting
selection of aim and the aim’ then the specified, implied and essential task will replace the
assessment of task. (3)
37. Following are the assessed tasks along with the requirement of troops, equipment and
other elements:
Serial Assessment of Task Requirement of Manoeuvre, Remarks
or Support Elements, Equipment,
Specified and Implied Tasks etc
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1. To secure start point 1xInfantry Section
2. Flank guard 1xMechanized Company,
1xArtillery Battery
3. Capture xxx xxx Essential Task
6
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2) (3)
9A-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2) (3)

38. Deductions.

a. xxx. (From the above the writer will identify the shortfall of resources (if any).
Then the writer will mention his plan to mitigate the shortfall. The mitigation may
appear in the form of identifying priority of tasks, grouping and regrouping of forces,
etc.) (3)

b. Allotments of Troops to Task. xxx. (The main deduction from this factor is
‘Allotment of Troops to Task’ where the writer makes final plan regarding the resources
to perform the tasks.) (3) (6)

Logistics

39. Availability of logistics support and any war/battle stopper, etc.

40. Deductions.

a. Alternative to the shortfall, if any……………………….

b. Special Management Requirements ..................................

Time and Space

41. Facts.

a. Total Time Available. xxx. (Total time available for the preparation and
execution of the given mission should be calculated. However, at times the writer may
have to critically analyse the available time when the higher commander’s desire is to
complete the mission as soon as possible. ) (3)

b. Day Time Events. xxx.

c. Night Time Events. xxx.

42. Findings. xxx.

7
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

43. Detailed Time Calculation. xxx. (The writer may either choose forward time
calculation or backward time calculation in accordance with aim/mission. In certain scenario the
writer will have to resort to both forward and backward time calculation for deducing the best
possible timings.) (3)
44. Deductions.
a. Timings. xxx. (Based on the facts, findings and detailed time calculation the
writer will deduce a final time frame for the preparation and execution.) (3)

b. ........................................................................ (Any other deduction). (3)

Other Factors

45. Land/Naval/Air Situation. Progress/situation in the other two Services’ operation.

46. (The writer may decide to discuss any other relevant factor and follow the same
procedure to draw the deductions as mentioned in Paragraph 0929.) (3) (5)

Summary of Deductions

47. .....................................................................

ENEMY COURSES

48. Course A. To............................. (Who, what, when, where, how-to be answered. See
Paragraphs 0939-0945 for details.) (3)

a. Likelihood. xxx.
b. Effects. xxx.
49. Course B. ..........................................................................
a. Likelihood. xxx.
b. Effects. xxx.

8
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

50. Course C. ..........................................................................
a. Likelihood. xxx.
b. Effects. xxx.
(The number of likely enemy courses is not limited to any figure. However, ‘most likely’ and
‘most dangerous’ courses of action need to be discussed as a minimum requirement.) (3)
51. Comments. (See Paragraph 0943.) (3)
a. ...........................................
b. ...........................................
ENEMY’S MOST PROBABLE AND MOST DANGEROUS COURSE
52. Comparison of Courses.
a. Objective. (The criteria for objective comparison should be determined by the
writer. However, a list of criteria is stated below which is not exhaustive.) (3)
Seria Criteria Course A Course B Course C
l
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1. Feasibility
(Related to capability, can
enemy do it?)
2. Acceptability
(Relating to risk involved,
legality, morality and
ethics, should enemy do it?)

3. Adaptability
(Can enemy continue with
changes that occur in the
environment?)
4. Suitability
(Will it serve the purpose?)
5. Sustainability
(Can it be continued both
physically and mentally?)
9
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)
9A-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

b. Subjective.

Serial Course Advantages Disadvantages Remarks

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1. Course A
2. Course B
3. Course C

53. Deductions. (See Paragraphs 0946 and 0947.)

a. Enemy’s Most Probable Course of Action. xxx.

b. Enemy’s Most Dangerous Course of Action. xxx.
c. Any Other. xxx.

OWN COURSES

54. Course I. To............................................................ (Who, what, when, where, how - to be

answered. See Paragraphs 0948-0952 for details.) (3)
a. Advantages.
b. Disadvantages.
c. Risk (if any).

55. Course II. ..........................................................................

56. Course III. ..........................................................................

(The number of own courses is not limited to any figure. The writer should be able to formulate
number of options. However, as a minimum requirement at least two options must be generated.) (3)

10
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2) (3)

SELECTION OF THE BEST COURSE

57. Comparison.

a. Objective. (The criteria for objective comparison should be determined by the

writer. However, a list of criteria is stated below which is not exhaustive.) (3)

Serial Criteria Course I Course II Course III

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1. Feasibility
(Related to capability, can
we do it?)
2. Acceptability
(Relating to risk involved,
legality, morality and ethics,
should we do it?)
3. Adaptability
(Can we continue with
changes that occur in the
environment?)
4. Suitability
(Will it serve the purpose?)
5. Sustainability
(Can it be continued both
physically and mentally?)

b. Subjective.

Serial Course Advantage Disadvantages Remarks

s
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1. Course I
2. Course II
3. Course III
11
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-11
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

c. Risk(s) and Mitigation. (The writer should identify the risk(s) involved in the
own courses of action along with mitigation plan.) (3)

Serial Course Risk(s) Remarks

(a) (b) (c) (d)
1. Course I
2. Course II
3. Course III

58. Best Course of Action. It is therefore proposed to adopt course I/II/III.

(Based on the objective and subjective analysis the writer will select the best course and state how
he is going to mitigate the risk(s) or overcome the limitations.) (3)

PLAN

59. MISSION.

60. EXECUTION.

a. Concept of Operation/General Outline.

b. Formation/Unit.

(1) Grouping.

(2) Task.

c. Coordinating Instructions.

61. SERVICE SUPPORT. (Variations to SOPs which are vital to the operation.) (3)

12
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-12
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2) (3)

62. COMMAND AND SIGNAL. (Any variations.) (3)

(Signature) (3)
(Name) (3)
(Rank) (3)
(Appointment) (3)
(Telephone Number) (3)

Annexes:

A. ........................................................
B. .........................................................

Distribution: Copy Number

(Abbreviations are to be used as per rules of service writing although not shown in the example) (3)

13
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (2)

9A-13
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Notes:

1. Notes on the framework of an appreciation are at Appendix 1 to this

annex.

2. As required.

3. These words are not included.

4. Always copy numbered and page numbered accordingly irrespective of

security classification.

5. If required.

6. While doing the allotment of troops to task, the essential tasks must not
be discarded.

Appendix:

1. Notes on the Framework of an Appreciation.

9A-14
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 TO
ANNEX A TO
SECTION 9

NOTES ON THE FRAMEWORK OF AN APPRECIATION

1. Layout. In general the layout conforms to the normal conventions of

Service writing, but the following particular points should be noted:

a. Subject Heading. The subject heading is normally written: ‘An

Appreciation of the Situation Resulting From....’ or ‘An Appreciation
on...’. It should specify the subject or existing situation as clearly as
possible, but must not prejudice the aim or any possible course of action.
It must be definite but noncommittal.

b. Persons Concerned. Those by whom and for whom the

appreciation is written must be stated. This helps to focus the mind on
the level and scope to the appreciation.

c. Time of Finishing. This may be important subsequently, as it

indicates how up-to-date the situation was when the plan was
determined. Any information received after this time may necessitate a
re-appreciation and a possible change of plan or even of the aim.

d. Paragraphs. Paragraphs are short, and separate paragraphs are

used for a factor and the deduction drawn from it.

e. Headings. Main headings are used for each section. Group and
paragraph headings are used as necessary.

f. Enemy and Own Courses.

(1) Enemy courses are lettered and own courses are

identified by Roman numerals.

(2) If ‘Comments’ are used instead of ‘Likelihood’ and

‘Effect’ or ‘Advantages’ and ‘Disadvantages’, they should be
given in a separate paragraph under each course.

9A1-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

2. Phraseology. The argument is expressed in clear, concise and

convincing English and is in a sequence that allows the reader to follow the train
of thought. The following conventions must be observed:

a. The aim is expressed in the infinitive form.

b. Under factors, as a general rule, the conditional tense (‘would’,

‘could’) is used, the present or future tense (‘can’, ‘will’) being used only
when stating definite facts.

c. Own and enemy courses are expressed in the infinitive form.

d. The plan is expressed in the infinitive form.

e. Own forces may be described as ‘we’ and enemy forces as ‘the

enemy’, ‘he’ or ‘him’.

f. Back references are avoided where possible as they break the

reader’s train of thought.

9A1-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 9

INTELLIGENCE PREPARATION OF THE BATTLEFIELD – DECISION

MAKING PROCESS (IPB-DMP)

Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB)

1. Definition. IPB is a systematic and continuous process of analysing

environment in a specific geographic area, and the threat, which is designed to
support military decision making. IPB identifies the facts and assumptions about
the battlefield and the threats to allow effective staff planning. IPB forms the
basis for defining the Courses of Action (COA) available to the friendly
commander and drives the war-gaming processes that select and subsequently
refine them.

2. Steps of IPB. There are four mandatory steps to be performed each time
to conducd IPB as follows:
a. Step-1. Define the Battlefield Environment. The process identifies
the area of operation and area of interest, battlefield environment, its
significant characteristics, intelligence gaps and requirements.
b. Step-2. Describe the Battlefield's Effects. Step-2 analyses the
battlefield and describes its effect on military operation.
c. Step-3. Evaluate the Threat. Step-3 updates or creates threat
models, Order of Battle file and identify threat capabilities.
d. Step-4. Determine Threat Courses of Actions. Step-4 identifies
threat’s likely objectives and desired end state, courses of actions
available, prioritize and develop them in the amount of detail that time
allows. The step also identifies intelligence gaps and requirements.

Decision Making Process (DMP)

3. Definition. DMP is a dynamic and multidimensional process that allows

visualization of future operations simultaneously with decisions and planning on
current operations. Staffs assist the commander by preparing staff estimate of
their own field of activity like intelligence estimate, administrative estimate and
other special staff estimate. These inputs are synthesised and their influences are
analysed to arrive at the best COA.

9B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

4. Templates in IPB – DMP. Important templates used as a product of IPB-

DMP are as below:

a. Terrain templates.
b. Combined obstacle overlay.
c. Doctrinal templates.
d. Situational templates.
e. Event templates.
f. Decision support templates.

5. Types of DMP. There are three types of DMP:

a. Deliberate Decision Making Process (DDMP).

b. Combat Decision Making Process (CDMP).
c. Quick Decision Making Process (QDMP).

6. DDMP. DDMP is used when sufficient time is available for planning

procedure before the commencement of hostilities. This has four distinct stages:

a. Stage 1 - Mission analysis.

b. Stage 2 - Courses of Action development.
c. Stage 3 - Courses of Action analysis.
d. Stage 4 - Decision and execution.

7. CDMP. Once the operation commences, a quicker and more responsive

process is required. The fast tempo of the modern battlefield requires rapid and
accurate decision to be executed in the limited time available. This process is
called CDMP. The essential steps of CDMP are:

a. Commander's assessment of the situation.

b. Commander's concept formulation.

c. Suitability analysis.

9B-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Feasibility analysis.

e. Acceptability analysis.

f. Validity checks.

8. QDMP. Battlefield situation demands quick decisions. When a commander

at higher level is devoid of any staff contribution (such as when he is in the front with
his command group and an immediate change in the plan is required), the
commander may execute the QDMP in any convenient sequence. It may include:

a. Receiving the mission.

b. Issuing the warning order.
c. Making a tentative plan.
d. Starting movement.
e. Conducting reconnaissance.
f. Completing the plan.
g. Issuing order.
h. Supervising and refining the plan.

Stages of DDMP

9. Stage 1- Mission Analysis. A commander and staff go through 11 steps

in mission analysis:

a. Step 1 – Analysis of mission and intent of the higher commander.

b. Step 2 – Area of Responsibility and development of enemy COA.

c. Step 3 – Specified and implied tasks.

d. Step 4 – Mission essential tasks.

e. Step 5 – Review of available assets.

f. Step 6 – Restrictions and constraints.

g. Step 7 – Broad command, control and weapon consideration.

9B-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

h. Step 8 – Risk assessment.

j. Step 9 – Facts and assumptions.
k. Step 10 – Time plan.
l. Step 11 – Restated msn.

10. Stage 2 – COA Development. COAs are developed following the five
steps below:

a. Step-1. Analyse relative combat power.

b. Step-2. Generate conceptual possibilities.
c. Step-3. Array initial forces.
d. Step-4. Develop scheme of manoeuvre.
e. Step-5. Determine command and control measures.
f. Step-6. Prepare courses of action statement and sketches.

11. Stage 3 - COA Analysis. COA analysis comprise following:

a. War gaming.
b. Risk assessment.
c. Comparison of war-games results.

12. Stage 4 - Decision and Execution. COA analysis comprise following:

a. Briefing the commander.

b. Selecting the COA.
c. Specifying the command and support relationship.
d. Execution and supervision.

9B-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 9

ESTIMATE PROCESS

1. Strategic Estimate Process. The estimate process is being used in

formulating and updating military action to meet the requirements of any
situation. The estimate process should be used by commanders and staffs,
especially at higher levels. Though its central framework for organizing inquiry
and decision is essentially the same for any level of command, specific detailed
questions within each part of this framework will vary depending on the level
and type of operation. This may include:

a. Mission Analysis.

b. Situation Analysis.

(1) Geo-Strategic Environment.

(2) Domestic and International Environment.
(3) Characteristics of the Operational Area.
(4) Analysis of the Enemy.
(5) Friendly Situation.

c. Courses of Action Development.

d. Analysis of Enemy Courses of Action (War-gaming).

e. Comparison of Own Courses of Action.

f. Decision (Recommended/Adopted own Course of Action).

9C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IV: OPERATIONAL WRITING

SECTION 10
INTRODUCTION TO ORDERS AND INSTRUCTIONS

Introduction

1001. The generic term ‘orders and instructions’ covers a number of other
names in common use. Such names usually fall clearly into either the category
of orders or that of instructions. For instance, the word ‘regulations’ normally
implies orders; conversely ‘memoranda’ may be used in the sense of instructions.
The term ‘directive’ is sometimes used to describe an instruction issued at the
highest levels. The essence of the matter lies not in the particular name used but
rather in the way in which the orders or instructions are worded. If the phrasing
is correct, the recipient is in no doubt as to whether he is being told how to do
something or merely being directed to achieve it.

Purpose of Orders and Instructions

1002. Orders and instructions, whether oral or written, convey the directions,
intentions or wishes of a commander to those who must act on, or be informed of
them. They must be:

a. Accurate.
b. Clear and brief as much as possible.
c. Unambiguous.
d. Feasible for execution.
e. Received in time to be acted upon correctly.

Distinction between Orders and Instructions

1003. Orders. An order requires definite action to be taken to achieve an

intention; the recipient must be in no doubt of the mission and the method of
fulfilling it. It is issued when a commander has a degree of immediate control
over the situation, and when execution by the method ordered is necessary for
coordination; it should not, prejudice the use of initiative or local knowledge by a
subordinate.

10-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

1004. Instructions. An instruction is issued to convey the intention of a

commander; it may indicate his overall plan but leaves the detailed course of
independent action to the subordinate commander. It is used when it is
impracticable or imprudent to be specific; e.g. when a subordinate is given an
independent mission or when the timing or situation cannot be forecasted. The
particular form of instruction to a subordinate giving direction and guidance
based on higher policy decisions is known as a ‘Directive’ (see Section 13).

Construction

1005. The detailed construction of orders is contained in Paragraph 1106.

1006. To prevent misunderstanding, the use of such vague expressions as

‘dawn’, ‘dusk’, and ‘if practicable’ is to be avoided. The specific meaning and
the form of verb used in expressing orders and intentions should be chosen with
care (see Paragraphs 0265 and 0266).

1007. The whole purpose of an order or an instruction may be defeated if any

one of the recipients is given a task which he cannot be expected to achieve.
Therefore, the contents of an order or instruction must be directly related to the
practical capabilities of each recipient’s command.

Production of Written Orders and Instructions

1008. Checking. An officer other than the author should check the draft of a
written order or instruction. Reading aloud helps to identify inaccuracy,
ambiguity and clumsiness of expressions. The author should check the final
form, when typed or printed.

1009. Distribution. The distribution of an order or instruction is to be stated in

the subscription of the order, which may also indicate the means of distribution.
When an annex is issued separately, it is also to show its distribution. Orders and
instructions, or extracts are to be passed to all likely to be affected. Enough
copies should be supplied to save reproduction of further copies; this applies
particularly to annexes that may be required by specialists.

10-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Types of Order and Instruction

1010. The following types of order used jointly by the Services are covered in
this volume:

a. Operation Orders (OpO – Section 11).

b. Administrative Orders (AdminO – Section 12).

c. Fragmentary Orders (FragO – Paragraph 1109).

d. Warning Orders (WngO - Section 14).

Directives and instructions are dealt with in Section 13.

1011. Other types of order and instruction are covered in single-Service

publications such as Standing Orders, Routine Orders and Standing Operating
Procedures.

1012-1099. Reserved.

10-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION-11: OPERATION ORDERS

INTRODUCTION
Purpose of Operation Orders

1101. Operation orders are used by a commander to direct and coordinate the
actions of his forces in operations or in operational exercises. In Bangladesh Air
Force they are also used to order the moves of operational units.
Types of Orders and their Issue
1102. Operation orders are issued either in writing or orally. When in writing,
they may be issued as formal orders, messages or confirmatory notes after oral
orders. They must be issued in sufficient time to allow subordinates at all levels
to prepare for and carry out the action required of them. The method selected for
issuing operation orders will depend on their length, complexity and the time
available. In Bangladesh Navy an operation order for the task groups or task units
at sea may be sent as Operation General (OPGEN) signal.
1103. Written Operation Orders.
a. Formal Operation Orders. When much detail has to be included
and time allows, the standard layout as shown at Annex A to this section
should be used. At annexes B, C, D, E and F are examples of Joint,
Army, Navy and Air Force operation orders with notes relating to the
special requirements of each Service.
b. Signal Messages. Signal messages provide a quick method of
issuing orders or changes to previous orders. Refer to Annex H to this
section about fragmentary orders that are similar. Within Navy OPGEN
and OPTASKs are sent as signal messages (through data transfer
service). Within the Air Force, operational commands use special
message forms for orders of a repetitive nature, designed to meet the
operational requirements appropriate to each command.
c. Confirmatory Notes. Oral orders should, whenever possible, be
accompanied by the issue of confirmatory notes, which provide an aide
memoire for those attending orders. Their purpose is to confirm in
writing the essential details of oral orders. Confirmatory notes may be
issued before or after oral orders according to the time available and the
commander’s wishes. Irrespective of when they are issued, confirmatory

11-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

notes are valuable to staff officers in subordinate headquarters and others

who were not present at the oral orders and in case subordinate
commanders become casualties. Confirmatory notes are easier to
distribute than message operation orders since they are issued directly to
the recipients, without involving the signals channel. The staff should
have the confirmatory notes ready before hand and be prepared to make
alteration in the details while the orders are being given out. The
standard sequence of operation order is followed. The amount of details
included will vary as the commander wishes, but in general the emphasis
is on brevity and only the salient points of the plan should be given. An
example of confirmatory notes is at Annex G to this section.

1104. Oral Operation Order.

a. Oral orders are used more often in the Army than in the other two
Services.

b. When possible a commander issues his orders in person to his

subordinate commanders, as he is then able to inspire confidence and
enhance morale. When there is no opportunity to call subordinate
commanders together, the commander can issue his orders by radio or
telephone. Only as a last resort should a commander delegate the
responsibility to staff or liaison officers.

CONTENTS OF OPERATION ORDER

1105. An operation order must contain a complete picture of the commander’s

overall intentions as well as clear directions to his subordinate commanders in
enough detail to enable them to issue their own orders and to ensure
coordination. The details of how supporting and specialized units are to carry out
their particular tasks, forms the content of their own orders.

1106. All operation orders, at whatever level they are given and however
issued, comprise five mandatory sections, the first of which contains three
mandatory sub-sections:

1. SITUATION.
a. Enemy Forces.
b. Friendly Forces.
c. Attachments and Detachments.

11-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

2. MISSION.

3. EXECUTION.

4. SERVICE SUPPORT.

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.

1107. In written operation orders and those sent by signal message, these
sections form paragraphs numbered as shown. The paragraph headings depart
from normal service writing conventions (see Paragraphs 0225 and 0229), in that
they are in block capitals, in full and may contribute to the sense of the text; they
must all be included. Except in Paragraph 2, the text may be restricted to such
terms as ‘No Change’, ‘See Annex…’ or ‘Nil’, or reference may be made to
another document. Additional sub-paragraphs may be used in Paragraph 1 and
Paragraphs 3 to 5. Paragraph 2 is not to be sub-paragraphed. All sub-paragraphs
must have headings.

Overlay Operation Orders

1108. In addition to formal operation order, there is another format for an

overlay operation order. Overlay operation order consists of written orders that
follow the principle of this section, combined, on the same sheet of paper with a
map overlay of the area of operations. The space limitations of this format
necessarily restrict its use to simple operations extending over a limited area
only. For this reasons its use is likely to be restricted to land operations mounted
at short notice by individual units and small formations. An example of an
overlay operation order is at Appendix 2 to Annex L of this section.

Fragmentary Orders

1109. In fast moving situation on land, it will often be necessary to issue

operation orders in part only and to limit the distribution to those directly
affected. Standard sequence of an operation order is followed. However, after
the 5 standard headings, parts of the order which are unchanged, or are not
essential, are omitted. Such orders are referred to as ‘Fragmentary Orders’ or
‘FragO’ in abbreviated form. The term is not specifically used in the Bangladesh
Armed Forces but the procedure may be adopted if the situation demands. An
example is given at Annex H to this section.

11-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEXES TO ORDERS

1110. Annexes contain matters of detail when their inclusion in the text of the
order would impede its logical progression and make it unacceptably long; they
also allow addressees to be given additional copies of specialized information,
e.g. movement tables, electronic warfare tasking, authentication table, etc.

1111. Most annexes provide information to fighting forces but some also give
direction to supporting and administrative commanders. Although annexes are
integral parts of an order, the information and direction given in the parent
document may have to be repeated if an annex is given a distribution different
from that of the order.

1112. An annex or appendix may be a written document or an overlay,

overprinted map, sketch, plan or table. It conforms to the normal conventions of
service writing as given out in Paragraphs 0252 and 0253. Annexes issued with
and in the same number of copies as the main orders, are identified only as
integral parts of the main order. Annexes issued separately from the main order
are, in addition, to contain a superscription, signature of commander or his
representative or other authentication, acknowledgement instructions and a
distribution list.

1113. Following types of annexes in conjunction with operation orders can be

used (however, formats for only intelligence and fire support annexes are given
as specimen in this section):

a. Intelligence Annex. (See Paragraphs 1114 to 1116 and Annex J to

this section.)

b. Fire Support Annex. (See Annex K to this section for an example.)

c. Engineer Annex.

d. Service Support Annex.

e. Signals or Communications - Electronics Annex.

f. Movement Annex.

g. Administrative and Logistics Annex.

11-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

INTELLIGENCE ANNEX TO AN OPERATION ORDER

Format

1114. The format of an intelligence annex to an operation order is more

comprehensive and rigid than those of other annexes and should be followed as
far as possible. It may well be issued before the operation order.

Purpose of the Intelligence Annex

1115. The intelligence annex:

a. Disseminates information on enemy forces, which is essential to the

conduct of operations.

b. Instructs subordinate commanders to acquire information necessary

for the conduct of an operation but which can only be obtained
immediately before or during the operation.

c. Gives any other necessary orders or guidance for the operation.

This annex is not intended to serve as a substitute for intelligence collection

plans.

Content

1116. The intelligence annex should be kept brief and clear, by reference,
where possible, to Supplementary Intelligence Reports (SUPINTREPS) and
Standing Operating Procedures (SOPs). Material of limited interest or containing
much detail should be included in appendices to the annex. A format is given at
Annex H to this section.

1117 - 1199. Reserved.

Annexes:

A. Standard Layout for a Formal Operation Order.

B. Outline Layout of a Joint Operation Order.
C. Example of an Army Operation Order (Brigade Operation Order).
D. Example of an Army Operation Order (Division Operation Order).

11-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

E. Example of a Naval Operation Order.

F. Example of an Air Force Operation Order.
G. Example of Confirmatory Notes.
H. Example of a Fragmentary Order in Message Form.
J. Format for the Intelligence Annex to the Operation Order.
K. Format for the Fire Support Annex to the Operation Order.
L. Overlay Operation Orders.

11-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
STANDARD LAYOUT FOR A FORMAL OPERATION ORDER
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION
(Changes from oral order, if any) (1)
Copy Number......of…. (2)
Total Pages……….
Issuing Headquarters
Place of Issue (3)
(may be in code)
Identifying Reference (5) Date-Time Group of Signature (4)
TYPE AND SERIAL NUMBER OF OPERATION ORDER (6)
ANNEX A TO
SECTION 11
Notes
1. Changes from Oral Orders. If there were no oral orders, this
space is left blank. If there were oral orders such expressions, as ‘No
change from oral orders’ or ‘No change from oral orders except for
Paragraph 4’ are to be used. It is generally desirable that the date and time
when oral orders are issued, together with the place of issue, are stated.
2. Copy Number. Copy numbers are to be allotted regardless of the
security classification of the order.
3. Place of Issue. Place of issue may be a place name or a grid
reference or both.

Reference (s): (7) 4. Date and Time of Signature. The current rules regarding dates,
times and months in messages are to apply, except that the year must also
A. Maps, charts and relevant documents.
be shown. The date-time group in an operation order means the date and
time at which the order was signed or authenticated. It is also the date and
Time Zone Used Throughout the Order: (8)
time at which the order is effective unless stated to the contrary in
1. SITUATION. (9) (10) Briefly state the general picture, so that Paragraph 3 (EXECUTION) of the order. The time used in the date-time
subordinate commanders understand the current situation, under the group of signature is to include a time zone suffix, e.g. 230110F Aug 22
following headings: (0110 hours F time 23 Aug 22).

a. Enemy Forces. (11) Composition, disposition, location,
movements, estimated strengths, identification and capabilities.
b. Friendly Forces. (12) Information concerning friendly
forces other than those covered by the operation order which may
directly affect the action of subordinate commanders.
1 of 3 (13) (2)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION
11A-1
RESTRICTED
5. Identifying Reference. The purpose of the identifying reference is
to allow an operation order to be acknowledged in clear over the radio:
without the possibility of the enemy learning that, an operation order has
been issued. It is normally the internal number of the releasing authority.
The identifying reference may be the appropriate file reference of the
originating authority. This is inserted on the left hand margin in line with
the date-time group of signature.
6. Type of Operation Order. The type of operation order is to
indicate whether it is Army, Naval, Air, combined or Joint, e.g.:
 RESTRICTED
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION
c. Attachments and Detachments. When not given under
task organization/grouping in EXECUTION paragraph list here,
or in an annex, units attached to or detached from the issuing
formation/unit together with the times they are effective.
2. MISSION. (14) A clear, concise statement of the task of the
command and its purpose. This paragraph is not to be sub-divided.
3. EXECUTION. (15) The ‘EXECUTION’ paragraph is laid out to
suit the requirements of the particular operation. Normally the first sub-
paragraph is headed ‘Concept of Operations’ or ‘General Outline’ and
gives a summary of the plan for the intended operation. Subsequent sub-
paragraphs assign specific tasks to each element of the command charged
with the execution of tactical duties and give details of coordination and
the task organization/grouping if not included in an annex. Instructions
applicable to 2 or more elements of the command may be placed in a
final sub-paragraph headed ‘Coordinating Instructions’.
4. SERVICE SUPPORT. The ‘SERVICE SUPPORT’ paragraph
contains a statement of the administrative and logistics arrangements to
support the operation, of primary interest to the commander’s direction
to service commanders. If lengthy or not ready for inclusion in the
operation order, this detail may be issued separately and referenced here
but matters of immediate concern should be given together with such
references. At higher formations this paragraph will probably state ‘See
Administrative Orders’. At the lower levels of command this paragraph
or the Service Support Annex may eliminate the need for an
administrative order.
2 11.
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION
11A-2
RESTRICTED
a. JOINT ARMY/NAVAL OPERATION ORDER 5.
b. ARMY OPERATION ORDER 2.
At single-service headquarters it is not necessary to include the type of
order as this is indicated in the heading ‘Issuing Headquarters’. In such
circumstances, the words ‘OPERATION ORDER’ are sufficient. The
number of the order normally indicates the cumulative total of orders issued
by a headquarters during the year. It is written in underlined capitals and is
abbreviated, e.g. ‘OpO 3/22’.
7. References. Under the heading ‘References’ are listed the
relevant maps and charts. In addition, any other documents that are required
by the recipient of the order may also be listed here. It is not necessary to
list here standard orders, standing operating procedures (SOPs) etc., that
may however, be referred to in the body of the order. When reference is
made to maps, the map series, sheet number (and name if required), edition
and scale (if needed) are to be given.
8. Time Zone Used Throughout the Order. The time zone is to be
spelt out in capitals against this heading only, e.g. ‘FOXTROT’, to avoid
any possibility of a mistake in transmission. See Sub-paragraph 0243e of
this volume.
9. Paragraph Headings. These are to be in block capitals and not
abbreviated (Paragraphs 0105a, 0241c, 1106 and 1107).
10. SITUATION. It may be necessary to start this paragraph with a
brief introduction if the general picture cannot adequately be covered under
‘Enemy Forces’, ‘Friendly Forces’ and ‘Attachments and Detachments’.
For example, a political situation that may influence the commander’s
mission or course of action may require to be stated separately.
Enemy Forces. It may be sufficient to refer to a previous
intelligence report. Alternatively, all the information may be included in a
separate annex.
 RESTRICTED

12. Friendly Forces. Under ‘Friendly Forces’ give details of friendly

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION forces not under command that will be operating in a supporting or
complementary role to the operation, and of any other forces, whether under
5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL. The ‘COMMAND AND command or not, whose operations may affect the action taken by units
SIGNAL’ paragraph contains the headquarters location and listed under heading ‘Grouping’. The action to be taken by these friendly
movements, liaison arrangements, recognition and identification forces may be briefly outlined.
instructions and general rules concerning the use of communications
13. Page Numbering. See Paragraph 0261.
and other electronic equipment, if necessary.
14. MISSION. The ‘Mission’ is to be stated in the executive language,
Signature of Commander or e.g. ‘Capture....’ Alternative missions, multiple missions, conditional
Principal Staff Officer statements depending upon developments, and all qualifications except
those of time and place, are to be avoided. There must be no reference to
Acknowledgement Instructions : (16) Name the method by which the mission is to be achieved.
Rank(17)
Appointment 15. EXECUTION. Lengthy subject matter may be given in an annex,
or issued later as a supplement to the operation order, e.g. ‘Fire Support
Authentication: (18) Signature of Staff Officer Annex’ or ‘Demolition Plan’. Alternatively, various parts of the Execution
Name may be shown on an overlay which will be attached to an annex. It is
acceptable to follow on an overlay which will be attached to an annex. It is
Rank acceptable to follow ‘General Outline’ with a sub-paragraph called
Appointment (17) ‘Command and Control, ordering changes from the normal.

16. Acknowledgement Instructions. It is normally desirable to require

Annexes: acknowledgement of an operation order. The instructions for
acknowledgement of an order are given here; if none is required, ‘Nil’ is
Distribution: (19) inserted. It may be necessary to specify which formation or units are to
acknowledge. Acknowledgement by the specified recipient means that it
has been received and understood and the word ‘Acknowledge’ may
suffice.

17. Signature Block. Only the commander’s signature block or that of

the principal staff officer authorized to sign for commander in his absence,
is used, depending on which of these two officers will sign the order. Either
may sign original order as follows:
3 (Name) (Name)

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION Maj Gen or Col

GOC For GOC
11A-3
RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED

If the commander or his representative signs a master copy permitting

reproduction of signature on copies, no authentication is necessary. If
signature is not reproduced, authentication as in Note 18 is necessary.
18. Authentication. If neither the commander nor his authorized
representative (the principal staff officer) is available to sign the order at
the time of issue, the commander’s signature block (shown on the left
under Note 17) is typed and a staff officer authenticates the order.
Commander then signs original/file copy at first opportunity.
19. Distribution. The distribution is to show the copy number of the
order issued to each addressee. Where the annexes are issued on a different
scale from the body of the order, this is also recorded in the distribution.

11A-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 11

OUTLINE LAYOUT OF A JOINT OPERATION ORDER

SECRET
(No change from OO.................)

Copy No........of............
Total Pages..................

JHQ
CHATTOGRAM 6348

23.01.901.152.06.055.01.22 Sep 22

OPO 2/22

Refs:

A.
B.

Time Z Used Throughout the Order: FOXTROT.

1. SITUATION.

a. En Forces.

b. Friendly Forces.

(1) Army.

(2) Navy.

(3) Air.

1 of 3
SECRET

11B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

c. Atts and Dets.

2. MISSION.

3. EXECUTION.

a. Concept of Ops. (incl TF org/gp)

b. Comd and Con.

c. Tasks.

d. Coord Instrs.

(1) Fire Sp.

(2) Mounting and Sailing.

(3) Landing Plan.

(4) AD.

(5) Anti SS Def.

(6) Psy Ops.

4. SERVICE SUPPORT.

a.

b.

c.

2
SECRET

11B-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.

Ack Instrs:

Authen:

Signature Block

Anxs:

A.
B.
C.

Distr:

3
SECRET

11B-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
EXAMPLE OF AN ARMY OPERATION ORDER
ANNEX C TO
(Specimen Brigade Operation Order)
SECTION 11

SECRET Notes:
1. Precedence marking may be given if necessary.
(No change from OO given at KEWA 2314
at 061200F except for Para 5b) 2. All operation orders, whatever their classification, are given copy
numbers.
(1) IMMEDIATE
3. Date-time group is to be inserted when order is signed or
(2) Copy No 1 of 27 authenticated. It is also the time at which, the order is effective unless stated
Total Pages ….. to the contrary in Paragraph 3 (EXECUTION).
HQ 62 Inf Bde 4. Numbered consecutively throughout the year. ‘OPO 3/22’.
SHUBOLONG 3548
5. References.
06.02.2626.121.55.003.22 (3) Aug 22
a. May include both maps and other papers. If only one, use
OPO 3/22 (4) singular (Ref).

Ref: b. The scale of maps is written either as a representative fraction

(e.g. 1:50,000) or in full (e.g. 1 inch to l mile).
A. BANGLADESH Sheet 84B/1; 1:50,000. (5)
6. SITUATION.
Time Z Used Throughout the Order: FOXTROT.
a. It may be necessary to start with a brief introduction of the general
1. SITUATION. (6) picture that cannot be adequately covered under the 3 sub-paragraphs. Thus,
a political situation that may influence commander's mission may have to be
a. En Forces. (7) stated separately.
(1) See 62 Inf Bde INTSUM 3, dt 04 Aug. b. Like all operational writings, maximum use of abbreviations is to be
made. However, paragraph headings are written in block capitals.
(2) Air Sit. Parity expected.
7. Enemy Forces.
b. Friendly Forces. (8)
a. Include summary of known composition, disposition, strengths,
(1) Flank fmns – Anx A. movements, identity, naval or air activity, etc., but only that which recipients
(2) A Coy, 15 Div Sp Bn is occupying ty posn in area need to know. It can include, if necessary, commander’s appreciation of
8157 on Ni 06/07 Aug. enemy plans.

(3) Four FGA sorties aval from first It 08 Aug. b. If this information is long or likely to alter before operation starts, it is
best given by SUPINTREP or INTSUM issued separately, with note to the
1 of 10 effect included in this paragraph.
SECRET
11C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET 8. Friendly Forces.

c. Atts and Dets. (9) (Changes eff from 070500 unless otherwise
a. For security reasons, only include information on higher
stated)
and/or flanking formation/units that may affect actions of
(1) Atts. subordinate commanders e.g. higher formation aims, objective or
locations of flanking formations/units. The need for security must
(a) UC.
be balanced against the necessity for commanders at all levels to
B Coy, 15 Div Sp Bn remains have a clear picture of the whole operation.
C Coy, 15 Div Sp Bn forthwith until completion of
b. Include information regarding friendly forces other than those
Ph 2
7 Fd Coy remains covered by the order directly affecting the action of subordinate
commanders such as:
(b) In DS.
(1) Names of flanking formations/units, if necessary.
4 Fd Regt
One recce sortie Army Avn Gp (2) Naval or air activity including summary of their relevant
operations. Note that the availability of air sorties is shown in
(c) INSPUCM. this sub-paragraph: their allocation is shown under
‘Coordinating Instructions’.
P Bty, 305 AD Regt

(d) In Sp. (3) Boundaries laid down by higher commander. If

‘EXECUTION’ paragraph includes boundaries, all boundaries
P Bty 28 Med Regt from 071800 should be grouped together in ‘EXECUTION’ paragraph and
11 ST Coy omitted from ‘SITUATION’ paragraph. Boundaries may be
22 Fd Amb from 080600 shown on an overlay.
(e) UCM.
(4) Units over which issuing headquarters has no official
2 MP Pl control but which are operating in its area and only when their
presence affects addressees.
(2) Dets. A coy 31 EB to UC 49 Inf Bde from 061200 until
rel. c. There is no fixed sequence in which to list information in
Paragraph la and lb, but logically higher formations should come
2. MISSION. (10) Capr Objs A and B by 082300 Sep in first.
order to secure left flank of 29 Inf Div.

2
SECRET
11C-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

9. Attachments and Detachments. This sub-paragraph may be omitted

at the discretion of the commander. However, Attachments and
SECRET Detachments are helpful especially to logisticians who can see at a glance
3. EXECUTION. what units are coming in or going out of the formation.

a. C of O/Gen Outline. (11) Op Overlay - Anx A. Two phs: a. If shown here, attachments and detachments will be listed in
the precedence of their status of command given at Appendix 1 to
(1) Ph 1. HAND PUMP. Prelim op by 8 EB to capr Obj A this annex. In case of further combination of the various status of
by 080800 Sep. command, the following sequence may be used:

(2) Ph 2. COCOA BEAN. 23 EB capr Obj B by 082300 (1) Under command (UC).
Sep.
(2) In direct support and under command, for movement (In
31 EB (-) Bde Res in both phases. DSUCM) (artillery and army aviation).

b. 8 EB. (12) (3) In direct support (In DS) (artillery and army aviation).

(1) Gp. (13) (4) At priority call (At Pri Call) (artillery and army
aviation).
(a) UC.
(5) In support and under command for movement (INSPUCM).
One Pl 7 Fd Coy
(6) In support (In Sp).
(b) In DS.
(7) Under command for movement (UCM).
P Bty, 4 Fd Regt remains
(8) Detachment (Det).
(c) In Sp.
b. Within each status of command as mentioned above,
P Bty, 28 Med Regt from 071800 units/sub-units are to be listed in the order shown below:
One MT sec 11 ST Coy
(1) Within the Same Status of Command. In order of
(2) Tasks. following category of arms/services: fighting arms, para-
military/auxiliary forces, supporting arms, army aviation, and
(a) Ph 1. Capr Obj A by 080800 Sep. service units.
(b) Ph 2. Breach minefd at 097686.

3
SECRET
11C-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(2) Within the Same Category of Arms/Services. In the

following order:
SECRET
c. 23 EB. (a) Fighting Arms and Para-Military/Auxiliary Forces.
In order of size, and then as per seniority of arms
(1) Gp. (armour, infantry etc.).

(a) UC. (b) Supporting Arms. Army Aviation and Services. As

per seniority of arms, and then in order of size.
One Pl 7 Fd Coy
(3) Within Same Size, Arms and Services (as applicable). In
(b) In DS. numeric order.

Q Bty, 4 Fd Regt remains (4) Seniority of Sub-units. Within the same type mentioned
above, sub-units will be listed in alphabetic order in the
(c) In Sp. precedence of their parent units.

P Bty, 28 Med Regt after capr of Obj A c. Example. An example is given below:
One MT sec 11 ST Coy
(1) Atts and Dets. (Eff from 0800 D-l unless otherwise
(2) Task. Capr Obj B by 082300 Sep.
shown)
d. 31 EB. (a) Atts.

(1) Gp. i. UC.

(a) Dets. 6H
5 EB
(2) A coy to UC 49 Inf Bde from 061200 until rel. 25 BIR
A Sqn, 7 H
e. B Coy, 15 Div Sp Bn. From part of Bde Res.
A Coy, 15 Div Sp Bn remains
f. Bde Res. 6 Rfl Bn
5 Ansar Bn
(1) Comd. CO 31 EB 3 MT PI from 0500 D-l

ii. In Sp.
4
SECRET 28 Med Regt
11C-4 17 Fighter Sqn BAF
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(b) Dets.
SECRET B Sqn 6 Cav
B Coy 15 EB
(2) Loc. Ph wise locs are shown in Anx A. A Coy 20 EB
(3) Gp. d. A timing should be given for every sub-heading as mentioned so
that there is no doubt as to what time attachments and detachments
(a) UC. become effective. If grouping is already in force, write ‘remains’ after the
unit/sub-unit under appropriate state; if it is to become effective at time
31 EB less A Coy operation order is signed and issued, write ‘forthwith’. (A unit that came
B Coy 15 Div Sp Bn under command of a brigade group ‘forthwith’ in an order signed at
7 Fd Coy less two pls 051430, would be shown as ‘remains’ under command in another order
issued at 052000). When not possible to state an exact time, wording may
(b) In DS
be ‘on completion of Phase 2,’ ‘on arrival in concentration area’, etc.
R Bty 4 Fd Regt 10. ‘MISSION’. The mission is to be a clear, concise and firm statement of
the task of the formation or unit and its purpose, and is to be expressed in the
(c) In Sp.
definitive or executive form, e.g. ‘Capture ……………. in order to ………..’.
One MT sec 11 ST Coy Alternative or multiple missions, qualifications except those of time and space in a
single phase are to be avoided. There should be no reference to the method by
(4) Task. which the mission is to be achieved.

(a) Be prep to exploit upto line HOT POT on Code 11. ‘EXECUTION’. First sub-paragraph under ‘EXECUTION’ usually
Word BERLIN from this HQ. ‘General Outline’ or ‘Concept of Operation’ is intended to give subordinate
commanders clear picture and a summary of plan for operation as a whole so that
(b) Ensure route clearance with the help of engrs. detailed orders fall naturally into place. It must be short, but may include division
of operation into phases. Much of the detail of the paragraph, particularly the
h. Arty. (14) ‘Concept of Operation/General Outline’, may be on a trace or overlay attached as
an annex.
(1) 4 Fd Regt. Provide fire sp as per FSP.
12. Task Sub-paragraphs.
(2) P Bty, 28 Med Regt. In sp 8 EB in Ph 1 and 23 EB in
Ph 2. a. These sub-paragraphs assign specific tasks to each formation,
unit, sub-unit or groups of the combat arms under direct command or
(3) P Bty, 305 AD Regt. Pri in all phs in fol order: control of the originating headquarters. Remember also that the
(a) Assy A and SL. commander should think two down but only order one down. Details of
5 coordination and grouping are given here if not given out in an annex.
SECRET Instructions applicable to two or more elements may be listed under the
11C-5 final sub-paragraph headed ‘Coordinating Instructions’. See Note 18.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Sequence of units/sub-units under task sub-paragraph will

be same as for attachment and detachment described in note 9.
Only change is the inclusion of ‘Special Task Group’ which will
SECRET appear after all the elements of fighting arms. Where number of
Special Task Groups appear, they will be sequenced in any logical
(b) Routes fwd. order at the discretion of the commander.
(c) Res.
c. In a brigade operation order, task sub-paragraph heading
j. Engr. (15) can be either regiment/battalion or regiment/battalion group. Any
unit/sub-unit composed of combined elements from infantry and
(1) 7 Fd Coy. Pri of tasks: armour is to be referred to as battle group, or company/squadron
group, combat group, combat team etc. based on headquarters and
(a) Route clearance and maint. the type of composition defined in the doctrine.
(b) Minefd clearance.
(c) Def wks.

(2) Plant Coy 6 Engr Bn remains at DARGANJ 7987.

k. Sigs. (16)

(1) See Para 5.

(2) EW. Pri:

(a) ESM. Loc and ident en comd and arty nets.

(b) ECM. Jam nets in order of pri:

i. En comd nets.
ii. Arty nets.
l. Army Avn Gp. (17) One recce sortie (MI-171Sh) in DS with
four flying hours per day.
6
SECRET
11C-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

13. Grouping.
SECRET
a. If grouping is long or complicated it should be put as an
m. Coord Instr. (18) annex.
(1) Timings. b. When grouping is to be sent as an annex then sequence of
listing formation/units/battle groups/sub-units etc. for showing
(a) H Hr. 080400 Sep. grouping will follow that of the task sub-paragraph shown at Note
12 or else it can be shown simultaneously with grouping and task
(b) A Hr. Not before 080900 Sep.
under ‘EXECUTION’ paragraph.
(2) FSP. Anx B (to fol). (19) c. In either case as mentioned above, under each of these
(3) Air. Four FGA sorties aval from first lt 08 Sep. Pri to 8 formations/units/sub-units/special task group/para-military force/
EB. (20) supporting arms, grouping will be shown as per the sequence of
attachments and detachments as shown at Note 9. Actually in both
(4) SL, Brdrys and FUP. Anx A. the Notes 9 and 12 above, the sequence for listing formations/
units/sub-units is the same except that in Note 12, one sub-
(5) Assy A. Present loc. paragraph is included as Special Task Group.
(6) Def Stores. Anx C. d. Although, ‘at priority call’ concerns only artillery or army
aviation, it is necessary to list artillery fire units allocated at priority
(7) Exploitation. No exploitation beyond HOT POT. call under ‘grouping’.
(8) Mov Table. Anx D. e. Grouping for administration (e.g. daily maintenance) is not
normally dealt with in operation order, but in administrative order
4. SERVICE SUPPORT. (21) issued in conjunction. Operational grouping of administrative units
a. AdminO. Being issued separately by 071900 Aug. are to be included as shown here.
b. Loc of BAA. PAANCHORI 382431. 14. Artillery. Any convenient and logical sequence may be used for
c. Ammo. APs to be estb as fol: this sub-paragraph. Unit/sub-unit tasks are not essential if the information
has been given under ‘Grouping’ but may be repeated to clarify the order.
Ser Type Loc Time Again, it is not necessary to state, which batteries are in support if it is
1. Arty 647927 061900 Sep obvious. All guns within range are assumed to be available to support a fire
mission unless employed on a higher priority commitment. Priority of tasks
2. Other Natures 489234 070000 Sep for air defence battery is included here since it is a meagre resource.
d. Med. ADS from 22 Fd Amb opens at 643925 from 071900
Sep. 15. Engineers. If engineers are placed under command of sub-
ordinate formation or unit, their tasks are to be included under relevant
7 formation or unit sub-paragraph. Nevertheless, their tasks (if known) may
SECRET be repeated or summarized in this sub-paragraph for information. Since, the
plant company is located within brigade operational area, its location has
been included here.
11C-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

16. Signals. When a signal unit under command requires tasking such
SECRET as Electronic Warfare (EW), a ‘Sig’ sub-paragraph may be included here.

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL. (22) 17. Army Aviation. The tasks (may be in general terms) of aircraft, or
helicopters of army aviation in direct support should be shown here besides
a. Locs. their mention under ‘Grouping’ and ‘Attachments and Detachments’.

(1) HQ 62 Inf Bde closes present loc and opens new loc 18. Coordinating Instructions. It is always to be the last sub-
HIRONCHORI 353482 at 070600 Sep. paragraph of Paragraph 3 and contains instructions, which are applicable to
two or more elements of formation or unit and need coordination. A trace
(2) Altn Comd/HQ. Lt Col Farook/Step Up HQ 62 Inf for much of the coordinating detail, e.g. assembly areas, routes, boundaries
Bde. (23) etc., saves time. It may include:

b. Elec Silence. a. General. (Read left column first)

Concentration areas Deception and concealment
(1) Silence imposed at 080001 Sep on all elec eqpt. Assembly areas Contact and coordination points
Guides, reconnaissance Report lines
(2) Silence broken on first contact by issue of code word and harbour parties Fire plans
PAPITA. Restrictions on Artillery gun/reserved areas
reconnaissance Naval and air support
(3) Elec silence lifted by issue of code word JAPAN. Timings Air defence
Movements NBC defence
c. Code Words. (24) Routes Night operations
Boundaries Surveillance and target acquisition
Patrols Coordinating conference
Ser Code Meaning Issued by etc.
Word
b. Attack/Advance. (Read left column first)
1. MACAU Obj A Secured 8 EB
Forming-up place Rate of advance
2. BRUNAI Obj B Secured 23 EB Start line Bypassing policy
3. BERLIN Bde Res to exploit Axes Reorganisation
HQ 62 Inf Bde Bounds Limits of exploitation
up to HOT POT
Report lines Objectives
4. PAPITA Elec silence broken By first contact etc.
5. JAPAN Elec silence lifted HQ 62 Inf Bde c. Defence. (Read left column first)
Demolition Policy Obstacle plan
8 Defence stores Patrol programme
SECRET Priority of work Reorganisation
11C-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Tactical Redeployment. (Read left column first)

SECRET
Rendezvous Occupation of new main position
d. Nicknames. Check points Restrictions on vehicle movement
Embussing point etc.
Ser Nicknames Meaning 19. Annexes. Operation overlays, grouping, fire plan, movement
1. HAND PUMP Ph 1 line instructions, demolition plan and defence stores, etc., are normally given as
2. OLD MAN Obj A annexes. Other annexes may include intelligence collection plan, or
3. COCOA BEAN Ph 2 line engineer support plan, etc., (see Paragraph 1113 of this Section).
4. PALM NUT Obj B
5. COLD MOUNTAIN Flank protection line 20. Air. Also, give available sorties under Paragraph 1b, and sub-
6. HOT POT No exploitation line allocate under ‘Coordinating Instructions’.

21. ‘SERVICE SUPPORT’.

Ack Instr: Ack (25)
a. This paragraph contains a statement of the administrative and
logistic arrangements to support the operation of primary interest to
MIR MUSHFIQUR RAHMAN (26) the formations and units being supported. It also gives the
Brig Gen commander’s direction to service commanders. The details may be
Comd 62 Inf Bde issued separately as an administrative order and referenced here,
but matters of immediate concern should be included here together
with such references. At higher formations, this paragraph will
Authen: (27) INTEKHAB HAIDER KHAN probably state ‘See AdminO’. At lower levels, this paragraph or a
Maj service support annex saves need for an administrative order.
BM
Anxs: b. Sub-paragraph headings in this paragraph should follow the
sequence of an administrative order and headings not required may
A. Op Overlay. be omitted.
B. FSP. (Not incl)
C. Def Stores. c. Although, in this case an administrative order is to follow,
D. Mov Table (separate docu). this paragraph must contain the information needed before release
of the order and should also duplicate any information in the
administrative order which is particularly important to operational
commanders, so that all vital information is available in one
document.

9 22. ‘COMMAND AND SIGNAL’. This paragraph contains the HQ

SECRET locations, liaison arrangements, recognition and identification instructions
and all instructions concerning use of communication and other electronic
equipment. Thus, it may include:
11C-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

a. Location, movement and timings of HQ, to include location of

SECRET Rear HQ, and Step up HQ if known.

Copy No Copy No b. Liaison, if other than normal. This may involve some
Distr: (28) (29) Copy No Anx A and B Anx C duplication from previous paragraph. Allocation of Liaison Officer
should be summarized here.
Extl:
c. Allocation of radios, frequencies, call signs and/or net
Act: identification sign if other than normal. The items may well be
relegated to an annex or referred to a signal instruction if it is being
8 EB 1 1 1
issued.
23 EB 2 2 2
31 EB 3 3 3
d. Radio or electronic silence and instructions for emission
B Coy, 15 Div Sp Bn 4 4 4
control (EMCON) if ordered. Sub-paragraph heading may be
C Coy, 15 Div Sp Bn 5 5 5
4 Fd Regt Atry 6-7 6-7 - ‘Radio Silence’ if only radios are involved.
P Bty, 28 Med Regt 8 8 -
P Bty, 305 AD Regt 9 9 - e. Consolidated lists of code words and/or nicknames, excluding
7 Fd Coy 10-11 10-11 - those given in a demolition annex to which reference only is made.
9 Bde Sig Coy 12-13 12-13 6 Code words for imposing/lifting of electronic silence, etc. are
Army Avn Gp 14 - - usually included in the signal instructions.
11 ST Coy 15 14 -
22 Fd Amb 16 15 7 23. Alternative Commander/HQ. Arrangements for an alternative
8 Fd Wksp Coy 17 16 - commander and/or alternative HQ should be included in the ‘COMMAND
2 MP Pl 18 17 - AND SIGNAL’ paragraph and should follow the sub-paragraph dealing
with the location and movement of the HQ issuing the order. The
Info: alternative commander may be shown by name or appointment. In other
cases it might be covered in formation SOPs and a mention in the
Main HQ 17 Inf Div 19 18 - ‘COMMAND AND SIGNAL’ paragraph is all that is required.
HQ 49 Inf Bde 20 19 -
Air HQ (Ops Br) 21 20 - 24. Code Words.

Internal: a. List in chronological sequence of use. It is not necessary to

include here, or in a code words annex, code words given in a
Comd 22 21 8 demolition annex.
AQ Br 23 22 9
Comd’s Diary 24 23 10 b. Code words are issued to formations by AHQ for use when
File 25-27 24-26 11-13 required. Their use is registered and they are only to be used once.
10 Therefore, any meaning likely to be repeated, requires several code
SECRET words (but see Note 24d).
11C-10
RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED

c. To prevent repetition on different radio nets, lower formations

select different words from own lists for meanings, which they
require in their own orders. Exceptions to this rule is for cases when
level of command controlling a particularly sensitive aspect of an
operation may change, e.g. reserve demolition or withdrawal route
where the same words are used at all levels of command to avoid
confusion when authority is delegated.

d. Code words (and nicknames) may be issued in a separate

annex if necessary.

25. Acknowledgement Instructions. It is normally desirable to require

acknowledgement of an operation order. It may be necessary to specify
which formation or units are to acknowledge.

a. An acknowledgement by signal is written as ‘YOUR G/0657

DT 062000F SEP 22 ACK’.

b. An acknowledgement to an operation order means that it has

been received and understood.

26. Signature Block. Only the commander’s signature block, or that of

the principal staff officer (Brigade Major or BM) authorized to sign for
commander is used, showing appointment is each case. Either may sign the
original copy of the order as follows:

XXXXX XXXXX XXX XXXXX XXXX

Brig or Maj
Comd For Comd

If the commander or BM signs the master copy or stencil permitting

reproduction of signature on copies, no authentication is necessary. If
signature is not reproduced, authentication as in Note 27 is necessary.

11C-11
RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED

27. Authentication. If neither the commander nor his authorized

representative (BM) is available to sign the order at the time of issue, the
commander’s signature block (shown on the left under Note 26) is typed
and a staff officer authenticates the order under that block as shown here.
That means, in this case neither commander nor his principal staff officer
was available, so the staff officer authenticated the operation order and the
commander would sign the original/file copy on return at the earliest
opportunity. Had the BM been available, no authentication would be
necessary, and he would sign for the commander using his own signature
block (shown on the right under Note 26). However, the word ‘Authen:’
will normally be inserted on the stencil of operation order, as the clerk will
not know the availability of commanders and staff officers.

28. Distribution. The distribution is to show the copy numbers of the

order issued to each addressee. The distribution list is set out in the normal
sequence external action addressees, external information addressees and
internal action/information addressees. The distribution, taking into
account ‘need to know’, may go as per following sequence:

a. External Action Addressees.

(1) The sequence of formations/units/sub-units will be same

as for attachments and detatchments discussed in note 9. For
Special Task Group, the nucleus unit/sub-unit should be
considered.

(2) Appropriate formations/units/sub-units of other arms and

services will receive the copy of the order only if the
arms/service advisers do not exist under direct command of
issuing headquarters.

(3) Bangladesh Navy and Bangladesh Air Force units

cooperating.

b. External Information Addressees. Superior/higher formations

and others needing copies.
11C-12
RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED

c. Internal Action/Information Addressees. Copies for

supporting arms and Services are addressed simply to that arms
or service e.g. signals/medical/electrical and mechanical
engineers etc., when a supporting arm adviser, head of service or
service representative is organic or permanently attached to the
issuing headquarters. If no such permanent adviser or
representative exists, copies are addressed to the appropriate arm
or service formation/units as at Note 28a(2). The senior
commander or representative of each supporting arm or service
is responsible for distributing to all other elements of his arm or
service. Example: Copies of Divisional Order are not sent to the
units like Field Ambulance and Workshop Company. The
ADMS and CEME are responsible to distribute necessary orders
to them respectively.

29. Notes on Example.

a. Number or Copies. Sufficient copies should be given to

subordinate HQ to avoid unnecessary reproduction e.g. artillery,
engineers and signals have two copies each (one for Step Up).
Battalions write their own operation orders so there is no need to
give copies of this order to companies. Some addressees need extra
copies of particular annexes e.g. Movement Table for Provost.
However, keep distribution of the order and each annex to sensible
minimum; not all addressees need Annexes C and D (but see Note
28).
b. Distribution of Annexes. Annex B is ‘to follow’ and Annex D
will have a different distribution of own and copy numbers, not
being issued with the main order which must be prepared as a
separate document with own distribution (see Note 28)

Appendices:

1. Status of Operational and Administrative Command, Control and

Affiliations.
2. Example of an Operational Grouping Annex to an Operational
Order.

11C-13
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 TO
ANNEX C TO
SECTION 11
STATUS OF OPERATIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE COMMAND CONTROL AND AFFILIATION

General
Authority delegated to commanders is categorized under operational relationships and administrative/logistic relationships. When a formation or unit is placed at
the disposal of the commander of a subordinate or adjacent formation or unit, the superior headquarter of the releasing force will determine the complete command
relationship, that is by designating both operational and administrative/logistic status of command to the commander who gains it. Administrative/logistic
relationships are defined at Serials 6, 7 and 8. For each operational relationship assigned an administrative/logistic relationship must also be specified.
Operational Relationships

Serial Status of Basic Meaning Communications Notes

Command
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1. Under A formation, unit or The formation or unit coming under a. ‘Under command’ does automatically imply
Command detachment under command is responsible for transfer of administrative command unless the unit
command receives orders establishment of communications and is' 'placed UC and UCADMIN (see Serial 6), as
(UC) from the formation or contact with the new superior operational command does not confer the
unit under whose formation or unit. responsibility for administrative/logistic command.
command it has been
placed covering tactical b. When, applied to artillery, movement
matters, including includes the movement of guns.
movement. c. A formation or unit under whose command
an artillery fire unit of any size is placed has the
guaranteed support of the unit. The fire unit may
not simultaneously be in direct support of or at
priority call to any other unit or formation but may
be so sub-allocated within the commanding
formation or unit.
2. In direct Firepower and/or Artillery placed in direct support of a
support assistance are guaranteed formation or unit provides an artillery
(applied to to the supported formation commander, observers and
artillery and or unit. Additionally, when communications to that formation or
Army Aviation not being used in direct unit.
units). (DS) support they are also
available in support to
others.

11C1-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

3. At priority call Firepower and/or assistance Artillery so placed does not withdraw Firepower and/or Services will be placed at priority
(applies to of certain in support fire its liaison, communications and call only for a specified time, task, operation or phase
artillery and units may be placed at the observation from the formation or unit of an operation.
army aviation disposal of the supported to which it is in direct support, but
units) (priority formation or unit with both artillery and Army Aviation units
call) precedence above other may provide similar facilities for the
callers of in support fire. formation or unit to which it has been
placed at priority call.
4. In support (In Assistance is available to or Same as Serial 1. ‘Higher priority commitments’ [column (c)] would be
Sp) placed at the disposal of the ‘in direct support’ or 'at priority call’ to another
supported formation or unit, formation or unit.
subject to any higher priority
commitments.
5. Under command Arms and/or service units Units are responsible for establishing When applied to artillery, movement includes the
for movement. will be moved by the communications and contact with their movement of guns.
(UCM) formation or units under new superior HQ.
whose command they have
been placed for movement.
In all other respects they will
be commanded by their
parent headquarters.

Administrative/Logistic Relationship

Serial Status of Basic Meaning Communications Notes

Command
6. Under command This implies complete transfer of
for administrative/logistic command – i.e. all
administration Services, medical and A matters. Routine A
(UCADMIN) matters include returns, burials and graves
registration, personnel matters. It includes
responsibility for all routine finance and
allowances, morale, welfare and personal or
formation headquarters has no residual
administrative/logistic responsibility.

11C1-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

7. Under When the temporary nature of the command makes There may be variation in exactly what is
command for it unnecessary to effect a complete change of specified. 'Less supply’ does not affect supply
certain administrative command, a formation or unit may responsibility for daily maintenance as defined
specified be placed under command for certain specified below. This category is not commonly used.
matters. matters, or for administration less certain
administrative matters, e.g. 'under command for
administration less supply and routine A matters
from 191000 Sep'.
8. Under This state of administrative/logistic command From an administrative point of view, it is
command for leaves the original parent formation or unit HQ generally better for units to be attached or
daily mainten- with full responsibility for all administration less detached for daily maintenance only, unless the
ance (UCDM) daily maintenance. The commander responsible time away from the parent formation is likely to
only for daily maintenance is responsible only for be considerable.
daily replenishment of combat supplies, evacuation
of casualties, the provision of common user supply
items and the repair and recovery of equipment.

Notes:

1. Technical control (which does not include movement) of Artillery, Engineer, Signal, Army Aviation and Services units always remains with the next
higher arm or service commander provided that it is practical for him to exercise it.

2. All arms and/or Services formations and units can be placed 'in support and under command for movement’ (INSPUCM). Artillery and Army Aviation can
also be placed 'in direct support and under command for movement’. In such cases the dual implications of both states apply.

3. There is a direct relationship between flying hours and the time that an aircraft spends undergoing maintenance. It will, therefore, frequently be necessary
to qualify Army Aviation relationships by a limitation of sortie hours, e.g. 'under command up to 5 hours per aircraft’ of ‘at priority call 2 aircraft up to a total of
16 hours’.

4. Only guaranteed fire support units need to be listed in formation or battle group task organization i.e. the use of ‘in support’ for artillery units is not
essential; it is assumed that all artillery within range of a target, not involved with a higher priority commitment, will be available via normal artillery
communications for that fire mission. However, supporting artillery may be listed if it is of particular operational significance.

5. The precedence accorded to various combinations of status of command that applies to attachments and detachments and grouping are given in Notes 8
and 12 of Annex C to this section.

11C1-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 TO
ANNEX C TO
SECTION 11

EXAMPLE OF AN OPERATIONAL GROUPING ANNEX TO AN

OPERATION ORDER

SECRET

Copy No … of …

ANX B TO
1 DIV OPO 1/22
DT 09 SEP 2022

OP GP

1. Timings. Gp eff as fol:

a. Ph-1. 122000 Sep 22 unless shown otherwise.

b. Ph-2. On wdr of Div CT behind MAX FACTOR (break clean

line).

2. 1 Inf Bde. Ph 1 and 2:

a. UC.

A Sqn 2 Cav
1 BGB Bn less two coys from 140001 Sep 22

b. In DS.

1 Fd Regt

c. INSPUCM.

2 Fd Coy

B-1 of 5
SECRET

11C2-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

3. 2 Inf Bde. Ph 1 and 2:

a. UC.

B Sqn less one tp 2 Cav

Two coys 1 BGB Bn from 140001 Sep 22

b. In DS.

2 Fd Regt

c. INSPUCM.

4 Fd Coy

4. 3 Inf Bde.

a. Ph 1.

(1) UC.

One coy 2 Ansar Bn

(2) In DS.

3 Fd Regt less P and Q Btys

(3) INSPUCM.

5 Fd Coy less two pls

(4) Det.

1 EB less C and D Coys to UC 2 Cav

D Coy 1 EB to UC 5 Div Sp Bn

B-2
SECRET

11C2-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

b. Ph 2.

(1) UC.
One coy 2 Ansar Bn remains

(2) In DS.
3 Fd Regt

(3) INSPUCM.
5 Fd Coy less one pl

(4) Det.

1 EB less C Coy to UC 2 Cav

5. 2 Cav Gp (Div Res).

a. Ph 1.
(1) UC.
1 EB less C and D Coys
A Coy 12 EB from 121200 Aug 22
2 Ansar Bn less one coy

(2) INSPUCM.
One pl 5 Fd Coy

(3) Det.

A Sqn to UC 1 Inf Bde

B Sqn less one tp to UC 2 Inf Bde
One tp B Sqn to UC 5 Div Sp Bn

B-3
SECRET

11C2-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET
b. Ph 2.

(1) UC.

5 Div Sp Bn
1 EB less C Coy
A Coy 12 EB remains
2 Ansar Bn less one coy remains

(2) INSPUCM.

One pl 5 Fd Coy remains

(3) Det.

A Sqn to UC 1 Inf Bde remains

B Sqn less one tp to UC 2 Inf Bde remains

6. 5 Div Sp Bn.

a. Ph 1. (Div CT).

(1) UC.

D Coy 1 EB
One tp B Sqn 2 Cav

(2) In DS. P and Q Bty 3 Fd Regt

(3) INSPUCM. One pl 5 Fd Coy

b. Ph 2. (Part of Div Res).

7. 1 BGB. Bn less two coys to UC 1 Inf Bde from 140001 Aug 22 (both
phs).
a. Det. Two coys to UC 2 Inf Bde from 140001 Aug 22 (both phs).

B-4
SECRET
11C2-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

8. 2 Ansar Bn. Bn less one coy to UC Div Res (both phs).

a. Det. One coy to UC 3 Inf Bde (both phs)

9. Arty Bde.

a. 1 and 2 Fd Regt. Normal affiliation for both phs.

b. 3 Fd Regt.

(1) Ph 1.

(a) Regt less P and Q Bty In DS to 3 Inf Bde.

(b) P and Q Bty In DS to Div CT.

(2) Ph 2. Normal affiliation.

10. Engrs.

a. 2 and 4 Fd Coy. INSPUCM to 1 and 2 Inf Bde respectively (both

phs).

b. 5 Fd Coy.

(1) Ph 1.

(a) Coy less two pls INSPUCM to 3 Inf Bde.

(b) One pl INSPUCM to Div Res.
(c) One pl INSPUCM to Div CT.

(2) Ph 2.

(a) Coy less one pl INSPUCM to 3 Inf Bde.

(b) One pl INSPUCM to Div Res.

B-5
SECRET

11C2-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX D TO
SECTION 11
EXAMPLE OF AN ARMY OPERATION ORDER
(Specimen Division Operation Order)

SECRET
(No change from OO.................)
Copy No........of............
Total Pages..................

HQ 17 Inf Div
CHATTOGRAM 2209

23.01.920.092.09.055.01.09.08.22 Aug 22

OPO 1/22
Ref:
A. BD Sheet 84 B/1:1:50,0000.

Time Z Used Throughout the Order: FOXTROT.

1. SITUATION.
a. En Forces. See Anx A.
b. Friendly Forces.
(1) (Info related to flanking fmns)
(2) xxxx
(3) Air sit.
c. Atts and Dets. Anx B.

2. MISSION. Def gen area HATIRPOOL 5730 along Riv KONGSHO wef
180600 Aug 22.

1 of 7
SECRET

11D-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET
3. EXECUTION.
a. C of O.

(1) The 'concept of operations' is the expression by a commander

of how he intends to fight a battle throughout all its phases. It
should not be specific as to, particular tasks for formations or units,
as these appear later in the operation order. However, the key role
of under command formations or units along with the purpose are
made sufficiently clear for better comprehension of commander’s
design of battle. Whether the operation order is issued orally or in
writing (including confirmatory notes), it is essential that the
commander gets over to his subordinates his concept of operations.

(2) The 'concept of operations' gives subordinate commanders a

better idea of what they should do to meet contingencies. A
commander at any level may formulate a design, but often at lower
levels there may not be much choice in the method of achieving the
higher commander's aim.

(3) Fixed format for concept of operations is not normally given

out anywhere. However, it should satisfy who, what, where, when
and how questions of an operation. Normally it also includes the
scheme of marouevre (which includes phasing of the operation as
an essential part), defeat mechanism and the risks and mitigation
measures.

(4) Include threat analysis and discussion of the general factors

which govern the plan, and lead to the specifics of how (method),
when, by whom and where (ground), the enemy is to be destroyed
or area captured (i.e., mission) etc. Analysis of area of operation
may also be included. Include a brief account of possible changes if
the original assumption proves invalid.

2
SECRET
11D-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

(5) Spell out his 'point of main effort' and any particularly
important phase or event of battle, the success of which will
influence other phases or events of battle out of proportion; and a
forecast of the way the commander envisages events developing
beyond the time scale covered by his outline plan.
(6) The policy for the use of crucial reserves (including crucial
weapons e.g. NBC) and employment and integration of various
battlefield operating systems within the plan.
(7) Commanders should be wary of outlining future concepts in
too much detail since this could tend to take subordinate
commander's attention from their immediate task. It is possible that
a divisional commander will wish to outline to his brigade
commanders the Army/Corps Commander's contingency plans. If
such circumstances arise, such briefings should be very much on a
need to know basis and should be separate from a full 'Order
Group'.
b. 1 Inf Bde.

(1) Gp. Anx B.

(2) Tasks.

c. 2 Inf Bde.

(1) Gp. Anx B.

(2) Tasks.

d. 3 Inf Bde.

(1) Gp. Anx B.

(2) Tasks.

3
SECRET

11D-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

e. 2 Cav (Div Res).

(1) Gp. Anx B.

(2) Tasks.

f. 5 Div Sp Bn.

(1) Gp. Anx B.

(2) Tasks.

g. Div Res.

(1) Comd. CO 2 Cav.

(2) Loc. Ph wise loc at Anx C.

(3) Gp. Anx B.

(4) Task.

h. 1 BGB Bn.

(1) Gp. Anx B.

(2) Tasks.

j. 2 Ansar Bn.

(1) Gp. Anx B.

(2) Tasks.

4
SECRET
11D-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

k. Arty Bde.

(1) Gp. Anx B.

(2) Tasks.

l. Engrs.

(1) Gp. Anx B.

(2) Tasks.

m. Sigs.

(1) See Para 5.

(2) EW. Pri.

(a) ESM.

(b) ECM.

n. Coord Instrs.

(1) Timing.

(2) DF Plan. As per Anx D.

(3) Engr Plan. See Anx E.

(4) Deception Plan. See Anx F.

(5) AD Plan.

(6) Psy Ops.

5
SECRET
11D-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

4. SERVICE SUPPORT.

a. Svc Sp Plan. Anx G.

b. …………………….

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.

a. Loc.
b. Altn Comd/HQ.
c. EMCON.

d. Code Words.

e. Nicknames.

Ack Instr: Ack.

XXXXXXXXXX
GOC
17 Inf Div

Authen: (if nec) XXXXXXXXXX

Lt Col
GSO-1 (Ops)
Annexures:

A. Int Anx.
B. Op Gp (Not incl).
C. Overlay (Not incl).

6
SECRET
11D-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET
D. DF Plan (Not incl).
E. Engr Plan.
F. Deception Plan.
G. Svc Sp Plan.
Distr:
Extl:
Copy No Copy No Copy No
Act: Copy No Anxs A, C & G Anxs D, E & F
Anxs B
(Distr Not Incl) (Distr Not Incl)

2 Cav Gp (Div Res) 4 4 - -

1 Inf Bde 1 1 - -
2 Inf Bde 2 2 - -
3 Inf Bde 3 3 - -
5 Div Sp Bn 5 5 - -
1 BGB Bn 6 6 - -
2 Ansar Bn 7 7 - -
10 Arty Bde 8-9 8-9 - 1-2
6 Engr 10 10 - -
5 Sig Bn 11-12 11-12 - 3-4
Army Avn 13 13 - -
11 ST Bn 14 14 - -
6 Fd Amb 15 15 - -
2 Fd Wksp Coy 16 16 - -
2 MP Unit 17 17 - -

Info:

HQ 2 Inf Div 18 18 - -
HQ 3 Inf Div 19 19 - -
HQ 9 Armd Bde 20 20 - -
HQ 1 BGB Sec 20 21 21 -

7
SECRET

11D-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 TO
ANNEX D TO
SECTION 11

FORMAT OF AN INTELLIGENCE ANNEX

SECRET

(No change from OO given at KEWA 2314 at 081000 Aug 22)

Copy No 3 of 20

ANX A TO
17 DIV OPO 1/22
DT 09 AUG 22
INT PLAN

1. Summary of En Sit.

2. Info Reqr.

3. Int Acquisition Tasks.

a. Orders to Subordinate and Att Units/Fmns.

(1) 49 Inf Bde.

(2) 62 Inf Bde.
(3) 66 Inf Bde.
(4) CT.
(5) Flank Gd.
(6) 17 Arty Bde.
(7) 6 Enqrs Bn.
(8) 103 Sig Bn.

A-1 of 2
SECRET

11D1-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

(9) 763 FIU.

(10) HQ DAA.

b. Req to Higher, Adjacent and Coop Units

4. Measures for Handling Pers, Docu and Mat.

a. PW, Deserters, Repatriates, Inhabitants and Other Pers.

b. Capr Docu.

c. Capr Mat.

5. Docu and/or Eqpt Rear.

a. Maps.

b. Recce and Surv Plan.

c. Air Recce Msns.

6. Counter Int.

7. Reports and Distr.

8. Other Instrs.

a. Div Main CP.

b. Recce and Surv.
c. SIGINT.
d. Wx.

A-2
SECRET

11D1-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 5 TO
ANNEX D TO
SECTION 11

EXAMPLE OF AN ENGINEERS SUPPORT PLAN ANNEX

SECRET

(No change from OOs given at KEWA 2314 at 081000 Aug 22)
Copy No 3 of 20

ANX C TO
17 DIV OPO 1/22
DT 09 AUG 22

ENGRS SP PLAN
1. SITUATION.
a. En Forces.

b. Friendly Forces.
c. Atts & Dets.

(l) UC.

(2) In Sp.

2. MISSION.

3. EXECUTION.

a. Concept of Ops.

b. 49 Inf Bde.

(1) Gp.

C-1 of 5
SECRET

11D5-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

(2) Task.

(a)

(b)

c. 62 Inf Bde.

(1) Gp.

(2) Tasks.

(a)

(b)

d. 66 Inf Bde.

(1) Gp.
(a)
(b)
(2) Task.

(a)

(b)

e. 6 Engr Bn.

(1) 4 Fd Coy Engr.

(2) 7 Fd Coy Engr.

C-2
SECRET

11D5-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

(3) 9 Fd Coy Engr.

(a) Ph 1.
i.
ii.

(b) Ph 2.
i.
ii.

(4) Plant Coy.

(a)
(b)

(5) Br Coy.
(a)
(b)
f. 29 Fd Coy 10 Engr Bn.

(1)

(2)

g. A Coy 5 RE Bn.

(1)
(2)

C-3
SECRET

11D5-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

h. Constr Coy 26 Engr Constr Bn.

(1)

(2)

j. Bomb Disposal Sec 87 Engr Coy.

k. Coord Instrs.

(1)

(2)

(3) Denial Plan.

(4) Alloc of Mines.

Ser Fmn/Unit Atk Apers Expl Rmk

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

(5) Alloc of Def Stores.

Ser Fmn/Unit Def Stores Rmk

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(6) Reporting.
(a) Minefds.
(b) Other Obs.

(7) Res Dml.

C-4
SECRET

11D5-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

4. SERVICE SUPPORT. ‘XXXXX’.

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL. ‘XXXXX’.

Appx:

1. Deception Implementing Schedule (not included).

C-5
SECRET

11D5-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 6 TO
ANNEX D TO
SECTION 11

EXAMPLE OF A DECEPTION PLAN ANNEX

SECRET
(No change from OOs given at KEWA 2314 at 081000 Aug 22)
Copy No 6 of 25

ANX D TO
17 DIV OPO 1/22
DT 09 AUG 22
DECEPTION PLAN

1. SITUATION.

a. En Forces.

b. Friendly Forces.

c. Atts and Dets.

2. MISSION.

3. EXECUTION.
a. Concept of Ops.

b. 51 Inf Bde.
(1)

c. 63 Inf Bde.

(1)

D-1 of 2
SECRET

11D6-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

d. Div Res (10 Armd Bde).

e. 20 Arty Bde.

f. 111 Sig Bn.

g. DAA.

(1)

(2)

h. 74 MP Unit.

j. Coord Instrs.

4. SERVICE SUPPORT.

a.

b.

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.

a.

b.

Appx:

1. Deception implementing schedule (Not Included).

D-2
SECRET

11D6-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 7 TO
ANNEX D TO
SECTION 11
EXAMPLE OF A SERVICE SUPPORT ANNEX
SECRET
(No change from OOs given at KEWA 2314 at 081000 Aug 22)
Copy No 3 of 20
ANX F TO
17 DIV OPO 1/22
DT 09 AUG 22
SVC SP PLAN
1. SITUATION.
a. En Forces.
(1) ... …
(2) Air Sit.
b. Friendly Forces.
(1) Bdrys.
(2) BSD CHATTOGRAM 6348.
(3) Med.
(a) CMH CHATTOGRAM.
(b) Amb Det CMH CHATTOGRAM.
(4) Ordep CHATTOGRAM.
(5) EME.
(a) Med Wksp CHATTOGRAM.
(b) Rec Det Med Wksp CHATTOGRAM.
(6) Div PW Cage.

F-1 of 4
SECRET

11D7-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET
c. Atts and Dets.
(1) Atts.
(a) UCADMIN.
B Coy 15 Div Sp Bn
C Coy 15 Div Sp Bn
4 Fd Regt
P Bty 305 LAA Regt
7 Fd Coy

(b) UCDM.
P Bty 10 Mor Regt
11 ST Coy
22 Fd Amb
8 Fd Wksp Coy
2 MP Pl
(2) Dets.

2. MISSION.

3. GENERAL.
a. Gen Outline.
b. Log Gp.
c. Tfc Circulation Plan.
4. MATERIEL AND SERVICES.
a. Ammo.
(1) Ammo Pt.
Ser Type Loc Time For
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

(2) Dumping.
F-2
SECRET

11D7-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET
b. POL.

c. Rat.

d. Water.

e. Tpt.
(1) Echs.
(2) Second Line.
(a) Composn.
(b) Tasks.
(c) Unit Reqrs.

Ser Unit No of Vehs Pd

(a) (d) (c) (d)

f. Engr.
g. Ord.

h. Repair, Rec and Bkld.

(1) Repair.
(2) Rec.

(3) Bkld.
j. Postal.
5. MEDICAL.

a. Evac.
b. MST.

F-3
SECRET

11D7-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

6. PERSONNEL.

a. Pro.
b. PW.
c. Fd Pay Office.

d. Returns.

7. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.

a. Locs.
(1) Main HQ 17 Div.
(2) Rear HQ 17 Div.
(3) HQ 62 Inf Bde.
(4) Step Up HQ 62 Inf Bde.

(5) HQ BAA.

b. Elec Silence.

c. Code Words.

d. Nicknames.
Appxs:
(Not given)
1. Bdrys. "
2. Proposed New Layout. "
3. Mov Table. "
4. Log Gp. "
5. Dumping Plan. "

F-4
SECRET

11D7-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX E TO
SECTION 11

EXAMPLE OF A NAVAL OPERATION ORDER

SECRET

Copy No 20 of 20
Total pages …..

Office of CTG 22.1

CHATTOGRAM

23.01.970.094.255.01.22 Aug 22

OPO 5/22

Refs :
A. Admiralty Charts 84,829 and 859.
B. Relevant Sailing Dir.

Time Z Used Throughout the Order: FOXTROT.

Task Org 1: (1)

TG 22.1 (CTG 22.1 Cdre AHMAD BN in BNS OSMAN)

TU 22.1.1 (CTU 22.1.1 Capt RAHMAN BN in BNS OSMAN)

BNS OSMAN (FFG) (Capt RAHMAN BN)

BNS ABU BAKR (FFG) (Capt ZAHID BN)
BNS BIJOY (FSG) (Cdr HASHIM BN)
BNS ADOMYA (PC) (Lt Cdr RAJU BN)
BNS TISTA (PC) (Lt Cdr HASAN BN)

1 of 8
SECRET

11E-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

TU 22.1.2 (CTU 22.1.2 Lt Cdr KARIM BN in BNS APARAJEYA)

BNS APARAJEYA (PC) (Lt Cdr IMRAN BN)
BNS ATONDRO (PC) (Lt Cdr AZAD BN)
BNS PADMA (PC) (Lt Cdr ARIF BN)
BNS SURMA (PC) (Lt Cdr KHALID BN)
BNS KARNAPHULI (PC) (Lt Cdr RAIF BN)
1. SITUATION. There is a dispute with RED LAND over western bdry
at the EEZ of BLUE. The BLUE LAND Govt has claimed EEZ bdry
extending 200 miles due south from coord 220 25 N 900 30 E. RED LAND
influenced by the recent international svy report that the area is extremely rich
in mineral deposits, intends to estb the EEZ bdry as far to the east as she can.
a. En Forces.

(1) There LEOPARD cl FFs of the ORANGE Navy are

reported to be op in the area east of the BLUE EEZ western bdry
line.

(2) Two POLNOCHNY cl LSTs are reported to be at anchor in

a nearby ORANGE anchorage.

(3) Two FOXTROT cl SSs are reported to be present in eastern

ORANGE Naval har.

(4) One ORANGE CV with a sqn of YAK-36 (VTOL) ac is

reported to be op in the area.

(5) Int reports indicate that ORANGE:

(a) Wants to erect oil drilling rigs and exploit other
mineral resources and marine life.
(b) Wants to blockade BLUE har.

2
SECRET

11E-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

(c) Wants to attk BLUE Naval units using carr borne ac.

(d) Is not likely to reinforce her Naval str in this area

owing to op undertakings in her western seas.

(6) The FPS Gunnery system of three LEOPARD cl FFs is

reported to be suitably mod for better accuracy. The max
sustained speed of these vessels might, however, be reduced
owing to old age.

(7) A considerable amount of activity has been reported at the

anchorage where the two ORANGE LSTs are present. It appears
that ORANGE is getting ready to lunch a ltd amph aslt against
BLUE. It is expected that the aslt will be made around NAGA
PT on River NABA RATNA from seaward.
(8) It is not known at this stage whether the two ORANGE
Forces su and amph units will join together during the final hrs of
the amph aslt or whether they will remain separate to reduce
BLUE Forces capabilities.
b. Friendly Forces.

(1) A med range air recce unit of the BLUE Air Force has been
requested to provide recce cover to TG 22.1.

(2) One fighter sqn of BLUE Air Force has been req to provide
fighter cover.

c. Atts and Dets. Nil.

d. Comd’s Eval. As en amph units will be sp by their carr borne

ac, it will be nec to attk these units by FGAs and the amph interdiction
gp TU 22.1.2 simultaneously.

3
SECRET

11E-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

e. Met. Cyclonic storms and depressions are occasionally

experienced during this part of the yr. Sea state is gen found to be
between 1 and 2.

2. MISSION. Neutralize and destroy ORANGE su units present in the

western sec of BLUE EEZ.

3. EXECUTION.

a. Concept of Ops. The su interdiction gp and amph interdiction

gp will op separately to accomplish the task of neutralization and
destruction of the ORANGE su and amph units. Ops will be in
accordance with the concept of ops (Anx A). The concept of ops is
however subj to amdt if Anx A plans and mov are not as predicted.

b. Su Interdiction Gp – TU 22.1.1.

(1) Will detect, interdict and neutralize and destroy ORANGE

su units found within western sec of BLUE EEZ.

c. Amp Interdiction Gp – TU 22.1.2.

(1) Will detect, interdict and neutralize ORANGE amph units,

if found within the NW sec of BLUE territory or EEZ, before it
can launch an amph aslt.

(2) Will deal with ORANGE air attks with discretion.

d. Coord Instrs.

(1) CTU 22.1.2 is auth to conduct liaison with BLUE riverine

ptl units op near the amph op area to gain int of en mov.

4
SECRET

11E-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

(2) CTU 22.1.1 is auth to liaise with BLUE merchant vessels

transiting the area of op to gain int of en su units’ moves.

(3) The fol ltr posns are estb:

(a) BB 230 05N 900 45E

(b) CC 230 08.3N 890 20E

(c) DD 230 56N 880 03E

(4) Cruising Instrs are in accordance with Anx E.

(5) Gen Mov Plan is in accordance with Anx F.

(6) This OpO is eff for planning and subsequent issue of CTU
OpO upon receipt and for exec at 250001 Aug 22.

(7) Auth is granted for destruction of this OpO upon

completion of the op as per sig from CTG 22.1. Destruction cert
is to be rendered to issuing auth.

(8) CTUs are to submit narrative, obsns and complete tr charts

on completion of this op.

(9) Task Org 1 is to be assumed at 250001 Aug 22.

4. SERVICE SUPPORT.

a. Log plan is as per Anx D.

b. Except in emergency all ships are to remain above 40% fuel

level.
5
SECRET

11E-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.

a. Comd. OTC is CTG 22.1 in BNS OSMAN.

b. Comd and Con. Should the amph interdiction gp (TU 22.1.2) be

det for indep action, CTU 22.1.2 will be nominated to assume comd of
the units and also con ac in sp role. Comb relationship is shown in
detail in Anx B.

c. EMCON Policy. EMCON policy is in accordance with Appx 5

to Anx C.

d. Comm. COMPLAN is in accordance with Anx C.

e. Code Word. The code word for this op is THUNDER.

Ack Instrs: Ack by 221200 Aug 22 by msg.

M A IBNE SABBIR (2)

Cdre BN
CTG 22.1
BLUE Naval Force

Authen:
D S RASHID
Capt BN
SOO

6
SECRET

11E-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

Anxs:

A. Concept of Ops. (3)

B. Comd Relationship.
C. COMPLAN.
D. Log Plan. (3)
E. Cruising Instrs. Issue separately (4)
F. Gen Mov Plan.
G. Any other as deemed nec.

7
SECRET

Notes:

1. The Task Organization is Number 1 in the first operation order issued.

Subsequent changes will be 2, 3 etc.

2. If it is not adequately covered in the OpO under execution and subject to

its mention therein. See Notes 17 and 18 of Annex A.

3. See Annex B to Section 12 for an example.

4. Not included in this example.

11E-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

Distr: Copy No
Incl Anxs A and B

Extl:

Act:

CTU 22.1.1. 1-2

CTU 22.1.2 3-4
CO BNS OSMAN 5
CO BNS ABU BAKR 6
CO BNS BIJOY 7
CO BNS ADOMYA 8
CO BNS TISTA 9
CO BNS APARAJEYA 10
CO BNS ATONDRO 11
CO BNS PADMA 12
CO BNS SURMA 13
CO BNS KARNAPHULI 14

Info:

BLUE NHQ 15-16

HQ Eastern Comd 17
HQ Western Comd 18

Itrl:

CTG 22.1 19
CTG Spare Copy 20

8
SECRET

11E-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

Copy No …. of …….

ANX A TO
CTG 22.1 OPO 5/22

CONCEPT OF OPS

1. Gen Sit. As per OpO 5/22.

2. Gen Plan. This force will op in two task units. The CTUs will be
delegated comds of their respective units.

a. TU 22.1.1. TU 22.1.1 will ptl on a gen line of bearing 007 and

187 to and from pt BB to a distance of 150 miles due south and
conduct su surv of the area east of BLUE EEZ, western bdry line for
ORANGE su units. Ptl instrs will be laid down in detail by the OpO of
TU 22.1.1. Suggested mine warfare measures are as per Cruising
Instrs (Anx E).

b. TU 22.1.2. TU 22.1.2 will ptl on area east of the territorial bdry

of BLUE within an area of 30 miles from pt BB. Detailed ptl instrs
will be laid by the OpO of TU 22.1.2. The unit will interdict
ORANGE amph aslt force during its transit to BLUE waters and
neutralize and destroy its units before it can launch its amph op in
BLUE shores. Anti– su warfare measures will be in accordance with
TU 22.1.2 opO. However, suggested mine measures are laid down in
Anx E.

A-1 of 1
SECRET

11E-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET
Copy No …. of …….
ANX B TO
CTG 22.1 OPO 5/22

COMD RELATIONSHIP

1. Gen.

TG 22.1
‘OP THUNDER’
CTG 22.1
in BNS OSMAN

TU 22.1.1 TU 22.1.2
SU INTERDICTION GP AMPH INTERDICTION GP
(CTU 22.1.1 IN BNS OSMAN) (CTU 22.1.2 IN BNS APARAJEYA)
ALSO SECOND IN COMD TO CTG

2. Resps.

a. CTG 22.1 is resp for the entire op.

b. The subord comds are resp for the forces asg to each.

3. Des of Comd.
a. CTU 22.1.1 is Comd Su Interdiction Gp resp for the
neutralization and destruction of ORANGE su units in BLUE EEZ.
b. CTU 22.1.2 is Comd Amph Interdiction Gp resp for the
neutralization of ORANGE amph aslt units in BLUE waters.

B-1 of 1
SECRET

11E-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX F TO
SECTION 11

EXAMPLE OF AN AIR FORCE OPERATION ORDER

SECRET

Copy No ....... of 50
Total Pages ...........
Air HQ
Dhaka

Air HQ/218/1/ops Aug 22

OPO 54/22
Ref :

A. NG-45 8th Edition; 1:1,000,000.

Time Z Used Throughout the Order: FOXTROT.

Task Org:
BAF BSR
BAF MTR
3 Sqn BAF

1. SITUATION. The Ministry of Rel and Rehabilitation has req for BAF
asst in airlifting rel food and med sup into the flooded dist of RANGPUR. A
det of AN-32 ac will be depl to undertake this task, and will op from BAF
BSR. The del op is expected to last 20 days. This order details the reqrs for the
depl and rec of the det and its sp svcs, and spec the airlift tasks.

a. En Forces. Nil.

1 of 4
SECRET

11F-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

b. Friendly Forces.

(1) DC RANGPUR will coord the collection and distr of

airdropped loads.

(2) 8 E Bengal will provide DZ facilities.

(3) 11 ST Coy will del the food and med sup to be airdropped.

c. Atts and Dets. Nil.

2. MISSION. Airdrop rel food and med sup to RANGPUR dist.

3. EXECUTION.

a. Concept of Ops. Two AN-32 ac of 3 Sqn together with sp pers

and eqpt, are to depl from BAF MTR to BAF BSR to conduct the
airdrop del op planned to start on or after 18 Aug. On completion of
the op they are to rec to BAF MTR.

b. Comd and Con.

(1) Op Comd. AOC BAF BSR to ex op comd of 3 Sqn det for

the duration of the op.

(2) Op and Admin Con. OC 3 Sqn to ex op and admin con of

the det.

c. Provision of Ac, Crew and Sp Elms. OC 3 Sqn to provide two

AN-32 ac and 5 crew. AOC BAF BSR to provide grd pers and eqpt in
sp of this op.

2
SECRET

11F-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

d. Del Op.

(1) Routes and Timings. Detailed instrs are given in Anx A.

(2) Airlift. Details of airlift reqrs are given in Anx B.

e. Air Mov. Task org to comply with Air HQ Mov Instr 5/77.

f. Airdrop Op at RANGPUR.

(1) AN-32 ac to be ready to start op from BAF BSR by 180500

Aug.

(2) Aircrew to conduct all sup msns from BAF BSR by airdrop
in accordance with Anx C.

(3) Aircrew to op in accordance with Air HQ ASIs and AN-26

SOPs.

4. SERVICE SUPPORT.

a. Admin Instr.

(1) Pers. AOC BAF BSR to provide sp pers detailed in Anx D.

(2) Addl Instr. Task Org to comply with Anx D.

b. Engr Instrs. Task Org to comply with Anx E.

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.

a. Comm Instrs. Task Org to comply with Anx F.

3
SECRET

11F-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

b. Code Word. The code word of this op will be JHATIKA. It is

UNCLAS, but its meaning is RESTRICTED.

c. Downgrading Procedure. Air HQ will issue instrs to downgrade

this order.

Ack Instrs: Ack.

ABDUL HAFIZ SARKER

Air Cdre
ACAS (O)

Authen: ATAUR RAHMAN

Gp Capt
DAC

Anxs:
A. Routes and Timings.
B. Airlift Reqrs.
C. Instrs for Airdrop Del Op. (1)
D. Admin Instr.
E. Engr Instr.
F. Comm Instr.

Distr: Copy No Anxs:

Itrl:

PS to COAS 1 All
ACAS (O ) 2 All

4
SECRET
Note:
1. Omitted for example purposes.

11F-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX G TO
SECTION 11

EXAMPLE OF CONFIRMATORY NOTES

SECRET
(No change from OO)

Copy No ...... of ......

Total Pages ............

Main HQ 17 Inf Div

CHIRINGA 3489

G/0716 Aug 22

CN TO OO GIVEN BY GOC 17 INF DIV AT 052200F AUG 22

Ref:

A. BANGLADESH Sheet 84C/4;1:50,000.

Time Z Used Throughout the Notes: FOXTROT.

2. MISSION. Capture Objs A and B by 082300 Aug.

3. EXECUTION.

a. Gen outline.

(1) Locs, objs and bdrys marked on maps of O gp.

(2) Attk in 2 phases with FGA: (1)

1 of 5
SECRET

11G-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

Ser Phase Fmn Task Completed by

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1. 1 49 Inf Bde Secure Br 802647 081200 Aug
2. 2 62 Inf Bde Capture Objs A and B 082300 Aug

b. Gp. Anx A.

c. Div Res. Be prep to rel 49 Inf bde at Br 802647 on Code Word

RAZOR. (1)

d. Arty. Normal affiliations.

e. Engr. Pri of tasks for 6 Engr Bn:

(1) Route constr.

(2) Minefd clearance.

(3) Def wks.

f. Coord Instrs.

(1) H Hr. 080400 Aug.

(2) A Hr. On order from this HQ.

(3) Air. Neutralize DEAD DUCK H to H+5 mins, lifting to

TOP HAT H+6 to H+10 mins.

(4) Fire Plan. Anx B.

2
SECRET

11G-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

4. SERVICE SUPPORT.

a. The fol APs are to be estb:

Ser Type Loc Open at

(a) (b) (c) (d)
1. Arty 649326 071300 Aug
2. Other natures 656347 080900 Aug
3. Other natures 662501 080900 Aug

b. MDS from 19 Fd Amb estb at 649327 at 071900 Aug.

c. 41 MP Unit org TC fwd of Rd BANDARBAN 6681–KERANI

7347.

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.

a. Locs.
(1) Main HQ 17 Inf Div. Opens at SATKANIA 731801 from
071200 Aug.

(2) Rear HQ 17 Inf Div. Remains at CHIRINGA 345892.

b. Altn Comd. Comd 49 Inf Bde.

c. Altn HQ. HQ 49 Inf Bde.

d. Elec Silence. Imposed at 080001 Aug on all radio eqpts. Broken

on first contact by issue of code word PAPTIA. Lifted on code word
MANGO issued by this HQ.

e. Liaison. xx xx xx
3
SECRET

11G-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET
f. Code Words.
Ser Code Word Meaning Issued by
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1. MALLIARD Ph 1 Complete HQ 49 Inf Bde
2. RAZOR Div Res to Br 802647 HQ 17 Inf Div
3. PAPITA Elec silence broken Elm making first
contact
4. MANGO Elec silence lifted HQ 17 Inf Div

g. Nicknames.
Ser Nicknames Meaning
(a) (b) (c)
1. DEAD DUCK Vill RAMNAGAR 408329
2. TOP HAT High Grd 432189

h. Sig Instrs. To be issued later.

MD SHAHIDUR RAHMAN
Col
For GOC 17 Inf Div
Anxs:
A. Gp. (2)
B. Fire Plan.

Distr:
4
SECRET

Notes:
1. Tabulating the ‘tasks’ may be resorted to while dealing with clear-cut
responsibilities. Normally formations/units are tasked under separate headings
for each.

2. These are not included here for the example. But, then ‘Grouping’ is an
intrinsic part of a Confirmatory Notes and must be given out.
11G-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX H TO
SECTION 11

EXAMPLE OF A FRAGMENTARY ORDER IN MESSAGE FORM

(Referred to Section 11 Paragraph 1109)

FROM : 20 DIV MAIN

TO : 10 ARMD BDE
51 BDE
22 DIV SP BN

INFO : SENASADAR
17 INF DIV
63 BDE
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

SUBJ : FRAGO : CHANGE TO OPO 2/22.

1. SITUATION. EN FORCE EST TO BE ONE TK REGT PREP TO C

ATTK 10 ARMD BDE.

2. MISSION. NO CHANGE.

3. EXECUTION.
A. 51 BDE. ADDL GP ONE ARMD AND ONE ARMD INF BG
FROM 10 ARMD BDE WITH IMMEDIATE EFF. ATTK ASP TO
REPULSE EN C ATTK AND SECURE HILL 322. BE PREP TO
CONT ATTK TO SOUTH. ADVISE H HR SOONEST.
B. 10 ARMD BDE. DET ONE ARMD AND ONE ARMD INF
BG TO 51 BDE IMMEDIATELY. DIV RES FROM 141200F. FOL
51 BDE: PREP TO SP IN PRI 51 AND 63 BDE.
C. 22 DIV SP BN. CONT TO SCREEN DIV EAST FLANK.

4. SERVICE SUPPORT. NO CHANGE.

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL. NO CHANGE.

ACK.

11H-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX J TO
SECTION 11

FORMAT FOR THE INTELLIGENCE ANNEX TO THE OPERATION

ORDER

(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)
Change from Oral Orders (if any)

Copy Number … of ……..

ANNEX …….. TO
OPERATION ORDER ……

Issuing Headquarters
Place of Issue (May be in code)
Date-Time Group of Signature

ANNEX ………(INTELLIGENCE) TO OPERATION ORDER …………….

References:

Maps, charts and relevant documents.

Time Zone Used Throughout the Order : ………………….

1. Summary of Enemy Situation.

a. Information on enemy forces essential to the operation order may

be set out in this sub-paragraph, or in an appendix to it, or the recipient
may be referred to information elsewhere, if that source is available to all
(including reinforcement units).

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

11J-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

b. This sub-paragraph may contain an estimate of enemy intentions,

i.e. his possible courses (or combination of courses) of action, listed in
order of probability.

2. Information Requirements. Place each item required under a

separate lettered sub-sub-paragraph in the Intelligence Annex. If publication of
the Annex is deferred, or omitted entirely, then these items should appear in the
coordinating instructions sub-paragraph of the operation order. They should not
appear in both unless the commander wishes to emphasize particular items. Place
items in order of priority as far as practicable and in any case state whether or not
this has been done.

3. Intelligence Acquisition Tasks.

a. Orders to Subordinate and Attached Units. Include a separate

numbered sub-paragraph covering detailed instructions for each unit
from which a report is required. These sub-paragraphs are listed in the
same order as units are listed in the operation order.

b. Requests to Higher, Adjacent and Cooperating Units. Include a

separate numbered sub-paragraph pertaining to each unit not organic or
attached from which information and/or intelligence is requested.

4. Measures for Handling Personnel, Documents and Material. State SOPs

to be observed, with divergence from standard SOP if appropriate for the
duration of the operation. The following are examples of points, which may need
inclusion:

a. Prisoners of War, Deserters, Repatriates, Inhabitants and Other

Persons. Include aspects of segregation and handling as this will ensure
maximum exploitation of this source of information.

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

11J-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

b. Captured Documents. Give instructions for the handling and

processing of captured documents from time of capture to receipt by
specified intelligence personnel.

c. Captured Material. Designate items or categories of enemy

material required for examination, and specify instructions for its
processing and disposition.

5. Documents or Equipment Required. List, in each category, the

conditions under which certain documents or equipment required by or allocated
to units can be obtained or requested. Items may include air photographs, maps
etc.

6. Counter-Intelligence.

a. This paragraph should be covered largely by SOP. Special

operational instructions having counter-intelligence aspects are listed in
the operation order or in other annexes.

b. Certain instructions and procedures pertaining to the operations of

special personnel in the operation may require limited dissemination on a
‘need to know’ basis: a ‘Special Counter-intelligence Measures’
appendix may be prepared for a limited and specified number of
addressees.

7. Reports and Distribution. This paragraph may be covered largely by

SOP. If needed stipulate the conditions (date, number of copies, issue etc.)
regulating the issue of intelligence reports to the originating command for the
duration of the operation. Any or all of the following items may be covered in
this paragraph:

a. Period to be covered by routine reports and distribution.

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

11J-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

b. Routine and special reports, which differ from SOP, required from
subordinate units.

c. Periodic or special conferences of intelligence officers.

d. Distributions of special intelligence studies, such as defence

overprints, imagery intelligence reports, and order of battle overlays.

e. Special intelligence liaison when indicated.

8. Other Instructions. (if required) List here, under special sub-paragraphs,

necessary items not covered above or in SOP, or which require action different
from that detailed in SOPs.

Acknowledgement Instructions:

NAME OF COMMANDER
Authentication: Rank
Appointment

Appendices:

Distribution:

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

11J-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX K TO
SECTION 11

FORMAT FOR THE FIRE SUPPORT ANNEX TO THE OPERATION ORDER

General

1. This annex may be used to give the commander’s direction to fire

support commanders. It informs the supported units of the fire support they will
receive and gives necessary details of fire support coordination and, in particular,
the part they play in such coordination. The Fire Support Annex serves as the
basis for preparing the Fire Support Orders or Appendices of the air, artillery and
naval gunfire agencies and the Fire Support Orders.

2. A paragraph concerning each type of fire support should be provided.

These types of fire support may be in alphabetical order but such an arrangement
should not be used if logic dictates otherwise.

3. The format shown below provides an aide memoir and check list of the
content for the sub-paragraphs of the Fire Support Annex. The detailed content of
sub-paragraphs should be included only if necessary.

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

Change from Oral Orders (if any)

Copy Number …. of……..

ANNEX …. TO
OPERATION ORDER

Issuing Headquarters
Place of Issue (may be in code)
Date-Time Group of Signature.

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

11K-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

ANNEX ….. (FIRE SUPPORT) - TO OPERATION ORDER …..

References:

(Maps, charts and relevant documents.)

Time Zone Used Throughout the Order : ……….

1. SITUATION.

(Any items of information which affect fire support, and which were not included
in Paragraph 1 of the operation order or which need to be expanded should be
given here.)

a. Enemy Forces.

(1) See Annex A to Operation order ………

(2) Enemy air, artillery and naval capabilities.

b. Friendly Forces.

(1) Outline of higher unit or formation plan.

(2) Outline of higher and adjacent unit or formation fire support

plans.

(3) Note additional air, naval and nuclear resources supporting the
unit or formation.

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

11K-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

c. Attachments and Detachments. (List fire support resources

attached to the unit or formation by higher headquarters along with any
unit or formation elements detached under command or control of the
higher headquarters or adjacent units or formations.)

2. MISSION. Give a clear, concise statement of the task of the fire

support elements.

3. EXECUTION.

a. Concept of Operations. A general outline of the fire support

operation to be carried out in a brief statement, including any major
grouping or arrangement of forces and allotment of effort.

b. Close Air Support.

(1) General. Outline major roles and tasks to be carried out by

air elements in support of the operation.

(2) Allocation. Allocation of air assets/sorties during the

operation, including any priorities or specific control arrangements.

(3) Miscellaneous. Points of detail not covered above or

reference to a Close Air Support Order or Appendix.

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

11K-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

c. Artillery Support.

(1) Field Artillery.

(a) General. General concept, including major comments

on the phasing, duration or general employment.

(b) Allocation. The grouping or organization for combat.

(c) Miscellaneous. May include:

i. Deployment areas (trace).

ii. CB policy.

iii. Location.

iv. Air observation (Air OP).

v. Priority tasks.

vi. Reference to Artillery Order or Appendix.

(2) Air Defence Artillery.

(a) General. Concept of employment and major comments

on tactical control procedures.

(b) Allocation. The grouping or organization for combat.

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

11K-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

(c) Miscellaneous. May include:

i. Deployment areas (trace).

ii. Rules of engagement.

iii. Command and control procedures.

iv. Reference to Artillery Order or Appendix.

d. Naval Gunfire Support.

(1) General. Concept of employment, including limitations

related to duration or phasing of the support.

(2) Allocation. The grouping or organization for combat,

including:

(a) Allocation of observers or spotters.

(b) Allocation of ships to units or formations.

(3) Miscellaneous. May include:

(a) Trajectory limitations.

(b) Frequency allocations.

(c) Reference to Naval Gunfire Support Order of Appendix.

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

11K-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

e. Coordinating Instructions. These may include:

(1) FSCL (Fire Support Coordination Line).

(2) Coordinating instructions on targets to be engaged by more

than one delivery system.

(3) Modification instructions.

4. SERVICE SUPPORT.

a. Reference to Administrative Orders.

b. Location of ammunition supply points.

c. Daily maintenance requirements and expenditure rates for each

weapon system.

5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.

a. Command.

(1) Locations of main and alternative headquarters.

(2) Location of formation artillery CP.

b. Signal.

(1) Signal instructions - (Appendix).

(2) Electronic silence.

(3) Code words.

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

11K-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

(4) Nicknames.

Name of Commander
Rank
Appointment

Authentication:

Acknowledgement Instruction:

Appendices:

Distribution:

Page Number
(SECURITY CLASSIFICATION)

Note:

1. Allocation will be based on the appropriate Air Support request to be

sought by the requesting formation/unit. Format of the following types of request
are given as follows:

a. Appendix 1- Example of an Air Reconnaissance Request format.

b. Appendix 2 - Example of an Air Request format.

11K-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 TO
ANNEX K TO
SECTION 11

EXAMPLE OF AN AIR RECONNAISSANCE REQUEST/TASK

MESSAGE

1. Purpose. The message whereby units/formations and tasking agencies

request and/or task air reconnaissance mission that require employment of
specific sensors and/or submission of imagery interpretation reports.

2. Format.

USE STANDARD MESSAGE FORM HEADING

FORMAT (not to be transmitted) EXAMPLE

MESSAGE
(a) (b)

AIR RECCE REQUEST/TASK: Always start of message AIR RECCE

REQUEST

A. ORIGINATOR’S REQUEST SERIAL NUMBER. A. 06/N/603

Each originating service is given a letter (A/N) prefix to
identify the requesting HQs (Army/Navy) followed by the
request number in sequence commencing with the number
'601'.

B. TYPE OF RECONNAISSANCE. State type of B. VERTICAL

sensor required and technical details for the execution of the PHOTO.
air reconnaissance. This para should be left blank unless the
originator fully understands the capabilities and limitations
of the type of reconnaissance available to satisfy his
requirement.

C. MAP SERIES, SHEET NUMBER AND EDITION C. M 45

NUMBER. Owing to the large variety of maps used both in SHEET 79/E
training and operations by different Services, these details EDITION 2
must be given in full.

11K1-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b)

D. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF TARGET. D. QU 747867

So as to leave the recipient of the request in no doubt of the Rail Bridge
requirement, it is necessary to give an exact location and
brief description of the target, eg QU 747867, Rail Bridge, or
a target area (giving required points). When geographical co-
ordinates are used, state latitude and longitude to the nearest
minute. Bearing and distance method can also be used to
describe the target.

E. PURPOSE OF REQUEST. It is most important that E. Determine

the exact purpose of the request is stated in order that the Serviceability
most satisfactory results may be produced. of Bridge.

F. PHOTO SCALE OR SCALE LIMITS F. BEST

ACCEPTABLE. Whenever feasible, the term BEST POSSIBLE
POSSIBLE should be employed. However, when a particular
scale is required, this heading should be filled in on the
advice of an imagery interpreter. The scale should be quoted
in figure, e.g. 1:10,000.

G. PRODUCT REQUIRED. Whenever possible this G. MISREP

heading should be filled in on the advice of an imagery
interpreter. If a written report will suffice, e.g. MISREP,
IPIR, SUPIR, prints should not be ordered. The type and
number of reports, prints or plots should be stated.

H. DELIVERY ADDRESS. State clearly where the H. Air HQ

reports, prints or plots are to be delivered.

J. LATEST ACCEPTABLE TIME/DATE. The date J. 151700F

and/ or time after which the reports, prints or plots are no AUG
longer required. If delivery cannot be made by the date
stated, the request will be cancelled. If there is no haste, as
much time as possible should be given for final delivery so
as to allow request of a more urgent nature to be dealt with.

11K1-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b)
k. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS. TOT if required, K. NIL
the degree or urgency, or when making more than one
request-the degree of priority, and the security classification
(if known) of the material requested.

L. TASKING INSTRUCTIONS. To be completed L. 8.TWO F-7

only by the Tasking Agency. Details of squadron, number
and type of aircraft.

Notes:

1. Procedure. This request/task form/message is used to request air

reconnaissance when the Air Request Message is inadequate for, or not
applicable to, the requirement of the intelligence staff.

2. Precedence. Based on tactical urgency to the addressees in respect of other

message traffic.

3. Security. The lowest acceptable classification consistent with content

should be used.

11K1-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 TO
ANNEX K TO
SECTION 11

EXAMPLE OF AN AIR REQUEST/TASK MESSAGE

1. Purpose. The message whereby units/formation and tasking agencies

respectively request or task offensive air support in the form of close air support,
air interdiction and air reconnaissance not requiring the employment of specific
sensors or submission of imagery interpretation reports for which the Air
Reconnaissance Request/Task Form is provided.

2. Format:

USE STANDARD MESSAGE FORM HEADING

EXAMPLE
FORMAT (not to be transmitted)
MASSAGE
(a) (b)

AIR REQUEST/TASK: Always start of message AIR TASK

AIR REQUEST/TASK/MISSION NUMBER (Notes 4 and 5). 05/At501

A. DETAILS OF TASK. Destroy/or neutralize/or A.DESTROY

search. Describe targets to attack/look for (personnel, TWELVE
vehicles, equipment, in open, dug in, numbers, direction of TANKS IN
movement if any). Grid reference(s) of target or of WOOD
location(s) to search or line search number. If required state QU356465
priority. If photo confirmation is required after a visual
RECCE mission, added CFM (Note-6).

B. TIME ON TARGET. Specific time or AS SOON B.1600F-1630

AS POSSIBLE (ASP) and a NOT LATER THAN (NLT) F
time/latest time information of value. Use full date time
group if required for clarity.

11K2-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b)

C. POSITION OF FRIENDLY FORCES. If C. NIL.

within 1000 meters position is to be given, preferably in
relation to an easily seen topography. Failing this, the
position in relation to the target by bearing & distance or
a grid reference. If no friendly forces within 1000
meters, NIL is to be specified. This para must always be
completed.
D. CONTROL ARRANGEMENT (of the following
if applicable):
D-1 Radar Control Agencies. Call signs and D-1 DISH PAN
frequency of initial control radar. ON TADC.

D-2 Radar Control Agencies. Call signs and D-2 HAND –

frequency of forward control radar. OFF TO
PLATTER ON
TADC.
D-3 TACP/ASOC. Call sign and frequency. D-3 FAT MAN
ON TADC.
D-4 TACP/ALO. Call sign and frequency. D-4 REDBARON
ON TADC.
D-5 TACP/FAC. Call sign and frequency. D-5 DEEP SIX
ON TAD1.
D-6 Contact point/orbit point/initial point. D-6 CROSS-
Position where mission leader makes initial ROADS
JA322415
radio contact with FAC (May be one of the
three listed).
D-7 Markers, Indicator smoke, Panel, etc. D-7 RED SMOKE

E. IN-FLIGHT REPORT. Give call sign and the

frequency to whom in-flight report is to be made if one is
necessary (Note-8).

F. SQUADRON. F. 8 SQN

G. NUMBER AND TYPE OF AIRCRAFT. G. FOUR F-6

11K2-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b)

H. ARMAMENT. H. RP

J. OTHER INFORMATION/INSTRUCTIONS. J. 8/8 AT 2000 FT VIS

7KM, W210/ 15

Notes:
1. Procedure.

a. Requests for immediate support are passed over the Tactical Air
Request Net to the tasking agency. Requests for pre-planned support are
normally passed over the channels.

b. The tasking agency normally passes the AIR TASK MESSAGE to

airfield or carriers over the appropriate Tactical Air Command Net or
equivalent line circuit.

2. Precedence. Depending on the tactical urgency to the addressees in

relation to other message traffic.

3. Security. The lowest acceptable classification consistent with content

should be used.

4. Request Number.
a. Request numbers are prefixed by 02 for OCA, 03 for AL, 04 for
CAS, 05 for BAI, 06 for TAR, 07 for combat support and 08 for
TASMO requests.

b. The subsequent letter and number group identify the requesting

service (A for Army and N for Navy) and the serial number of its
request; identifying letters and blocks of number are allotted to service
and co-ordinated by the appropriate headquarters.
c. The request number is used to identify the mission throughout these
procedures and the mission is tasked, flown, controlled, recovered and
reported on 07/A/501 or 07/N/501 (for example).

11K2-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

5. Air Task Mission Number.

a. Normally the Air Task Mission Number is the same as the AIR
REQUEST Number and is used to identify the mission throughout these
procedures. When used in the air, 03/A/501 may be abbreviated to
MISSION 501.

b. If, for any reason the tasking agency decides that, for example, Air
Request 03/A/501 is to be flown as Air Task 03/A/501, they send the
Accept/Refuse Message as 'Air 03/A/501 accepted as 03/A/500'.
Thereafter the mission is tasked, flown, controlled, recovered and
reported on as 03/A/500. When calling forward control agencies, the
mission leader would establish contact as follows:

(1) 'FORTUNE this is MISSION 550 for REQUEST 501'.

(2) Thereafter, mission number only would be used.

6. Mission Priorities. To assist the tasking agency, the senior unit/

formation in the theatre may establish a system of priority to be allotted to
request by initiating units /formation.

7. Omission of Paragraph Prefix Letters. If not required, paragraph prefix

letters are omitted, except in the case of paragraph C, which always requires a
location reference or specific NIL.

8. Control Arrangements. Insert call sign and frequency of appropriate

control agencies. Frequencies are never to be transmitted in plain language unless
emergency conditions render it essential. Previously allocated circuit designators
are to be used instead. For example, TADC means 'Tactical Air Direction
Common' frequency on which control agencies or ALO will keep listening
watch. It is allotted along with other Tactical Air Direction Frequency for FAC
known as TAD 1, TAD 2 etc.

11K2-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX L TO
SECTION 11

OVERLAY OPERATION ORDER

1. Introduction. Overlay orders are not a new form of staff duties. They
were used on many occasions during World War II to put across a commander’s
plan. They are in effect the combination of written and graphic instructions on
one trace containing enough information for a commander to carry out his
specified tasks.

2. General. When producing an overlay operation order it is axiomatic that

the maximum amount of information should be represented graphically. The
recipient of an order should be able to transpose the trace onto his map and then
‘fight’ from it. The temptation for authors to produce too much information in
order to guard against all untoward possibilities must be resisted, as this gives
rise to the production of detailed and often repetitive orders consuming an
inordinate amount of time both in their production and delivery. A trained
formation, well-versed in SOPs, should be able to react effectively without the
need for detailed written orders. The following represent guidelines rather than
rules as ultimately the production of an overlay operation order entails subjective
judgment by the author.

3. General Rules.

a. Composer of an overlay order must be free to put on the overlay

what he deems necessary. The detail to be included will come from a
number of sources:

(1) A current operation or administrative order.

(2) Tactical dictation from the formation commander.

(3) Up to date information from operations/intelligence.

(4) Branches represented at the HQ viz artillery, engineer, air,

signals and logistic units.

b. This type of order may be issued by any suitable graphic method.

11L-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

c. The written part of the order must follow the same sequence as
formal written orders and can be produced in manuscript.
d. The requirements of speed normally dictate that overlays are
handwritten and in only one colour. However, more than one colour may
also be used for clarity and/or convenience.

4. The Overlay. The completed overlay should be a distillation of all

information available to the commander carrying out the specific task. Those
points which cannot readily be transposed to graphics or which would obscure
either map or trace detail should be written at the side. Some particular points to
note are:
a. Grouping. This can be shown anywhere on the overlay or on a
separate sheet of paper.
b. Enemy. Information about the enemy may be given on the overlay
or on a separate overlay, or it is possible to refer to other documents such
as Intelligence Summaries (INTSUM). Information which cannot be
depicted should be written down.
c. Friendly Forces. Information concerning friendly forces other than
those covered by the order and which affect the action of subordinate
commanders can either be drawn on the overlay or stated in the written
portion of the order. It can be difficult to judge what should or should
not be included under ‘Enemy’ and ‘Friendly Forces’. If a battle has
been going on for some days then the participants will be thoroughly
conversant with the ‘in-contact’ troops and the immediate follow-
on/reserves available to both sides. In such a case only the larger
formation symbols need be shown on the overlay. If, however, an
‘outside’ unit or formation is to be involved for the first time then more
detail may have to be included; but not much. In either case, information
which cannot be graphically displayed is to be written at the side.
d. Mission. The mission must always be stated in writing.
e. Colon. A colon (:) indicates that either all or part of the
information is shown on the overlay.
f. Concept of Operations. The concept of operations or general
outline should be stated whether shown graphically or not. Normally the
overall fire support plan will be written.

11L-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

g. Tasks. Subordinate formations and units will always be listed

whether or not the information applicable to them is shown in writing or
on the trace.
h. Coordinating Instructions. Coordinating instructions, if used,
should always appear as the final sub-paragraph of the execution
paragraph. Key timings and key grid references (e.g. locations of
minefield gaps) should be listed if not immediately obvious or
emphasized on the overlay.
j. Service Support. The service support organization may be shown
on a separate overlay or in a written annex.
k. Headquarters. Instructions concerning locations and movements
of headquarters will usually be given on the overlay.
l. Symbols. On the overlay, symbols authorized in Section 17 may
be used; where necessary these should be explained in a legend.
m. Manuscript. If you are right handed, write on the right hand side
of the overlay. In this way, you can refer to the overlay as you write. If
you are left handed vice versa.

Despatching the Order

5. Apart from using Liaison Officers or Despatch Riders, a good means of
dispatch for overlay orders in modern armies is facsimile. However, in our case,
we are to make several copies of the overlay operation order. As such, one must
be careful about the details to be included and guard against the dangers of
commission of errors and omissions while reproducing copies.
Summary
6. Remember the aim of an overlay operation order is to provide a quick set
of simple orders outlining a commander’s concept of operations and specific
tasks for his subordinate commanders. The shorter the time from warning order
to dispatch, the more likely the operation is to be a success. Simplicity and speed
will enhance security; it will also lend urgency to the operation and the impetus is
unlikely to slow down as the orders are expanded down the chain of command.

Appendices:
1. Example of an Overlay Operation Order (Division).
2. Example of an Overlay Operation Order (Brigade).
11L-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 TO
ANNEX L TO
SECTION 11
EXAMPLE OF AN OVERLAY OPERATION ORDER (DIVISION)

11L1-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 TO
ANNEX L TO
SECTION 11
EXAMPLE OF AN OVERLAY OPERATION ORDER
(BRIGADE)

11L2-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 12

ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS

Purpose of Administrative Orders

1201. An administrative order, covering such matters as supply, transport,

personnel and medical Services, is issued to direct and coordinate the action of
forces when only administrative or logistics commitments are involved. It may
also be required to supplement an operation order by giving the commander’s
plan for administrative and logistics support of operations in which case it:

a. Allots tasks and gives essential details and information to the

administrative/logistic units so that they can carry out these tasks.

b. Gives the necessary administrative information to the formations

and units being supported.

Like operation orders and instructions, administrative orders should be clear,

concise and accurate and should always be issued in time to be acted upon.

1202. At higher levels of command, an administrative order may be issued

separately from, but in conjunction with, an operation order; it then takes the
place of the ‘Service Support’ Annex of the operation order. In these
circumstances, the separate administrative order is then referred to under the
heading of ‘Service Support’ (Paragraph 4) of the operation order. At lower
echelons, either Paragraph 4 or the Service Support Annex of the operation order
may well suffice. When it is known that an administrative order will not be
issued at the same time as an operation order, the operation order (or warning
order) should contain any administrative matters that subordinate commanders
need to know immediately for their operational planning. In the Air Force,
administrative orders are issued on their own on such occasions as the formation
or disbandment of units, the transfer of stations from one command to another,
and the preparation for formal inspections. They are not used on their own when
an operation order will serve equally well; in particular they are not used for
orders relating to the active employment or exercising of air forces in the
functional role.

12-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Standard Layout

1203. The standard form of administrative order used by the Army and the Air
Force is not suitable for the use in the Navy whose needs are met by the
operation order and a standard naval logistics annex to it.

1204. Example of administrative orders and naval logistics annexes are:

a. Army Administrative Order – Annex A and B for Brigade and

Division Administrative Order respectively.

b. Naval Logistics Annex – Annex C.

c. Air Force Administrative Order – Annex D.

1205-1299. Reserved.

Annexes:

A. Example of an Army Administrative Order (Brigade Order).

B. Example of an overlay Administrative Order (Division).
C. Example of a Logistic Grouping Annex to an Administrative Order.
D. Example of an Army Administrative Order (Division Order).
E. Example of Naval Logistics Annex to an Operation Order.
F. Example of an Air Force Administrative Order.

12-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

EXAMPLE OF AN ARMY ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER ANNEX A TO

(Specimen Brigade Administrative Order) SECTION 12
Notes: (Abbreviations used sparingly)
SECRET
(No change from OO/OpO) (1) 1. Change from Oral Orders. If there has been no administrative
conference, this space is left blank. If there were, such expressions as ‘No
IMMEDIATE
change from OOs’ or ‘No change from OOs except Para 4’ are used.
Copy No …. of 29
Total Pages……… 2. Date-Time Group. The Date-Time Group is to be filled in when
HQ 62 Inf Bde the order is signed.
SHUBOLONG 3548
3. Related Operation Order. It is often desirable to refer to the
06.02.2626.121.55.004.22 (2) Aug 22 operation order to which the administrative order relates. As such it is taken
ADMINO 2/22 out of ‘Reference’ and put in here. For this example, the administrative
order relates to the operation order given at Annex C to Section 11.
Related OpO 3/22 (3)
4. References.
Ref: (4) a. References may include both maps and other papers.
A. BANGLADESH Sheets 84B/1; 1:50,000. b. The method of describing maps is laid down in Section 2
Paragraph 0234.
Time Z Used Throughout the Order: FOXTROT.
5. Abbreviations. The rules for operational writing apply except for
1. SITUATION. (5) (6) (7) paragraph headings, which are written in full, and all capitals.
a. En Forces. 6. Paragraphing.

(1) See 62 Inf Bde INTSUM 3 dt 04 Aug. a. The administrative order consists of main paragraphs headed
as follows:
(2) Air Sit. Parity expected.
(1) SITUATION. (6) PERSONNEL.
b. Friendly Forces. (8) (2) MISSION. (7) CIVIL-MILITARY
COOPERATION.
(1) Bdry. Anx A. (May refer to Anx of related OpO)
(3) GENERAL. (8) MISCELLANEOUS.
1 of 9 (4) MATERIEL AND (9) COMMAND AND
SECRET SERVICES. SIGNAL.
(5) MEDICAL.

12A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET b. Paragraphs 1 and 2 (SITUATION and MISSION) are

obligatory. Other paragraphs are optional and are used as required,
(2) BSD CHATTOGRAM 6348. Remains open. Time of e.g. the CIVIL MILITARY COOPERATION and MISCELLANEOUS
drawing 2300 to 0500 hrs. headings are omitted from this example. The last paragraph will
normally be COMMAND AND SIGNAL.
(3) Ordep CHATTOGRAM. Remains open. Time of
drawing 2300 to 0500 hrs. c. Paragraphs after 1 and 2 do not retain fixed numbers as in
operation order.
(4) EME.
7. ‘SITUATION’. This paragraph should contain no more than is
(a) 610 Med Wksp CHATTOGRAM. Remains open. necessary for understanding the rest of the order. It may therefore be very
short if the order is issued in conjunction with an operation order or if the
(b) Rcr Det 610 Med Wksp CHATTOGRAM. Closes detail can be given on an overlay. It may, however, be necessary to start the
present loc at 070600 Aug 22 and opens at SHUBOLONG paragraph with a brief introduction if the general picture cannot adequately
by 071200 Aug 22. be covered under ‘En Forces’, ‘Friendly Forces’ and ‘Atts and Dets’. For
instance, a political situation influencing the commander’s mission or
(5) Med.
course of action may require to be stated separately. Not all logistic units
(a) CMH CHATTOGRAM. Remains open. will necessarily have received a copy of the operation order, and so, an
administrative order must contain enough detail for, the logistic units to
(b) Amb Det CMH CHATTOGRAM. Estb at have a clear understanding of the commanders overall operational plan.
KALIRI 962173 from 072015 Aug. This can be ensured by including one sub-paragraph “Own Op
Design/Concept” under ‘Friendly Forces’ as well.
(6) Div PW Cage. Remains open in present loc.
c. Atts and Dets. (9) (Eff from 070500 Aug 22 unless 8. Friendly Forces.
shown otherwise)
a. The verb is in the present tense.
(1) Atts.
b. The sequence is the same as for ‘MATERIEL AND
(a) In Sp and UCDM. SERVICES’, ‘MEDICAL’, and ‘PERSONNEL’ Paragraphs (see
11 ST Coy Notes 13 and 15).
c. Only those higher formation logistic units likely to affect the
22 Fd Amb originator should be listed.
d. An overlay showing boundaries in the divisional area would
probably be issued with the operation order. It is often simpler and
clearer to show the locations and opening times of ‘Friendly
2
Forces (logistic units and installations)
SECRET
12A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET on the boundaries map/trace as an alternative to listing them at

Paragraph lb. Clarity is the criterion.
(b) UCM and UCDM.
2 MP Pl 9. Attachments and Detachments.

(c) UCDM. a. Scope. Only attachments and detachments to and from the
B Coy, 15 Div Sp Bn formation initiating the administrative order are included and not
C Coy, 15 Div Sp Bn changes within it.
1 Ansar Bn
4 Fd Regt b. Logistic Grouping. It is not necessary to show attachments
P Bty, 28 Med Regt and detachments if they are covered under ‘Logistic Grouping’ (see
P Bty, 305 AD Regt Paragraph 3b and Notes 11b and 12), but they may be included if
7 Fd Coy this is necessary for clarity.

(2) Dets. c. Command Responsibility. The status of command, both

operational and administrative, must be shown for logistic units but
A Coy, 31 EB to UCDM 49 Inf Bde
only administrative command status will usually be necessary for
(3) Changes in Admin Comd. (9) other units. The logistic units will be listed in precedence of their
status of operational command and, within these categories, by their
UCADMIN 1 Ansar Bn (from UCDM) eff 071200 status of administrative command. See Appendix 1 to Annex C to
Aug 22 Section 11. However, status of operational command takes
precedence over status of administrative command e.g.
2. MISSION. (10) 'Maint 62 Inf Bde during capr of Objs A
and B. UC and UCADMIN
UC and UCDM
3. GENERAL. (11) INSPUCM and UCDM

a. Gen Outline. BAA mov Ni 06/07 Aug 22. Proposed new d. Residual Responsibility for Detachments. The operational/
layout at Anx B, Mov Table Anx C. administrative status shown for detachments is the status passed
over to another unit/formation. The residual responsibility stays
b. Log Gp. (12) Anx D. with the parent formation e.g. if 19 ST Bn is UC and UCADMIN
17 Inf Div, the detachment of one company namely 11 ST Coy to
c. Tfc Cir Plan. 17 Inf Div resp for TC org behind Present 62 in support and UCDM 62 Inf Bde as in this example would still
Inf Bde conc area. Cct at Anx A. leave 17 Inf Div responsible for all administrative matters less DM
3 (daily maintenance) of that detached company.
SECRET 12A-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

e. Status of Command. The administrative orders must show

SECRET
both operational and administrative status of logistic units but only
4. MATERIEL AND SERVICE. (13) administrative status of other units (Note 9c). Various degrees of
administrative command dealt in this paragraph are:
a. Ammo. (14)
(1) UCADMIN. Complete transfer of command, when a
(1) Std AP under con of bde gp to be estb as fol: formation or unit is placed under command of another
formation for administration, e.g. all Services, medical and
Ser Type Loc Time For personnel matters. In this instance, the formation/unit’s parent
1. Arty 649326 071300 4 Fd Regt formation HQ has no residual administrative responsibility.
However, units, which are normally part of a formation’s
2. Other 656347 080900 8 and 23 EB order of battle (ORBAT) and are administered by that
Natures formation in peacetime, are assumed to be UCADMIN that
3. Other 662401 080900 All other units formation in war unless shown otherwise.
Natures
(2) UCADMIN Less. When the temporary nature of the
(2) Dumping. 60 rpg 122mm to be dumped at gun posns transfer makes it necessary to effect a complete change of
on Ni 07/08 Aug 22. Details at Anx E. administrative command, a formation or unit may be placed
under command for certain specified matters, or UCADMIN
b. POL. (14) PP remains open for all units at present loc less certain specified matters, e.g. UCADMIN less ordnance
until capr of Obj A. Further locs and opening times of PP will be and routine A matters from 191000 Aug (‘Less ordnance’
intimated later. does not affect ordnance responsibility for DM as defined
below).
c. Rat. (14) All units will be issued with 2 days’ rat by Ni
07/08 Aug 22. Drawing times will be intimated later. (3) UCDM. When, a formation or unit is transferred for a
so short time that it is placed under administrative command
d. Water. of the new formation for DM only, its parent formation HQ
retains full responsibility for all other administrative matters.
(1) WPs to be estb by 7 Fd Coy at GR-661425 and GR- (Units detached to another formation are assumed to be
653772 by 071200 Aug 22. UCDM to their new formation unless otherwise stated.)

(2) Until then unit resp. From an administrative point of view, it is generally better for units to be
attached or detached for DM only, unless the time away from the parent
formation is likely to be considerable.
f. Definitions. ‘Routine A matters’ are defined as all personnel
matters listed in Note 15, other than provost, stragglers posts,
4 prisoner of war and reinforcements. ‘DM’ is defined as daily
SECRET replenishments of field supplies, evacuation of casualties, provision
of common user ordnance items and the repair and recovery of
12A-4 equipment.
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

g. Times of Change of Status of Administrative Command.

Times at which status are effective will not necessarily be the same
SECRET
in an operation order and its related administrative order (e.g. if the
e. Tpt.
administrative order was produced significantly later than the
(1) Ech. operation order, a unit which came ‘UC forthwith’ in the operation
order might be ‘remains UCADMIN’ in the administrative order).
(a) A echs remain under unit con.
Nor is it always desirable for administrative command to change at
(b) B echs remain under bde con. the same time as operational command. Ideally, administrative
(2) Second Line. command should change during quiet periods in the replenishment
cycle and therefore as a principle night would be a bad time.
(a) Composn. 11 ST Coy.
(b) Tasks. h. Operation Order. Units may sometimes be mentioned in the
‘Atts and Dets’ sub-paragraph of the administrative order, although
i. Provide APs as detailed at Para 4a (1).
they did not appear in the operation order. This is because the sub-
ii. Carr out dumping shown in Para 4a (2). paragraph is concerned only with administrative attachments and
iii. Provide veh as per Para 4e (2) (c). detachments, and responsibility for administration not necessarily
linked directly with operational command. 1 Ansar Battalion has
(c) Unit Reqrs. ST Coy vehs reqr for mov by units as
been included in this order to show such example.
fol:

Ser Unit No of Pd j. Changes in Administrative Command. It is not necessary to

Veh show changes here if they are covered under ‘Logistic Grouping’
8 7x3t, Wef 070500 Aug 22 for except to aid clarity. Include any change at originating formation
1.
EB 3x1t whole duration of op level e.g. divisional administrative order should exclude switch of
23 5x3t, Wef 071800 Aug 22 for battle group between brigades within division, but include para-
2.
EB 5x1t duration of attk on Obj A military units going from UCDM division to UCADMIN division.
31 7x1t, Wef 070500 Aug 22 for
3.
EB 3x3t duration of attk on Obj B 10. ‘MISSION’. This is a statement of the administrative aim and is to
show the phases of operation or period covered by the order. Time usually
f. Engr. Plant Coy remains at DARGANJ 7928. preclude issue of separate administrative order for each phase.
g. Ord. Det Ordep closes present loc at 061800 Aug 22. New
11. ‘GENERAL’. Give the outline of administrative plan including
loc Anx B.
logistic grouping and traffic circulation plan (which may be issued as an
5 overlay). It can start with a logistic ‘Gen Outline’ or ‘C of O’ sub-paragraph
SECRET
12A-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

which compares with the equivalent sub-paragraph in an operation order

SECRET and might include such points as :
h. Repair, Rcr and Bkld. a. Overall logistic plan.
b. Logistic grouping showing changes to operational and
(1) Repair. 8 Fd Wksp Coy closes present loc at 061800 administrative command status of logistic units and changes in
Aug 22. New loc at Anx B. FRTs estb as shown in Anx B. administrative command of others, best as annex.

(2) Rcr. Fwd con estb at 648220 by 071200 Aug 22. ECP c. Move and future layout of brigade administrative area.
and BLP loc as shown at Anx B. d. System and control of maintenance, i.e. dumps, replenishment
and any major alternations to the system laid down in SOPs (e.g.
(3) Bkld. Rcr Det Med Wksp CHATTOGRAM to evac dir first and second line scales). Note that although, dumping details
to wksps. are at ‘Annex E’ Paragraphs 4a and 4e must reflect the transport
commitment. When applicable, defence stores not falling within the
j. Postal. Postal det remains with HQ 11 ST Coy. definition of combat supplies should be specified.
Tasking of administrative unites appears in the ‘MATERIEL AND
5. MEDICAL. SERVICES’, ‘MEDICAL’ and ‘PERSONNEL’ Paragraphs.
a. Evac. 12. Logistic Grouping.

(1) MDS 22 Fd Amb opens at 649327 by 071200 Aug 22. a. See Notes 9e and lib. Only changes to operational and
administrative command status of logistic units and changes in the
(2) CCP estb near rd Xing at 238097 from 071200 Aug 22. administrative command status of other units are shown.

b. MST. Remains with MDS. b. Whenever brigades are under command of a divisional HQ,
artillery, engineers, signals and service units are automatically
6. PERSONNEL. (15) under divisional command and it is therefore necessary to show
a. Prv. 2 MP Pl resp for TC fwd of Rd DINPUR 6681- only changes from divisional command.
ASHALLA 6472 from 071000 Aug 22. c. In deciding whether a unit or sub-unit should be placed under
command of a brigade for DM, the tests to be applied are:
b. PW. (16) Bde collecting pt closes present loc and opens at
639524 by 071200 Aug 22.
(1) Is it more convenient for the unit to send its
c. Fd Pay office. Estb at BAA near HQ 11 ST Coy loc. replenishment demands to bridge HQ or to divisional HQ?
(2) Is it more convenient for the unit to draw its requirement
d. Returns. SOP.
6 from the ‘distribution points’ supplying brigades or divisional
SECRET troops?

12A-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(3) Which HQ is best able to help the unit administratively

SECRET
if something goes wrong?
7. COMMAND AND SIGNAL. (17)
d. Although, sequence of grouping and tasks is similar to
a. Locs. operation order, in practice, administrative/logistic grouping will
seldom affect any addressees below brigade level. For example, if
(1) Main HO 17 Div. SARIPUR 731801 from 071200 Aug an armoured squadron is placed under command of an infantry
22. battalion, it is unnecessary, in the brigade administrative order, to
show the squadron as under command of the battalion for DM; this
(2) Rear HO 17 Div. Remains BALISTHANI 6347. will automatically be sorted out at brigade headquarters and in the
brigade administrative area.
(3) HQ 62 Inf Bde. Closes present loc, opens at
HIRONCHORI 353482 by 071200 Aug 22. 13. ‘MATERIEL AND SERVICES'.

(4) Step Up HQ 62 Inf Bde. Opens at BERBARI 721793 by
071730 Aug 22.
(5) HQ BAA. Closes present loc 061800 Aug and opens
KALIA 6812 at 070600 Aug 22.
a. Logistic Tasks. This paragraph details the tasks to be carried
out by the service commanders; they produce their own detailed
plans such as an ordnance or maintenance plan etc., This paragraph
should also reflect the responsibility of brigade HQ for
administration of forward units.

b. Elec Silence. b. Sequence. The following sequence is used, but only the
headings required need be included:
(1) Silence imposed at 080001 Aug 22 on all elec eqpt.
(1) Ammunition (including explosives).
(2) Silence broken on first contact by issue of Code word (2) Petroleum, oil and lubricants (including aviation fuel).
PAPITA.
(3) Ration.
(3) Elec Silence lifted by issue of Code Word JAPAN. (4) Water.
(5) Transport (including control of echelons)
c. Code Words. (18)
(6) Armoured replacement.
d. Nicknames. (7) Engineer.
(8) Ordnance.
7
SECRET
12A-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(9) Salvages.
SECRET
(10) Repair, recovery and back loading.
Ack Instr: Ack. (19) (20)
(11) Labour resources.

MD ANISUR RAHMAN (12) Local purchase.

Brig Gen
Comd 62 Inf Bde (13) Postal.
(14) Canteens.
Authen: (20) SHAH ZULFIKAR ALI (15) Other matters.
Maj
DAA&QMG
Anxs: 14. Combat Supplies. Most units will draw combat supplies from
distribution points, others directly from supply and transport company
A. Bdrys and Tfc Circulation Plan. locations, and others may have mobile commodity points attached to them
B. New Layout of BAA. (Not Incl) for specific operations. The ammunition, ration and POL sub paragraphs
C. Mov Table. must show who draws what, when and from where.
D. Log Gp.
E. Arty Dumping Programme. 15. ‘PERSONNEL’. This paragraph covers all administrative matters
except medical. Headings as follows may be used as required:
Distr: (21) (22) Copy No Incl Anx Copy No Copy No Anx D
A, B and E Anx C (23) a. Provost. (This will include tasks of provost units under
command or in support of the formation. Details of traffic posts
Extl: location, who is to establish, etc., should be shown if they could not
be shown on Annex A to this order for reasons of clarity.)
Act:
b. Stragglers post.
8 EB 1 1 - c. Prisoner of war.
23 EB 2 2 -
31 EB 3 3 - d. Reinforcements.
B Coy, 15 Div 4 4 -
e. Left out of battle.
Sp Bn
f. Religious Teachers.
8
SECRET g. Burials and graves registration.

12A-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

h. Pay and allowances.

SECRET
j. Morale, welfare and personnel services.
Distr: (21) (22) Copy No Incl Anx Copy No Copy No Anx k. Returns, reporting procedures, etc.
A, B and E Anx C D (23) l. Civilian employees.
m. Other matters.
C Coy, 15 Div Sp Bn 5 5 -
1 Ansar Bn 6 6 - 16. Prisoner of War. If necessary, include instructions regarding
4 Fd Regt Atry 7-8 7 1 construction of cage and provision of guards, escorts and transports.
Provosts are not responsible for PW. A unit will be instructed to guard and
P Bty, 28 Med Regt 9 - -
administer PW. (This information would be included as a specific task in
P Bty, 305 AD Regt 10 - - the operation order.)
7 Fd Coy 11-12 8 -
9 Bde Sig Coy 13-14 9 - 17. ‘COMMAND AND SIGNAL’. Some repetition from operation
order may be necessary. Include items affecting administration such as :
11 ST Coy 15 10 2-3
22 Fd Amb 16 11 - a. Location and movement of headquarters.
8 Fd Wksp Coy 17 12 -
2 MP Pl 18 13 - b. Liaison, if other than normal.

Info: c. Allotment Of radios, frequencies, call signs and/or Net

Identification Sign if other than normal.
Rear HQ 17 Inf Div 19 14 4 d. Radio or electronic silence, if ordered. The sub-paragraph
HQ 49 Inf Bde 20 - - heading may be ‘Radio Silence’ if only radios are involved. Code
HQ BAA 62 Inf Bde 21-23 15-17 - words for breaking/lifting silence should be special to each net and
are often given in separate signal instructions.
Itrl:
e. Recognition and identification instructions.
Comd 24 18 5
f. Consolidated lists of code words and/or nicknames. Code
GS Br 25 19 6 words should be listed in the chronological sequence in which they
Comd’s Diary 26 20 7 are most likely to be used. If a large number of code words are used
File 27-29 22-24 8-10 they may be listed in an annex.

18. Code Words. See Note 23 of operation order example of Annex

9
SECRET C to Section 11.

12A-9
RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED

19. Acknowledgement Instructions. Same as that of an operation order

(See Note 24 of Annex C to Section 11).

20. Signature of commander and Authentication.

a. Order is to be signed by the commander or by the senior AQ

staff officer authorized to sign for the commander. If neither officer
is available to sign the order at the time of issue, commander’s
name is typed in and a staff officer authenticates the order; the
commander or the senior AQ staff officer (in this case the
DAA&QMG) signing the file copy of the order at the earliest
opportunity. Appointment of authenticating staff officer is to be
shown.

b. The word ‘Authen:’ will normally be inserted on the stencil of

the administrative order just like that of an operation order as the
clerk will not know the availability of commanders and staff
officers.

21. Distribution. The distribution list is set out in the normal

sequence as that of an operation order. See Note 27 of Annex C to Section
11.

22. Notes on Example. See Note 28 of Annex C to Section 11.

23. Distribution of Annexes. Annexes may have a different

distribution to the main administrative order. All such annexes would
therefore need to follow the full form.

Appendices:

1. Example of an overlay Administrative Order (Division).

2. Example of a Logistic Grouping Annex to an Administrative Order.

12A-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 12

EXAMPLE OF AN OVERLAY ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER (DIVISION)

12B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 12

EXAMPLE OF A LOGISTIC GROUPING ANNEX

TO AN ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER

SECRET
Copy No …. of ….
ANX A TO
1 DIV ADMINO 2/22

LOG GP

(All gp eff from 131200 Aug 22 unless otherwise shown)

1. 1 Inf Bde.
a. INSPUM and UCDM. (2)
1 ST Coy
One ADS 1 Fd Amb
One FRT 1 Fd Wksp Coy
1 MP Pl

b. UCADMIN.
1 BGB Bn less two coys from 140001 Aug 22
1 Fd Regt
1 Bde Sig Coy
c. UCDM.

A Sqn 2 Cav
2 Fd Coy

A-1 of 2
SECRET

12C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

2. 2 Inf Bde.

a. INSPUCM and UCDM. (2)

2 ST Coy
One ADS 2 FD Amb
One FRT 2 Fd Wksp Coy
2 MP Pl

b. UCADMIN.
Two coys 1 BGB Bn
2 Fd Regt
2 Bde Sig Coy

c. UCDM.
B Sqn less one tp 2 Cav
4 Fd Coy

3. 3 Inf Bde.

a. INSPUCM and UCDM. (2)

3 ST Coy
One ADS 1 Fd Amb
One FRT 1 Fd Wksp Coy from 151200 Aug 22
3 MP Pl

b. UCADMIN.
One coy 2 Ansar Bn from 141200 Aug 22
3 Fd Regt
3 Bde Sig Coy

c. UCDM.

2 Cav
5 Div Sp Bn
5 Fd Coy

A-2
SECRET

12C-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX D TO
SECTION 12

EXAMPLE OF A DIVISION ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER ON DEFENCE

SECRET
Copy No……..of
Total Pages……
HQ 20 Inf Div
PHULBARI 2209
23.01.920.092.09.055.01.09.08.22 Aug 22

ADMINO 2/22
Related OpO 1/22

Refs:
A. AHQ Log Dir 1/22.
B. BD Sheets 78 C, D, E, G and H; 1:250,000.
C. BD Sheets 78 C/4, 8, 12, 16, 78 D/1 to 16, 78 G/4, 8, 12 and 16, 78 H/1
to 16; 1:50,000.
Time Z Used Throughout the Order: FOXTROT.
1. SITUATION.
a. En Forces.
(1) No change from INTSUM 1 dt D-8.
(2) Air Sit. xxx.
b. Friendly Forces.
(1) Bdrys. See OpO 1/22.
(2) ST.
(a) BSD RAJDHANI 5464. Remains open in present loc.

B-1 of 11
SECRET

12D-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(b) POL Dep RAJDHANI. Remains open in present loc for

imm/altn issue of sup/replen as per SOP.

(c) SSD PHULBARI. Remains open at present loc from

2359 hr to 0200 hr D-3 onwards.

(d) POL Dep BIKROMPUR 4673. Remains open from

1900 hr to 2400 hr D-2 onwards.

(3) Med.

(a) CMH RAJDHANI and AFMSD RAJDHANI. Will op as

base hosp and base med dep respectively.

(b) CMH PHULBARI. Remains open in present loc till

further order.

(4) Ord.
(a) CAD RAJENDRAPUR 4785. Remains open in present
loc rd the clock.
(b) CMTD RAJDHANI. Remains open in present loc rd
the clock.
(c) Ordep PHULBARI. Remains open in present loc till
further order.

(5) EME.
(a) Cen/Med Wksp. Remains open in RAJD-HANI rd the
clock.
(b) BLP. Opens at SHAIBAL 4576 D Day onwards.
(c) 130 Med Wksp. Remains open at PHULBARI rd the
clock till further order.

B-2
SECRET

12D-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(6) Postal. CFPO will op at RAJDHANI.

c. Atts and Dets.
(1) INSPUCM and UCDM.
One MT Coy Army ST Bn
(2) UCDM.
Veh Sqn Armd School
Two coy AMC Centre
1 BGB Sec
Mahastan Regt (5 x Bns)
Ten Coys VDP
201 AD Regt
One Constr Coy 16 ECB
One RE Coy 10 RE Bn

2. MISSION. Maint 20 Inf Div during its def op.

3. GENERAL.
a. Concept of Log. Overlay showing log Instls -Anx A. Gp – Anx B.
(1) The div is faced with two significant challenges. Firstly, op
with the risk of disruption of L of C due to the vul of the brs over
River HIMU. Secondly, op under en air superiority.
(2) To mitigate the threats, brs over River HIMU will be gd
physically. Decen exec of log sup will be fol to sp the tps.
(3) Considering the terr peculiarity, en threat and own depl log for
this op will be cen con and decen exec. Fwd BAA will be estb for
51 Inf Bde and 61 Inf Bde. 71 Inf Bde, Div Res and rest of the Div
elms will be sp from DAA. CT will be sp from Fwd BAA of 51 Inf
Bde and Fwd BAA of 61 Inf Bde. Mob AP, PP and ADS on wh
will be planned to sp CT. 16 and 69 BGGL Bns will be sp from
BAAs of respective bdes, 30 BGGL Bn and 34 Ansar Bn will be sp
from BAA of 71 Inf Bde loc at DAA. Pri of log sp will be with CT
in ph 1 and with 71 Inf Bde in ph 2. Pri will be shifted to Div Res
upon cmt. To keep the log sp effective even if the L of C is cut off,
4x 2nd line arty ammo will be dumped in gun posn by ST Bn.
B-3
SECRET
12D-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(4) DAA will be loc at gen area PHULBARI and altn DAA at gen
area CHOITALI 8353 or KAKOLI 8222. MSR along BAROBARI-
JHOTIKA- DOHAZARI – BETGARI – DIMLA – KAZIPUR and
BAROBARI- HATIM- MANIKPUR – CHORKA. Altn sup route
along BAROBARI- HARINA- KAJIPUR and BAROBARI-
HARINA- MANIKPUR – CHORKA.
(5) Total 21 days stocks will be aval in area instl at RAJDHANI.
Tps lifting and tn of def stores will be done between 170600 to
211700 Aug 19 by using 1st and 2nd line tpt. C sup will be del from
area instl to fwd areas using fmn 2nd line tpt. Fd Amb will estb ADS
to provide med sp as fwd as poss. Ut of 20% of civ hosp and
storage facilities has been planned to supplement own resources.
DOC will top up 100% war SSL and arng sup of all con and uncon
stores. EME cover will be provided in situ to the max ext poss.
FRTs will be org to provide intimate sp in fwd areas.
(6) Sy of DAA and MSR will be provided by rear area TF. The
choke pts and brs will be gd physically by rear area TF. DAA/BAA
and brs on MSR will be protected against en air by integral AD
resources.
b. Tfc Circulation Plan. 44 MP Unit will be resp for TC of the Div.
Bdes are to coord tfc circulation within respective AOR. Tfc cct are mk
at Anx A.
c. Mov Plan of Log Units. Anx C.

4. MATERIEL AND SERVICES.

a. Ammo.
(1) Std APs under Div con will op rd the clock as fol:
Ser Type Loc Time For Rmk
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
1. All Types Fwd BAA 2000 D-2 51 Inf Bde
2. All Types Fwd BAA 2000 D-2 61 Inf Bde
3. All Types BAA 2000 D-2 TF-A
4. All Types DAA 2000 D-2 All Others

B-4
SECRET

12D-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(2) Dumping.

(a) Two-third of the maint stock (4 x 2nd line) of the div

will be dumped in the DAA and surroundings under
supervision of CO ST Bn by D-4. For TF-A, only one-third
(2x2nd) will be dumped.

(b) 51 and 61 Bdes will dump one-third (2 x 2nd line) of the

div maint stock in their AOR between D-3 to D-2, under their
own arng. TF will dump two-third (4 x 2nd line) of the maint
stock in their AOR by D-5. All arty ammo will be dumped in
the gun posn under the bde arng by D-2. Ammo for Med Regt
less P Bty will be dumped in the gun posn under arng of CO
ST Bn by D-3. Dumping of ammo for P Bty Med Regt will be
TF resp. AD ammo will be dumped under Div arng.

(c) 3x2nd line will be dumped by all bdes/TF in their

unconv AOR well dispersed. Bdes/TF are to select the loc of
caches and intimate Div HQ. Ammo would be del dir to the
RV selected by the Bdes/TF.

(d) Detail dumping instr of div maint stock at Anx D. Bdes

to fwd extra tpt reqr for dumping latest by D-4.

b. POL. All POL will be tpt by tk lor arranged from civ sources. No
3ton will be used for this purpose.

(1) POL will be dir del to the vehs in the fwd BAA or at a
more fwd loc as asked by 51/61 bdes everyday from 1900 hr
to 2400 hr from DAA/BIKROMPUR.
(2) TF-A will draw dir from BIKROMPUR, which will remain
open for Army uses everyday from 1900 hr to 2400 hr.

(3) 71 Inf Bde will be sup POL in their loc DHAPERHAT from
DAA everyday from 1900 to 2400 hr.

(4) 50 miles res will accompany CT-1 on wh.

B-5
SECRET

12D-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(5) Dumping.
(a) 51 and 61 Inf Bde will dump 100 miles POL in their
own AOR under their own arng by D-1.

(b) 71 Inf Bde will dump 50 miles POL in their OR under

own arng by D-1.

(c) TF-A will dump 150 miles POL in their AOR under
their own arng by D-1.

(d) All bdes/TF-A to dump 50 miles POL in their

unconventional AOR using civ tpts by D-1.

c. Rat.

(1) Replant of dry rat and issue of fresh will be as fol:

Ser Loc Open Close For Rmk
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
1. Fwd BAA 2000 2200 51 Bde Pack and 04 days
2. Fwd BAA 2200 0109 61 Bde dry rat on wh
3. BAA 1900 2200 TF-A Fresh will be sup
dir from DAA
4. DAA 1800 0109 All Des loc
Others

(2) 03 days rat with units. 07 days rat to be dumped in the bde
areas under bde arng. TF to dump 10 days rat under own arng. Rest
at DAA.

d. Water.
(1) One WP will be estb by 6 Engr Bn in DAA PHULBARI
453467 by 0800 hr D-3.

(2) One WP will be estb for each bde/TF in respective BAAs.

Bdes/TF to intimate locs.

B-6
SECRET

12D-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

e. Tpt.

(1) Echs.

(a) A Ech. Unit con.

(b) B Ech. Bde con.

(2) 2nd Line.

(a) Comd. CO 22 ST Bn.

(b) Composn.

i. 22 ST Bn.

ii. MT Coy Army ST Bn.

iii. Civ tpts (250 x 3ton, 20 x Tk Lor 9000 l). Distr

Anx D.

(c) Tasks.

i. Provide APs, PPs and sup P as mentioned above.

ii. Carr out tps lifting as per mov plan.

iii. Det ST coys to the bdes as per gp.

iv. Tpt mines and expl to the des sites of the bdes
latest by D-5.

v. Disperse and hide redundant tpts on transition to

UCW in coord with the respective bdes/TF as per plan.

vi. Regp on orders of respective bde/TF comd prior to

transition to UCW.

B-7
SECRET

12D-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

f. Engr. Plant coy and other non-essential stores remain in DAA

456466.
g. Ord.
(1) Details are at Anx E.
(2) Tasks.

(a) Sup all ord items to the bdes, TF and units.

(b) Top up stocks from Ordep.

(c) Ensure maint of ammo dumps.

(d) Carr out mothballing and preservation of guns, tks, vehs

in coord with EME on orders from resp Bde/TF comd prior to
transition to UCW.

(e) Regp into fighting and tech components on orders of

respective bde/TF comd prior to transition to UCW.

h. EME.

(1) Details are at Anx F.

(2) Tasks.

(a) Provide EME sp to the bdes/TF, Div tps and civ tpts.

(b) Provide FRRT, ECP as per gp.

(c) Estb Div Rec Con at DAA.

(d) Bkld cas to BLP.

(e) Regp into ftg and tech components as per order of

bde/TF.

B-8
SECRET

12D-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

j. Postal.

(1) Loc. AFPO at DAA GR 453468.

(2) Details. Anx G.

5. MEDICAL.
a. Details are at Anx H.
b. Tasks.
(1) Provide med sp to the bdes/TF.
(2) Provide ADS and MDS as per gp.
(3) Disperse and hide redundant med stores and eqpt in the
respective AOR on orders of bde/TF.
(4) Regp as per order of bde/TF comd prior to transition to UCW.

6. PERSONNEL.
a. Pro.

(1) Comd. CO 74 MP Unit.

(2) Composn.

(a) 74 MP Unit.

(b) Tfc Police of all districts in AOR (Total 556 pers).

(3) Tasks.

(a) Estb TPs as per reqr in AOR.

(b) Provide MP sp as per gp.

B-9
SECRET

12D-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(c) Divert refugees along selected routes shown in Anx K.

(d) Con tfc in div MSR and DAA.
(e) Estb info centre in DAA.
(f) Det tfc police and regp on orders of respective bde/TF
comd prior to transition to UCW.

b. Rft. Div rft camp at DAA. Details are at Anx J.

c. PW.

(1) Bde/TF PW cages as under:

(a) 51 Inf Bde. NIHA District Jail.

(b) 61 Inf Bde. JOYRAMPUR District Jail.

(c) 71 Inf Bde. PHULBARI Jail.

(d) TF-A. NIRJONA District Jail.
(e) Div PW Cage. PHULBARI Jail.
d. Fd Pay Office. Estb at DAA near HQ ST Bn.
e. Burial. Bde/TF resp.
f. CSD. Remains open in DAA from D+2 onwards from 1800-2359
hr everyday till further order.
g. Reports and Returns. SOP.
h. Coord Instrs.
(1) All log gps to be completed by 0600 hr D-3.
(2) BAA and fwd BAA to be estb by 0600 hr D-1.
(3) DAA moves Ni D-3/D-2 and Ni D-2/D-1.
(4) Coord conf at Div HQ at 1000 hr D-5.

B-10
SECRET

12D-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

7. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.

a. Loc.

(1) Main HQ 20 Inf Div opens at 2300 D-2 at 8632.

(2) HQ DAA opens at 1800 D-1.

b. Code Words. As in OpO.

c. Nicknames. As in OpO.

Ack: All ack.

XXXX XXXX
GOC
20 Inf Div

Authen: (2) XXX XXXX

Lt Col
AA&QMG
Annexures:

A. Layout of Log Instls Overlay and Tfc Circuit. (not incl)

B. Log Gp.
C. Mov Plan of Log Units. (not incl)
D. Dumping Instrs. (not incl)
E. Ord Plan. (not incl)
F. EME Plan. (not incl)
G. Postal Plan. (not incl)
H. Med Plan. (not incl)
J. Rft Plan. (not incl)
B-11
SECRET
12D-11
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 TO
ANNEX D TO
SECTION 12

AN EXAMPLE OF LOGISTIC GROUPING ANNEX

TO A DIVISION ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER

SECRET

ANX C TO
20 INF DIV ADMINO 2/22
DT 09 AUG 22

LOG GP

1. Timings. Gp eff as fol:

a. Ph – 1. From 0600 hr D-10 unless otherwise mentioned.

b. Ph – 2. On wdr of Div CT behind GOLD PLATE.

c. Ph – 3. After en has been contained along SILVER PLATE.

2. 10 Armd Bde.

a. Ph –1.

(1) INSPUCM and UCDM.

651 ST Coy less DP
MP Sec 74 MP Unit

(2) UCDM
3 Fd Regt (-)
P Bty 201 LAA Regt
101 Fd Coy(-)
201 Bde Sig Coy

C-1 of 5
SECRET

12D2-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET
(3) Det.
A Sqn 2 Cav to UCDM CT-1
B Sqn 2 Cav to UCDM 51 Inf Bde

b. Ph – 2.

(1) INSPUCM and UCDM

651 ST Coy
MP Sec 74 MP Unit

(2) UCDM
14 Div Sp Bn (-)
3 Fd Regt
P Bty 201 LAA Regt
101 Fd Coy
201 Bde Sig Coy

(3) Det.
B Sqn 2 Cav UCDM to 51 Inf Bde

c. Ph – 3.

(1) INSPUCM and UCDM.

651 ST Coy
3 Fd Amb (incl mob hosp)
One Store Pl 33 DOC
5 Fd Wksp Coy (mob)
One Sec 74 MP Unit

(2) UCDM.
14 Div Sp Bn (-)
3 Fd Regt
C-2
SECRET

12D2-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

P Bty 201 LAA Regt

101 Fd Coy
201 Bde Sig Coy

4. 51 Inf Bde.

a. Ph – 1 and 2.

(1) INSPUCM and UCDM.

652 ST Coy (from D-7 onwards)
One ADS 8 Fd Amb
One FRRT 10 Fd Wksp Coy
One Sec 74 MP Unit

(2) UCDM.

B Sqn 2 Cav
126 GLR Bn
Four Coys VDP
102 Fd Coy
202 Sig Coy

b. Ph – 3.

(1) INSPUCM and UCDM. Same as phase 1 and 2.

(2) UCDM.

126 GLR Bn
Four Coys VDP
6 Fd Regt
102 Fd Coy
202 Sig Coy

C-3
SECRET

12D2-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

5. 63 Inf Bde.

a. Ph – 1.

(1) INSPUCM and UCDM.

653 ST Coy (from D-7 onwards)

One ADS 11 Fd Amb
One FRRT 237 Fd Wksp Coy
One Sec 105 MP Unit

(2) UCDM.

Four Coys VDP

8 Fd Regt
29 Fd Coy
29 Bde Sig Coy

(3) Det.

A Coy 29 E Bengal to UCDM CT-1.

b. Ph – 2 and 3.

(1) INSPUCM and UCDM. Same as Ph 1.

(2) UCDM.

Four Coys VDP

8 Fd Regt
29 Fd Coy
29 Bde Sig Coy

C-4
SECRET

12D2-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

7. TF-A.

a. For All Phs.

(1) INSPUCM and UCDM.

Adhoc ST Coy
Adhoc Fd Amb
Ord Det 33 DOC
Adhoc Wksp Coy
MP Sec 105 MP Unit

(2) UCDM.

A Coy 14 Div Sp Bn
Veh Sqn Armd School
Two Coy AMC Centre
HQ BGB Sec less 126 and 128 BGB Bn
Mahasthan Regt
Two VDP Coys
P Bty 9 Med Regt
One Coy AC&S
Adhoc Sig Coy

8. CT – 1.

a. In Sp and UCDM.

One DP 651 ST Coy

One ADS 3 Fd Amb
One Rec Veh 5 Fd Wksp

C-5
SECRET

12D2-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET

b. UCDM.

A Sqn 2 Cav
A Coy 29 EB
P Bty 8 Regt
Fd Pl 101 Fd Coy

c. Det.

A Coy to UCDM TF-A

C-6
SECRET

12D2-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX E TO
SECTION 12

EXAMPLE OF A NAVAL LOGISTICS ANNEX TO AN OPERATION

ORDER

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

Copy No ….. of …..

ANNEX D TO
OPO ………..

ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS

1. BASIC INFORMATION.

a. Gen. This order lays down the log plan for the TG 42.4
consisting of 3 FFGs and 10 FACs taking part in Op IRON SHIELD.

b. Log Agencies. COMCHIT at CHOTTOGRAM for all ships.

c. Log Reqrs. The rapid replen of TG 42.4.

2. ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES.

a. Chain of Comd. Overall resp for log reqrs of TG 42.4 is vested

on CTG 42.4 onboard BNS ABU BAKR. Participating ships will
replen at ST MARTINS Island.

b. Log Resps of Op Comds. CTU 42.4.1 will be resp for coord the
reqrs of TU 42.4.1 and TU 42.4.2. CTU 42.4.3 will coord the reqrs of
TU 42.4.3. CTG 42.4 will coord the reqrs of the whole force and info
the log agencies as soon as the replen phase of the op is ordered,
should the EMCON policy permit.

D-1 of 2
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

12E-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

3. SUPPLY LEVELS.

a. Force Afloat. Full stocks of stores and ammo are to be carr.

b. Ashore. COMCHIT is req to ensure that ships can turn rd at

ST MARTINS Island in the min time.

4. METHODS OF SUPPLY.

a. Gen. Ships are to be ready to sup other ships of the Gp with

stores in an emergency. Ammo reqrs for TUs 42.4.1 and LTU 42.4.2
are to be sent by sig msg to COMCHIT.

b. Underway Replen Gp. TUs 42.4.1 and LTU 42.4.2 are to fuel
from BNS K J ALI during the ni of 02/03 Aug.

c. Base Sup. Fwd base at COX’S BAZAR is to be used for all

provision and naval stores.

d. Procedure. Ships will proceed to ST MARTINS Island as

ordered by CTG 42.4 and CTU 42.4.3 respectively. The Gp is to be
ready to replen from 03 Aug.

5. ADMINISTRATION.

a. Mail. Mail will be distr on return to base at COX’S BAZAR.

b. Censorship. Ship’s coys may be info about the op on leaving

har.

D-2
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION

Appendix:
1. Notes on the Logistic Annex.

12E-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 TO
ANNEX E TO
SECTION 12

NOTES ON THE LOGISTICS ANNEX (1)

1. Basic Information.

a. General. To include information on forces taking part, references

to general basic directives, SOPs, charts and maps.

b. Logistic Agencies. List all logistic agencies actively concerned,

including location and short title.

c. Logistic Requirements.

d. Logistic Readiness and Training. Include instructions on reporting

critical deficiencies.

2. Allocation of Responsibilities.

a. Chain of Command.

b. National Responsibilities.

c. Logistic Responsibilities of Operational Commanders.

3. Supply Levels.

a. Forces Afloat. Ships to be fully stored in all respects. Include an

instruction about reporting endurances if desired.

b. Ashore. Minimum levels in days of supply prescribed for particular

advanced bases and installations.

4. Methods of Supply.

a. General. Include note of the possibilities of cross-servicing and a

directive on big ships supplying smaller ones.

12E1-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Underway Replenishment Group. Include initial loadings and

arrangements for resupply.

c. Mobile Support. Include location and capabilities.

d. Base Supply. Include location and capabilities.

e. Procedures.

5. Maintenance, Repair and Salvage.

a. Maintenance.

b. Repair.

c. Salvage.

6. Replacement of Aircraft and Flight Personnel.

a. Aircraft.

b. Flight Personnel.

7. Medical.

a. Policy.

b. Facilities.

c. Evacuation.

d. Procedure.

8. Administration. (If lengthy, may be issued separately and referenced here.)

a. Personnel Replacement.

b. Mail.

c. Censorship.

12E1-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Currency.

e. Leave and Recreation.

f. Prisoners of War and Enemy Material.

g. Civil Affairs.

9. Transportation.

10. Miscellaneous.

a. Reports.

b. Conversion Tables.

c. Definitions.

Note:
1. The format is that of an exhaustive plan required for a large scale
operation or exercise. As such all headings may not be applicable for a lesser
operation or exercise.

12E1-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX F TO
SECTION 12

EXAMPLE OF AN AIR FORCE ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER

SECRET

Copy No …….. of 22
Total Pages ………..

Air HQ
Dhaka

Air HQ/123459/Org Aug 22

ADMINO 16/22

Related OpO 7/22

Time Z Used Throughout the Order: FOXTROT.

1. SITUATION. A new AD Gp is to be formed wef 200001 Aug 22,

with its HQ at KURMITOLA. This order details the admin/log arrangements
for the tfr of certain functions from Air HQ and BAF BSR to HQ AD Gp.

2. MISSION. Estb HQ AD Gp, KURMITOLA wef 200001 Aug 22.

3. MATERIEL AND SERVICES.

a. Mov Arrangements. Pers detailed to form the staff of HQ AD
Gp are to mov to BAF KURMITOLA between 08 Aug 22 and 20 Aug
22. Mov instrs will be issued later by this HQ.
b. Estb. DAC is to initiate all nec changes in estb.
c. Parenting. DAC is to realloc certain parenting resp from BAF
BSR to BAF KURMITOLA.

1 of 2
SECRET

12F-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECRET
d. Mil Lands. DMLC will issue instrs when plans for the disposal
of bldgs formerly occupies by ADOC are known.
e. Files, Records and Docus. Heads of brs at Air HQ and AOC
BAF BSR are to review all files, docus and records relating to AD
matters, and to transfer those likely to be reqr by HQ AD Gp to that
HQ by 210800 Aug 22.
f. APs. Heads of brs at Air HQ and AOC BAF BSR are to
determine the likely reqrs of APs for HQ AD Gp.
4. PERSONNEL.
a. Offrs. The Air Secy is to take posting action iro offrs transferring
from Air HQ and BAF BSR to HQ AD Gp.
b. Airmen. OC BAF Record Office is to take posting action iro
airmen transferring from Air HQ and BAF BSR to HQ AD Gp.
c. Civs. ADP (Civ) is to issue detailed instrs for the redepl to and
emp at HQ AD Gp of civs.
5. CIVIL-MILITARY COOPERATION. DAC is to liaise with DC
DHAKA, and the Dir Gen Civ Avn concerning the estb of HQ AD Gp.
6. COMMAND AND SIGNAL. DC&E is to arrange for the provision
of sig and tel facilities at HQ AD Gp.
Ack Instrs: Nil.
M KHAN
Air Cdre
ACAS (Admin)

Authen:
M HABIB
Gp Capt
DAC

Distr: Copy No:

2
SECRET

12F-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 13

DIRECTIVES AND INSTRUCTIONS

Introduction

1301. Directives generally refer to official or authoritative instruction while

instructions refer to detailed information about how something should be done or
operated. Directives generally provide policy, assign responsibilities, define
objectives and delegate authority.

1302. When addressed personally to senior commanders, directives are usually

concerned with major policy matters and their implementation; they may also
give guidance on priorities. Although, directives are normally issued at Ministry
or Service Chief level, any commander may issue a directive on such matters as
operations, training, administration, etc. (both operational and non-operational
issues). The term ‘guidance’ is also used interchangeably.

DIRECTIVES

The Command Directives

1303. A directive is issued to Service Chiefs or other senior commanders on

appointment by the superiors, defining functional responsibilities. This is known
as a command directive.

1304. The outline of a command directive issued in peacetime, which should be

suitably arranged in paragraphs, could include the following:

a. You have been appointed.......................................

b. You are responsible to...........for the efficiency, readiness, etc.,

.......................of the forces under your command.......................

c. You are to maintain your forces in peace .............with the primary

objective..............................................

d. Your particular tasks are.......................

e. In war, you may be required to.......................

13-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

The Policy Directives

1305. Policy directives normally relate to a particular aspect of a commander’s

responsibilities and by definition concern matters of importance such as division
of effort between allied forces.

1306. There is no set form for a policy directive. The tone should be formal and
polite. The expressions ‘is to’ and ‘are to` need not be used; phrases like ‘you
will be required to’, ‘your primary objective will be’ are often used.

Planning Directives

1307. Commander issues planning directives to set subordinate commanders and

staff to work on preliminary planning, while the final details of the plan for an
operation have still to be settled.

1308. A planning directive would express the commander’s intention and might
cover, in broad terms:
a. Outline plan.
b. Reconnaissance required before the operation.
c. Preliminary deception arrangements.
d. Moves contemplated.
e. Preliminary administrative arrangements.
f. Rehearsals of specialized phases.
g. Security on a ‘need to know’ basis.

INSTRUCTIONS

Operation Instructions

1309. An operation instruction is often addressed to the recipient by name, and

signed by the commander personally. The recipient will have to act on his own
judgment and the scope of an instruction will be wider than that of an order. For
these reasons, an instruction is usually worded in less formal language than an
order. However, the mission still expressed in the executive, commander’s
intentions bearing upon its execution may be expressed by ‘should’ rather than
‘Do..........’, ‘Attack........’, ‘is to’ or ‘are to’.
13-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

1310. Operation instructions follow the general layout for operation and
administrative orders described in Sections 11 and 12. However, no particular
heading is mandatory and only those, which are required, are to be included.

1311. The methods of issuing operation instructions are the same as those given
in Section 11 for an operation order.

1312. Operation instructions contain the commander’s general intention and

allow his subordinates to think ahead and make preparations. They are normally
issued instead of an order:

a. To a commander with an independent mission.

b. Where the likely speed of movement or lack of information makes

specific orders impossible or undesirable.

c. When a commander wishes to communicate further intentions or to

influence events when detailed written orders cease to be appropriate.

d. To meet contingencies that can only be partially foreseen, such as

natural disasters or internal security operations. Such instructions will
usually contain alternative courses of action to be selected in light of
events.

Administrative Instructions

1313. The purpose for which an administrative instruction is issued is similar to

those of administrative orders. See Section 12. The format is determined by the
specific requirements but it generally follows the framework outlined in Section
12.

1314 – 1399 Reserved.

13-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 14

WARNING ORDERS

Purpose

1401. A warning order contains the essential details of an impending operation

and enables preparations to be made while detailed planning is still in progress.
When orders have to be given with little time to spare, or the issue of the full
order is likely to be delayed, a warning order should be sent so that recipients
have the maximum time in which to make necessary preparations. Warning order
may be sent verbally by radio, telephone or liaison officer; or they may be in
writing.

Contents

1402. The amount of detail which can be included in a warning order depends
upon the time and means of communication available. A long and detailed
warning order, which has to be signalled will defeat its own aim; however, a
warning order is to be clearly defined as such and should include:

a. The scope of the operation and probable tasks or moves.

b. The earliest time at which recipients will be required to act, and, if

necessary the degree of notice on which they are placed.

c. Details of necessary preparations.

d. When and how detailed orders will be issued.

1403. Situation will dictate the contents of Warning Order. However, probable
contents may be:
a. Brief Statement of the Situation.
b. Brief Statement of the Task.
c. Time and RV for the Order Group.
d. Time before No Move except Recce Party.
e. Any other Administrative Instructions.

14-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

1404. Care must be taken in the phrasing of a warning order to differentiate

between those parts, which are executive, such as the calling of an order group
and other parts, which are only a warning, such as the probable task. The
recipient must not be in doubt about what he must act on and what a warning is.
An example of a warning order is given in Annex A to this section.
Acknowledgement
1405. A warning order must be acknowledged. The originator should specify
that an acknowledgement is required.
Degree of Notice
1406. When communicating the degree of notice, a subordinate commander
should be informed of the earliest time at which he may be required to act. This
will enable him to rest and relax his command before the operation without
keeping it at short notice unnecessarily. He will also be able to allocate his
priorities to the best advantage within the improved time scale. Thus, every
warning order must state a time before which there will be no move. This means
that a further order must be issued before the move giving actual move timings,
extending the period before which there will be no move or placing troops at so
many hours, or minutes notice to move.
1407. It is more helpful for a commander if the order ‘No move before’ is
coupled with a degree of notice. This enables him to issue his orders and to
prepare in accordance with the degree of notice. The text of a warning order
should therefore be in the form:
‘All units at 2 hr’ NTM from 310800 Aug’
This not only indicates that there is to be no move before 1000 hours, but also
that all kit need not necessarily be packed up until further orders are received.
1408. If a unit is placed at 2 hours notice to move from 0800 hours, the
commander knows that he will not be required to move before 1000 hours but by
that time, he must have completed certain preliminaries for a move. He will still
be entitled to expect 2 hours in which to get ready after receipt of the executive
order.
1409-1499. Reserved.

Annex:

A. Specimen Warning Order.

14-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 14

SPECIMEN WARNING ORDER

_________________________________________________________________
B.A.F. (Sig) – 34 (Large)
FOR COMCEN/SIGS USE___________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________

PRECEDENCE PRECEDENCE DATE TIME MSG INSTRS

ACTION INFO GROUP
IMMEDIATE PRIORITY 260430F Aug 22

FROM : 62 BDE PREFIX GR

TO : 8 EB SY CL
23 EB SECRET
31 EB
4 FD REGT ORIG’S NO
9 BDE SIG COY G-0851
INFO : 11 ST COY

WNGO PD 62 BDE WILL OCCUPY DEF POSN AREA BOGI 6595 BY

271800 AUG 22 PD NO MOV EXCEPT RECCE PARTIES BEFORE 261800
AUG 22 PD O GP BOGI 261000 AUG PD ONE TPT PL REPORT EACH
INF BN 261800 AUG 22 PD ACK

FOR R DT TIME SYSTEM OP D DT TIME SYSTEM OP SIGNATURE

OP’S
USE RANK: MAJ
TEL: 2343

14A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-V: SIGNAL COMMUNICATIONS

SECTION 15

MESSAGE WRITING

INTRODUCTION TO SIGNAL MESSAGES

1501. Bangladesh Armed Forces communication network is intended for the

transmission of urgent official messages and is designed to carry the volume of
traffic arising from its legitimate use. The effectiveness of the system depends on
strict compliance with the procedures laid down. Misuse of the system causes
congestion and delay.

1502. Means Employed. This can be one or a combination of the following:

a. Radio.

b. Line.

c. Signal Dispatch Service.

1503. Use of Signal Messages. It is impracticable to define precisely the types

of communication for which messages may be used. All formation HQs should
regularly review their standing orders or operating procedures involving the use
of signal messages. However, messages are not normally used for such purposes
as:

a. Congratulatory messages that have appeared or will appear in the

press, or will be included later in command or other orders and those
concerning promotions, honours and awards.

b. Non-operational returns unless other means are not possible.

c. Acknowledgements, unless of an operational nature.

d. Notification, over 48 hours in advance, of the routine movements of

individuals.

e. Other matters that can adequately be dealt with by telephone or

letter.
15-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

1504. Terminology. The meaning of the terms in the Message Form B.A.F.
(Sigs) – 34 (Specimen at Annex A to this section) are:
a. Precedence. The 4 degrees of precedence given to messages are
FLASH, IMMEDIATE, PRIORITY and ROUTINE. This precedence
determines the order in which messages are to be handled. They indicate:
(1) The urgency of the message.
(2) The relative order of processing and delivery to be used by
communication staff.
(3) The relative order in which the addressee should note the
message.
The precedence is determined by the subject matter and the time factor.
It does not indicate how quickly the addressee should react or what
precedence should be given to the reply unless of course included in the
text. Precedence is not to be underlined or abbreviated and is to be in
capitals. The recognized precedence together with examples and
authorizing officers are given at Annex B to this section. The degree of
precedence and the maximum time allowed to each signal/
communication centre involved for clearance are:
Precedence Clear Message Crypto Message
(Hours) (Hours)
FLASH 0.5 1
IMMEDIATE 2 3
PRIORITY 4 6.5
ROUTINE 8 16
b. Precedence Action. This is the designation inserted in a message
by the originator to indicate to the signals/communication centre staff,
the relative order of handling.

c. Precedence Information. The explanation here is similar to that

explained above for ‘precedence action’ except that the degree of
urgency indicated in the box will always be lower than that of
‘precedence action’. If nothing is inserted the communication centre staff
will give it a “ROUTINE” precedence.

15-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Date-Time Group (DTG). The DTG is expressed as six digits

followed by a time zone suffix and the first three letters of the month.
The first pair of digits denotes the date, the second pair the hour and the
third pair the minute. The last 2 (two) digits of the year are added when
necessary to avoid confusion. The DTG is inserted on the message box
by the officer when he signs the message. An example is as follows:
17 (Date) 0830 (Time) F (Zone) AUG (Month) = 170830F AUG
e. From. This is the formation, ship, base, etc., on whose authority
the message is sent. Capital letters are to be used throughout. No space
should be left between adjacent abbreviations but space must be left
between whole words and abbreviations and between letters and figures.
Examples are as follows:
Headquarters 9 Infantry Division - HQ 9 INF DIV
Commander Chattogram Naval Area - COMCHIT
BAF Base Bashar - BAF BSR
f. To. The message is intended for this addressee. This is the action
addressee and appropriate action as required by the text of the message
will be taken by this action addressee. Each address is to be written on a
separate line. This may require the move of word ‘INFO’ on the message
form to lower line. Punctuations are not to be used. Where a
headquarters is split between MAIN and REAR the elements must be
treated as separate addressees. Addressees are to be listed in the same
order as the distribution list of an operation order.
g. Information. The message is sent for information to this addressee.
Other instructions are same as ‘To’ addressees.
h. Internal Distribution. This is to be typed beneath the text of the
message. When copies of the message are required to be distributed
internally, the appropriate branches, departments etc., are to be entered
here.
j. Message Instructions. Any instruction written under this heading
will indicate to the communication centre/signal centre staff that the
message requires special handling. The usual occasion whereby the
originator of a message is required to insert any instruction under this
heading is when the words ‘BOOK’, ‘EXCLUSIVE’, ‘TABULATE’,
‘BASEGRAM’, or ‘NODUF’ is entered.

15-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

k. Security Classification. Security classification is the word or

phrase that indicates the degree of secure handling to protect the contents
of a message. These are:

(1) TOP SECRET.

(2) SECRET.
(3) CONFIDENTIAL.
(4) RESTRICTED.
(5) UNCLASSIFIED.

l. Originator’s Number. This is part of a message reference. It

consists of distinguishing letters followed by a number or numbers.
Originator’s numbers are laid down in relevant Service Publication.
Examples are as follows:

(1) G 5501.
(2) A 4242.
(3) BAA 231.

Bangladesh Navy uses originator’s number only when corresponding

with inter Services and outside organization. Naval signal messages are
identified by the DTG.

m. Telephone Number. This is the office telephone number of the

originator.

n. Rank. This is the rank of the releasing officer.

1505. Other Terminologies. Some of the terms used in message writing but not
found in the example of message form are explained below:

a. Originator. The originator is the commander or headquarters of a

formation or unit on whose authority the message is sent. In practice, the
commander delegates his authority to officers of his staff termed
releasing officer.

15-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Drafter. The drafter is the person who composes the message for
release by the releasing officer. He does not necessarily need to have the
authority to authorize the transmission of a signal message, in that case a
releasing officer must sign the message before it may be accepted for
transmission by a signal/communication centre. The drafter, using block
capitals throughout, is required to:

(1) Fill in all boxes of B.A.F. (Sig) – 34 except receipt and

dispatch boxes at the foot of the form.

(2) Draft the text.

c. Releasing Officer. Releasing officer is a person who may authorize

the transmission of a signal message for, and in the name of, the
originator. Normally the drafter and the releasing officer are the same
persons.

d. NOTAL (Not to All). This is a term which is inserted after a

message reference. This indicates that the reference is not available to, or
needed by all addressees.

e. Restrictive Marking. Message terms such as ‘STAFF IN

CONFIDENCE’, ‘EXCLUSIVE FOR ………’ are used within the
Armed Forces for messages requiring special handling as distinct from
those requiring protection for security reasons. The terms are not security
grades and are not inserted in the security classification box of the
message but are written at the beginning of the text. Such messages are
to be passed to the originator/addressee and the signal/communication
centre in a sealed envelope. The words ‘EXCLUSIVE’/‘IN
CONFIDENCE’ are also inserted as message instructions.

f. Signal Address. This is an abbreviated form of address

allocated to formations, units, ships, bases and other authorities for use in
message writing. Examples are as follows:
(1) 8th Battalion Bangladesh Infantry Regiment - 8 BIR
(2) 15 Frigate Squadron - 15 FS
(3) 109 Maintenance Unit BAF - 109 MU

15-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

g. Skeleton Copy. This refers to the message from which the text
has been excluded. This means that the message will contain all other
relevant information except the text. This procedure is used when
classified messages are sent to the communication centre. In the Navy,
this is known as Acquaint Chit.
h. Zone Suffix. This indicates time zone. A letter is inserted
after the DTG to indicate the difference between local time from
Universal Standard Time (UTC)/Greenwich Mean Time, which is
indicated by the letter F for communication originating within
Bangladesh. See Annex D to Section 2.
j. PREFIX GR. Number of words contained in the text of a message
in earlier page/ pages of a long and multipage signal message is called
PREFIX. Number of words contained in the text of a signal message in
current page is called GR. Example: a signal message consists of 3
pages. In the text part, first page contains 20, second page 30 and third
page 25 words. In first page, no PREFIX and GR will be 20, second page
PREFIX will be 20 and GR will be 30 and in the third page PREFIX will
be 50 and GR will be 25.
1506. Types of Messages. These are explained below:
a. Single Address Message. A single address message is one destined
for only one addressee.
b. Multiple Address Messages. A multiple address message is one,
which is destined for two or more addressees each of whom must be
informed of all the other addressees. Each addressee must be indicated as
‘ACTION’ or ‘INFORMATION’. It is essential that the number of
multiple address be kept to a minimum, since processing them causes
delay in message handling.
c. Book Message.
(1) A book message is one, which is destined for two or more
addressees, none of whom needs to be informed of the other
addressees.
(2) In a book message, the originator or releasing officer will
insert the word ‘BOOK’ in the ‘Message Instruction’ box of the
message form. Similarly, distributed copies of the message are to
be marked ‘BOOK’. The inclusion of this message instruction
permits communication staff to delete from the message any
address not pertinent to a particular transmission of that message.
15-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. General Messages. In this a list of addresses is represented by

one identifying title (List A, B etc.) or “Address Indicating Group”
(AIG) that shortens the address and so reduces drafting, handling and
transmission times. Where such messages contain more than one AIG
(one for action and another for information addressee) then it is called a
multiple general message.

e. Exercise Messages. Messages originated purely for exercise or

training purposes are to be marked in the following manner in order to
avoid confusion or alarm among formations or units not connected with
the exercise or training:

(1) Those messages originated as a result of exercise play are to

include the prefix ‘EX’ followed by the exercise nickname as the
first word of the text.
(2) Messages originated during an exercise period which require
real action to be taken by the recipient e.g. normal administrative
instructions to directing staff etc., are to include the term ‘NODUF’
at the beginning of the text.

f. Basegram. If an originator wishes a message to be held at a base

for delivery to a ship or aircraft on its arrival, the word ‘BASEGRAM’
should be inserted in the message instructions. Messages not required by
a ship or aircraft until its return to base should always be sent in this
manner as it reduces message traffic and avoid unnecessary
cryptographic work. Such messages are stamped ‘BASEGRAM’ by the
communication staff before delivery.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR MESSAGE WRITING

1507. Responsibilities of the Originator. A message is not to be used when a

letter or other forms of communication suffice. Having decided that a signal
message is the most suitable form of communication in the circumstances, the
originator is responsible for observing the rules for message writing set out in
this volume and for choosing the appropriate precedence and security grading.

1508. Responsibilities of the Releasing Officer. The releasing officer is

responsible for:

a. Determining whether the message is necessary.

15-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

b. Checking the type of message and addressees.

c. Ensuring the proper use of the prescribed message form.

d. Ensuring that the text is correctly drafted.

e. Approving the security classification.

f. Confirming the precedence for action and information addressees.

g. Inserting the DTG.

h. Checking the appropriate message instruction, if any.

j. Signing the message.

k. Sending the message to the signal/communication centre for

transmission.

1509. Message Form B.A.F. (Sig) – 34. The official message form is the
B.A.F. (Sig) – 34. A specimen message form is at Annex A to this section.

Preparation

1510. Address of Messages.

a. A message is sent to one or more action addressees. It may also be

sent to any number of information addressees and internal addressees.

b. A message must be addressed only to specific authorities and

establishments. The names of directorates, branches or individuals within
these establishments must not be inserted in the address space. Specific
directorates, branches or individuals must be indicated at the beginning
of the text.

c. Only authorized signal addressees are to be used.

15-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

1511. Text of Message.

a. Brevity. A message must be unambiguous and concise with no

unnecessary words. Commonly used conjunctions, prepositions and
articles such as ‘and’, ‘for’, ‘in’, ‘on’, ‘please’ and ‘the’ are not used
unless essential to the meaning. Abbreviations and short titles should not
be used indiscriminately as they can make the message unintelligible.
Formal phrases such as ‘please inform me’ should be omitted and the
expression ‘it is requested that’ abbreviated to ‘request’.

b. Legibility. All copies of the message must be legible as operators

may have to transmit direct from any of the copies. Text should be in
capitals throughout.

c. Punctuations. This is not to be used unless it is essential to the

sense of the message. When it is necessary to use them, only those in
columns (b) and (c) should be used:

Punctuation Abbreviation Symbol

(a) (b) (c)

Question mark QUES ?

Hyphen -
Colon CLN :
Semi-colon SMCLN ;
Parenthesis (left-hand PAREN (
bracket)
Parenthesis (right-hand UNPAREN )
Bracket)

Full stop/Period PD .

Comma CMM ,

Slant/Oblique stroke /

Quotation mark QUOTE – UNQUOTE “ ”

15-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Symbols should be used in preference to abbreviations except when the

message is to be sent by Morse code or telegraphy. Full stops and
commas should be bracket to make them conspicuous. If punctuation
marks other than above are necessary to the sense of the text, they are to
be written in full e.g. APOSTROPHE, etc.

d. Other Symbols. Other symbols should not normally be used in

message writing unless it is essential to the sense of the message. When
essential only the following should be used:

Name of Symbol Incorrect Correct

(a) (b) (c)

Roman numeral WO II WO 2

Ampersand - &, AND

Monetary symbols $ £ t DOLLAR, POUND, TAKA

Symbols of measurement x ‘ “ YARDS, FEET, INCHES

(Also see Annex F to
Section 2)

Multiplication sign x BY or TIMES

Plus sign + PLUS

Ratio sign 1:250,000 ONE OVER 250

THOUSAND

Decimal point 4.5 FOUR POINT FIVE

or 4 POINT 5

Degrees 2700 270 DEGREES

Percent 10% 10 PERCENT or

TEN PERCENT

15-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

e. Numbers.

(1) Numbers are normally written in figures, but words may be

used to avoid the chance of misinterpretation. Words should not be
used for paragraph numbering.

(2) When written in words, numbers are expressed digit by digit

except the numbers from 10-20 are written as one word. Whole
hundreds, thousands and millions are written in the form ‘FIVE
HUNDRED’, etc.

(3) An expression containing a decimal point must be written in

the form ‘ONE ZERO POINT TWO FIVE’.

(4) Roman numerals should be avoided. When essential they are

to be written in the form ‘ROMAN SIX’.

f. Fractions. Fractions are to be written as Arabic digits divided by

an oblique stroke, e.g. ½ is to be written ‘1/2’. A group comprising a
whole number and a fraction is to be written by separating the fraction
from the number by means of a single hyphen, without spacing, e.g. 1¾
is to be written ‘1-3/4’. Alternatively, fractions may be spelt out, e.g. 1½
may be written ‘ONE AND A HALF’.

g. Dimensions. Dimensions are to be written as number groups

followed by the linear unit and separated by the word ‘BY’ e.g. ‘2½ in x
¼ in’ is to be written ‘2 -½ IN BY ¼ IN’. Alternatively dimensions may
be spelt out, e.g. ‘2½ in x ¼ in’ may be written ‘TWO AND A HALF
INCHES BY A QUARTER INCH’.

h. Phonetic Equivalents. Those used in the Bangladesh Armed

Forces are given below:

Letter Equivalent
(a) (b)

A ALPHA

B BRAVO

15-11
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

C CHARLIE
D DELTA
E ECHO
F FOXTROT
G GOLF

H HOTEL
I INDIA
J JULIETT
K KILO
L LIMA
M MIKE
N NOVEMBER
O OSCAR
P PAPA
Q QUEBEC
R ROMEO
S SIERRA
T TANGO

U UNIFORM
V VICTOR
W WHISKEY

X XRAY
Y YANKEE
Z ZULU
15-12
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

When it is necessary to include important isolated letters in a message

the phonetic alphabet should be used, e.g. ‘Camp B’ is written as ‘CAMP
BRAVO’.
j. End of Text. Punctuations or symbols to indicate the end of text
of a message are not necessary. Example of a completed message is at
Annex C to this section.
1512. Expression of Date and Time Within the Text.
a. Date. When it is necessary to indicate a date alone in the message
text it is to be expressed by two figures, indicating the day of the month
followed by the abbreviated form of the month e.g. 09 AUG, and if
necessary by adding the last two digits of the year, e.g. 02 AUG 22.
Single digit is to be written as 01, 02, etc.
b. Time. Time is expressed in four figures by reference to the 24–
hour clock; the first pair of figures indicates the hour and the second pair
the minutes past the hour. The time 2400 should be avoided; use 2359 or
0001 instead.
c. Night. A night is described by both dates over which it extends,
e.g. ‘NI 29/30 AUG’ or ‘NI 30 SEP/01 OCT’, and if necessary by adding
last two digits of the year, e.g. ‘NI 31 DEC 21/01 JAN 22’.

1513. Message Reference.

a. When reference is made to a signal message, the particulars
required to be quoted are the originator, originator’s number and DTG.
An example is as follows:

1 DIV G 3701 OF 170830F AUG

Originator’s number is not used in Bangladesh Navy.

b. In a single address message, the term ‘your’, ‘my’ etc., followed by

the relevant particulars may be used in the text in place of the
originator’s signal address. Examples are as follows:

(1) YOUR G 4164 DT 230900F AUG.

(2) MY A 1801 OF 030955F AUG.

15-13
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(3) OUR Q 3501 DTG 241735F AUG AND YOUR Q 5001 DTG
251915F AUG.
(4) YOUR 241315F AUG (for Navy).

c. When references are inserted in messages designated for several

addressees care must be taken that such references are available to all the
addressees. In cases where references are not held by all addressees, the
indicator ‘NOTAL’ should be included after the reference at the
beginning of the text, e.g. ‘ … REF 20 DIV Q 2122 OF 120730F AUG
NOTAL ….’

Security Classification

1514. Messages are to be given the same security classification as other

classified documents. The five classifications to be used are:

TOP SECRET
SECRET
CONFIDENTIAL
RESTRICTED

UNCLASSIFIED

These classifications must not be abbreviated and are to be written in block

capitals. They are to appear on each page of a multi-page message. The definition
of the five security classifications are contained in Paragraph 0205 of Section 2.
During active operations, a message of any classification except ‘TOP SECRET’
may be transmitted in clear over any circuit, provided all the following factors
apply:
a. The delay involved in enciphering and deciphering cannot be
accepted.
b. It is considered that the enemy will not have time to take effective
action on the message if they intercept it.
c. The information revealed regarding our plans and dispositions is
wholly local in character.
d. No reference is made to a previously enciphered message.
15-14
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Above battalion headquarters level, such messages may be originated by an

officer authorized to originate an ‘IMMEDIATE’ message. Below battalion/
regiment unit headquarters level they may be originated by any officer, provided
that contact has been made with the enemy and the message deals only with
operations in progress.

1515. Messages of the type referred to the preceding paragraph must be

identified by the word ‘CLEAR’ written at the beginning of text. This indicates
that the message contains classified information that has been authorized to be
sent in clear. The message when received is marked by signals with the phrase
‘RECEIVED IN CLEAR’ before delivery to the addressee. Such messages must
be handled as confidential material and not readdressed. When the addressee
requires the information to be forwarded to another addressee, a new message is
originated, paraphrasing the original.
Protection of the Plain Language Text of Crypto Messages
1516. The plain language copy of an encrypted message as written by the
originator, or the un-paraphrased decrypted copy as delivered to the addressee, is
known as the literal text.
1517. It must be assumed that all radio messages are liable to be intercepted.
Therefore, the security of any crypto system is endangered if the literal text of a
message can be related to the encrypted version. This will happen if:
a. A copy of the plain language version falls into enemy hands.
b. The text is transmitted either in clear or in another crypto system.
c. An un-paraphrased version of the text is published.
1518. To indicate to all holders of copies of the message that it has been
transmitted in crypto, the words ‘CRYPTOGRAPHIC WARNING’ must
be written or stamped on all copies of the message by the communication/signals
centre. This message will not be distributed outside any Bangladesh
Government’s department or headquarters, retransmitted, either in clear or in
another crypto system, published, displayed or dispatched by post without
paraphrasing and removal/exchange of DTG, or discussed verbatim on telephone
or voice circuit.

1519. The communication/signals centre will also inform the originator of the
message sent by crypto, who will then mark it as in Paragraph 1517.

15-15
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

1520. All addressees to whom a copy of the literal text is distributed will be
intimated to treat it as a literal text as under:
a. If distributed by originator – by originators themselves.
b. If distributed by signals – by signals.
1521. It will be treated as a classified document of the original classification
even when the contents no longer remain classified.

1522. Regardless of its classification, a literal text will be paraphrased, in case it

is required to be:
a. Despatched by post or by aircraft.
b. Published or displayed on a notice board.
c. Retransmitted in clear or in another crypto system.
d. Communicated by any means to persons whose appointments under
the Bangladesh Government do not entitle them to receive copies of
classified documents issued by Armed Forces Headquarters.
Special Handling Procedure
1523. Special handling procedures will be accorded to messages that have
sensitive or classified text. When special handling is required, the restrictive
marking is to be inserted at the beginning of the text. The following markings
will receive special handling procedures:
a. Exclusive. The restrictive marking ‘EXCLUSIVE’ followed by
the name or appointment of the person to whom the message is to be
delivered, is used on messages the contents of which are only to be seen
by the person named or, in his absence, by his authorized representative.
This marking must be used sparingly and is not normally used by officers
below the rank of Lieutenant Colonel, Commander or Wing Commander.
b. In Confidence. For administrative reasons, there is a need to make
distinction between messages of a purely personal nature and those,
which are classified for other security reasons and require security
protection. For this purpose, the following markings are used:

(1) Staff in Confidence. For personal matters such as a

recommendation or non-recommendation for promotion.

15-16
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(2) Medical in Confidence. For individual medical matters.

(3) Commercial in Confidence. For commercial matters the

premature disclosure of which may prove embarrassing to the
Government or the Armed Forces.

c. Classified Messages. All classified messages receive special

handling procedure. The appropriate classification for each message is to
be inserted in the security classification space of the message form. The
procedure for the submission of ‘TOP SECRET’ and ‘EXCLUSIVE’
messages are as follows:

(1) Sufficient copies of the message are to be prepared by the

originator for all addressees. These are to be enclosed in a new
envelope which is to be marked on both sides as follows:

(a) ‘TOP SECRET’ message for despatch; ‘EXCLUSIVE’

message for despatch, as applicable.

(b) In the case of ‘EXCLUSIVE’ message, the security

classification.

(c) The precedence allotted to the enclosed message.

(2) Two skeleton copies of the message are to be made, identical

with those enclosed in the sealed envelope but excluding all the text
after the originator’s number.

(3) The skeleton copies of the message are to be enclosed with the
envelope in an outer envelope. The outer envelope is to be
addressed to the communication centre and the message precedence
clearly shown. One of the skeleton copies bearing the
communication/signal centre stamp and with the DTG inserted on it
will be returned to the originator as a receipt.

1524. Acknowledgements. If an originator considers that a message must be

acknowledged, one of the following words or phrases is to be put at the end of
the text:

15-17
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Word/Phrase Meaning
Action addressees are to acknowledge message as
‘ACK’ soon as it is understood. Electronic silence, if
imposed, is not to be broken and the
acknowledgement is to be sent by other secure
means.
‘ACK Action addressees are to acknowledge as soon as
IMMEDIATELY’ it is understood. Electronic silence can be broken
but this must be a command decision.
‘ALL ACK’ Information as well as action addressees are to
acknowledge the message as for ‘ACK’ above.
Sequence of Text
1525. The text of a message consists of some or all of the following elements
listed in the order in which they are generally used:
a. NODUF instructions. See Sub-paragraph 1506e (2).
b. Restrictive marking such as EXCLUSIVE, IN CONFIDENCE, etc.
(see Sub-paragraph 1505e) or branch/directorate of establishments (see
Sub-paragraph 1510b).
c. The word CLEAR. See Paragraph 1515. This word is also to be
shown in message instructions.
d. Code word or nickname indicating that the message is connected
with an operation or exercise. (See Sub-paragraph 1506e (1).
e. Subject of the message, if any.
f. Reference to previous messages etc., See Paragraph 1513.
g. The body of the message.
h. Any acknowledgement instructions.

1526-1599. Reserved.

Annexes:

A. Specimen of Message Form.

B. Message Precedence.
C. Example of a Completed Message.

15-18
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 15

SPECIMEN OF MESSAGE FORM

_________________________________________________________________
B.A.F. (Sig) – 34

MESSAGE FORM Number

FOR COMCEN/SIGS USE

_________________________________________________________________

PRECEDENCE PRECEDENCE DATE TIME MSG INSTRS

ACTION INFO GROUP
FROM: PREFIX GR

TO: SY CL

ORIG’S NO

INFO:

_________________________________________________________________

FOR R DT TIME SYSTEM OP D DT TIME SYSTEM OP SIGNATURE

OP’S
USE RANK:
TEL :

15A-1
RESTRICTED

Serial Precedence Definition, Use and Example
(a) (b) (c)
1. FLASH This is reserved for initial
enemy contact messages, or hand-carried,
operational combat messages of processed, transmitted
extreme urgency.
Examples are:
a. Initial enemy contact
reports.
b. Messages recalling or
diverting friendly aircraft handling of the
about to bomb targets
unexpectedly occupied but
friendly forces; or messages
taking emergency action to
prevent conflict between
friendly forces.
c. Warning of imminent
large-scale attack.
d. Messages containing
major strategic decisions of
great urgency.
e. Extremely urgent
intelligence messages.
f. Distress message.
RESTRICTED
ANNEX B TO
SECTION 15
MESSAGE PRECEDENCE
Rank or Appointment Entitled to Authorize
Handling Procedure
Army Navy Air Force
(d) (e) (f) (g)
These messages will be a. Chief of a. The Chief of Naval a. Chief of Air Staff.
Army Staff. Staff, PSOs, Area
Commanders or b. PSOs.
and delivered in the b. Principal Commanding Officers may
order received and Staff Officers depute officers to release c. Captains of aircraft.
ahead of all other (PSOs). messages for him and may
messages. Messages of issue instructions d. Base Commanders.
lower precedence will c. General concerning the release of
be interrupted on all Officer messages bearing certain e. Air Defence
circuits involved until Commanding. degrees of precedence. Commander and Chief
Controller Air Defence
‘FLASH’ messages is d. Commanders b. Specimens of these Operations Centre.
completed. of operational officers’ signatures are
units/formations given to the communication f. Authority may be
directly affected. centre and the cryptographic delegated to anyone whose
office. Before despatch, a duty is to report enemy
message is checked to activity.
ensure that, such an officer
has authorized it.
c. Certain messages such
as manoeuvring and alarm
messages may be authorized
verbally.
d. The above regulations
apply to all precedence.
15B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)

2. IMMEDIATE This is reserved for messages These messages are Officers not below Officers not below the rank
relating to situations which gravely
processed, transmitted the rank of of Wing Commander.
affect the security of national and delivered in the Lieutenant
forces or populace and which order received and Colonel. a. Officers
require immediate delivery to theahead of all messages commanding
addressee(s). Examples are: of lower precedence. If independent units.
possible messages of b. Authority may be
a. Reports of initial enemy lower precedence will delegated to:
contact. be interrupted on all
circuits involved unit (1) Officers of
b. Reports of unusual the handling of the operation rooms.
major movements of military ‘IMMEDIATE’
forces of foreign powers in messages is completed. (2) Duty
time of peace or strained Officers.
relations.

c. Messages, which report

enemy, counter attack or
which, request or cancel
additional support.

d. Attack order to commit

a force in reserve without
delay.

e. Messages concerning
logistical support of special
weapons when essential to
sustain operations.

f. Reports of widespread
civil disturbance.

g. Reports of warning of
grave natural disaster
(earthquake, flood, storm,
etc.).

15B-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)

h. Requests for or
direction concerning distress
assistance.
j. Urgent intelligence
messages.
k. Aircraft movement
reports (e.g. messages
relating to requests for news
of aircraft in flight plans,
cancellation messages to
prevent unnecessary
search/rescue action).
3. PRIORITY This is reserved for messages These messages are Commanders of All staff officers, officers
which require expeditions action processed, transmitted units, staff commanding wings and unit
by the addresses(s) and/or furnish and delivered in the officers, adjutants, commanders.
essential information for the order received and signals officers
conduct of operations in progress ahead of all messages but only on
when ‘ROUTINE’ precedence will of ‘ROUTINE’ messages
not suffice. Example are: precedence in affecting
a. Situation reports on accordance with'* the communications.
position of front where following instructions:
attack is impending or where a. ‘ROUTINE’
fire or air support will soon messages being
be placed. transmitted should
b. Orders to aircraft not be interrupted
formations or units to unless they are
extra-long and a
coincide with ground or
very substantial
naval operations. portion remains to
c. Messages concerning be transmitted.
immediate movement of
b. ‘PRIORITY’
naval, air and ground forces.
messages should be
d. Supply and equipment delivered
requisition for aircraft on the immediately upon
ground. receipt at the
addressee
destination.

15B-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)

ROUTINE This is used for all types of The messages are Any officer or Any officer, Warrant officer
messages, which justify processed, transmitted JCO or shift- in- charge.
transmission by rapid means but and delivered in the
are not of sufficient urgency and order received and
importance to require a higher after all messages of a
precedence. Examples are: higher precedence.

a. Messages concerning
normal peacetime military
operations, programme and
projects.

b. Messages concerning
stabilized tactical operations.

c. Operational plans
concerning projected
operations.

d. Periodic or
consolidated intelligence
reports.

e. Troops movement
messages, except when time
factor dictates use of higher
precedence.

f. Supply and equipment

requisition and movement
messages, except when time
factor dictates use of higher
precedence.
g. Administrative,
logistics and personnel
matters.

15B-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Notes:

1. The Chiefs of Staff may authorize officers holding specified appointments to use any precedence where necessary. In such cases, the Chief Signal Officer
will be informed.

2. In the absence of any officer specified in columns (e), (f) and (g), his immediate representative may use any precedence which the absent officer is entitled
to use.

3. Authority to use a given precedence automatically entitles an originator to use any lower precedence.

4. In a situation of special urgency any person may authorize any precedence but he may require to justify his action subsequently.

15B-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 15

EXAMPLE OF A COMPLETED MESSAGE

_________________________________________________________________
B.A.F. (Sig) – 34

MESSAGE FORM Number

FOR COMCEN/SIGS USE

_________________________________________________________________

PRECEDENCE PRECEDENCE DATE-TIME MSG

ACTION INFO GROUP INSTRS
PRIORITY ROUTINE 040800F AUG 22
FROM: 17 DIV MAIN PREFIX GR
TO: 49 BDE SY CL
62 BDE SECRET

INFO: 66 BDE ORIG’S NO

G 0789

OUR G 0763 021400F AUG PD 17 EB UC 62 BDE FROM 051930F

AUG PD 49 BDE TASK UNCHANGED PD 62 BDE AT 2 HR NTM TO
AREA TWO AND A HALF MILES SOUTH OF DOHAZARI 3437
FROM 060930F AUG 22 PD ACK
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
INTERNAL: AQ
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________

FOR R DT TIME SYSTEM OP D DT TIME SYSTEM OP SIGNATURE

OP’S
USE RANK: MAJ
TEL : 8036

15C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VI: ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

SECTION 16
ABBREVIATIONS
Introduction
1601. An abbreviation is a shortened form of a written word or phrase.
Abbreviations are used in Service writing to save time and space and to make the
readers` as well as the authors`/writers` task easier by avoiding unnecessary
repetition of words or groups of words. On contrary, acronyms are abbreviations
formed from the initial letters of a series of words and usually do not include
periods, e.g. CEO, PRO, etc. The difference between an abbreviation and an
acronym is that an abbreviation is the shorter form of the original word(s) whereas
the acronym is a word composed of the first of letters of a group of words.
Originators of all forms of Service writing and correspondence must, however, guard
against rash and injudicious use of abbreviations which might sacrifice clarity for the
sake of brevity. As such, the rules laid out for the use of abbreviations at Paragraph
0241 must be followed.
1602. The annexes to this section list those abbreviations which are authorized
for use in the Bangladesh Services as envisaged in Paragraphs 0105a, 0105b and
0241. They should not be used in Service writing which includes foreign and
non-service authorities or civilians as addressees.
General Abbreviations
1603. The main list of authorized abbreviations is at Annex A to this section
and it covers, in strict alphabetical order requirements for certain ranks and
appointments, unit and formation titles and designations and general words and
phrases that are likely to be in frequent use in Service writing in one or more of
the three Services. Some special categories of abbreviations have however been
segregated into separate listings as indicated in the following paragraphs.
1604. Multiple Meanings. Several instances arise where, because of historical
usage in one Service of another, an abbreviation has two or more approved
meanings (e.g. FFR for Fitted for Radio or Free Flight Rocket). See Paragraph
0241b(5). Such alternative meanings are listed alphabetically against each
approved meaning with alternative meanings following the alphabetically
indicated meaning. The author using abbreviations listed in this manner must
ensure that the intended meaning is clear from the context and is unlikely to be
confused with an alternative meaning. A list of such abbreviations are given at
annex B to this section.

16-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

1605. Signal Messages. Special abbreviations and rules in addition to the

ones here are used in signal messages (see Section 15). Such abbreviations have
been excluded from the list of general abbreviations at annex A to this section
e.g. CLN, QUES, PAREN etc.

Other Abbreviations

1606. National Distinguishing Letters. The national distinguishing letters are

used whenever it is necessary to identify a nation or any part of that nation's armed
forces . The common country abbreviations for identifying nationality are listed at
annex D to this section.

1607. Ranks and Appointments. Ranks and appointments of the three

Services are given at annex C to this section. Where appropriate the following
letters may be added to authorize abbreviated titles:

a. ‘A’ for ‘assistant’ or ‘acting’; e.g. ‘AMS’ for ‘Assistant Military

Secretary’ and ‘A/MS’ for ‘Acting Military Secretary’.

b. ‘D’ for ‘deputy’; e.g. ‘DPM’ for ‘Deputy Provost Marshal’. ‘Dy’
may be used to avoid confusion; e.g. ‘Dy MS’ for ‘Deputy Military
Secretary’.

c. ‘DA’ for ‘deputy assistant’; e.g. ‘DADOS’ for ‘Deputy Assistant

Director of Ordnance Services’.

d. ‘Offg’ for ‘officiating’; e.g. ‘Offg CO’ for ‘Officiating

Commanding Officer’.

e. ‘V’ for ‘Vice’; e.g. ‘AVM’ for ‘Air Vice Marshal’ and ‘V Adm’ for
‘Vice Admiral’.

1608. Units of Measurement. Internationally agreed abbreviations for units

of measurement are given at annex E to Section 2 of this manual.

1609. Training Institutions of Armed Forces. Tri service training institutions

and their abbreviations are listed at annex E to this section.

16-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

1610. Regiments and Corps in the Army. The precedence of the arms and
Services is given at annex F to Section 2 of this manual. However, in
correspondence addressed to Army units, addressees are to be listed in strict
order of precedence. Annex F to this section, therefore, lists all sorts of Army
units and regiments and corps with their authorized abbreviations in the order of
seniority. In order to avoid unnecessary duplication, Army units, regiments and
corps listed in annex F have been excluded from annex A except where conflict
with other meanings occurs.
1611. Bases, Units and Branches of Bangladesh Navy. Abbreviations of all
the bases, units and branches of Bangladesh Navy is given at annex G to this
section.
1612. Air Force Bases and Units. Abbreviations for all the bases, units,
directorates of Bangladesh Air Force are given at annex H to this section.
1613. Standard English. There are other abbreviations widely used in
written English, which are largely standard. Where convenient, such
abbreviations are used in service writing. Examples are as follows:

etc. pm BA
e.g. RSVP BSc
i.e. viz Mr.
am SOS Mrs.

1614. Military Qualifications. Certain group of letters denoting military

qualifications are used when they refer to the qualification and not to the
institution, e.g. afwc, awc, ndc, ndu, rcds, psc, te, etc.

1615-1699. Reserved.
Annexes:
A. General Abbreviations.
B. Abbreviations with Multiple Meaning.
C. Rank and Appointments.
D. National Distinguishing Letters.
E. List of Abbreviations of Training Institutions in Tri Services.
F. Regiments and Corps in the Army.
G. Bases, Units and Branches of Bangladesh Navy.
H. Bases, Units and Branches of Bangladesh Air Force.

16-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 16
GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS
A
Abbreviate abbr
Above Mean Sea Level AMSL
Above Water Warfare AWW
Absent Without Leave AWOL
Abstract of Evidence A of E
Accommodation accn
Account acct
Accounting Unit AU
Acknowledge ack
Action act
Action Information Organization AIO
Actual Time of Arrival ATA
Additional (ly) addl
Address adds
Address Indicating Group AIG
Adjutant adjt
Administer/Administration/Administrative admin
Administrative Control ADCON
Administration and Logistics A&L
Administrative Order AdminO
Advance adv
Advance Trade Training ATT
Advantage advtg
After Action Review AAR
Air Command Operations Centre ACOC
Air Control Team ACT
Air Defence Artillery ADA
Air Defence Control Centre ADCC
Air Defence Commander/Air Defence Clearance/Aid-de-Camp ADC
Air Defence Plan ADP
Air Defence Exercise ADEX
Air Defence Ground Environment ADGE
Air Defence Identification Zone ADIZ
Air Defence Notification Centre ADNC
Air Defence Operations Centre ADOC
Air Defence Weapon System ADWS
16A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Air Force Doctrine Document AFDD

Air Force Instruction AFI
Air Force Letter AFL
Air Force Order AFO
Air Intelligence Preparation of the Battle Space AIPB
Air Liaison Net ALN
Air Liaison Officer ALO
Air Operations Command Centre AOCC
Air Operation Directive AOD
Air Operations Plan/Area of Operation AOP
Air Operations Planning Process AOPP
Air Raid Precaution ARP
Air Raid Reporting Control Ship ARRCS
Air Support Operations Centre ASOC
Air Surveillance Radar ASR
Airspace Control ASCON
Airspace Control Authority ACA
Airspace Control Measures ACM
Airspace Control Order ACO
Airspace Control Plan; Air Control Post; Allied ACP
Communications Publication
Air Tasking Order ATO
Air to Air Guided Weapon AAGW
Air to Air Missile/Guided Missile/Guided Weapon AAM/AAGM/AAGW
Air to Air Refuelling AAR
Air to Surface Guided Weapon ASGW
Air to Surface Missile ASM
Air Traffic Control ATC
Air Traffic Control Centre ATCC
Airborne Early Warning AEW
Airborne Warning and Control (System) AWACS
Aircraft ac
Aircraft Accident Investigation AAI
Aircraft Establishment AE
Aircraft Maintenance Manual AMM
Aircraft on Ground AOG
Airfield airfd
Airhead ahd
All Up Weight AUW
Allocate alloc

16A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Allotment alot
Allowance allce
Alter Course a/c
Alternate altn
Alternative Supply Route ASR
Altitude alt
Ambulance amb
Amendment amdt
Ammunition ammo
Amphibious amph
Amphibious Beach Unit ABU
Amphibious Task Force ATF
Annex anx
Annual Confidential Report ACR
Annual Performance Report APR
Annual Training Grant ATG
Answer (s) ans
Anti-Tank Atk
Anti-Aircraft AA
Anti Aircraft Artillery AAA
Anti-Aircraft Defence Commander AADC
Anti-Personnel Apers
Anti-Tank Guided Missile ATGM
Anti-Tank Guided Weapon ATGW
Anti-Tank Missile ATM
Anti-Air Warfare AAW
Anti-Air Warfare Coordinator AAWC
Anti-Radiation Missile ARM
Anti-Ship Missile ASM
Anti-Ship Missile Defence ASMD
Anti-Submarine Warfare ASW
Anti Surface Force Operations ASFO
Anti-Surface-Vessel Warfare ASVW
Anti-Surface Warfare ASuW
Appendix appx
Appoint appt
Appreciate aprc
Approach app
Application/Applications appl
Approximate approx
Area Defence Missile System ADMS
Area Finance Controller AFC
16A-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Area of Interest AOI

Area of Operation AOP
Area Maritime Headquarters AMHQ
Armament armt
Armed Forces AF
Armed Forces Division AFD
Armed Forces Medical Stores Depot AFMSD
Armed Forces War Course AFWC
Armour armr
Armour Piercing Discarding Sabot APDS
Armour Piercing Fin Stabilized Discarding Sabot APFSDS
Armour Piercing Incendiary API
Armoured armd
Armoured Command Vehicle ACV
Armoured Fighting Vehicle AFV
Armoured Personnel Carrier APC
Armoured Recovery Vehicle ARV
Armoured Vehicle Launched Bridge AVLB
Army Air Corps AAC
Army Aviation Unit AAU
Army Doctrinal Publication ADP
Army Dress Regulations ADR
Army Headquarters AHQ
Army Post Office APO
Army Regulations (Regulations)/(Instructions) AR (R)/(I)
Army Security Unit ASU
Army Sports Control Board ASCB
Army Training and Doctrine Command ARTDOC
Army Training Note ATN
Army Training Manual ATM
Army Training Publication ATP
Arrange arng
Arrive arr
Article(s) in use A in U
Artillery arty
Artillery Course Shooting ACS
As Soon as Possible ASP
Assailability asl
Assault aslt
Assault Ship (Landing Platform Dock) LPD
Assembly assy
Assembly Area Assy A
16A-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Assign asg
Assist asst
Assistant Engineer AE
Assistant Garrison Engineer AGE
Asymmetric Warfare AW
Attach att
Attack attk
Attend atnd
Attention attn
Authenticate authen
Attack Helicopter AH
Automated Air Tasking Order AATO
Authorized Proportion AP
Authorize auth
Automatic Direction Finder ADF
Auxiliary aux
Auxiliary Effort AE
Auxiliary Gathering Intelligence AGI
Auxiliary Power Unit APU
Avenue of Approach AA
Average avg
Aviation avn
Aviation Gasoline AVGAS
Aviation Oil AVOIL
Axis of Advance A of A
Azimuth az

B
Back Loading Point BLP
Backload bkld
Balance bal
Bangladesh Air Force BAF
Bangladesh Armed Services Board BASB
Bangladesh Army BA
Bangladesh Army Order BAO
Bangladesh Coast Guard BCG
Bangladesh Diesel Plant BDP
Bangladesh Infantry BI
Bangladesh Infantry Regiment BIR
Bangladesh Institute of Maritime Research and Development BIMRAD
Bangladesh Machine Tools Factory BMTF

16A-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Bangladesh National Authority for Chemical Weapons BNACWC

Convention
Bangladesh National Cadet Corps BNCC
Bangladesh Naval Armament Depot BNAD
Bangladesh Navy BN
Bangladesh Navy Floating Crane BNFC
Bangladesh Navy Floating Dock BNFD
Bangladesh Navy Hydrographic and Oceanographic Centre BNHOC
Bangladesh Navy Ship BNS
Bangladesh Navy Sports Control Board BNSCB
Bangladesh Navy Tug BNT
Bangladesh Ordnance Factory BOF
Barrack bk
Base Headquarters BHQ
Base Supply Depot BSD
Bangladesh University of Professionals BUP
Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman Maritime University BSMRMU
Base Workshop Bwksp
Basic Ordering Agreement BOA
Basic Map Reading BMR
Basic Trade Training BTT
Battalion bn
Battery bty
Battery Command Post BCP
Battle btl
Battlefield Operating System BOS
Battlefield Synchronization Matrix BSM
Battle Group BG
Battle Inoculation BI
Battlefield Air Interdiction BAI
Beachhead bhd
Beacon bcn
Bearing bg
Beyond Economic Repair BER
Beyond Local Repair BLR
Beyond Visual Range BVR
Bibliography bib
Biological Warfare BW
Binocular Bino
Bir Bikram BB

16A-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Bir Protik BP
Bir Srestha BS
Bir Utttam BU
Bivouac biv
Board of Enquiry BOE
Board of Inquiry BOI
Board of Officers B of O
Boatswain BOS'N
Bomber B
Bombing Bx
Bombing Report BOMBREP
Border Guard Bangladesh BGB
Boundary bdry
Branch Recruiting Unit BRU
Break Clean Line BCL
Break Up Shot BUS
Bridgehead brH
Brigade bde
Broadcast bro
Budget bgt
Built Up Area BUA
Bulk Breaking Point BBP
Butchery bchy
Build-Operate-Transfer BOT

C
Cadet cdt
Calculate cal
Calibrate calb
Camouflage cam
Camouflage and Concealment C/C
Canalize cnz
Cantonment Executive Officer CEO
Canteen Stores Department CSD
Cantonment cantt
Capability cap
Capture capr
Care and Maintenance C&M
Carpenter carp
Carrier Controlled Approach CCA
Carry carr
16A-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Camouflage Concealment and Deception CCD

Cartesian Coordinate Grid CCG
Cartridge cart
Casual Leave C Lve
Casualty Evacuation CASEVAC
Categorize cat
Cathode Ray Tube CRT
Cavalry cav
Central Ammunition Depot CAD
Central Mechanical Transport Depot CMTD
Central Officers' Record Office CORO
Central Ordnance Depot COD
Central Processing Unit CPU
Centralize, Centre cen
Centre of Gravity CG
Centre for Naval Researach and Development CNRD
Certify/Certificate cert
Channel/Channelize ch
Chemical Warfare CW
Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear CBRN
Chattogram Hill Tracts CHT
Check chk
Circuit cct
Circular cir
Circular Error Probability CEP
Civil (ian) civ
Civil Affairs CA
Civil Military Relations CMR
Class/Classify cl
Clearance Diver CD
Clearance Diving Team CDT
Clear/Clearance clr
Clerk clk
Close Air Support CAS
Close in Weapon System CIWS
Closest Point of Approach CPA
Close Quarter Battle CQB
Close Quarter Combat CQC
Coastal Radar Station CRS
Co-locate coloc
Column colm
Combat cbt

16A-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Combat Supply C sup

Combat Search and Rescue CSAR
Combat Air Patrol CAP
Combat Decision Making Process CDMP
Combat Group cbt G
Combat Information Centre CIC
Combat Team cbt T
Combat Vehicle Reconnaissance (Tracked or Wheeled) CVR(T) or (W)
Combat Zone CZ
Combine comb
Combined Anti-Submarine Exercise CASEX
Combined Military Hospital CMH
Command (er) comd
Commander’s Critical Information Requirement CCIR
Commandant comdt
Command and Control C2
Command and Control (C2), and Intelligence, Surveillance and C2ISR
Reconnaissance (ISR) Systems
Command Post Exercise CPX
Command, Control and Communications C3
Command, Control, Communication, Computer and Intelligence C4I
Command, Control, Communication, Computer, Intelligence, C4ISR
Surveillance and Reconnaissance
Commander Amphibious Task Force CATF
Commander Landing Force CLF
Commander’s Critical Information Requirement CCIR
Commander in Chief C in C
Commander Task Element/Force/Group/Unit CTE/F/G/U
Commando cdo
Commitment cmt
Communication Centre COMCEN
Communication Head COMHD
Communication Intelligence COMINT
Communication Plan COMPLAN
Communication Security COMSEC
Communication Zone CommZ
Company coy
Comparative Statement CST
Competent Financial Authority CFA
Competition cmpt
Composite comp

16A-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Composite Brigade COMBDE

Composite Maintenance Group CMG
Composition composn
Composition Exploding CE
Computer com
Computer Assisted Action Information System CAAIS
Computer Assisted Exercise CAX
Concealment conct
Concentrate conc
Concept of Operation C of O
Conclude/Conclusion(s) concl
Concentration Area Conc A
Conference conf
Confidential(ity) confd
Confirm cfm
Confirmatory Notes CN
Construct constr
Contingency contg
Contingent contgt
Contingent Owned Equipment COE
Continue cont
Control ctrl
Control and Reporting C&R
Control Zone (air traffic) CTZ
Convalesce convl
Conventional conv
Conventional Warfare CW
Conventional Warfare Force CWF
Conversation cnsn
Concept of Composite Air Operations COMAO
Condition cond
Consider/Consideration cons
Cook ck
Cooperation coop
Coordinate coord
Coronary Care Unit CCU
Correction corrn
Correspondence Corres
Corrugated Galvanized Iron CGI
Counter Attack C attk
Counter Countermeasure CCM
Counter Insurgency Operation CIO

16A-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Counter Intelligence C int

Counter Penetration C pen
Countermeasure CM
Course of Action COA
Court of Inquiry C of I
Critical Capability CC
Critical Event(s) CE
Critical Requirement CR
Critical Vulnerability CV
Cross(ing) X
Cross road xrd
Crypto Centre CRYPCEN
Culminating Point cul P
Cumulative Grade Point Average CGPA
Cyber cyb
Cyber Warfare cybW
Cycle Ending Exercise CEE

D
Daily Maintenance DM
Dangerously Ill DI
Date dt
Date-Time-Group DTG
Dangerously Ill List DIL
Dead Reckoning DR
Debit Voucher DV
Debussing point D pt
Decision Making Process DMP
Decision Support Template DST
Decisive Conditions DC
Decontaminate decon
Deck Decompression Chamber DDC
Deck Landing DL
Defensive Counter-Air DCA
Defensive Counter Air Operations DCAO
Defence Committee of the Cabinet DCC
Defender Class Boat DCB
Degaussing DG
Degree Deg
Deliberate Decision Making Process DDMP
Deliver del
Demand dmd
16A-11
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Demi-official DO
Demolish dml
Demonstrate demo
Department(al) dept
Deploy depl
Deputy Dy
Designate(s) des
Destroyer DD
Destroyer (Guided) DD(G)
Detach det
Detachment Ground Study Section DGSS
Develop dev
Diagram diag
Diesel Oil dieso
Different/Difference diff
Direct(ed/ing) dir
Director Dir
Direct Support/Directing Staff DS
Director Engineers D Engrs
Directorate dte
Director General DG
Directorate General Defence Purchase DGDP
Directorate General Forces Intelligence DGFI
Directorate General Medical Service DGMS
Disadvantage disadv
Disaster Management DM
Disburse/Disbursement disb
Discipline discip
Discuss/Discussion disc
Disengagement disengt
Dispersal disp
Dispersal Area Disp A
Disposition disposn
Distance dstn
Distance Measuring Equipment DME
Distribute/Distribution distr
District dist
Divide(d)/Division div
Divisional Administrative Area DAA
Docking and Essential Defects DED
Dockyard dyd
Dockyard and Engineering Workshop DEW
16A-12
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Doctrine doc
Doctrine Development Process DDP
Doctrinal Template DOCTEMP
Document docu
Double Side Band dsb
Dozen doz
Draft for Approval DFA
Drop Zone DZ

Earmark emk
East Bengal EB, E Bengal
Echelon ech
Economy econ
Education Training Grant ETG
Education(al) edn
Effect/Effective eff
Effect Based Operation EBO
Effective Sonar Range ESR
Electronic Emission Control EMCON
Electrical (BN Branch) L
Electrical and Mechanical E&M
Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Regulations EMER
Electro Magnetic Pulse EMP
Electronic Protection Measure EPM
Electronic (Warfare) Support Measure ESM
Electronic Counter Countermeasures ECCM
Electronic Countermeasures ECM
Electronic Flight Instrument System EFIS
Electronic Intelligence ELINT
Emergency Locator Transmitter ELT
Engine Maintenance Manual EMM
Electronic Order of Battle EOB
Element (al) (ary) elm
Embark emb
Embussing Point EP
Emergency emg
Emplace empl
Employ emp
Enclose encl
Enemy en

16A-13
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Engagement engt
Engagement Area EA
Engine eng
Engineer engr
Engineer Construction Battalion ECB
Engineer Construction Brigade ECBDE
Engineering engg
Envelope env
Environment envt
Equipment eqpt
Equipment and Boot Repairer E&BR
Equipment Collecting Point ECP
Equipment Table ET
Equivalent eqvt
Essential Elements of Information EEI
Essential Elements of Friendly Information EEFI
Establish estb
Estimate est
Evacuate evac
Evaluate eval
Event Template EVENTEMP
Examine exam
Exchange exch
Exchange of Life E of L
Exclude excl
Exclusive Economic Zone EEZ
Execute exec
Executive (BN Branch) (X)
Exercise ex
Exfiltration exfil
Expedite xpd
Explanation expln
Expense/Expenditure exp
Explode/Explosion/Explosive expl
Explosive Ordnance Disposal EOD
Explosive Reactive Armour ERA
Expenditure exp
Extend/Extension/extended ext
External extl
Extra Regimental Employment ERE
Excess Defence Articles EDA

16A-14
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Estimated Time of Arrival ETA

Estimated Time of Completion ETC
Estimated Time of Departure ETD

Facsimile FAX
Favourable Air Situation FAS
Fast Attack Craft FAC
Fast Motor Boat FMB
Fast Patrol Boat FPB
Feet of Fresh Water FFW
Feet of Sea Water FSW
Forward Repair and Recovery Team FRRT
Field fd
Field General Court-Martial FGCM
Field Intelligence Service FIS
Field Intelligence Unit FIU
Field of Fire F of F
Field Post Office FPO
Field Service Marching Order FSMO
Field Service Regulations FSR
Field Surgical Team FST
Field Training Exercise FTX
Fighter Controller Training Unit FCTU
Fighter Engagement Zone FEZ
Fighter Ground Attack FGA
Fighter Reconnaissance FR
Fight/Fighting ftg
Fighting in the Build up Areas FIBUA
Figure fig
Final Handling Test FHT
Finance fin
Financial Year FY
Finishing an Exercise (time of) FINEX
Fire and Move F and M
Fire Control Data Computer FCDC
Fire Control Equipment FCE
Fire Control Director FCD
Fire Control Instrument FCI
Fire Control Radar FCR

16A-15
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Fire Control System FCS

Fire Fighting F/F
Fire Support Coordination Centre FSCC
Fire Support Coordination Line FSCL
Fire Support Coordination Measures FSCM
Fire Support Plan FSP
Fixed Decompression Chamber FDC
Fixed Wing FW
Fleet Maintenance Group FMG
Fleet Operational and Tactical Instruction FOTI
Fleet Orders FO
Flexible Steel Wire Rope FSWR
Flight flt
Flight Control System FCS
Flight Level FL
Flying flg
Fly-Away Pack(s) FAPs
Flying Instructor Course FIC
Folding Boat Equipment FBE
Follow fol
Foot/feet ft
Formation fmn
Forming-up Place FUP
Forward fwd
Forward Air Base FAB
Forward Aiming and Refueling Point FARP
Forward Air Support Operation Centre FASOC
Forward Airhead Maintenance Area FAMA
Forward Assembly Area FAA
Forward Combat Zone FCZ
Forward Control Post FCP
Forward Defended Locality FDL
Forward Edge of Battle Area FFBA
Forward Line of Enemy Troops FLET
Forward Line of Own Troops FLOT
Forward Logistic Base FLB
Forward Maintenance Area FMA
Forward Operating Base FOB
Forward Ordnance Depot FOD
Forward Repair Team FRT
Forward Repair and Recovery Team FRRT

16A-16
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Fragment frag
Fragmentary Order FragO
Free Fire Zone FFZ
Fresh Ration Allowance FRA
Fresh Water FW
Friendly Aircraft Movement (net) FAM
Friendly Forces Information Requirements FFIR
Frigate (Guided) FF(G)
Function func
Functional Check Flight FCF
Furnace Fuel Oil FFO
Furthest-on Circles FOC

G
Gallon per minute gpm
Garrison gar
Garrison Duty Officer GDO
Garrison Engineer GE
General Court Martial GCM
General Duties GD
General List GL
General Operations Plot GOP
General Purpose Machine Gun GPMG
General Service Training Pamphlet/Publication GSTP
General Staff GS
General Staff Policy Committee GSPC
General Transport GT
Generalize gen
Geographical Reference System GEOREF
Global Maritime Distress and Safety System GMDSS
Global Positioning System GPS
Government govt
Government Order GO
Grade Point Average GPA
Grenade gren
Ground grd
Ground Based Air Defence GBAD
Ground Controlled Approach GCA
Ground Controlled Interception GCI
Ground Support Equipment GSE
Ground Power Unit GPU

16A-17
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Ground of Tactical Importance GTI

Ground Zero GZ
Group (ed/ing) gp
Group Testing Officer GTO
Group Training GPT
Guard (ed/ing) gd
Guided Missile GM
Guided Missile Destroyer DDG
Guided Weapon System GWS
Gun Controller GC
Gun Direction Room GDR
Gun Defended Area GDA
Gun Position Indicator GPI
Gun System Automation GSA
Gun Target Bearing GTB

H
Harbour har
Harbour Acceptance Trial HAT
Hardened Aircraft Shelter HAS
Head hd
Headquarters HQ
Heavy Anti-Aircraft HAA
Heavy Cruiser CA
Heavy/Heavily hy
Height ht
Helicopter heli
Helicopter Attack Group HAG
Helicopter Control Ship HCS
Helicopter Operations from Ships other than Aircraft Carriers HOSTAC
High Density Airspace Control Zone HIDACZ
High Explosive Anti-Tank HEAT
High Explosive Incendiary Tracer HEIT
High Explosive Squash Head HESH
High Explosive Tracer HET
High Level Air Defence HLAD
High Pay Off Target HPT
High Power HP
High Tension HT
High to Medium Altitude Air Defence HIMAD

16A-18
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

High Value Target HVT

High Value Air Assets HVAA
High Water HW
History hist
Hollow Charge HC
Hostile Battery HB
Howitzer how
Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster Relief/Response HADR
Hygiene hyg
Hybrid Warfare HW

Identification Friend or Foe IFF

Identify ident
Identity Card ID
Illuminate illum
Immediate imm
Immediate Photographic Interpretation Report IPIR
Important/Importance imp
Improve(d/ment/ing) impv
Improvised Explosive Device IED
Improvised Explosive Device Disposal IEDD
In respect of iro
In Support and Under Command for Movement INSPUCM
Include incl
Incorporate incorp
Increase/Increment incr
Independent indep
Indicated Air Speed IAS
Individual(ity) (ly) indl
Individual Physical Fitness Test IPFT
Infantry inf
Infantry Battalion in Battle IBIB
Infantry Fighting Vehicle IFV
Infiltration infil
Inflatable Boat for SEAL IBS
Inform(ation) info
Information Technology IT
Information Warfare IW
Infra-Red IR

16A-19
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Inshore Minesweeper IMS

Inspection insp
Install instl
Instruct instr
Instrument Flight Rules IFR
Instrument Landing System ILS
Instrument Meteorological Condition IMC
Intelligence and Electronic Warfare IEW
Interactive Electronic Technical Publications IETP
Illustrated Parts Catalogue IPC
Intelligence Preparation of Battlefield IPB
Intelligence Summary INTSUM
Intelligence Synchronization Matrix ISM
Intelligent Report INTREP
Intensive Care Unit ICU
Inter Service Public Relation ISPR
Inter Services Selection Board ISSB
Internal Communication intercom
Intercontinental Ballistic Missile ICBM
Intermediate intmed
Intermediate Range Ballistic Missile IRBM
Internal itrl
Internal Affairs IA
Internal and External Affairs I&EA
Internal Security IS
International intl
International Armed Conflict IAC
International Compressed Air Breathing Apparatus ICABA
International Committee of Red Cross ICRC
International Maritime Boundary Line IMBL
International Maritime Satellite System INMARSAT
Interrogate intg
Introduce intro
Investigation invstg
Issue Voucher IV

Jamming Report JAMREP

Joint jt
Joint Force JF

16A-20
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Joint Forces Headquarters JFHQ

Joint Command Centre JCC
Joint Command Operations Centre JCOC
Joint Force Commander JFC
Joint Interrogation Cell JIC
Joint Integrated Prioritized Target List JIPTL
Joint and Miscellaneous Training J&MT
Joint Operations Centre JOC
Joint Operation Coordination Centre JOCC
Joint Planning Staff JPS
Joint Plan and Project Jt P&P
Joint Services Instructions JSI
Joint Services Publication JSP
Joint Services Staff Duties Manual JSSDM
Joint Task Forces Commander JTFC
Joint Targeting Coordination Board JTCB
Joint Task Force Headquarters JTFHQ
Joint Warfare JW
Junction Junc
Judge Advocate General JAG
Junction Point JP
Jungle Lane Shooting JLS
Jungle Warfare juW
Junior jr
Junior Command and Staff Course JCSC
K

Key Point KP
Key Point Installation KPI
Key Terrain KT
Khulna Shipyard KSY
Killed in Action KIA
Killing Ground KG
Killing Zone KZ
Kinetic Energy KE
Knock(ed) Out KO
Kilometer Per Liter kpl
Kerosene kero

16A-21
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Landing Area LA
Landing Craft Logistics LCL
Landing Craft Personnel LCP
Landing Craft Tank/Utility LCT/U
Landing Craft Vehicle and Personnel LCVP
Landing Ground LG
Landing Platform Dock (Assault Ship) LPD
Landing Platform Helicopter LPH
Landing Ship Logistic LSL
Landing Ship Tank LST
Landing Site LS
Landing Zone LZ
Large Scale Small Group Operation LSSGO
Laser Guided Bomb LGB
Laser Range Finder LRF
Last Ration Certificate LRC
Latitude/latitudinal(ly) lat
Law of Armed Conflict LOAC
Leader ldr
Leave lve
Leave Ration Allowance LRA
Left Out of Battle LOB
Letter ltr
Letter of Assist/Acceptance LOA
Letter of Intent/Interest LOI
Letter of Request LOR
Level lvl
Liberation War LW
Light Aid Detachment LAD
Light Aircraft Cruiser CVL
Light Anti-Aircraft LAA
Light Machine Gun LMG
Limited ltd
Limited Line of Submerged Approach LLSuA
Line(s) of Communication L of C
Line of Control LOC
Line of Defence L of D
Line of Departure LOD
Line of Fire LOF
Line of March LOM
Line of Operation LOO

16A-22
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Line of Sight LOS

Listening post LP
Local Anti-Air Warfare Coordinator LAAWC
Local Area Network LAN
Local Air Superiority LAS
Local Operations Plot LOP
Location Statement LOCSTAT
Logistic Exercise LOGEX
Logistic Exercise Without Troops LEWT
Logistics (al)(s) log
Long Course LC
Long Range LR
Long Range Air Navigation LORAN
Loose Minute LM
Lorry lor
Low Flying Area LFA
Low Frequency LF
Low Intensity Conflicts LIC
Low Level LL
Low Looking Radar LLR
Low Level Air Defence LLAD
Low Tension LT
Low Level Transit Route LLTR
Low Intensity Maritime Operations LIMO
Low to Medium Altitude Air Defence LOMAD
Low Water LW
Lubricate lub

Machine Gun MG
Machinery Control Room MCR
Magnetic Anomaly Detection MAD
Main Battle Tank MBT
Main Communication Office MCO
Main Defensive Zone MDZ
Main Dressing Station MDS
Main Operating Base MOB
Main Signal Office MSO
Main Supply Route MSR
Maintain maint

16A-23
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Maintenance Area MA
Maintenance Check Flight MCF
Maintenance Planning Manual MPM
Maintenance Unit MU
Major(ity) maj
Manage mng
Management mgt
Man Portable Air Defence MANPAD
Manoeuver mnvr
Manually Operated Gun MOG
Manual of Bangladesh Military Law MBML
Map Reading MR
Marine Sound Signal MSS
Maritime Air Operations MAO
Maritime Domain Awareness MDA
Maritime Headquarters MHQ
Maritime Interdiction Operations MIO
Maritime or Master (titles etc.) M
Maritime Patrol Aircraft MPA
Maritime Radar Reconnaissance MRR
Maritime Rescue Coordination Centre MRCC
Maritime Rescue Sub-centre MRSC
Mark mk
Master Air Attack Plan MAAP
Maximum/Maximize max
Maximum Effective Range MER
Meal Ready to Eat MRE
Mean High Water Springs MHWS
Mean Line of Advance MLA
Mean Low Water Springs MLWS
Mean Point of Impact MPI
Mean Sea Level MSL
Mechanical Transport Officer MTO
Mechanize mech
Mechanized Infantry Combat Vehicle MICV
Medical Evacuation MEDEVAC
Medical Inspection MI
Medium Frequency MF
Medium Machine Gun MMG
Medium Range Anti-Submarine Torpedo-Carrying Helicopter MATCH
Medium Range Surface to Air Missile MSAM
Memorandum memo

16A-24
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Memorandum(s) of Understanding MOU

Message msg
Mile per hour mph
Miles per gallon mpg
Military mil
Military Credit Note MC Note
Military Dental Centre MDC
Military Engineering Services MES
Military Intelligence MI
Military Load Classification MLC
Military Operations MO
Military Police MP
Military Training Area MTA
Military Training Pamphlet MTP
Mine Counter Measure Vessel MCMV
Mine Countermeasure MCM
Ministry of Defence MOD
Ministry of Defence Constabulary MODC
Miscellaneous misc
Missile msl
Missile Engagement Zone MEZ
Missing in Action MIA
Mission msn
Mission Essential Task MET
Mission Oriented Training MOT
Mission Report MISREP
Mobile Dental Unit MDU
Mobile Forward Base MFB
Mobile Surgical Team MST
Mobile Technical Detachment MTD
Model Discussion MD
Mortar mor
Mortar Bombing Report MORTREP
Motor Fishing Vessel MFV
Motor Launch ML
Motor Torpedo Boat MTB
Mount mt
Mountain mtn
Mountain Warfare MW
Move mov
Movement Order MovO

16A-25
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Moving Target Indicator MTI

Multiple Launch Rocket System MLRS
Multiple Rocket Launcher MRL
Muzzle Velocity MV

Named Area of Interest NAI

National ntl
National Committee on Security Affairs NCSA
National Security Intelligence NSI
National Air Defence Committee NADC
Naval Armament Inspection Organization NAIO
Naval Armament Store Depot NASD
Naval Aviation NAV
Naval Commando Advance NCA
Naval Commando Basic NCB
Naval Commando Trade NCT
Naval Control of Shipping NCS
Naval Gunfire Support NGS
Naval Headquarters NHQ
Naval Inflatable Lifesaving Equipment NILE
Naval Stores Depot NSD
Naval Staff Policy Committee NSPC
Navy Training and Doctrine Command NATDOC
Navigate nav
Navigation (BN only) N
Navigation and Direction (BN Only) ND
Navy Instructions NI
Navy Regulations NR
Necessary nec
Network Centric Warfare NCW
Next of Kin NOK
Night (ly) ni
No Further Action NFA
No Move Before NMB
Nom De Plume NDP
Non Directional Beacon NDB
No Penetration Line NPL
Not Applicable NA
Not to all addressees NOTAL

16A-26
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Nothing to Report NTR

Notice to Airmen NOTAM
Notice to Move NTM
Nuclear nuc
Nuclear Depth Bomb NDB
Nuclear Killing Zone NKZ
Nuclear Powered Guided Missile Submarine SSGN
Nuclear Powered Submarine SSN
Nuclear Reserved Area NRA
Nuclear, Biological and Chemical NBC
Nuclear, Biological, Chemical Defence Including Fire Fighting NBCD
and Damage Control
Nuclear, Biological and Chemical Warfare NBCW
Number no

Observation obsn
Observation Post OP
Obstacle(s) obs
Occupation occu
Off Shore Patrol Vessel OPV
Offensive offn
Offensive Air Support OAS
Offensive Counter Air Operations OCAO
Officer offr
Officer Conducting the Exercise OCE
Officer in Charge OIC
Officers’ Basic Course OBC
Officers’ Performance Report OPR
Officiating offg
On the Job Training OJT
Operate/Operation op
Operational Command OPCOM
Operational Control OPCON
Operational Demand OPDEM
Operational Group Training OGT
Operational Plan Ops Plan
Operational Sea Training Group/Guide OSTG
Operational Readiness Platform ORP
Operation Order OpO

16A-27
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Operation Other than War OOTW

Oral Order OO
Order (when used in conjunction with other words) O
Order of Battle ORBAT
Order of March OOM
Orders Group O gp
Ordnance ord
Ordnance Depot ordep
Organize org
Organized Armed Group OAG
Originate/Original orig
Other Rank (s) OR
Out Board Motor OBM
Outdoor Patient Clinic OPC
Overhaul Manual OM
Over Head Cover OHC
Over Head Protection/Projector OHP
Over Staying Leave OSL
Over the Horizon OTH

P
Packet pkt
Pamphlet pamp
Paper Under Consideration PUC
Passage in Line P in L
Passage of Information P of I
Passenger(s) pax
Passive Air Defence PAD
Patrol ptl
Patrol Craft PC
Patrol Craft Squadron PCS
Pay, Pension and Allowance PP&A
Peacekeeping Operations PKO
Penetrate pen
Precision Guided Munitions PGM
Period (ic) (ical) pd
Periodical Intelligence Report PERINTREP
Permanent (ly) perm
Personal Assistant PA
Personal Computer PC
Personal Radio Communications PRC
Personal File PF
Personnel Locator Beacon PLB

16A-28
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Personnel Service PS
Petroleum pet
Petroleum Pipe Head PPH
Petroleum Point PP
Petroleum, Oil and Lubricants POL
Phase ph
Photograph photo
Physical Training PT
Pioneer pnr
Piquet pqt
Pilot plt
Plain Paper Copier PPC
Plan Position Indicator PPI
Planning plg
Plastic Explosive PE
Point pt
Point Defence Missile System PDMS
Populate pop
Porter por
Position posn
Position and Intended Movement PIM
Position, Course and Speed pcs
Possible/Possibility poss
Post Commission Academic Training PCAT
Power Point Presentation ppt
Practice prac
Pre-Action Calibration PAC
Pre-Joining Training PJT
Preliminary prelim
Prepare prep
Present/Presentation pres
President of Mess Committee PMC
President’s Guard Regiment PGR
Previous prev
Priority pri
Priority Intelligence Requirements PIR
Prisoners of War POW
Private (ly) pte
Privilege Leave P Lve
Principal Staff Officer/Peace Support Operation PSO
Problem prob
Procure proc
Programme prog
Project proj

16A-29
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Propel prop
Protective Fire PF
Protocol and Ceremony P&C
Provision prov
Provost Marshal PM
Psychology/Psychological psy
Psychological Operations psyops
Psychological Warfare psyW
Public Information P info
Put Up PU
Put Up Separately PUS

Q
Qualified Flying Instructor QFI
Qualified Helicopter Instructor QHI
Qualified Weapon Instructor QWI
Qualify/Qualified/Qualification qual
Quantity qty
Quarter qtr
Quarter Ending QE
Quarter Guard QG
Question ques
Quick Decision Making Process QDMP
Quick Reaction/Response Force QRF

Radar Control Gun RCG

Radar Cross Section RCS
Radiation Hazard RADHAZ
Radio Active rad A
Radio Detection and Ranging Radar
Radio Teletype RATT
Radius of Action ROA
Railhead rhd
Railway rly
Rally Area RA
Range rng

16A-30
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Rank rk
Rapid Action Battalion RAB
Rapid Action Force RAF
Rapid Demolition Device RDD
Rapid Runway Repair RRR
Rate of Climb ROC
Rate of Descend ROD
Rate of Fire ROF
Ration Point rat P
Ration Returns RR
Ration(s) rat
Ready to Move RTM
Rear Area Rear A
Rear Combat Zone RCZ
Rear Maintenance Area RMA
Receive/ed rcv
Recognize recog
Recognised Air Picture/ Regimental Aid Post RAP
Recognized Maritime Picture RMP
Recommendation recom
Reconnaissance Group R gp
Reconnaissance/Reconnoitre recce
Recreation Leave R Lve
Recruit rect
Refer/Reference(s) Ref(s)
Regiment (al) (ation) regt
Regimental Aid Post RAP
Regimental Command Post RCP
Regimental Headquarters RHQ
Region Military Commander RMC
Regulate reg
Rehabilitate rehab
Reimbursement reim
Reinforcement rft
Release Point rel P
Remark rmk
Remotely Piloted Vehicle RPV
Repeated rptd
Replace/Replacement repl
Replacement at Sea RAS

16A-31
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Replenish replen
Represent rep
Request req
Require reqr
Requisition rqn
Research and Development R&D
Reserve(s) res
Restricted/Restriction restd
Respiratory Minute Volume RMV
Responsible/Responsibility resp
Retail Issue Shop RIS
Retired retd
Return to Base RTB
Return to Unit RTU
Revenue rev
Rigid Hull Inflatable Boat RHIB
Rifle rfl
Rifleman rfn
Right rt
Rigorous Imprisonment RI
River riv
Road Head rdH
Rocket rkt
Rocket Launcher RL
Rocket Propelled Grenade RPG
Rounds per gun rpg
Rounds per mortar r/mor
Route March RM
Router rtr
Routine in Line R in L
Routine Order RO
Rules of Engagement ROE
Rules of Engagement Authorization ROEAUTH
Rules of Engagement Implementation ROEIMP
Rules of Engagement Request ROEREQ

Salvage sal
Satellite Communication SATCOM

16A-32
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Scene of Action Commander SAC

Scheme of Manoeuvre S of M
School of Maritime Warfare and Tactics SMWT
Sea Air Land SEAL
Sea Control Tactical Analysis Game SEATAG
Sea Exercise Programme SEP
Sea Lines of Communication SLOC
Search and Rescue SAR
Search and Rescue Beacon SRB
Search Attack Unit SAU
Search Light SL
Secretariate/Secretarial sectt
Secretary secy
Sector/Squadron Headquarters SHQ
Sector Operation Centre SOC
Security sy
Security Intelligence Report SIR
Selective Stockade List SSL
Self Loading Rifle SLR
Seriously Ill List SIL
Senior (ity) sr
Sena Kalyan Shangstha SKS
Sequence seq
Serial (ly) (ity) ser
Service svc
Shelling Report SHELREP
Ship Controlled Approach SCA
Ships Taken up from Trade STUFT
Short Range Air Defence SHORAD
Short Range Ballistic Missile SRBM
Short Service Commission SSC
Short/Vertical Take-off and Landing S/VTOL
Signal sig
Signal Centre sigcen
Signal Despatch Service SDS
Signal Intelligence SIGINT
Signature sign
Simulate/Simulator sim
Simulated Attack Profile SAP
Single Side Band SSB

16A-33
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Situation sit
Situation Report SITREP
Situation Template SITTEMP
Situational Training Exercise STX
Sketch sk
Small Arms SA
Small Arms Ammunition SAA
Small Group Operation SGO
Smoke smk
Soldier (ly) sldr
Solution soln
Sonar Control Room SCR
Sonar Sound Telephony SST
Sound Ranging Srg
Source src
Spanner spnr
Spare Parts Distributing Centre SPDC
Speak spk
Special Air Operation SAO
Special Bangladesh Army Order SBAO
Special Boat Combat Crew SBCC
Special Boat Squadron SBS
Special Investigation Branch SIB
Special Occurrence Report SOR
Special Sea Exercise Program SSEP
Special Security Force SSF
Specialize spl
Specify spec
Speed spd
Speed of Advance SOA
Squadron sqn
Square sq
Staff Continuation Training SCT
Staff Course SC
Staff Officer SO
Standardize std
Standing Operating Procedure SOP
Start Line SL
Station sta

16A-34
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Stationery sty
Steel Wire Rope SWR
Stenographer steno
Strafing stg
Strategic(al)/Strategy strat
Strength str
Sub Surface Raid Reporting Control Ship SSRRCS
Subject subj
Submarine SS
Submarine Launched Ballistic Missile SLBM
Submarine Operating Area SOA
Submarine Operating Authority SUBOPATH
Submarine Probable Area SPA
Subordinate subord
Subscription subs
Substantive subt
Suggest/Suggestion sug
Subject Indicator Code SIC
Summary Court Martial SCM
Summary General Court Martial SGCM
Summary of Evidence S of E
Summer Training ST
Supervision/Supervise spv
Super High Frequency SHF
Superintendent suptd
Superintending Engineer SE
Supernumerary sny
Supplementary Intelligence Report SUPINTREP
Supply sup
Supply and Secretariat S&S
Supply and Transport ST
Supply Issue Point SIP
Supply Point sup P
Support/Supporting/Supported sp
Supporting Arms Coordinating Centre SACC
Suppression of Enemy Air Defence SEAD
Surface su
Surface Action Group SAG
Surface Decompression SURD
Surface Raid Reporting Control Ship SRRCS

16A-35
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Surface to Air Missile SAM

Surface to Surface Guided Weapon SSGW
Surface to Surface Missile SSM
Surface Warfare SW
Surplus sur
Surveil/Surveillance surv
Surveillance and Target Acquisition (Plan) STA(P)
Surveillance Control and Reporting SC&R
Survey svy
Special Warfare Diving and Salvage SWADS
Switch sw
Switchboard swbd
Symbol sym
Synchronize sync
Syllabus syl
Syndicate syn
System sys

Table of Organization and Equipment TO&E

Tabulated Record and Comparative Evaluation TRACE
Tactic(al)(s) tac
Tactical Air Control Centre TACC
Tactical Air Control Party TACP
Tactical Air Management TAM
Tactical Air Request TAR
Tactical Air Support of Land/Maritime Operations TASLO/
TASMO
Tactical Area of Operational Responsibility TAOR
Tactical Doctrine TD
Tactical Command TACOM
Tactical Control TACON
Tactical Exercise Without Troops TEWT
Tactical Headquarters Tac HQ
Tactical Reconnaissance tac R
Tactical Redeployment TRD
Taka Tk
Taken on Strength TOS

16A-36
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Tank tk
Target tgt
Target Area of Interest TAI
Target Engagement Message TEM
Target Indicator Unit TIU
Task Force TF
Technical Investigation Report TIR
Technical Maintenance TM
Technical Support Team TST
Technical Training Institution TTI
Telephone Control Box TCB
Telephone Conversation telcon
Temperature temp
Temporary ty
Temporary Duty tdy
Temporary Maintenance Instruction TMI
Temporary Minimum Risk Route TMRR
Tentacle tcl
Terrain Analysis TERAN
Time Critical Asset TCA
Time Mechanical Fuze TM fuze
Time of Despatch TOD
Time of Receipt TOR
Time Past a Point TPP
Time Phase Line TPL
Top Secret TOPSEC
Torpedo Countermeasure TCM
Torpedo Danger Area TDA
Torpedo Danger Zone TDZ
Toxic Incident Report TOXREP
Track tr
Tractor tcr
Tradesman (men) tdn
Traffic (ability) tfc
Traffic Collision Avoidance System TCAS
Traffic Control TC
Traffic Control Post TCP
Trailer tlr
Train Despatch Service TDS
Training trg
Transmission tx

16A-37
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Transmitting Station TS
Transfer of Technology/Time on Target TOT
Transport (ed) (ing) tpt
Transportation tn
Transporter tptr
Trigonometrically/Trigonometry trig
Troop tp
Troop Carrying Vehicle TCV
Tube-launched Optically guided Warhead TOW
Tutorial Discussion TD
Tug Repair and Logistic Area TRALA

Ultra High Frequency UHF

Ultra Low Frequency ULF
Umpire ump
Unclassified uncl
Unarmed/Unmanned Aerial System/Vehicle UAS/UAV
Unarmed/Unmanned Combat Aerial Vehicle UCAV
Unconventional unconv
Unconventional Warfare UCW
Unconventional Warfare Force UWF
Under Command UC
Under Command for Administration UCADMIN
Under Command for Daily Maintenance UCDM
Under Command for Movement UCM
Under Mentioned u/m
Underwater Warfare UWW
Unexploded Bomb UXB
Uniform unf
Unmanned Aerial Vehicle UAV
Unmanned Combat Aerial Vehicle UCAV
Urgent urg
Utilize ut
United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea UNCLOS

16A-38
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Vacancy vac
Vacuum vacu
Vanguard vangd
Variable Depth Sonar VDS
Variable Time VT
Vehicle Waiting Area VWA
Vehicle/Vehicular veh
Vehicle Borne VB
Vehicle Borne Improvised Explosive Device VBIED
Vehicle Radio Communication VRC
Vehicle Sub-Depot VSD
Vehicle(s) off the Road VOR
Vehicles Per Mile vpm
Velocity vel
Venereal Disease VD
Vertical Replenishment VERTREP
Vertical/Short Take-off and Landing V/STOL
Very High Frequency VHF
Very Low Frequency VLF
Very/Very Very Important Person VIP/VVIP
Very Short Range Air Defence VSHORAD
Visit Board Search and Seizure VBSS
Veterinary vet
Vice V(title)
Village vill
Village Defence Party VDP
Visible/Visibility/Visual vis
Visual Display Unit VDU
Visual Flight Rules VFR
Visual Meteorological Conditions VMC
Visual Reconnaissance VR
Visual Signalling V/S
Vocabulary vocab
Volume vol
Vulnerable vul
Vulnerable Area VA
Vulnerable Point VP
Vessel Traffic Monitoring System VTMS

16A-39
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Wagon Line WL
Walkie Talkie wktk
War Establishment WE
War Game WG
War Maintenance Reserve WMR
Wardroom WR
Ware House Inventory Management System WHIMS
Warning wng
Warning Order WngO
Watch Keeper w/k
Water Line WL
Water Point WP
Water Trailer W Tlr
Waterproof wpf
Watertight wth
Weapon (ry) wpn
Weapon Free Zone WFZ
Weapon, Equipment & Statistics WE&S
Weather wx
Weight (age) wt
Wheel wh
Wing wg
Wireless wrls
Wireless Set WS
Wireless Telegraphy W/T
With Effect from wef
With Reference to wrt
Withdraw wdr
Words per Minute wpm
Work Order WkO
Workshop wksp
World Wide Web www
Wounded in Action WIA

16A-40
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Yard yd
Year Ending YE
Year (ly) yr
Young Officer YO

Zone(s) Z
Zone Commander ZC
Zone of Fire ZF
Zone (al) Headquarters ZHQ
Zone (al) Military Commander ZMC

16A-41
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 16
ABBREVIATIONS WITH MULTIPLE MEANING
Abbreviation Words Represented
A
AA Avenue of Approach, Anti-Aircraft
AB Airborne; After Burner
AD Air Defence/Despatch
ADA Air Defence Area; Action Data Automation; Air Defence Alert
ADS Advanced Dressing Station; Air Despatch Service
AGL Above Ground Level; Automatic Grenade Launcher
AI Air Intelligence; Air Interception; Air Interdiction; Artificial
Intelligence
AIB Army Instruction Bangladesh; Air Investigation Board
ALO Air Liaison Officer; Air Electrical Officer
a/m Above mentioned; Aforementioned
AM Amplitude Modulated/Modulation
AMA Army Maintenance Area; Airhead Maintenance Area
AOBC Armoured/Artillery Officers Basic Course
AOR Area of Responsibility; Aircraft Occurrence Report
AP Ammunition Point; Air Publication; Armed Police; Armour Piercing
appr Appropriate(ly)/Appropriation
AT Animal Transport; Air Transport
ATD Actual Time of Departure; Army Training Directive
ATI Army Training Instruction; Annual Technical Inspection
auto Automatic (ally)/Automation
aval Available/ availability
B
BAA Brigade Administrative Area; Bangladesh Army Act
BB Bir Bikram; Baily Bridge; Battleship
BCC Basic Commando Course; Basic Conversion Course
BD Bomb Disposal; Battle Dress
BF Bring/Brought Forward
BL Bill of Landing; Bomb Line
BR Book of Reference; Bangladesh Railway
br Bridge; Branch
bldg Building; Build

16B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

C
cas Casual/Casualty
CB Counter Bombardment; Charge Book; Circuit Breaker
CC Contingent Commander; Cruiser; Compensatory Chance
CCP Casualty Collection Point/Post
CG Centre of Gravity; Guided Missile Cruiser
CI Chief Instructor/Counter Insurgency
CIV Certificate/Certified Issue Voucher
CL Confinement to Lines; Civil Liaison; Light Cruiser
CLF Commander Land Forces/Landing Force
clk Clerk/Clerical
clo Clothe/Cloth
COA Course of Action; Committee of Adjustment
Comm Communicate; Communication
CP Command Post; Critical Point
CR Casualty Return; Central Register
CRV Certificate/Certified Receipt Voucher
crypto Cryptographer/Cryptography
CS Call sign/Commando Ship
CT Covering Troops/Currency Training; Counter Terrorism
CV Aircraft Carrier; Combat/Command Vehicle

D
DA Defence Attache; Drafting Authority; Distributing Authority;
Daily Allowance
def Defend/Defense
dep Depot/Depart
DF Defensive Fire; Direction Finding
dfc Deficiency/Deficient
DG Director General/Degaussing/ Danger Good
DH Decision Height; Direct Hit
diff Differ/Different
div Divide/Division
DM Daily Maintenance; Disaster Management
DMA Daily Maintenance Allowance; Daily Messing Allowance;
Divisional Maintenance Area
DP Distribution Point; Delivery Point; Dumping Point; Decision
Point
DR Despatch Rider; Discrepancy Report
DS Directing Staff; Direct Support; Deputy Secretary
16B-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

DST Decision Support Template; Director of Supply and Transport

dvr Driver/Driving
DZ Drop Zone/Danger Zone

ECR Emergency Cash Requisition; Enemy Contact Report; Engine

Control Room
elec Electric/electrical/electrician/electricity/electronic
emb Embussing/Embarkation
ETA/C/D/R Estimated Time of Arrival/Completion/Departure/Return
EW Early Warning; Electronic Warfare

EWCS Electronic Warfare Control Ship/Station

expl Explode; Explosive

F Fighter; Fleet
FB Firm Base; Fighter Bomber; Fire Base
FC Fighter Control/Controller; Finance Controller; Field Craft
FF Freedom Fighter; Field Firing/ Frigate
FFR Fire/Free Flight Rocket; Fitted for Radio
FI Fitness Inspection; Fleet Instruction
FIR Flight Information Region/Friendly Information Requirement
FIS Flight Information Service; Flying Instructor's School
FM Frequency Modulated/Modulation
FOD Foreign Object Detection; Forward Ordnance Depot.
freq Frequent/Frequency
FS Field Security/Service
FTX Field/Formation Training Exercise
ftg Fighting; Fight
FW Fixed Wing; Fresh Water

G
GA Ground Attack; General Alert
GAP General Air Picture/Plot
GDP General Deployment Plan; Gun Direction Platform
GW Guerrilla Warfare; Guided Weapon

16B-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

H Hull/Hydrographer (BN only)

HE High Explosive; Hydrophone Effect
HF High Frequency; Harassing Fire
hosp Hospital/Hospitalized
HP Horse Power; High Power

IB International Boundary; Inflatable Boat

IC In Charge, Internal Combustion
II Image Intensification/Intensifier
inst Institute/Institution
Insurg Insurgency/insurgent
Int Intelligence/Intelligent
IP Instructional Practice; Initial Point
ISR Identification Safety Range; Infantry Support Raft ;
Intelligence Surveillance and Reconnaissance
IT Individual Training; Information Technology; Instructional
Technique

KA Key Area; Killing Area

lab Laboratory/ Labour

LAP Local Air Picture/Plot
LCM Landing Craft Mechanized/Medium
ldg Leading/ Landing
loc Locality/ Locate
LOD Line of Defense; Line of Departure
long Longitude/longitudinal(ly)
LP Landing Point; Local Purchase; Low Power
LPC Large Patrol Craft; Last Pay Certificate
lt Light(ly)/Left

16B-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

M
mag Magazine/Magnetize
ME Main Effort; Map Exercise
MCU Master/Mixer Control Unit
mat Material/materiel
MT Mechanical/ Motor Transport
med Medical/Medicine/Medium
MRS Medium Range System; Master Radar Station
MR Medium Range; Multi-Role
met Meteorology/meteorological/meteorologist
MA Military Assistant/Attaché; Medical Assistant; Maintenance
Area
MS Mine Sweeper; Mile Stone
min Minute; Minimum/Minimize
MOT Mission Oriented Task; Mission Oriented Training
MOU Mobile Observer Unit; Memorandum of Understanding
mob Mobile/Mobilize
mod Modify; Modality
MFC Mobile/Mortar Fire Controller
MC Motor Cycle; Movement Control; Mobility Corridor
MW Mine Warfare; Mountain Warfare
mt Mount; Mounting; Mounted

O
obj Object; Objective
OCU Operational Control/ Conversion Unit
OHP Over Head Protector/Projection
OHR Over the Horizon Radar; Operational Hazard Report
OT Observer Target; Operation Theatre
OTP One Time Process/Pad

P
para Paragraph; Parachute; Paratrooper
PA Public Address; Public Affairs; Personal Assistant; Personnel
Administration
PE Plastic Explosive; Promotion Exam
pers Personal; Personnel
PI Photographic Interpretation/interpreter

16B-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

PL Phase Line; Pipe Line

pl Platoon; Please
PR Photographic Reconnaissance; Public Relations
pro Provost; Produce
pub Public; Publish/Publication
PW Prisoner of War; Prosecution Witness
PS Personal Staff; Play Slot

Q
qty Quantify/Quantity
qual Qualified/Qualify/Qualification

R
RAM Random Access Memory; Risk Assessment Matrix
RT Radio Telephone/Telephony; Religion Teacher
RV Receipt Voucher; Rendezvous
RR Recoilless Rifle; Radio Relay
RO Record/Retired Officer
rec Record; Recovery
RP Refuelling Point; Regimental Police; Replenishment Park
reg Regular; Regulate
regd Register/Registered
RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete; Rescue Coordination Centre
rel Release; Relieve
R&R Rest and Refit/Recuperation
rd Road; Round
rpm Rotation Per Minute; Round Per Minute
RW Runway; Riverine Warfare; Rotary Wing; Research Work
S
san Sanitary/Sanitation
SAT Satellite; Sea Acceptance Trials
SB Special Branch; Stretcher Bearer; Selection Board
SD Service Dress; Staff Duty
SE Supporting Effort; Secondary Effort
sec Section/sector (al); Second
SF Security Force(s); Striking Force(s); Special Force(s); Safety
Fuse
SI Security Intelligence; Senior Instructor; Simple Imprisonment

16B-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SL Start Line; Search Light

SMG Sub Machine Gun; Speed Made Good
SOS Save Our Soul; Struck off Strength
SP Self-Propelled; Signal Publication; Start Point
SR Surveillance Radar; Short Range
SSD Station Supply/Stores Depot
SSG Guided Missile Submarine; Special Service Group
stat Statistics/Statistical
Su P Surface Picture/Plot
T
TAS Torpedo Anti-Submarine; True Air Speed
TE/F/G/U Task Element/Force/Group/Unit
tech Technical/Technician/Technique/ Technology
tel Telephone/Telephonist/Telephony
terr Terrain; territorial/territory
tg Telegram/Telegraph(ic)(ist)(y)
TI Thermal Imager(y)/ Imaging
topo Topographic(al)/Topography
TOT Time on Target (Artillery); Time Over Target (Aircraft);
Transfer of Technology
TP Turning Point; Traffic Post
tptr Tele printer; transporter
TV Television; Transfer Voucher
U
U/S Unserviceable/Unserviceability
UE Unit Entitlement/Establishment
URO Unit Repair Organization; Unit Routine Order
V
VCP Vehicle Check/Collecting Point
VCD Vehicle Covering Diagram; Vertical Coverage Diagram
W
wk Week (ly), work
WT Weapon Training; Water Tight; Winter Training

16B-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 16
RANKS AND APPOINTMENTS

Ranks
1. Army.
a. Officers.
Field Marshal FM
General Gen
Lieutenant General Lt Gen
Major General Maj Gen
Brigadier General Brig Gen
Colonel Col
Lieutenant Colonel Lt Col
Major Maj
Captain Capt
Lieutenant Lt
Second Lieutenant 2Lt
b. Other Ranks.
Master Warrant Officer MWO
Senior Warrant Officer SWO
Warrant Officer WO
Sergeant Sgt
Corporal Cpl
Lance Corporal Lcpl
Sainik Snk
Sepoy Sep

c. Others.

Gentleman Cadet GC
Gentle Woman Cadet GWC
Non-Combatants (Enrolled) NC(E)
Non-Combatants (Unenrolled) NC(U)
Officer Cadet Offr Cdt
Recruit Rect

16C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

2. Navy.

a. Officers. (1)

Admiral of the Fleet AF

Admiral Adm
Vice Admiral V Adm
Rear Admiral R Adm
Commodore Cdre
Captain Capt
Commander Cdr
Lieutenant Commander Lt Cdr
Lieutenant Lt
Sub Lieutenant S Lt
Acting Sub Lieutenant Ag S Lt
Midshipman Mid
Officer Cadet Offr Cdt

b. Sailors.

Master Chief Petty Officer MCPO

Senior Chief Petty Officer SCPO
Chief Petty Officer CPO
Petty Officer PO
Leading Seaman LS
Able Seaman AB
Ordinary Seaman OD

Note: Usually abbreviations are not used for ranks of Commodore and above in
the address box in correspondence.

3. Air Force.

a. Officers and Cadets.

Marshal of the Air Force Mshl of the AF

Air Chief Marshal Air Chf Mshl
Air Marshal Air Mshl
Air Vice Marshal AVM
Air Commodore Air Cdre
16C-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Group Captain Gp Capt

Wing Commander Wg Cdr
Squadron Leader Sqn Ldr
Flight Lieutenant Flt Lt
Flying Officer Flg Offr
Pilot Officer Plt Offr
Officer Cadet Offr Cdt

b. Airmen.

Master Warrant Officer MWO

Senior Warrant Officer SWO
Warrant Officer WO
Sergeant Sgt
Corporal Cpl
Leading Aircraftmen LAC
Aircraftmen 1 AC 1
Aircraftmen 2 AC 2
Apprentice Appr
Recruits Rect

Appointments, Directorates, Branches/Sec

4. Army.

Additional Military Assistant (Operations and AMA (O&T)

Training)
Additional Military Assistant (Protocol and External AMA
Affairs) (P&EA)
Adjutant adjt
Adjutant General AG
Ammunition Technical Officer ATO
Armourer armr
Artificer atfr
Assistant Adjutant and Quarter Master General AA&QMG
Assistant Director of Ordnance Service ADOS
Bandsman bdsm
Battalion/Battery Quarter Master Sergeant BQMS
Battalion/Battery Sergeant Major BSM

16C-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Battery Commander BC
Brigade Major BM
Brigade Ordnance Junior Commissioned Officer BOJCO
Brigadier General Staff BGS
Carpenter cptr
Chief Engineer/Evaluator CE
Chief Instructor CI
Chief of Army Staff CAS
Chief of Doctrine Division CODD
Chief of General Staff CGS
Chief of Staff COS
Colonel General Staff Col GS
Colonel Staff Col Staff
Commandant Comdt
Commander Comd
Commander Artillery C Arty
Commander Electrical and Mechanical Engineers CEME
Commander Military Engineering Service CMES
Commanding Officer CO
Company Quarter Master Sergeant CQMS
Company Sergeant Major CSM
Craftsman cfn
Deputy Assistant Director of Health DADH
Deputy Assistant Adjutant General DAAG
Deputy Assistant Adjutant and Quartermaster DAA&QMG
General
Deputy Assistant Quartermaster General DAQMG
Deputy Military Assistant DMA
Deputy Military Secretary to President DMSP
Deputy Military Secretary to Prime Minister DMSPM
Directing Staff DS
Director Army Aviation D Avn
Director of Armoured Corps DAC
Director of Artillery D Arty
Director of Budget D Budget
Director of Education D Edn
Director of Electrical and Mechanical Engineers DEME
Director of Engineers D Engr
Director of Infantry D Inf

16C-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Director of Inspection and Technical Development DITD

Director of Medical Services (Army) DMS (Army)
Director of Military Intelligence DMI
Director of Military Operations DMO
Director of Military Training DMT
Director of Movement and Quartering DM&Q
Director of Ordnance Services DOS
Director of Pay, Pension and Accounts DPP&A
Director of Personnel Administration DPA
Director of Personal Services DPS
Director of Signals D Sigs
Director of Staff Duties DSD
Director of Supply and Transport DST
Director of Weapons, Equipment and Statistics DWE&S
Director of Works D Wks
Director of Works and Chief Engineer (Army) DW&CE
(Army)
Division Ordnance Junior Commissioned Officer DOJCO
Draftsman dtmn
Driver dvr
Engineer in Chief E in C
Electrical and Mechanical Engineers EME
Executive Engineer XEN
Field Intelligence Officer FIO
Fitter ftr
Formation Training Evaluator FTE
Foreman of Signals F of S
Forward Air Controller FAC
Forward Observation Officer FOO
General Officer Commanding GOC
General Staff Officer First Grade GSO 1
General Staff Officer Second Grade GSO 2
General Staff Officer Second Grade in Operations GSO 2 (Ops)
Branch
General Staff Officer Third Grade GSO 3
Ground Liaison Officer GLO
Gun Position Officer GPO
Institution Training Evaluator ITE
Instructor instr

16C-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Instructor Gunnery IG
Intelligence Officer IO
Junior Commissioned Officer JCO
Liaison Officer LO
Master General of the Ordnance MGO
Mechanical Transport Officer MTO
Medical Officer MO
Military Secretary MS
Military Adviser/Attaché/Assistant MA
Mortar Position Officer MPO
Movement Control Officer MCO
Musician musn
Non Commissioned Officer NCO
Officer Commanding OC
Officer in Charge OIC
Personal Assistant PA
Physical Training Staff Officer PTSO
Pioneer pnr
Principal Staff Officer PSO
Provost Marshal PM
Quarter Master General QMG
Quartermaster QM
Regimental Medical Officer RMO
Regimental Quartermaster Sergeant RQMS
Regimental Sergeant Major RSM
Riflemen rfn
Sapper spr
Second in Command 2IC
Senior Instructor SI
Senior Medical Officer SMO
Senior Record Officer SRO
Sepoy sep
Signalman sigmn
Squadron Quarter Master Sergeant SQMS
Squadron Sergeant Major SSM
Staff Captain SC
Staff Officer SO
Station Staff Officer SSO
Station Transport Officer STO
Storeman Supply SMS
16C-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Storeman Technical SMT

Superintendent supdt
Technical Staff Officer TSO
Unit Security Officer USO
Warrant Officer Adjutant WOA
Warrant Officer Quarter Master WOQM
Weapon Training Officer WTO
Welder wldr
Yeoman of Signals Y of S

5. Navy.

Assistant Chief Inspector Naval Stores ACINS

Assistant Chief of Naval Staff (Logistics) ACNS (Log)
Assistant Chief of Naval Staff (Materiel) ACNS (M)
Assistant Chief of Naval Staff (Operations) ACNS (O)
Assistant Chief of Naval Staff (Personnel) ACNS (P)
Air Engineer Officer AEO
Air Technical Officer ATO
Air Technical Training Officer ATTO
Base Electrical Officer BLO
Base Engineering Officer BEO
Base Supply Officer BSO
Blind Pilotage Officer BPO
Bombardment Control Officer BCO
Chief Electrical Artificer CEA
Chief Engine Room Artificer CERA
Chief Inspector Naval Stores CINS
Chief of Naval Staff CNS
Chief Ordnance Artificer COA
Chief Petty Officer CPO
Chief Petty Officer (Cook) CPO (Ck)
Chief Petty Officer (Medical) CPO (Med)
Chief Petty Officer (Steward) CPO (Stw)
Chief Petty Officer (Stores) CPO (S)
Chief Petty Officer (Writer) CPO (W)
Chief Radio Communication Supervisor (General) CRS (G)
Chief Radio Electrical Artificer CREA
16C-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Chief Radio Supervisor CRS

Chief Shipwright Artificer CERA (SW)
Commander BN Fleet COMBAN
Commander Chattogram Naval Area COMCHIT
Commander Dhaka Naval Area COMDHAKA
Commander Khulna Naval Area COMKHUL
Commander Design and Drawing CDD
Commodore Naval Aviation COMNAV
Commander Planning and Estimation CPE
Commander Research and Development COMRAD
Commander Submarine COMSUB
Commodore Special Warfare Diving and Salvage COMSWADS
Command
Commodore Superintendent Dockyard CSD
Commander Flotilla West COMFLOT
WEST
Chief Hydrographer CHIEF HYDRO
Commanding Officer Flying Wing COFW
Commander Logistic Wing Cdr Log Wg
Commanding Officer Maintenance Wing COMW
Commander 314 MPA Squadron Cdr 314 Sqn
Commander 109 Helicopter Squadron Cdr 109 Sqn
Cook 1st Class Ck I
Cook 2nd Class Ck II
Deputy General Manager Mechanical DGM (Mech)
Deputy General Manager Ship Repair DGM (SR)
Deputy General Manager Weapon & Electrical DGM(W&E)
Director (Directorate) of Naval Operations DNO
Director (Directorate) of Naval Plans DNP
Director (Directorate) of Naval Intelligence DNI
Director (Directorate) of Submarine DSUB
Director (Directorate) of Signals D SIG
Director (Directorate) of Hydrography D Hydro
Director (Directorate) of Works D Wks
Director (Directorate) of Naval Aviation DNAV
Director (Directorate) of Overseas Naval Operations DONO
Director (Directorate) of Naval Staff Duties and DNSD&C
Ceremony

16C-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Director (Directorate) of Blue Economy DBE

Director (Directorate) of Naval Special Operation DNSO
Director (Directorate) of Personnel Services DPS
Director (Directorate) of Welfare D Wel
Director (Directorate) of Medical Services (Navy) DMS(N)
Director (Directorate) of Naval Training DNT
Director (Directorate) of Naval Education Service DNES
Director (Directorate) of Civilian Personnel DCP
Director (Directorate) of Naval Engineering DNE
Director (Directorate) of Naval Weapons and DNW&EE
Electrical Engineering
Director (Directorate) of Naval Armament DNAI&S
Inspection and Supply
Director (Directorate) of Naval Information and DNIT
Technology
Director (Directorate) of Ship Building DSB
Director (Directorate) of System Analysis Control DSACA
and Automation
Director (Directorate) of Naval Stores DNS
Director (Directorate) of Technical Stores DTS
Director (Directorate) of Budget DOB
Director (Directorate) of Naval Supply and DNST
Transport
Director (Directorate) of Pay, Pension and Accounts DPP&A
Director of Works and Chief Engineer (Navy) DW&CE(Navy)
Diving Medical Officer DMO
Divisional Officer DO
Drafting Authority DA
Electrician 1st Class EN I
Electrician 2nd Class EN II
Electrical Artificer EA
Electrical Artificer 4th Class EA-IV
Electrical Officer LO
Engine Room Artificer ERA
Engine Room Artificer (Shipwright) ERA(SW)
Engine Room Artificer 4th Class ERA IV
Engineer Officer EO
Engine Mechanic ME
16C-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Engine Mechanic 1st Class ME-I

Engine Mechanic 2nd Class ME-II
Flag Lieutenant Flag Lt
Flotilla Communication Officer FCO
Flotilla Diving Officer FDO
Flotilla Electrical Officer FLO
Flotilla Engineer Officer FEO
Flotilla Gunnery Officer FGO
Flotilla Intelligence Officer FIO
Flotilla Medical Officer FMO
Flotilla Motor Transport Officer FMTO
Flotilla Navigation & Direction Officer FNDO
Flotilla Ordnance Engineer Officer FOEO
Flotilla Operations Officer FOO
Flotilla Supply Officer FSO
Flotilla Sports & Recreation Officer FSRO
Flotilla Sports and Physical Training Officer FSPTO
Flotilla Torpedo and Anti-Submarine Officer FTASO
Flotilla Training Officer FTO
Executive Officer XO
Gunnery Officer GO
General Manager Planning & Estimate GM(P&E)
General Manager Personnel and Administration GM(PAD)
General Manager Yard Service GM(YS)
General Manager Production GM(Production)
Leading Cook L CK
Leading Electrician LEN
Leading Engineering Mechanic LME
Leading Medical Assistant LMA
Leading Patrolman LPM
Leading Steward L Stw
Leading Store Assistant LSA
Leading Radio Operator General LRO(G)
Leading Topass L TOP
Leading Writer L Wtr
Manager Personnel & Administration MPAD
Manager Planning and Estimation MPE

16C-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Manager Production MP
Manager Yard Service MYS
Master At Arms MAA
Master Chief Petty Officer (Communication) MCPO (Com)
Master Chief Petty Officer (Catering) MCPO (Cat)
Master Chief Petty Officer (Electrical) MCPO (L)
Master Chief Petty Officer (Engineering) MCPO (E)
Master Chief Petty Officer (Executive) MCPO (X)
Master Chief Petty Officer (Medical) MCPO (Med)
Master Chief Petty Officer (Ordnance) MCPO (Ord)
Master Chief Petty Officer (Radio-Electrical) MCPO (R)
Master Chief Petty Officer (Regulating) MCPO (Reg)
Master Chief Petty Officer (Shipwright) MCPO (SW)
Master Chief Petty Officer (Supply) MCPO (S)
Medical Assistant MA
Medical Assistant 1st Class MA I
Medical Assistant 2nd Class MA II
Medical Officer MO
Mine Clearance Diving Officer MCDO
Musician MUS
Musician 1st Class MUS I
Musician 2nd Class MUS II
Mongla Dockyard MNG DYD
Naval Secretary NS
Naval Armament Supply Officer NASO
Naval Biletting Officer NBO
Naval Distributing Authority NDA
Naval Gunfire Support Liaison Officer NGSLO
Naval Local Audit Officer NLAO
Naval Officer in Charge NOIC
Naval Provost Marshal NPM
Naval Store Keeping Officer NSKO
Navy Training and Doctrine Command NATDOC
Navigating Officer NO
Officer in Tactical Command OTC
Officer of the Day OOD
Officer of the Watch OOW
Ordnance Artificer OA
16C-11
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Ordnance Artificer 4th Class OA IV

Patrolman PM
Petty Officer (Cook) PO (Ck)
Petty Officer (Medical) PO (Med)
Petty Officer Radio Supervisor (General) PORS (G)
Petty Officer (Regulating) PO (R)
Petty Officer (Steward) PO (Stw)
Petty Officer (Store) PO (S)
Petty Officer (Writer) PO (Wtr)
Principal Control Officer PCO
Principal Warfare Officer PWO/PWO(A/C
(Above)/(Communication)/(Navigation)/(Underwater) /N/U)
Radio Operator (General) RO (G)
Radio Electrical Artificer REA
Radio Electrician REN
Radio Operator 1st Class RO I
Radio Operator 2nd Class RO II
Senior Medical Officer SMO
Senior Naval Officer (Afloat) SNO (A)
Senior Officer Present Afloat SOPA
Senior Chief Petty Officer SCPO
Senior Finance Controller (Navy) SFC(N)
Signal Communication Officer SCO
Squadron Commander Missile Boat Squadron SQN CDR MBS
Staff Officer Operation SO(O)
Steward Stw
Steward 1st Class Stw I
Steward 2nd Class Stw II
Store Assistant SA
Radio Operator 1st Class (General) RO(G) I
Radio Operator 2nd Class (General) RO(G) II
Topass TOP
Topass 1st Class TOP 1
Topass 2nd Class TOP 2
Torpedo and Anti-Submarine Officer TASO
Under Training Cook Class II Ck-II/UT
Under Training Electrician Class II EN-II/UT
Under Training Engine Mechanic Class II ME-II/UT
16C-12
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Under Training Medical Assistant Class II MA-II/UT

Under Training Patrolman II PM-II/UT
Torpedo and Anti-Submarine School TAS SCHOOL
Special Warfare Diving and Salvage SWADS
Under Training Radio Operator Class II RO(G)-II/UT
Under Training Ordinary Sailor Class II OD/UT
Under Training Steward Class II Stw-II/UT
Under Training Stores Assistant Class II SA-II/UT
Under Training Topass Class II TOP-II/UT
Under Training Writer Class II WTR-II/UT
Upper Yardman UYM
Writer Wtr
Writer 1st Class Wtr I
Writer 2nd Class Wtr II

6. Air Force.

Air Officer Commanding AOC

Air Traffic Control Officer ATCO
Air Transport Liaison Officer ATLO
Assistant Chief of Air Staff (Administration) ACAS(A)
Assistant Chief of Air Staff (Maintenance) ACAS(M)
Assistant Chief of Air Staff (Operation) ACAS(O)
Assistant Chief of Air Staff (Plan) ACAS(P)
Bangladesh Air Force Academy BAFA
Base Adjutant Base Adjt
Base Commander Base Cdr
Base Legal Officer BLO
Base Security Officer BSO
Base Warrant Officer BWO
Brigade Air Support Officer BASO
Chief Engineer (Air) CE (Air)
Chief of Air Staff COAS
Compensatory Chance CC
Director (Directorate) of Administration and DAC/ Dte AC
Coordination
Director (Directorate) of Air Defence DAD/ Dte AD
Director (Directorate) of Air Intelligence DAI/ Dte AI
Director (Directorate) of Air Operations DAO/ Dte Air Ops
16C-13
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Director (Directorate) of Air Traffic Services DATS/ Dte ATS

Director (Directorate) of Air Training DAT/ Dte Air Trg
Director (Directorate) of Armament and Weapons DA&W/ Dte
A&W
Director (Directorate) of Communication and DC&E/ Dte C&E
Electronics
Director (Directorate) of Education D Edn/ Dte Edn
Director (Directorate) of Engineering D Engg/ Dte Engg
Director (Directorate) of Finance D Fin/ Dte Fin
Director (Directorate) of Flight Safety DFS/ Dte FS
Director (Directorate) of Medical Services (Air) DMS(Air)/ Dte
MS(Air)
Director (Directorate) of Meteorology D Met/ Dte Met
Director (Directorate) of Overseas Air Operations D OAO/ Dte OAO
Director (Directorate) of Personnel D Pers/ Dte Pers
Director (Directorate) of Plan D Plan/ Dte Plan
Director (Directorate) of Project D Proj/ Dte Proj
Director (Directorate) of Recruitment D Rect/ Dte Rect
Director (Directorate) of Supply D Sup/ Dte Sup
Director (Directorate) of Welfare and Ceremony DW&C/ Dte
W&C
Director (Directorate) of Works D Wks/ Dte Wks
Directorate of Provost Marshal PM Dte
Directorate of Cyber Warfare and Information D CW&IT/ Dte
Technology CW&IT
Duty Air Traffic Control Officer DATCO
Duty Forecasting Officer DFO
Duty Officer DO
Duty Staff Officer DSO
Flight Safety Officer FSO
Forward Air Controller FAC
Flying Instructor’s School FIS
Ground Liaison Officer GLO
Ground Safety Officer GSO
Nuclear Biological and Chemical Defence Officer NBCDO
Officer Commanding OC
Officer in Charge OIC
Orderly Officer OO
Provost Marshal PM

16C-14
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Range Safety Officer RSO

Senior Air Traffic Control Officer SATCO
Staff Operation Officer SOO

7. Others.

Administrative Officer AO
Assistant Secretary AS
Chief Administrative Officer CAO
Civilian Gazetted Officer CGO
Civilian Staff Officer CSO
Commander in Chief C in C
Controller General of Defence Finance CGDF
Deputy Commissioner DC
Deputy Secretary DS
Director General DG
Director Inter Services Public Relations DISPR
Director Military Lands and Cantonments DMLC
Duty Medical Officer DMO
Executive Engineer XEN
Field Controller of Military Accounts FCMA
Finance Controller FC
Financial Adviser FA
Garrison Engineer GE
Ground Combater (s) G Cbt
Inspector General of Police IGP
Joint Secretary JS
Lower Division Clerk LDC
Military Estate Officer MEO
Military Secretary to the President MSP
Military Secretary to the Prime Minister MSPM
Personal Assistant PA
Private Secretary PS
Public Relations Officer PRO
Section Officer SO
Senior Administrative Officer SAO
Senior Finance Controller SFC
Upper Division Clerk UDC

16C-15
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX D TO
SECTION 16

NATIONAL DISTINGUISHING LETTERS

1. The following national distinguishing letters (Federal Information

Processing Standard) are used whenever it is necessary to identify a nation or any
part of that nation’s armed forces:

Afghanistan AF Hong Kong HK

Albania AL India IN
Algeria AG Indonesia ID
Angola AO Iran IR
Argentina AR Iraq IQ
Australia AS Israel IL
Austria AT Italy IT
Bahrain BA Japan JA
Bangladesh BD Jordan JO
Belgium BE Kenya KE
Bhutan BT Korea, North KN
Bosnia and Herzegovina BK Korea, South KS
Botswana BW Kuwait KU
Brazil BR Laos LA
Brunei BU Lebanon LE
Cambodia CB Malaysia MY
Canada CA Mali ML
Chad TD Maldives MV
Chili CL Morocco MO
China CH Mozambique MZ
Congo (Brazzaville) CF Myanmar MN
Côte d'Ivoire CI Namibia WA
Denmark DA Nepal NP
DR Congo CG Netherlands NL
Egypt EG New Zealand NZ
Ethiopia ET Nigeria NG
France FR Norway NO
Georgia GG Oman MU
German Federal Republic GE Pakistan PK
Germany GM Palestine PS
Greece GR Philippines RP

16D-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Haiti HA Portugal PO
Qatar QA Tajikistan TI
Russia RU Thailand TH
Saudi Arabia SA Timor-Leste TL
Sierra Leone SL Tunisia TS
Singapore SG Turkey TU
Somalia SO United Arab Emirates TC
South Africa SF United Kingdom UK
Sri Lanka SL United States US
Sudan SD Uzbekistan UZ
Switzerland SZ Vietnam VM
Syria SY Zimbabwe ZI
Switzerland SZ

2. When used to identify a national force, or component of a national force,

the distinguishing letters are bracketed immediately following the force,
formation, or unit number, e.g. 6th (US) Fleet.

3. National distinguishing letters for army elements smaller than a division

are only used when this is necessary to avoid confusion. These may be used as
abbreviation where applicable.

4. Nations which do not appear in the above list will be requested for their
national distinguishing letters as and when necessary.

16D-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX E TO
SECTION 16

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS OF TRAINING INSTITUTIONS

Name of Training Institute Abbreviation

Tri Service Training Institutions

Armed Forces Medical College AFMC

Armed Forces Institute of Pathology AFIP
Armed Forces Medical Institute AFMI
Defence Services Command and Staff College DSCSC
Military Institute of Science and Technology MIST
National Defence College NDC

Army Training Institutions

Armoured Corps Centre and School ACC&S

Army Medical Corps Centre and School AMCC&S
Army School of Education and Administration ASEA
Army School of Music ASM
Army School of Physical Training and Sports ASPTS
Army War Game Centre AWGC
Artillery Centre and School AC&S
Army Service Corps Centre and School ASCC&S
Bangladesh Institute of Peace Support Operation and BIPSOT
Training
Bangladesh Infantry Regimental Centre BIRC
Bangladesh Military Academy BMA
Corps of Military Police Centre and School CMPC&S
East Bengal Regimental Centre EBRC
Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Centre and School EMEC&S
Engineer Centre and School of Military Engineering ECSME
Non Commission Officer’s Academy/JCO-NCO Academy NCOA/JNA
Ordnance Centre and School OC&S
School of Infantry and Tactics SI&T
School of Military Intelligence SMI
Signal Training Centre and School STC&S

16E-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Navy Training Institutions

Bangladesh Naval Academy BNA

BN Dockyard Technical Institute BN DTI
Computer School COM SCHOOL
Engineering School E SCHOOL
Electrical School L SCHOOL
Fast Attack Craft School FAC SCHOOL
Gunnery School GUN SCHOOL
Hydrographic School HYD SCHOOL
Junior Staff Training Institute JSTI
Medical School MED SCHOOL
Music School MUS SCHOOL
Naval Provost and Law School PALS
Naval Institute of Technology NIT
Navigation and Direction School ND SCHOOL
New Entry Training School NETS
Nuclear, Biological, Chemical Defence Including Fire NBCD SCHOOL
Fighting and Damage Control School
Ordnance School ORD SCHOOL
Physical Training School PT SCHOOL
School of Logistic and Management SOLAM
School of Maritime Warfare and Tactics SMWT
School of Naval Intelligence SNI
School of SWADS and Centre SOSAC
Seamanship School SS SCHOOL
Signal School SIG SCHOOL
Torpedo and Anti-Submarine School TAS SCHOOL

Air Force Training Institutions

Airmen Training Institute ATI
Airmen Training Centre ATC
Aero Medical Institute AMI
Air Traffic Services School ATSS
Air Defence Notification Centre ADNC
Bangladesh Air Force Academy BAFA
Command and Staff Training Institute CSTI
Flight Safety Institute FSI
Flying Instructor School FIS
Helicopter Simulator Training Institute HSTI

16E-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Individual Studies School ISS

Mechanical Transport Driving School MTDS
Officers Training School OTS
Recruit Training School RTS
School of Physical Fitness SOPF
School of Security and Intelligence SSI

16E-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX F TO
SECTION 16

REGIMENTS AND CORPS IN THE ARMY

Unit/Regiment/Sub-unit Abbreviation

1. Armoured Corps. AC

Bengal Cavalry B Cav

4 Horse 4H
9 Bengal Lancers 9 BL
B Squadron 7 Horse B Sqn 7 H
A Squadron 6 Cavalry A Sqn 6 Cav

2. Regiment of Artillery. Arty

2 Field Regiment 2 Fd Regt

3 Medium Regiment 3 Med Regt
4 Mortar Regiment 4 Mor Regt
5 Light Anti-Aircraft Regiment 5 LAA Regt
40 Medium Regiment 40 Med Regt
29 Division Locating Battery 29 Div Loc Bty
R Battery 1 Field Regiment R Bty 1 Fd Regt

3. Corps of Engineers. Engrs

1 Engineer Battalion 1 Engr Bn

3 Engineer Battalion 3 Engr Bn
5 Riverine Engineer Battalion 5 RE Bn
9 Engineer Battalion 9 Engr Bn
16 Engineer Construction Battalion 16 ECB
22 Field Company 5 Engineer Battalion 22 Fd Coy 5 Engr Bn

4. Corps of Signals. Sigs

Headquarters 86 Independent Signal Brigade HQ 86 indep Sig Bde

1 Signal Battalion 1 Sig Bn
5 Signal Battalion 5 Sig Bn
10 Signal Battalion 10 Sig Bn

16F-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Army Static Signal Battalion Army Static Sig Bn

105 Brigade Signal Company 105 Bde Sig Coy
Static Signal Company Savar Static Sig Coy Savar

5. Infantry. Inf

1 East Bengal Regiment 1 EB

15 East Bengal Regiment (Mechanized) 15 EB (Mech)
19 East Bengal Regiment (Divisional Support) 19 EB (Div Sp)
1 Bangladesh Infantry Regiment 1 BIR
16 Bangladesh Infantry Regiment 16 BIR

6. Para Commando.

1 Para Commando Battalion 1 Para Cdo Bn

7. Army Aviation. Army Avn

Army Aviation Group Army Avn

8. Other Corps. Examples of field unit/subunits of some Corps are given

within brackets.

Army Service Corps ASC

(31 Supply & Transport Battalion) (31 ST Bn)
(601 Supply and Transport Company) (601 ST Coy)

Army Medical Corps AMC

(11 Field Ambulance) (11 Fd Amb)

Army Ordnance Corps AOC

(17 Division Ordnance Company) (17 Div Ord Coy)
Electrical and Mechanical Engineers Corps EME
(5 Field Workshop Company) (5 Fd Wksp Coy)

Remount Veterinary and Farm Corps RV& FC

Army Dental Corps ADC

Corps of Military Police CMP

16F-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Army Education Corps AEC

Army Corps of Clerks ACC

Armed Forces Nursing Service AFNS

______________________________________________________________

Note: Units and independent sub-units of all arms and services will be listed in
numerical sequence irrespective of type or role as per seniority of arms and
Services. In case there is no numerical designation e.g. Bengal Cavalry, Army
Static Signal Battalion etc., seniority will be decided by respective directorates of
Army Headquarters. However, sub-units will take the seniority or precedence of
their parent units.

16F-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX G TO
SECTION 16

BASES, UNITS AND BRANCHES OF BANGLADESH NAVY

1. Authority/Division.
NS
Naval Secretariat
Naval Law Department NLD
Drafting Authority DA
Naval Distributing Authority NDA

2. Naval Base/Establishment.

BNS ISSA KHAN IK

BNS SHAHEED MOAZZAM SM
BNS BHATIARY BTY
BNS ULKA ULK
BNS NIRVIK NVK
BNS HAJI MOHSIN HM
BNS TITUMIR TMR
BNS MONGLA MNG
BNS SHEIKH MUJIB SKM
BNS SHER-E-BANGLA S/BANGLA
BNS SHEIKH HASINA S/HASINA
BNS PATENGA PTG
BNS UPASHAM UPSM
BN DOCKYARD DYD
Base Supply Organization Chattogram BSO CTG
Base Supply Depot (Navy) Dhaka BSD(N) DHK
Naval Stores Depot Chattogram NSD CTG
Forward Base Cox’s Bazar FB COX’S BZR
Forward Base Saint Martins FB St’ Martins
Naval Recruiting Centre Dhaka NRC DHK
Centre for Naval Research and Development CNRD
Bangladesh Navy Hydrographic and BNHOC
Oceanographic Centre
Radio Transmitting Station Tiger Pass RTS TIGER PASS

16G-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Identification Friend or Foe and Sensor IFF CENTRE

Development Centre
Naval Stores Sub Depot Dhaka NSSD DHK
Submarine Workshop SUB WK SHOP
Boat Repair and Maintenance Workshop BOAT WK SHOP

3. Submarine.

BNS NOBOJATRA NJ
BNS JOYJATRA JJ

4. Surface Fleet.

7 Frigate Squadron 7FS

BNS ABU BAKR AB
BNS ALI HAIDER AH
BNS UMAR FAROOQ UF
BNS ABU UBAIDAH AU
8 Frigate Squadron 8 FS
BNS BANGABANDHU BB
9 Frigate Squadron 9 FS
BNS SOMUDRA JOY SMJ
BNS SOMUDRA AVIJAN SMA
10 Small Frigate Guided Missile 10 FSG
BNS BIJOY BJY
BNS DHALESHWARI DLI
11 Small Frigate Guided Missile 11 FSG
BNS SHADHINOTA SDN
BNS PROTTOY PTY
BNS SANGRAM SRM
BNS PROTTASHA PTA
BNS SAGAR SGR
BNS SHAPLA SPL
BNS SAIKAT SKT
BNS SUROVI SVI
BNS SHAIBAL SBL
21 Patrol Craft Squadron 21 PCS

16G-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

BNS MEGHNA MGN

BNS JAMUNA JMN
26 Patrol Craft Squadron 26 PCS
BNS APARAJEYA APJ
BNS ADOMYA ADM
BNS ATONDRO ATN
31 Patrol Craft Squadron 31 PCS
BNS PADMA PD
BNS SURMA SUR
BNS TISTA TIS
BNS KARNAPHULI KP
71 Patrol Craft Squadron 71 PCS
BNS SANGU SNG
BNS TURAG TUR
BNS BARKAT BKT
BNS SALAM SLM
81 Patrol Craft Squadron 81 PCS
BNS DURJOY DJY
BNS NIRMUL NML
BNS DURGAM DGM
BNS NISHAN NSN
91 Patrol Craft Squadron 91 PCS
BNS MADHUMATI MDM
BNS KAROTOA KRT
BNS GOMATI GMT
BNS KAPATAKHAYA KPT
101 Patrol Craft Squadron 101 PCS
BNS DHANSIRI DH
BNS CHITRA CH
BNS TITAS TIT
BNS KUSIYARA KUS
812 Missile Boat Squadron 812 MBS
BNS DURDHARSHA DDSA
BNS DURDANTA DNTA
BNS DORDANDA DNDA
813 Missile Boat Squadron 813 MBS
BNS ANIRBAN ANBN

16G-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Auxiliary Squadron AUX

BNS ANUSHANDHAN ANU
BNS DARSHAK DSK
BNS TALLASHI TAL
BNS AGRADOOT AGDT
BNS IMAM GAZZALI IGL
BNS KHAN JAHAN ALI KJA
BNT KHADEM KDM
BNT SEBAK SBK
BNT RUPSHA RUP
BNT SHIBSHA SBS
BNT HALDA HLD
BNT PASSUR PSR
BNFD SUNDARBAN SBN
BNFC BALABAN BLBN
9 Mine Sweeper Squadron 9 MSS
Landing Craft Utility LCU
BNS SONDIP SNDP
BNS HATIA HAT
BNS TIMI TIMI
BNS TUNA TUNA
BNS PENGUIN PGN
BNS DOLPHIN DLPN
Landing Craft Tank LCT
BNS SHAH PORAN SPRN
BNS SHAH MAKHDUM SMKD
LANDING CRAFT TANK-103 LCT-103
LANDING CRAFT TANK-100 LCT-100
LANDING CRAFT TANK-101 LCT-101
Landing Craft Vehicle and Personnel LCVP-011
Landing Craft Vehicle and Personnel-011 LCVP-011
Landing Craft Vehicle and Personnel-012 LCVP-012
Landing Craft Vehicle and Personnel-013 LCVP-013
BNS SHAH AMANAT SMT
109 Helicopter Squadron 109 Hel Sqn
314 MPA Squadron 314 MPA Sqn
315 MPA Squadron 315 MPA Sqn

16G-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX H TO
SECTION 16
BASES, UNITS AND BRANCHES OF BANGLADESH AIR FORCE
Bases/Units/Branches Abbreviation
1. Bases.

Bangladesh Air Force Base Bangabandhu BAF BBD

Bangladesh Air Force Base Bashar BAF BSR
Bangladesh Air Force Base Birsreshto Matiur BAF MTR
Rahman
Bangladesh Air Force Base Cox’s Bazar BAF CXB
Bangladesh Air Force Base Paharkanchanpur BAF PKP
Bangladesh Air Force Base Zahurul Haque BAF ZHR

2. Squadrons/Units.

1 Squadron 1 Sqn
101 Special Flying Unit 101 SFU
103 Air Transport Training Unit 103 ATTU
105 Advance Jet Training Unit 105 AJTU
Air Headquarters (Unit) Air HQ (U)
Air Defence Operations Centre ADOC
Fighter Controller Training Unit FCTU
Central Medical Board CMB
Bangabandhu Aeronautical Centre BAC
Central Quality Control Unit CQCU
Information and Selection Centre I&SC
Bangladesh Air Force Museum BAF MSM
Personnel Despatch Centre PDC
Record Office RO
1 Field Unit 1 FU
1 Provost and Security Unit BAF 1 P&S(U)
201 Maintenance Unit 201 MU
214 Maintenance Repair Overhaul Unit 214 MROU
Radar Unit Cox's Bazar CRU
ATS Radar Squadron ATS Radar Sqn

16H-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Radar Unit Barishal BSRU

Radar Unit Bogura BRU
Radar Unit Moulovibazar MRU
301 Surface to Air Missile Unit 301 SAMU
Bangladesh Air Force BAF Sta SNR
Station Shamshernagar
Care and Maintenance Unit Lalmonirhat C&M (U) LMH
3. Branches Abbreviation
General Duties Branch
a. Pilot GD(P)
b. Navigators GD(N)
Engineering Branch Engg
Logistic Branch Log
Administrative Branch Admin
Air Traffic Control Branch ATC
Air Defence Weapons Controllers Branch ADWC
Education Branch Edn
Legal Branch Legal
Finance Branch Fin
Meteorological Branch Met
Medical Branch Med

4. Airmen Trades Abbreviation

Airframe Fitter Afr Fitt

Engine Fitter Eng Fitt
Electrical and Instrument Fitter E&I Fitt
Radio Fitter Radio Fitt
Armament Fitter Armt Fitt
General Engineering Gen Engg
Ground Signaling GS
Radar Operator Rad Op
Air Traffic Control Assistant ATCA
Meteorology Assistant Met Asst
Mechanical Transport Operator and Fitter MTOF
Physical Fitness and Drill Instructor PF&DI
Ground Combaters GC
Provost Pro
Logistic Assistant Log Asst

16H-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Secretariat Assistant (General Duties) Sec Asst (GD)

Secretariat Assistant (Accounts) Sec Asst (A)
Medical Assistant Med Asst
Administrative Assistant Admin Asst
Musician Music
Cypher Assistant Cy Asst
Education Instructor Edn Instr
Ground Combaters GC

16H-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 17

ARMY SYMBOLS

General

1701. Definition. Army symbol is a graphic sign used usually on a map,

display or diagram to represent a particular Army unit, installation, activity of
other ‘elements’ of Army interest. It comprises of alphanumeric characters,
completed as necessary by letters, figures, abbreviations, words or colours.

1702. Use. Army symbols are used in:

a. All types of battle maps including overprints.
b. Field sketches and overlays.
c. Air photographs.
d. Organizational charts.

1703. Unauthorized Symbols. In exceptional cases where no symbol exist or a

combination of symbols would not be clear, a special sign may be devised but it
must be explained in a legend.

Colour Presentation

1704. Ideally, different colours will be used to differentiate between enemy and
friendly symbols. However, it is necessary to provide for both one colour and
multi-colour representation of symbols. Following colours are used in multi
colour representation to represent:
a. Blue. Friendly units, posts and installations, equipments, activities
and ground environment symbols, not covered by the colours listed
below.
b. Red. Enemy units, posts and installation, equipments, activities
and ground environment symbols, not covered by the colours listed
below.
c. Green. Friendly and/or enemy man made obstacles, eg minefields,
ditches, road blocks etc. Friendly Para Military Forces such as Border
Guard Bangladesh/Bangladesh Coast Guard will also be depicted in
green.
17-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. Yellow. Friendly and/or enemy NBC event and contaminated

areas.

e. Miscellaneous. All alphanumeric characters or words used in

connection with the above representations should be in their respective
colours and block capitals, e.g. the nickname of a bridge on reserved
demolition should be written in green colour in block capitals next to the
symbol of the bridge which is also in green. Similarly, all alphanumerical
characters of friendly forces will be in blue. All other markings such as
grid intersections, superscription etc should be in black. Any deviation or
other colour if used, should be explained in a legend.

Basic Rules

1705. Army symbols can be used to indicate:

a. Forces. These include:

(1) Type, e.g. Service/arm/unit, HQ, installation, observation post

or landing site.

(2) Size, e.g. division, section, etc.

(3) Areas, e.g. location, boundaries, objectives, etc.

(4) Movements, e.g. advance or reconnaissance, etc.

b. Weapons and Equipment. Any weapon with its quantity and

caliber. Any equipment with quantity.

c. Miscellaneous Information. All writings will be in capitals.

17-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

1706. Type. The types of basic symbols are represented by:

a. A unit :

b. A Headquarters (HQ):

c. An observation post:
Own Artillery

d. An administrative or logistic installation:

e. An electronic installation:

f. A landing site:

1707. Basic Unit and Logistical Installation Role Indicators. The symbols for
basic unit and logistical installation roles are given at Annex A to this section.
The appropriate symbol is placed inside the signs shown at Paragraph 1706.

1708. Size. The size indicators are shown at Annex B to this section. The size
graph indicator is placed on top of the basic symbol. For an observation post or
installation, the size indicates for whom the same has been established. The
abbreviated nomenclature of the unit/formation usually appears on the right and
if the symbol indicates a sub-unit or a sub-sub-unit then the sub-unit or the sub-
sub-unit identification is shown on the left.

1709. Areas. When it is not appropriate to lay down boundaries between

areas but it is required to show areas for them, a line is drawn to enclose the
areas:

a. If the area is occupied or put in a state of defence, the unit symbol

is omitted and the size symbol is put on the line of the ‘goose egg’, eg:

Represents an area occupied by a company

b. If the area contains a unit, not in state of defence, the unit

symbol is enclosed in the ‘goose egg’, e.g.

Represents a battalion in an area not in a state of defence

17-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

c. When a group of units is allotted an area, it is often convenient to

displace the unit symbols to the margin, eg:

1710. Movements. To indicate movement on a given route, a single arrow is

used, eg:
F
ASSY A U
P

1711. Weapons and Equipment. Symbols for weapons and equipment are
shown in Annexes C, D and E to this section.

1712. Miscellaneous Symbols. Annex F to this Section.

Other Instructions

1713. One Colour Representation. When only one colour is used, forces and
activities will be drawn with double line. Where double lines cannot be used,
such as on equipment symbols, the letters ‘EN’ will accompany.

1714. Solid or Broken Lines. A solid line is used to indicate actual locations,
objectives and boundaries. Broken lines are used to indicate any future or
projected location:

Future location of an own Enemy unit HQ anticipated

infantry battalion location

1715. Time. The time of any happening such as the opening of a headquarters
or installation, the arrival of a unit in a new location, notice to move (NTM) time,
the information seen or valid at, etc., may be written under the symbol. A date-
time group is used.

17-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

1716. Question Marks. A question mark used in conjunction with a symbol

indicates that some doubt exists about the information. The question mark is
placed in the position related to the symbols in which the doubt exists, e.g.

represents an enemy infantry battalion whose identity is

? not known
?
represents an enemy signal unit whose size in not known

1717. Destruction. An equipment, weapon, installation, etc. is marked X if

destroyed, eg:

represents a destroyed enemy field artillery gun by own

action. Following sign to be inserted here.

1718. Phony (Dummy). The sign is placed with the symbol, e.g.

represents an own dummy strong point.

1719. Location. For indicating the location of symbolized units or installations,

the following is applicable:

a. At the point of the shaft or staff for headquarters, e.g.

b. At the centre of the bottom for:

c. At the end of a ‘location vector’ which starts from one of the above
location points, when it is necessary to offset the symbol from its current
position:

17-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

d. If several Headquarters are at one location, a number of flags can

be placed on a single staff/shaft, e.g.
XX

e. Where a group of units, installations or activities (other than HQ)

are at one location, it is often convenient to indicate this with a bracket,
e.g.

1720. Headquarters Representation. Unit Headquarters and Command Posts

may be specified by writing abbreviated characters such as ALTN, MAIN, MOB,
RES, STEP UP, TAC, etc., on the left of the symbol. Thus, Step Up HQ
established at Point C at 2000 hrs 13 November by 9 Brigade is:
X
STEP UP 9

132000F NOV
C
1721. Special Size Indicator or Combat Grouping. To show a non-organic
combat command or group, the symbol is drawn over the size indicator and the
number of armoured and infantry sub-unit forming it is shown by writing their
number in brackets to the right of the symbol title putting armour before infantry.
Thus 7 Horse Regimental Group comprising three squadrons and one company
will be represented as:

7H (3,1)

1722. Reinforced or Detached. When a unit is reinforced or if part of it is

detached, it is shown thus:

14 EB (+) Own 14 East Bengal reinforced

17-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

5 CAV (-) Enemy 5 Cavalry with part detached

1723. Aerodromes. The apex denotes the exact location e.g.:

a. Airfield:

b. Landing strip:

Basic Rules for Drawing Symbols

1724. Information Fields.

17-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Example:

9 ll ?
11 Bde 9 EB (+) (3,1)
STEP UP Div Sp

132000F NOV
Notes:

(1) Which of these Field Titles will appear in this Field depends upon which
role indicator is shown.
(2) The letters ‘I’ and ‘O’ have been excluded to avoid confusion.
(3) See Paragraphs 1705 through 1722.
1725. Contents of Information Fields.

Serial Field Title and Applicable Remarks

Letter Description to
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Mandatory Information Fields
1. A Basic symbol and All
Role Indicator for
Units, Posts and
Installations or
Equipment
Symbol
2. B Size Indicator Units, a. Mandatory for units.
Installation
Posts b. For installation and
posts, the Size Indicator
will be of the organic
formation or of the
formation for whom
provided.
c. May be used with
equipment.

17-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

3. C Unique All a. Many include

Designation National Distinguishing
Followed by Letters.
Higher
Formations, if b. Must follow the
any sequence of sizes given at
Annex B to this section.
In case of a formation if it
is not known, symbols ‘?’
and if it is not to be
shown, symbols ‘ ’ are
to be indicated.

c. The Unique
Designation must always
match the Size Indicator.
If a Size Indicator is not
shown, the Unique
Designation must include
the size.

4. D Highest All a. It becomes the

Formation to be Unique Designation
shown/ Unique matching with the Size
Designation Indicator if it is the only
one to be shown, i.e.
when Field

C is blank. If a Size
Indicator is not shown,
the Unique Designator
must include the size.

b. May include national

Distinguishing letters.

17-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

Optional Information Fields

5. E Special Size Units Must be displayed when

Indicator (See applicable.
Paragraph 1721)

6. F Reinforced or Units This field is always

Detached Shown shown in brackets.
as (+) or (-). (See
Paragraph 1722)
7. G Combat Units a. This Field is always
Grouping shown in brackets.
(See Paragraph b. Only one of the
1721) Fields F or G can be
shown at one time.
c. Field G may be
shown in conjunction
with field E.

8. H Name or type of All a. Examples: DIV

Unit SP, DIV RES, ADS,
COVERING TPS/
FORCE, SP, ECP etc.
b. This Field is not
to be shown in brackets
only when it is by it self.
9. J Additional All A space beside the
Information (For symbol can be used for
notes by the making notes that
users) clarifies the symbol
further.
10. K Quantity of Equipment Shows how many
Equipment equipments are present
11. L Type of Units Shows class, calibre or
Equipment Equipment type of equipment; no
brackets only when by
itself.

17-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

12. M HQ Units Specifies level of HQ, eg.
Representation TAC, STEP UP, MAIN,
(See Paragraph ALTN, REAR, BAA,
15) DAA etc.

13. N Mobility Units A pictorial representation

Indicator Equipment of mobility as shown at
Page 17D-2.

14. P Date-Time Group All a. This symbol

(See Paragraph element contains all
15) information relating to
time.
b. May be
supplemented by 'AT',
'FORM' etc., to show to
what extent the time
applies.

15. Q Direction of All a. Indicates the

Movement Arrow general direction, not the
precise route.
b. Always
positioned at the location
point of the symbol.

16. R Unconfirmed All when all the information

Query Mark is doubtful.

Examples

1726. Examples. Examples of various Army symbols are given at Annex

G to this section.

1727. Rules for Making of map, overlay and sketch are given at Annex H to
this section.

1728-1799. Reserved.

17-11
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Annexes:

A. Basic unit and Logistical Role Indicators.

B. Size Indicators.
C. Weapon Symbols.
D. Transport Symbols and Mobility Indicators.
E. Electronic Installation Indicators and Activities.
F. Terrain and Tactical Activities.
G. Examples.
H. Rules for Making of Map, Overlay and Sketch.

17-12
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 17

BASIC UNIT AND LOGISTICAL ROLE INDICATORS

Serial Service/unit Symbol Serial Service/unit Symbol

(a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c)

Service/Unit

1. Bangladesh Army 11. Naval Aviation

Supply and
2. Bangladesh Navy 12.
Transport

Bangladesh Air
3. 13. Medical
Force

4. Armour 14. Ordnance

Electrical and
5. Artillery 15. Mechanical
Engineers
Remount
6. SP Regt 16. Veterinary and
Form Corps
Military Policy
7. Engineers 17.
(Provost) MP

8. Signals 18. Dental D

9. Infantry 19. Police POLICE

10. Army Aviation 20. Cyber CYBER

17A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Serial Service/unit Symbol

(a) (b) (c)
Functions

1. Airborne/Air-transportable

2. Airmobile

3. Amphibious

4. Anti-air/ Air Defence

5. Anti-tank

6. Armoured Reconnaissance

7. Mechanized/APC Borne/ Armoured Infantry

8. Mountain

9. Parachute (in role)

10. Postal POSTAL

11. Reconnaissance

12. Para Commando

17A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Serial Logistical/Role Symbol

(a) (b) (c)

Basic Logistic Role Indicators

1. All types ammunition

2. Air Force ammunition

3. Army Aviation ammunition

4. Artillery ammunition

5. All natures ammunition less artillery

6. Rations

7.
Aviation fuel

8.
Non-aviation fuel

9. Aviation fuel, Air Force supply

10. Aviation fuel, Army supply

11. Water W

17A-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 17
SIZE INDICATORS

Serial Symbol Unit (or its equivalent)

(a) (b) (c)

1. Section (smallest unit; US Squad)

Unit larger than a section but smaller than a

2.
platoon equivalent

Platoon/Troop equivalent
3.
l
4. Company/Battery/Squadron equivalent

ll
5. Battalion equivalent

X
6. Brigade equivalent

XX
Division
7.

XXX
8. Corps

XXXX
9. Army

XXXXX
Army Group
10.

17B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Symbols Associated with Size Indicators

(a) (b) (c)

ll Non-organic unit or temporary grouping, eg.

1. Battle Group over the size indicator of a
battalion

2. Unknown

17B-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 17

WEAPON SYMBOLS

Serial Symbol Meaning Remarks

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1. Infantry weapon; LMG

2. Gun or Howitzer

Medium caliber
3.
Drawn across the
symbol
4. Heavy caliber

High trajectory weapon, eg.

5.
mortar or howitzer
Placed at foot of
shaft of symbol
6. Anti-tank

Surrounds the
7. Anti-aircraft
weapon symbol

Placed at head of
8. Rocket projector
shaft of symbol

Location at
9. Missile bottom of middle
shaft

17C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c)

Location at
10. Anti-tank Missile
centre of symbol

Location at
Surface to Surface Missile
11. bottom of
launching site
slanting shaft

Location at
Surface to Air Missile
12. bottom of middle
launching site
shaft

Location at
13. Smoke generator bottom of
triangle

Note: The symbols shown here are used to indicate the type of weapon and its
position. Unless otherwise stated, the location of the weapon is the base of the
shaft of the symbol. The quantity of the weapons is shown on the left and the
caliber or weight of the projectile is shown on the right of the symbols.

17C-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX D TO
SECTION 17

TRANSPORT SYMBOLS AND MOBILITY INDICATORS

Serial Description Symbol

(a) (b) (c)

1. Vehicles.

a. Armoured Personnel Carrier (APC)

b. General Symbol for armoured

vehicle

c. General Symbol for unprotected

vehicle

d. MICV/IFV

e. Tank

(Light) (Medium) (Heavy)

f. ARV (tr/wh)

17D-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c)

2. Mobility Indicators.

a. Tracked or half-tracked

b. Self Propelled

c. Wheeled

d. Wheeled cross country

e. Railway

f. Towed vehicle or trailer

g. Animal

h. Amphibious

j. Wagon line

17D-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX E TO
SECTION 17

ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION INDICATORS AND ACTIVITIES

Serial Description of Type Symbol

(a) (b) (c)

(Shown in alphabetical order)

Electronic Installation Role Indicators

1. Air Defence Radar

2. Artillery Locating

3. Electronic Warfare

4. Ground Sensor/Ground Surveillance

Radar

5. Radio Relay Station

6. Radio Station

7. Target Designator, eg: Laser, IR

17E-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c)

Electronic Installation Activities

1. Direction Finding

2. Emitting

3. Intercepting

4. Jamming

17E-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX F TO
SECTION 17

TERRAIN AND TACTICAL ACTIVITIES

Points

1. A point of Army interest on a map or diagram is indicated by one of the

following:
a. General or Unspecified Point:

(1) A Special Indicator may be added

eg:

(a) Start Point:

(b) Release Point:

b. Control Point:

c. Junction/Contact/Coordinating Point:

It is indicated by placing the symbol on the boundary line. For this

symbol, the location point is the centre of the symbol.

d. Vulnerable Point:

e. T Junction:

f. Y Junction:

17F-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Lines

2. Boundaries. These are marked by solid lines with the size of the unit
interposed at convenient intervals. The numerical designations of units should be
placed on either side of their symbols to indicate which formations are separated
by the boundary. When a boundary separates units of unequal sizes, the symbols
for the larger is used. However, unit rear boundaries are given the size of the unit
and not of the higher unit commanding it. Where the unit concerned does not
correspond to the size symbol, the size designation must be given:

(Shows 1 Division with 2 Division on its left and 7 Division on its right and 5
Division to the rear. In the Division area, 44 Brigade is on the left, 101 East
Bengal (EB) on the right and 10 Armoured Brigade in the rear. The rear
boundaries of 44 Brigade and 101 EB are also shown.)

3. Phase Lines or Coordination Lines.

a. Lines. The front line is marked by a series of curved lines:

17F-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(1) The position of the curve does not necessarily mark the location
of a combat element.

(2) The convex side of the symbol is towards the opposing force.

b. Other Phase or Coordination Lines. These are marked by line

indicators like COMM Z, FSCL, FEBA, FLET, FLOT, SL, MSR, OBJ,
PL, RCZ, RL (See Annex A to section 16 for decoding the abbreviations)
and supplementary information at appropriate intervals. Examples are:

A phase line, nickname

‘BLACK APPLE’
which is to be reached
at 221030 hrs.

A Fire Support
Coordination Line,
following a terrain
feature effective during
the time period shown.
Areas and Positions

4. Reconnaissance Area.

a. Used to depict the area within which a unit or formation is

responsible for reconnaissance.
b. The points of the arrows indicate the width of that area but not its
forward edge.

Forward reconnaissance, eg. in Rearward reconnaissance as in

advance operations covering troops battle in defence

17F-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

5. Usage of Area. This indications the use being made of the area, eg
ASSY (assemble area), CONC, (contaminated area), DUMP, HIDE (hide area),
LZ, LOG (logistics area), OBJ, SMOKE (obscured by smoke), SHELL (shelled
or bombed), radioactive and vulnerable areas (shown symbolically) as follows:

a. Assy Area

b. Hide Out

c. Contaminated Areas Other than Radio-Active:

or

241500 F AUG

(Contaminated area other that radio-active shaded in yellow or letter ‘G’

written in the centre.)

d. Radio-active. Curves of iso-intensity (the same number of

radiation per hour) are drawn; the intensity may be written inside the
triangular signs of the iso-intensity curve. The times of beginning of fall-
out (BF) and end of fall-out (EF) may be shown at different distances
from ground zero, eg:

e. Vulnerable Area

17F-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

f. Dispersal Area

g. Cantonment

6. Positions.
a. Combat Position. See paragraph 1709.
b. Firing Position. This is to be used in conjunction with a Unit or
an equipment symbol to be oriented in the direction of firing eg:

(1) Firing position occupied by

own B Squadron; positions follows a
line such as a terrain feature:

(2) Firing position occupied by

two en 82 mm Mortars:

c. Strong Point. A well-fortified position, usually of a defensive

nature:

A strong point occupied by B

Company: B

d. C pen line (eff)

e. C pen line (not eff)

17F-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Fire Planning Symbols

7. Concentration Point:

8. Linear Concentration:

9. Nuclear Target (Point):

10. Arc of Fire.

a. Arc. Broken lines on either side of the weapon with arrow at
either end indicate the arc the firing is in the future. A hook may be
added at the end of the arc to indicate the maximum range of the weapon
in that position. Fixed line is shown by an arrow in front of the weapon.
Examples are:

(1) Arc of fire from the location

point of weapon:

(2) Arc of fire from the sides of

a firing position with the hook
showing the maximum effective
range for this position (some
obstruction limits the range on the
right):

(3) Arc of fire from the sides of

an artillery regiment firing
position:

17F-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Movement
11. Air Movement. The basic symbol for a route is used with the symbols to
show who is using it. Examples are:
a. A one-direction route the army aviation plan to use:

b. A two-direction route used by the Air Force:

12. Patrolling by Tps

13. Tk hunting party

14. Directions.
a. Route of Advance. Also see paragraph 1710.

or

b. Axis of Advance. Width of staff may be used to show the

approximate or average frontage used; may also be repeated at
convenient intervals eg:

or

17F-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

c. Route. The arrows show the direction of movement and should be

repeated as often as necessary for clarity. If movement in both directions
is allowed, no arrows should be used. Again, any code word or Military
Load Classification (MLC) may be written beside the route at convenient
intervals. Examples:

(1) Route with MLC of

60 in one direction only

(2) Route codenamed

KING movement in both
direction :

(3) Planned route

codenamed QUEEN, MLC
30 in one direction only:

d. Counter attk/Spoiling attk

e. En Attk Repulsed by own

f. Own Attk halted by En

g. Main effort

17F-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Fortifications

15. Emplacement. This is

drawn above the symbol:

16. Foxhole or Weapon Slit.

Example of three foxholes for two
men:

17. Any Trench System:

18. Dug-out, Shelter or

Pillbox:

19. Strong Point or Fortified

Area:

20. Strong Point With Size

Symbol:
(See paragraph 6c)

21. Multistoried Bldg

Obstacles

22. Demolished Area:

17F-9
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

23. Tank Obstacle.

a. Wall or bank:

b. Ditch:

c. Type unspecified:

24. Stakes or Rails etc:

25. Road Block. Placed on the centre of the road:

a. Proposed:

b. Prepared but passable:

c. Completed:

26. Wire:
a. Concertina:

b. Fence:

c. Trip:

d. Type unspecified:

27. Inundation:

17F-10
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

28. Mines.

a. Anti-tank:

b. Anti-personal:

c. Booby trapped:

d. Type unknown:

e. Booby trap:

29. Minefield.

a. Belt of 600 mixed anti-tank

and anti-personal mines: 600

b. Boundaries. These are drawn to scale; the letter M is inserted in the

line and the type of mines may be shown, eg:
M
(1) Unfenced mixed minefield:
M M

X M X
X X
(2) Fenced, but type of mines unknown:
M M
X X
X M X
17F-11
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED
M

(3) Nuisance minefield: M

M

(4) Phony minefield:

30. Gaps or Lanes in Obstacles. These are shown by superimposing the

bridge symbol on the obstacle, eg:

400
Gap through a belt of 400 anti-
tank mines, some of which are
booby trapped.

31. Demolitions. The symbol with an indicator superimposed to show

the state is used to represent demolitions. It is drawn over the precise grid
reference of the obstacle but where this in not possible, the symbol may be drawn
away from the location by a vector. The following Demolition Indicators will be
used to show the status of the obstacle:

a. A planned target:

b. Prepared demolition STATE 1 (SAFE):

c. Prepared demolition STATE 2 (ARMED):

d. Executed or fired:

17F-12
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

If the state of demolition is not known or needed to be shown, then the symbol
for State 2 will be used. Again, if there is need to show that the demolition is
‘Reserved’, the word ‘RES’ if possible with Target Number or Nickname will be
shown eg:

A reserved bridge demolition Target Number

B 32 at State 2 drawn away by location vector.

17F-13
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX G TO
SECTION 17

EXAMPLES

Serial Information/Force Representation Symbol

(a) (b) (c)

1. Own Main HQ 1 Div which will close

At 231600F

2. En 3 AA Bde

XX

3. ADS (open) provided by 3 Fd Amb 3 1 (ADS)

for 1 Div

4. BLP provided by 4 Fd Wksp Coy

for 1 Div

XX
5. TP provided by 1 MP Unit for 1 Div 1 MP 1 (TP)

6. Sec Con No 2

7. Reg HQ

17G-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c)

8. Brigade
B echs of 3 Inf Bde

9. En 1 Arty Bde (Div Arty of 1 Div)

10. 3 SP Regiment

11. 2 Para Bn

12. En 1 Armd Inf Bn

13. 9 E Bengal Regt (Iorry borne)

14. 1 Div PW Cage

15. 1 Div Rft

16. VA defended by P Bty 1 18 LAA

of 18 AD Regt
17G-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c)

17. Future loc of En HQ 2 Armd

Bde (Step Up) due to open at
120200F

18. 1 Mech Inf Bn (wh)

19. 5 H Regt Gp loc being Div Res

20. Thought to be an en armd inf bn

but all the info is uncfm

21. An en inf coy, thought to be A

Coy but not cfm

22. En 16 Pl, which is part of an

unknown coy, which is part
of 10 Bn

23. Unit moving west

24. HQ moving east

17G-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c)

25. En 4H less one sqn of 10 Armd

Bde in 20 Div

26. An inf coy on wh tpt

27. Two hy RRs thought to be 120

mm but not cfm

28. En T 72 tks of an unident unit 12?

seen at 231600F. Qty 12 is ? (T72)
uncfm (Multi-colour rep)
231600F

29. Part of C Coy, 14th Inf Bn under

16 Div

30. 4 x 81 mm med mor belonging

to 1 Pl, A Coy, 3 E Bengal. Info
valid at 0800F on the 7th of the
month

31. An en inf bn OP of 7th Bde, 16 Div

loc at Grid Ref 123456. Info as at
0730F on the 20th of the month.
Which Bn is providing the post is
not known
3
32. Three en hy mors, thought to be 120 120 MM ?
mm but not cfm

17G-4
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c)

33. An en radar jamming instl (Pl size), ?/? 24 (RADAR)

part of the 24th Bn, Coy not known

34. A tr hy gun in Atk role having 120 mm

Cal from P Bty, 32 Fd Regt Arty 2/A 43 (120 MM)

35. An area to be used as an Assy Area

36. An area to be used by 2nd Para Bn DZ

as a DZ 2

1EB
37. A strong pt occupied by 1 E Bengal

38. An area occupied by Q Bty 32 Fd

Regt equipped with 122 mm how

39. 3 Fd Coy of 1 Engr Bn to go UC

HQ 10 Armd Bde from 310700F

40. Exact loc of 2 Inf Bn (mech) BG

HQ, the Div Res at oner hr NTM

17G-5
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c)

41. A firing posn occupied by A Sqn

Gp 5 Cav from 221000F

42. En 1 Div ST Bn in conc area

43. Future loc of 3 Fd Amb from

3

FROM 221530F

44. 15 Div Sp Bn reinforced by 2 MP unit

and acting as reg HQ

45. An en ECP belonging of 41 Fd Wksp Coy

opened for 41 Div

46. An AP open from 032200F tp 040500F

47. En Para dropping in an area taken place at

021900F

17G-6
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c)

48. Ammo dump eff from 031000F

manned by A Coy 5 E Bengal

49. En armd recce in pl str at 031330F

thought to be recce towards br

50. Maj and subsidiary axes of 26

Armd Div with suspected bdrys
(en) (Multi-colour rep)

51. 12 EB in def, A coy def posn of

the bn is a strong pt def

52. FB composed of B Sqn of 6 Cav,

Comp pl of 15 Div Sp Bn, an
ATGM sec of 15 Div Sp Bn,
6 x RRs of 2 EB, 6 x MGs
of 2 EB and Bn Mor of 2 EB
(please refer to para 1709c)

53. Weapon Locating Radar (WLR)

17G-7
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c)

54. Sound Ranging Base

55. UAV

56. Air Op

Note:

1. Abbreviations have been used in this annex to save space and also to
conform to the symbols which are also abbreviated.

17G-8
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX H TO
SECTION 17

STANDARD LAYOUT TO MARK THE MAP, OVERLAY AND SKETCH

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1)

EXERCISE NAME (2) Copy No __ of __(6)
TYPE OF MAP (3) ANNEX A (7)
SUBJECT HEADING (4)
Correct at (DTG) (5)

Ref: (9)
A. BD sheets 78P/4 and P/5 or P/4 and 5; 1:50,000
Time Z Used Throughout the . FOXTROT. (10)

(11) N

SCALE: (13)

Corresponding
colour to be used
17H-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Note: Information required as applicable to marking a map, overlay and sketch

are shown below by numerical:

For Map: 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15

For Overlay: 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 15
For Sketch: 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 10, 11, 13, 15

17H-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 18

NAVAL SYMBOLS

General

1801. The way in which symbols are shown on surface plots depends upon the
type of table being used; chart tables, Admiralty Research Laboratory (ARL)
tables and symbols used in other tables for Navy.

Symbols on Chart Tables and ARL Tables

1802. If the plot is being kept on a chart table or ARL table, all symbols are
drawn in pencil on the plotting surface. These symbols are given at Annexes A
and B to this section. Their colours are:

a. Own ship Blue

b. Friendly units Blue
c. Unidentified, assumed enemy or enemy units Red
d. Neutral ships Green
e. Datum Red
f. Direction finding bearing Black
g. All other supplementary symbols Black
Symbols Used in Navy
1803. If the plot is being kept on the symbols for ships, submarines, anti-
submarine helicopters, Datum etc, consists of shaped and coloured pieces of
plastic which can be moved over the plotting surface. The shape and colour of
these symbols are given in Annex C to this section.
1804-1899. Reserved.
Annexes:
A. Ship, Submarine and Helicopter Symbols Used on Plots, Charts and ARL
Tables.
B. Supplementary Symbols Used on Chart and ARL Tables.
C. Symbols Used in Navy.

18-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 18
SHIP, SUBMARINE AND HELICOPTER SYMBOLS USED ON PLOTS,
CHARTS AND ARL TABLES

Serial Type of ship etc. Symbol Serial Type of ship etc. Symbol
(a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c)
Aircraft Carrier
1. 9. Destroyer
Squadron

Aircraft Carrier
2. 10. Frigate
(Missile Armed)

Aircraft Carrier
3. 11. Frigate (Guided
Force
Missile)

Cruiser
4. 12. Minelayer

Cruiser (Guided
13. Minesweeper
Missile)
5.
Cruiser Force
6. 14. Surface Effect
MCMV
Destroyer
7. 15. Fast Power Boat

Destroyer (Guided
8. 16. Surface Effect
Missile)
FPB

18A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c)

26. Helicopter
17. Landing Ship

18. Landing Craft 27. Flagship

(Major)

19. Landing Craft

(Minor)
28. Outboard
20. ArmedMerchant
Cruiser
29.Master
21. Merchant Ship Jezbuoy

30. Expired
22. Convoy Buoy

23. Fishing Vessel 31. Airfield

24. Vessel of
Unknown 32. Corvette
Type
(Unidentified
Contact) 33. FAC, LPC,
PC
25. Submarine
34. TUG
a. Surfaced
35. Missile Site
b. Submerged
36. Mayday/
c. Snorting Ditched
. Aircraft

18A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 18

SUPPLEMENTARY SYMBOLS USED ON

CHARTS, TABLES AND ARL TABLES

Serial Code Word Meaning Symbol

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1. SINKER Disappearing, radar contact used

for a contact that appears only FOUR-FIGURE
intermittently on the display. TIME MUST BE
INCLUDED

The last known position of a

2. DATUM submarine or suspected submarine
after contact has been lost

3. KINGPIN The position from which an aircraft

reports the position of a submarine
when tracking by sonobuoys. It
may the master buoy or the pattern
centre

4. REFINED A more accurate kingpin position

KINGPIN obtained as the result of a radar or
visual ‘on top’ or a reverse radar
‘on top’

5. DECOY A radar decoy target

18B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d)

6. CHAFF Chaff Jamming

Contact Faded 0715

Contact Lost 0720

Note. Contact symbols are
drawn at right angles to track
(with 4 figure time)

Oilrig
NAME
HEIGHT

Wreck

R W
Grid Origin
010010
G B
020010

Reference Position

L
Crisp/In stow reference R
position in green

Note. The above 3 can be

drawn thus

18B-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 18

SYMBOLS USED IN NAVY

Serial Identity Symbol Colour

(a) (b) (c) (d)
Surface Vessels

1. Own Ship Green

2. Friendly Green
Neutral Blue

3. Friendly Red
(In sonar contact) Tip

Green
4. Main Body

5. Unidentified Hostile Orange

Red

6. Submarines

Friendly Green

18C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d)

7. Unidentified Orange
Hostile Red
Note:

One plastic symbol painted green on

one side and red on the other may be
used instead of two separate symbols.

Helicopters

8. Not in contact with submerged object Green

(Cold)

9. In contact with submerged object Red

(Hot)

a. One plastic symbol, painted green

on one side and red on the other may
be used instead of two separate
symbols.

b. The symbol is placed on the plot

only when the helicopter is in the dip.

c. The symbol is placed on the plot

with the tail pointing downwind.

Datum

(Four figure time must be written Red

alongside symbol)

18C-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

SECTION 19

AIR FORCE SYMBOLS

General

1901. Air Force symbols are used to represent areas, features, units, activities
or installations on operational maps and charts, airfield signal squares, search and
rescue and flight safety.

1902. Air Force symbols are used for

a. Operational and jet navigation charts.

b. Operational maps and plotting charts.

c. Area and enroute charts.

d. Search and rescue.

e. Flight safety.

1903. Some of the commonly used symbol/signals are given at Annexes A, B

and C to this section.

1904-1999. Reserved.

Annexes:

A. Symbols Used in Operational, Navigation, Area and Route Charts.

B. Airfield Ground Signal and Markings.
C. Search and Rescue Symbols.

19-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX A TO
SECTION 19

SYMBOL USED IN OPERATIONAL OR OPERATION, NAVIGATION AND

ROUTE CHARTS

Serial Description Symbol

(a) (b) (c)

1. Departure route

2. Arrival route

3. Arrival and departure on same route

4. Air Defence Identification Zone

Flight Information Region (FIR)

5.
boundary

6. International boundary

7. Civil airports

8. Military airfields

9. Seaplane base (civil)

10. Seaplane base (military)

11. Compulsory reporting point

12. On-request reporting point

19A-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Serial Description Symbol

(a) (b) (c)

13. Airport showing runways of major

airfields only

14. Radar sites (static)

15. Radar sites (mobile)

16. Restricted areas

17. Training, alert, caution and military

operation areas

19A-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX B TO
SECTION 19

AIRFIELD GROUND SIGNAL AND MARKINGS

Serial Description Meaning Symbol/signal

(a) (b) (c) (d)
1. A yellow diagonal Exercise care on
superimposed on the red landing owing to
square temporary obstructions
or special reasons

2. A yellow cross Landing prohibited

superimposed on the red
square

3. Two parallel yellow on Land in emergency

the red square only

4. A white painted cross on Runway unusable

the ends of closed
runway

5. A white letter ‘E’ to be Explosives are stored

painted by white cross on this disused runway
described above or airfield

6. A white dumb-bell Use runway only for

displayed within the landing, take-off and
signal square taxing.

7. Black bars placed across Aircraft may taxi on

the lands of the white the grass but must land
dumb-bell. The bars are and take-off on the
to be removed when the runways
grass becomes unuseable
for any reason

19B-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d)

8. A white letter ‘H’ displayed in the Helicopter
signals area. A white letter ‘H’ operations
displayed in the middle of the any take
helicopter landing area place

9. A red ball on the signals mast and a Parachute

white cross in the signals square. dropping in
Where these signals square. Where progress
these signals are displayed, aircraft
may not taxi, take-off or land.
Aircraft in flight are not to approach
nearer than 2 miles or lower than
1,500 feet above ground level.

10. A yellow double disc marker Vehicles

obstruction

11. A yellow 3-faced solid mounted on a Stationary

pole set in a rounded base obstructions

12. A yellow and black stripped solid Bad ground

(ground
signal)
13. A white letter ‘T’ displayed within Direction of
the signals square. The under-side of take-off and
this signal is to be painted red for landing
use in snow. A smaller symbol ‘T’ is
also to be displayed at the
touchdown end of the runway in use,
on the left-hand side

19B-2
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

(a) (b) (c) (d)

14. The signal square is a Signal Square

horizontal surface at least
9m square having a black
centre with at least 1 ft
white boarder

15. A red square with 10 ft wide Special Rules for

sides (figure 3) placed in Air Traffic Control
corner of the signal square. in Force in the
Vicinity of BAF
Aerodromes

16. A set of two digits displayed Runway-in-use

vertically at or near the
aerodrome control tower
indicates to aircraft on the
manoeuvring area the
direction for take-off,
expressed in units of 10
degrees to the nearest 10
degrees of the magnetic.

19B-3
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

ANNEX C TO
SECTION 19

SEARCH AND RESCUE SYMBOLS

Serial Message Symbol

(a) (b) (c)
1. Require assistance
V
2. Require medical assistance
X
3. No or negative
N
4. Yes or affirmative
Y
5. Proceeding in this direction

6. Operation completed
LLL
7. We have found all personnel
LL
8. We have found some personnel
--
9. We are not able to continue. Returning
to base XX
10. Have divided into 2 groups. Each
proceeding in direction indicated %
11. Information received that aircraft is in
this direction
12. Nothing found. Will continue to search
NN
19C-1
RESTRICTED
 RESTRICTED

Distributed by

Prime Minister’s Office

Armed Forces Division
Operations and Plan Directorate
Dhaka Cantonment, Dhaka

Printed by

Army Printing Press, Dhaka Cantonment, Dhaka

RESTRICTED